Topley’s Top 10 – April 13, 2023

1. IWM Small Cap Stocks….Holding Lows 3rd Time


2. FANG+ Stocks Run Up to Previous Highs Versus Small Cap.

This chart compares FANG stocks to small cap index…recaptured all of 2022 sell off


3. FANG+ Big Outperformance Versus S&P Value in Q1

This chart shows FANG+ stocks vs. RPV (S&P Value)….Still well below 2022 highs.

www.stockcharts.com


4. PPH Large Cap Pharma Rally Back Toward 2022 Highs.

Big pharma underperforming S&P year to date but bumping up against new highs


5. Two Household Restaurant Names…McDonalds and Starbucks.

MCD straight up thru all the noise new highs ….

Starbucks…50day back thru 200day to upside


6. BITO Bitcoins Kinda Of ETF…..Close to Double Off $9.5 Lows


7. XLF Financial Sector ETF …Holds 200 Week Moving Average During Bank Semi-Crisis

www.stockcharts.com

XLF ETF 25% Banks

https://www.ssga.com/us/en/institutional/etfs/funds/the-financial-select-sector-spdr-fund-xlf


8. Have Personal Computers Peaked?

Chartr.com

Bad Apple

Worldwide shipments of Apple Macs fell to just 4.1 million units in the first quarter of 2023, according to IDC figures, as the wider PC market struggles after reaching near-10-year highs during the pandemic.

Other heavy hitters in the computer hardware market like HP, Lenovo and Dell also had a rough start to the year, with figures dropping 24%, 30% and 31%, respectively, confirming that the brief boom for the PC world now looks to be far behind us.

Shutting down
While the rise of working from home had many rushing out to order new laptops and computers to load Zoom on, the Q1 shipment figure is “noticeably lower” than pre-Covid levels, with analysts speculating that it’s not only a post-pandemic drop off, but also wider economic uncertainty that’s driving sales down.  The 56.9 million PC shipments figure recorded in Q1 is the second lowest in the last 10 years and represents a 29.3% fall from the same period in 2022.

www.chartr.com


9. Small Business Owners Poll…Inflation Problem Rolling Over…..Poor Sales Moving Up Off Bottom.

Bespoke Investment Group

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/inflation-concerns-continue-to-ease


10. At 100 years old, I’m the ‘world’s oldest practicing doctor’—5 things I never do to live a long, happy life

Dr. Howard Tucker, Contributor  CNBC

When I was born in 1922, the average life expectancy in the U.S. was 58 years old for men, and 61 years old for women.

So as a 100-year-old practicing medical doctor and neurologist, patients often ask me for tips on how to stay healthy, happy and mentally sharp.

Good genes and a bit of luck can give you a head start, but here are some lifestyle rules I have lived by over the past century:

1. I don’t spend my days retired.

I’ve been working for more than 75 years, and was even named as the world’s oldest practicing doctor by the Guinness World Records. Sara, my wife of 65 years, also still practices psychoanalysis and psychiatry at age 89.

During the pandemic, I treated patients for five or six days a week. Then I switched to teaching medical residents for up to three days a week. (My hospital just shut down, so I’m currently doing medical legal review work while I look for another role.)

When I’m not working, I like spending time with my four children and 10 grandchildren, snowshoeing, and watching Cleveland sports.

If you’re blessed to have a career you enjoy and are still able to work, consider delaying retirement. Many people who retire and become inactive in their day-to-day routine are at an increased risk of cognitive decline.

2. I don’t let myself get out of shape.

Swimming, jogging, hiking and skiing well into my late-80s has kept me strong and healthy.

While I no longer ski and am not quite as active as I once was, I try to get in at least three miles on my treadmill at a brisk pace most days of the week. Watching Turner Classic Movies in the background helps curb some of the boredom.

Studies have found that something as simple as a 15-minute walk outside could lower your risk of premature death by almost 25%.

3. I don’t smoke.

When I was in high school in the 1930s, I told my father that I wanted to take up smoking. He said, “That’s alright with me. But why would anyone want to put anything but fresh air into his lungs when life is so short as it is?”

That immediately took the fun and excitement out of tobacco for me.

I remember attending medical meetings where doctors would, with a cigarette dangling from their mouths, tell patients to take up smoking because it would “curb your appetite and quiet your nerves.”

Today, we know that cigarette smoking leads to cancer, stroke, peripheral artery disease, coronary artery disease, and other pulmonary and cardiovascular diseases.

4. I don’t restrict myself.

Moderation allows us to live life to the fullest while also keeping us from going overboard and impacting our health in the long run.

I’ll have a martini and New York strip steak occasionally, but not every day. Sara is an excellent chef, and she’s helped me maintain a healthy and varied diet. We have salad with every meal, and enjoy greens like bok choy, broccoli and Brussels sprouts.

The real secret to longevity is that there are no secrets. But we live daily and die once, so we must make the most of the time we have.

5. I don’t let my knowledge go to waste.

Having practiced neurology for over seven decades, I’ve witnessed medicine evolve from lobotomies to the latest computerized imaging techniques.

I thoroughly enjoy teaching my medical residents and students, and I learn a great deal from them as well.

I have also been participating in upcoming documentary about my life. It’s been a joy to share stories from my long career with the next generation.

Dr. Howard Tucker is a neurologist from Cleveland, Ohio and was named the ”Oldest Practicing Doctor″ by Guinness World Records. He received his law degree and passed the Ohio Bar Exam in his late 60s, and served as chief of neurology of the Atlantic fleet during the Korean War. A feature documentary about Dr. Tucker is in the works. Follow him on TikTok, Instagram and Facebook.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/04/11/i-am-100-years-old-and-the-worlds-oldest-practicing-doctor-what-i-never-do-to-live-a-long-happy-life.html

Topley’s Top 10 – April 12, 2023

1. Percentage Positive Returns by Month in Stock Market

Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


2. Growth Outperforms Value in Quarter One…”Growth” ETFs Huge Disparity in Sector Holdings

Barrons Invesco S&P 500 Pure Growth (RPG), for example, currently has 28% in energy stocks and only 14% in tech, while iShares S&P 500 Growth (IVW) has 34% in tech and just 8% in energy. Vanguard Mega Cap Growth has more than 50% in tech and less than 1% in energy, while First Trust Large Cap Growth AlphaDEX (FTC) has 16% and 19% in the two sectors, respectively.  By Evie Liu

https://www.barrons.com/articles/how-to-pick-growth-stock-funds-fc843e01?mod=past_editions


3. Bond Volatility Much Higher than Stock Volatility


4. Share Buyback ETF No New Highs Yet.

PKW got to withing 4 points of previous highs


5. S&P Dividend Growers did Make the New Highs.

SDY underperforming 2023 but made new highs in beginning of year.

www.stockcharts.com


6. Small vs. Large Bank Exposures

JP Morgan Private Bank

https://privatebank.jpmorgan.com/gl/en/insights/investing/tmt/the-ripple-effects-of-the-bank-crisis?pid=&programName=20230331-NAM-ES-INV-Top%20Market%20Takeaways&utm_source=email-pb&utm_medium=Other-NA&utm_campaign=20230331TMT&utm_content=CTA&mkt_tok=MzkyLUhLQy04NzYAAAGK13yFshRFVbOpHiqBgT_eXh-rDEngj4KiJ72NpBsgNj2KEMNaewNVhU35JTUE-rFJy469wrg8Hmqi-HPdRgWLgSnVEVtyI3Adpq3GWYOyJmQTJA


7. China New IPO Policy …1 Firms Launched Monday with 96% Average Return

China’s first batch of shares under new IPO system surge in debut

Reuters

SHANGHAI/SINGAPORE, April 10 (Reuters) – Some shares among the first batch of stocks to list under China’s registration-based initial public offering (IPO) system more than tripled in their debut on Monday despite tepidness in the broader market.

The listing of the 10 companies on the main boards in Shanghai and Shenzhen marks the full roll-out of China’s new U.S.-style IPO mechanism, designed to make public share sales more market oriented.The system has already been adopted by Shanghai’s tech-focused STAR Market, Shenzhen’s start-up board ChiNext and the Beijing Stock Exchange for smaller companies.Shenzhen CECport Technologies Co (001287.SZ), an electronic components distributor based in the southern technology hub of Shenzhen, opened up 161% on Monday, and surged by as much as 239%, after it raised 2.25 billion yuan ($327.18 million).

Under the new rules, there is no daily trading limit for the first five trading days for shares that have listed after an IPO. Previously, new stocks listed on China’s main boards could jump as much as 44% and slump no more than 36% in their debut.

However, after those five days, stocks listed on the main boards will be subject to the regular 10% daily trading limit.  Dencare Chongqing Oral Care Co (001328.SZ), an oral products maker, opened up 98% and soared by as much as 214%. The other eight companies, including Shaanxi Energy Investment Co (001286.SZ) and Both Engineering Technology Co (601133.SS), rose by between 50% and 120%.Ade Chen, the general manager of asset manager Fund Investment in Guangzhou, said the stocks surged as “their valuation and debut prices are not expensive”.

CECport Technologies’s IPO was priced at 26.8 times its earnings, below the industry-wide valuation in 2021 of 35 times earnings, according to its prospectus.Dencare’s price-to-earnings ratio for the IPO was 36.8, versus a wider industry valuation of 51.6 in 2021, its prospectus said.

Both figures indicate the companies are undervalued relative to their peers.  “Afterwards, investors will focus more on companies’ growth potential and fundamentals,” Chen said.Overall, China’s stock benchmark index (.CSI300), slipped roughly 0.3% on Monday, as investors focused on China’s drills around the Taiwan Strait and awaited more data to gauge the strength of China’s economic recovery after it dropped restrictive COVID-19 policies.The market-oriented IPO system reform is expected to speed up listings and corporate fundraising, as Beijing seeks to revive an economy ravaged by COVID restrictions.

“The changes brought about by the IPO reform are all-round and fundamental, centred by information disclosure,” Yi Huiman, the chairman of the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC) said, according to a report from state media CCTV on Monday.

“The service function of the capital market to the real economy, especially technological innovation, has been greatly improved,” Yi said.

($1 = 6.8769 yuan)  https://www.reuters.com/markets/deals/chinas-first-batch-bluechips-under-new-ipo-system-surge-debut-2023-04-10/


8. Commercial Real Estate and GDP Growth

After the housing bubble burst in 2008, construction of new homes declined more than 50%, and residential investment pulled GDP growth down by 1% for three years.

With commercial real estate construction being roughly 75% the size of residential investment, and fewer skyscrapers and shopping malls being built, the bursting CRE bubble could be a drag on GDP growth of around 0.75% over the coming three years. This should be compared with a 2% potential growth rate for the US economy (according to the CBO).

In other words, with the commercial real estate bubble bursting, we are likely to enter three years with low growth, similar to what we saw after the housing bubble burst in 2008. Put differently, once the Fed starts cutting rates later this year, interest rates will likely stay low for several years, and QE is likely to come back in 2024.

Torsten Slok, Ph.D.Chief Economist, PartnerApollo Global Management


9. State Tax Revenue at Record Highs

Capital Group

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/recession-resilience-muni-bonds-can-help-shield-portfolios.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80963071&et_cid=80963071&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=D-btn-LP-6-A1cta-Advisor


10. Good News: Stress Is Going to Kill You

Psychology Today…But it’s going to take longer than ever.

THE BASICS

  • Stress is endemic to modern society.
  • People are convinced that stress is leading to their demise, and it’s true that stress can contribute to life-threatening illnesses.
  • Compared to 100 years ago, dying of stress-related illness in our 70s or 80s is a luxury.

Welcome to Stress on the Brain. In this blog, I’ll be writing about stress and its impacts on the way we think, the way we behave, and the way we get sick. When I first meet someone and the conversation turns to my area of research, the most common response I get is, “You should study me because I’m so stressed!” This response reflects our culture’s attitudes: Stress negatively affects the way we think. Stress negatively affects our health. Stress is going to kill us.

What I tell people in response is both good and bad news. The bad news? Stress is going to kill you. The good news? It’s probably going to take a long time.

What do I mean by this? Consider that 100 years ago, the average life expectancy in the U.S. was about 54 years. Compare that to our current life expectancy of 76 years (in 2021, the most recent year for which data are available).

What was killing people so young 100 years ago?

Among the top five causes of death in 1923 were infectious diseases such as tuberculosis and influenza. Today, by contrast, four of the top five causes of death are stress-related: heart disease, cancer, chronic respiratory diseases, and stroke. (I haven’t forgotten that over 1 million Americans recently died from another infectious disease, COVID-19, but the point remains that most of the maladies that kill us today are made worse by stress.)

Why is this good news? One hundred years ago, most deaths of American adults were due to infectious diseases occurring in their 50s. Today, by contrast, we have the luxury of dying of stress in our late 70s or even older.

Much of this difference is due to the massive successes of public health.

Clean drinking water. Centralized sanitation. Improvements in maternal and infant health programs. These programs have shifted the causes of death for most Americans from acute infections to chronic diseases. Such chronic diseases are strongly impacted by lifestyle factors such as diet and stress.

Take, for example, the number-one killer of adults, heart disease. The cardiovascular system, including the heart and blood vessels, is a particularly sensitive target of stress. The system includes a pump (the heart) and a sequence of elastic tubes (blood vessels), which are always working.

One of the primary stress responses is to increase blood flow to working muscles to outrun a predator on the proverbial savannah. Just like with any mechanical system, the cardiovascular system will eventually wear out with increased use, as when under chronic stress. Modern stress rarely necessitates running from a predator, so the increased wear and tear on our cardiovascular system is for naught. It just hastens the eventual breakdown of the system.

This doesn’t sound like good news, either. But hold on. Advances in cardiovascular medicine reduce the negative impact of the modern lifestyle on our hearts and blood vessels. The negative impact that stress can have on the cardiovascular system can be counteracted with improvements in diet, exercise, and medicine, prolonging the health of the system into our eighth or ninth decade. The impact of stress is still there, but our modern mitigation techniques allow us to maintain a healthy cardiovascular system for much longer.

If all this sounds too good to be true, you’re correct. I’m glossing over a great deal, including the threat of future pandemics, increased number of deaths of despair, and the widening income gap, all of which threaten to wipe out some of the increases in life expectancy we’ve seen over the last 100 years. My message is this: You can now survive stress for longer than ever in our species’ history. Yes, stress will kill you. Until then, stay vigilant to maintain and expand on the gains that we’ve made. Future generations may have the luxury of being stressed for even longer!

Tony W. Buchanan, Ph.D., is a professor of psychology and neuroscience at Saint Louis University.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/stress-on-the-brain/202304/good-news-stress-is-going-to-kill-you

Topley’s Top 10 – April 11, 2023

1. Money Flowing to International Stocks

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading In Asia, meanwhile, almost $16bn has flowed into Chinese equities funds, encouraged by Beijing’s reopening after years of stringent coronavirus restrictions. That reopening has also helped in Europe, which is more reliant than the US on exports to China. China accounted for almost half of the $34bn inflows into emerging markets more broadly, according to EPFR


2. History of Nasdaq Bank Index Selloffs

Dragomir Kolev Lessons from prior 20%+ bank sell-offs  Over the past 40 years, the NASDAQ Bank Index declined by 20% or more in five sell-offs, as shown below. The average length of those sell-offs was 516 days, and the average peak-to-trough price drop was 47%. The duration of the current sell-off is 447 days, with a 43% decline on April 6 from the 14 January 2022 peak. History suggests that volatility may last a few more months before we reach a bottom, but that bottom is not far from current trading levels. Historically, bank stock rallies have averaged 61% in the 12 months after the bottom is reached.

https:://www.linkedin.com/in/dragomir-kolev-64588120/


3. Triple B CMBS Spreads Over Treasuries

WSJ By Sam Goldfarb  As of Wednesday, the average extra yield, or spread, above U.S. Treasurys that investors were demanding to hold CMBS with a triple-B rating—the lowest broad investment-grade tier—was 9.52 percentage points, according to an ICE BofA index. That was up from 7.6 percentage points at the end of February and approaching the 10.8 percentage point level reached in March 2020, when local authorities were issuing stay-at-home orders. The average price of the bonds has dropped to around 75 cents on the dollar from roughly 89 cents a year ago.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/investors-retreat-from-commercial-real-estate-bonds-f4bdf040


4. Credit: The Fed’s emergency facility balances continue to rise.

The emergency facility is designed to help banks meet short-term funding needs, and banks have shied away from using it in recent years.

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


5. Costco Retail Spending Indicator

Three Lower Highs in a Row.

www.stockcharts.com


6. Cumulative Layoffs Since October 2022

https://www.bloomberg.com/graphics/2023-layoff-tracker-credit-suisse-ubs-job-cuts/?sref=GGda9y2L


7. Lending Tree Credit Card Data

https://www.lendingtree.com/credit-cards/credit-card-debt-statistics/


8. New Survey Shows That Up To 47% Of U.S. Healthcare Workers Plan To Leave Their Positions By 2025

Jack Kelly  Forbes

The Covid-19 pandemic unleashed wave after wave of challenges and feelings of burnout for United States healthcare workers, and unless changes are made to the industry, nearly half plan to leave their current positions, according to a new report examining the work environment and industry’s future for clinicians.

Elsevier Health, a provider of information solutions for science, health and technology professionals, conducted its first “Clinician of the Future” global report. It revealed current pain points, predictions for the future and how the industry can come together to address gaps—including that 31% of clinicians globally, and 47% of U.S. healthcare workers, plan to leave their current role within the next two to three years.

In the new report from Elsevier Health, published two years after the Covid-19 pandemic began, thousands of doctors and nurses from across the globe revealed what is needed to fill gaps and future-proof today’s healthcare system. The comprehensive “Clinician of the Future” report was conducted in partnership with Ipsos and uncovered how undervalued doctors and nurses feel, as well as their call for urgent support, such as more skills training—especially in the effective use of health data and technology—preserving the patient-doctor relationship in a changing digital world and recruiting more healthcare professionals into the field. The multiphase research report not only understands where the healthcare system is following the Covid-19 pandemic, but where it needs to be in 10 years to ensure a future that both providers and patients deserve.

The “Clinician of the Future” report includes a quantitative global survey, qualitative interviews and roundtable discussions with nearly 3,000 practicing doctors and nurses around the world. The data helps shed light on the challenges impacting the profession today and predictions on what healthcare will look like in the next 10 years, according to those providing critical patient care

According to the report, 56% of respondents said that there has been growing empowerment amongst patients within the last 10 years, as people take charge of their health journeys. When referring to soft skills, 82% said that it’s important for them to exhibit active listening and empathy to the people they serve. Furthermore, nearly half of clinicians cite the allocated time they have with patients as an issue, as only 51% believe that the allotted time allows them to provide satisfactory care.

To ensure a positive shift moving into the future and to fill current gaps, clinicians highlight the following priority areas for greater support:

  • Clinicians predict that over the next 10 years “technology literacy” will become their most valuable capability, ranking higher than “clinical knowledge.” In fact, 56% of clinicians predict they will base most of their clinical decisions using tools that utilize artificial intelligence. However, 69% report being overwhelmed with the current volume of data and 69% predict the widespread use of digital health technologies to become an even more challenging burden in the future. As a result, 83% believe training needs to be overhauled so they can keep pace with technological advancements.
  • Clinicians predict a blended approach to healthcare with 63% saying most consultations between clinicians and patients will be remote and 49% saying most healthcare will be provided in a patient’s home instead of in a healthcare setting. While clinicians may save time and see more patients, thanks to telehealth, more than half of clinicians believe telehealth will negatively impact their ability to demonstrate empathy with patients they no longer see in person. As a result, clinicians are calling for guidance on when to use telehealth and how to transfer soft skills like empathy to the computer screen.
  • Clinicians are concerned about a global healthcare workforce shortage, with 74% predicting there will be a shortage of nurses and 68% predicting a shortage of doctors in 10 years’ time. This may be why global clinicians say a top support priority is increasing the number of healthcare workers in the coming decade. Clinicians require the support of larger, better-equipped teams and expanded multidisciplinary healthcare teams, such as data analysts, data security experts and scientists, as well as clinicians themselves.

“While we know that many nurses are leaving the profession due to burnout, we also know that the pandemic has inspired others to enter the field because of a strong desire for purposeful work,” said Marion Broome, Ruby F. Wilson professor of nursing at Duke University’s School of Nursing. “We must embrace this next wave of healthcare professionals and ensure we set them up for success. Our future as a society depends on it.”

Jack Kelly  https://www.forbes.com/sites/jackkelly/2022/04/19/new-survey-shows-that-up-to-47-of-us-healthcare-workers-plan-to-leave-their-positions-by-2025/?sh=7e6191bf395b


9. Americans Losing Faith in Government to Solve Important Problems-Pew Research

https://www.pewresearch.com.org/politic/2023/04/07/in-divided-washington-americans-have-highly-negative-views-of-both-parties-leaders/


10. Newspaper Delivery Penetration of Population 1950—120%

WSJ When Boys, Not Phones, Delivered the News

Many homes took two papers, a morning and an evening one.

By Bob Greene

I’m no stamp collector, but there is a 3-cent first class stamp, issued in 1952, that I keep in a frame on a bookshelf. The Post Office Department authorized the stamp to honor what the nation considered an essential job.

The rectangular stamp, light purple in color, depicts houses in a typical small town. Against that backdrop is an illustration of a boy with a canvas bag slung over one shoulder. The stamp’s inscription reads: “In recognition of the important service rendered their communities and their nation by America’s newspaperboys.”

I look at that stamp every time there is another news story about the declining circulation of print papers, even as digital circulation grows. Newspaperboys (and girls) were a vital part of the American landscape in the decades before the internet and cable news delivered up-to-the-second bulletins onto people’s screens. Today, print papers mostly are delivered by adults in cars. But that purple stamp celebrated the era when the speediest way of getting news to front doors was a boy on a bike.

How ingrained in the nation’s life was that boy? One proud former newspaperboy—Dwight D. Eisenhower—issued a statement from the White House in 1954 honoring the carriers “not only because they serve our daily family needs, but because they symbolize so many cherished American ideals.”



When Eisenhower mentioned “daily family needs,” he wasn’t being hyperbolic. In 1950 the penetration of American households by newspapers—a statistic measuring in how many homes a newspaper was read each day—was just above 120%. How could the number exceed 100%? Many homes subscribed to two papers—a morning and an evening one.

 

PHOTO: GETTY IMAGES

Part of newspaperboys’ regular duties was to collect by hand, each week or each month, the subscription fees from every home on their route. During World War II, they raised money for the nation’s defense by selling War Bonds and War Stamps as they made their rounds. In appreciation, the U.S. Treasury commissioned a poster featuring a G.I. in combat gear shaking the hand of a newspaperboy. “Thanks Buddy!” the poster proclaimed. “Newspaper Boys have sold over 1¼ billion war savings stamps since Pearl Harbor.”

Some states bestowed annual awards on delivery boys or girls for exemplary work. In Ohio the award was considered so prestigious that it was presented by either the governor or the chief justice of the state supreme court. In 1954 the Bowling Green Sentinel-Tribune explained to its readers that “the newspaperboy completes the job started by the reporter in far-off Asia . . . the photographer in Africa . . . the correspondent in Alaska. . . . But the job is a long way from being finished until the newspaper is in your home.”

For some of us who love this business, there is still no sweeter sound than the solid thump of a rolled-up paper hitting the front stoop. The future may be digital, but to that hardworking newspaperboy on the 3-cent stamp, with gratitude and respect across all the years: Here’s to you.

Mr. Greene’s books include “Late Edition: A Love Story.”  https://www.wsj.com/articles/when-boys-not-phones-delivered-the-news-stamp-post-office-war-bonds-media-print-circulation-cfa4e159

 

Topley’s Top 10 – April 10, 2023

1. S&P 500 performance around the end of Fed hiking cycles – GS

Internet Bubble was only negative returns since the 1980s after Fed ends rate hike cycle


2. Q1 ETF Leaders All Technology


3. Micro-Cap Stocks Make New Lows as Large Cap Dominates Q1


4. IPO Market Chart to Watch

IPO ETF look for break above this red downtrend line on chart


 

 

5. 20-Year Treasury Bond 4th Run at New High

 www.stockcharts.com


6. Just a Reminder that 10-Year Treasury Yield Broke Downtrend Line Going Back to 1981

 www.stockcharts.com


7. U.S. Federal Government Spending vs. Inflation

@Charlie Bilello A look at federal government spending tells the story, with a 185% increase over the last 20 years, far greater than the overall rate of inflation (64%).


8. Lumber $360 Would Be New Lows….$1700 in May 2021

www.stockcharts.com


9. Billionaires Pouring Money into Fountain of Youth

EXCLUSIVE: First anti-aging pills to hit shelves in 2028, expert predicts – as Silicone Valley races to conquer death

Pills that can help a person reverse the effects of aging could be on the market in the next five years, according to an expert.

Sam Altman, 37, was revealed to have funded biotech startup Retro BioScience to the tune of $180million last month. He is the latest in a long line of Silicon Valley billionaires to throw their considerable wealth behind the science of aging.

Amazon’s Jeff Bezos is reported to have invested $3billion in life-extension startup Altos Labs. PayPal co-founder Peter Thiel invested in the Methuselah Foundation, which has the goal of making ’90 the new 50′.

 

Steele said: ‘With these billionaires, I’m sure some of them are doing it purely for personal gain — they’ve got all this money and they can’t possibly spend it in a single human lifetime.

‘But… if you’re a savvy investor, you can see that anti-aging medication is a huge business opportunity because the potential market is every living human.

‘I think it’s going to be the biggest revolution in medicine since the discovery of antibiotics — and as a savvy business person, you want to be on the leading edge of that revolution.’

While aging does not directly kill people, older people are at risk of many deadly diseases such as Alzheimer’s, heart disease and cancer.

Researchers might have found a way to teach someone’s body to refresh their old blood

Around 100,000 people die from age-related diseases every day, according to the World Health Organization.

Mr Steele says: ‘Aging is the greatest humanitarian challenge of all time.

There are ’20 to 30’ companies developing new drugs known as ‘senolytics’ which kill aging cells in the body, he explained.

In mice, these drugs cause elderly animals to become lively and healthy suddenly.

‘Many of these drugs are drugs that we already understand and use for different purposes, so we don’t have to develop new medications,’ Mr Steele said.

An example of a senolytic treatment is the combination of datasinib, used for chemotherapy, and quercetin, a molecule found in fruits and vegetables.

Used together, they remove aged ‘senescent’ cells responsible for many of the problems associated with aging.

Another potential general anti-aging drug is metformin. First approved in 1994 for type 2 diabetes, the drug has shown promise extending lifespans by improving blood vessel health.

‘Some of those companies are trying to develop new and more effective drugs that could do the same thing better,’ the author said.

‘That’s the sort of thing that’s very, very close to clinical realization. And I’d be shocked if in five years we don’t have some senolytics in the clinic.

‘It probably won’t be for aging at first. It’ll be for a specific disease – and maybe in 10 years, we’ll use it for aging.

‘These things are very, very near term.’

Jeff Bezos’s investment in Altos Labs — the biggest biotechnology company launch of all time — is a longer shot, Steele believes.

The firm specializes finding and developing cell therapies that can halt and eventually reverse the process of aging.

Mr Steele says: ‘This relies on a process called cellular reprogramming. It’s been shown to work on cells in a dish, and there’s some evidence it works in mice – but it’s an incredibly complicated piece of science.

‘It’s like science that seems to have fallen through a wormhole from the future – and even if it does work, do we have the biological applied understanding in the 2020s to turn that into a workable treatment?’

When Altos Labs was announced, Elon Musk quipped on Twitter about the Amazon mogul: ‘If it doesn’t work, he’s gonna sue death!’

 

With labs launching in America and Cambridge, the company is reputed to pay scientists poached from the world’s top universities salaries of up to a million dollars a year.

Steele says that, realistically, treatments we are likely to see in the near term will extend ‘healthspan’ by dealing with age-related diseases — delaying the onset of problems such as dementia.

Dr Cathy Slack, a biologist from the University of Aston, in the UK, agrees, telling DailyMail.com: ‘The goal is to increase the number of years of healthy lifespan rather than extending the late-life period of poor health.’

She said there are now ‘many’ published studies that show that genetic or environmental changes can extend a healthy lifespan.

She says: ‘Many of the biological systems that have been shown to play a role in healthy aging in these animal models are also present in humans and perform similar functions – so there is every reason to believe that these same processes are impacting on human aging.

‘The ultimate goal is really to try and manipulate these systems during human aging to maintain health and quality of life.’

Dr Slack believes that successful treatments are likely to be a combination of drugs and lifestyle changes – and look holistically at all the diseases that afflict people in later life.

She says: ‘Historically, we have viewed the various diseases associated with older age as distinct entities – so research tends to focus on each one rather than looking at them more holistically together as a direct consequence of biological aging.

‘We already know that there are lifestyle changes that will help to maintain multiple aspects of heath during aging.

‘Exercise, for example. But supplementation with drugs that target multiple physiological parameters of aging could have a huge impact on quality of life for older adults.’

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-11844303/First-anti-aging-pills-hit-shelves-2028-expert-predicts.html


10. The Daily Stoic Are You Showing Them How To Be A Student?

“Live as if you were to die tomorrow. Learn as if you were to live forever.”

—Mahatma Gandhi

If you think back to when you were a kid, what appeared to you to be the best part about being an adult? No more school. Our parents didn’t have to carry around heavy books or do homework. We never saw them applying to get into this school or that one. It’s sort of sad that, by and large, we show our kids that education stops. That while adulthood is isn’t always fun, one perk is that you no longer have to go to class. That graduation is a final destination.

It doesn’t have to be this way. There’s the story of Epictetus teaching one day when a student’s arrival caused a commotion in the back of the room. Who was it? Hadrian, the emperor. Hadrian’s example clearly had an impact on his successor and adopted grandson, Marcus Aurelius. Late in his reign, a friend spotted Marcus heading out, carrying a stack of books. “Where are you going?” he asked. Marcus was on his way to a lecture on Stoicism, he said, for “learning is a good thing, even for one who is growing old. I am now on my way to Sextus the philosopher to learn what I do not yet know.

If you want your kids to value learning, if you want them to never stop furthering the education you’ve been investing so much time and money and care and worry into, then we have to show them what an adult committed to lifelong learning actually looks like. We have to show them we have not graduated, we are not on summer break, we have not arrived at the final destination of education.

Wisdom, they must learn, is an endless pursuit.

 https://dailystoic.com

Topley’s Top 10 – April 06, 2023

1. Feb and March 2023….Top 5 S&P Stocks vs. Other 495

Liz Ann Sonder Schwab

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


2. Tech Shares Trading at Large Premium to the Rest of S&P

Equities: Tech shares are trading at a substantial premium to the S&P 500.

Source: The Daily Shot


3. Covid Bank Accounts Whipsaw

@JeffWeniger Wisdom Tree

https://twitter.com/JeffWeniger


4. Europe’s Mega Cap Index FEZ—About to Break to New Highs.

www.stockcharts.com


5. Gold and Silver—Gold Breaks Out to 3-Year Highs

Silver No Break Out Yet…approaching 2022 highs


6. Gold and Silver Miners.

GDX Gold Miners-no highs yet

Silver Miners well off 2021 highs

www.stockcharts.com


7. Bespoke Investment Group–Smartphones Closing in on TAM; Longer Replacement Cycles

For nearly ten years now we’ve been running our Pulse survey of 1,500 US consumers balanced to census that asks them dozens of questions related to personal finance and economic sentiment.  With nearly ten years of data, these survey results are invaluable and give us as good of a read on consumer trends as we can find.  (If you would like to learn more about our monthly Bespoke Consumer Pulse survey and the report we produce that accompanies it, you can do so here.)

Along with broader questions about things like employment, credit card payments, new home purchases, and risk tolerance, we also dive into consumer interest across things like smartphones, streaming services, social media use, and e-commerce.  In regards to smartphones, every month we ask survey takers a simple question: “Do you own a smartphone?”  Below is a chart showing the percentage of respondents that answered “yes” to that question on a monthly basis dating back to July 2014.

In the mid-2010s when we began asking the question, our survey results showed that smartphone penetration in the US was still between 75-85%.  By 2020, that number had moved up to ~90%, and since then it has steadily ticked higher to its current level of 97.2%, which hit a new all-time high this month.  At 97.2%, there’s basically no runway left when it comes to the total addressable market (TAM) of smartphones in the US.  Everyone has one at this point!

The two main competitors in the smartphone space are iPhones and Androids.  In our monthly Pulse survey, we closely track trends in this space for investors and companies that are interested in this data.

Along with there now being basically no room to expand smartphone ownership in the US, another problem for smartphone makers is that consumers are replacing them less often.  Below are the results from a question we ask survey-takers on how long they typically keep their smartphone before getting a new one.  Most respondents to this question typically keep their smartphones for 2+ years before replacing them, but this number actually started to trend lower from 2019 through mid-2021.  During that time, respondents reporting that they replace their smartphones every year or less ticked higher.  This trend shifted again in 2021, however, and since then we’ve seen a larger and larger share of respondents say that they typically keep their smartphone for 2+ years.  Longer replacement cycles mean fewer sales, which is why it’s important for a company like Apple (AAPL) to introduce meaningful new iPhone features that will get consumers to replace their existing iPhones sooner.  (Also, remember that longer-lasting batteries and more durable hardware are great for customers, but they also increase the replacement cycle.)

If you would like to check out our full Bespoke Consumer Pulse report, here’s a link that tells you how to do that.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/smartphones-closing-in-on-tam-longer-replacement-cycles


8. Walmart Ecommerce vs. Amazon.

Aisle meet you online

Walmart has revamped its website and app to look less like a standard online storefront, and a little more like a social media feed, with video content and big glossy images of products.
The retail giant’s e-commerce chief explained the importance of the digital refresh, saying “everyone knows that 90% of the U.S. population lives within 15 miles of a Walmart store, but the closest store to our customers is the one in their pockets”. That store is getting bigger, busier and more lucrative for Walmart every single quarter.

Walmart vs. AmazonWalmart, like almost every other company that sells anything on the internet, got a huge boost from the pandemic when consumers were forced to change their shopping habits. Domestic e-commerce sales soared 43% in 2020 alone and, while they generally cooled off a little last year, Walmart’s are still going strong.   That may even be a bit of an understatement — Walmart’s online business accounted for 13% of its total sales last year, and its growth mirrors the pattern from the kings of e-commerce themselves, Amazon. Indeed, Walmart’s US online sales are tracking on a comparable trajectory to Amazon’s, growing from ~$3bn of sales per quarter to ~$17bn of sales per quarter in a similar amount of time — Amazon’s growth period just happened to start 12 years earlier.

Walmart’s growth is obviously less novel, buying online is much more common than it used to be, but it’s impressive nonetheless considering it’s not the company’s core focus. If the slick new social-media-inspired interfaces work, the comparison with Amazon could last a little longer.

www.chartr.com


9. Top U.S. Banks by Uninsured Deposits.

https://www.visualcapitalist.com


10. Five Ways to Live with Integrity

Psychology Today Five Ways to Live with Integrity Jessica Koehler Ph.D.

1.   Self-reflection: Spend time reflecting on your values and beliefs to better understand what is important to you. By identifying your core values, you can make more informed decisions that align with your principles.

2.   Accountability: Take responsibility for your actions, both successes and failures. Own up to it when you make a mistake and learn from the experience. Demonstrating accountability increases trust and credibility with others, strengthening your integrity.

3.   Consistency: Strive to be consistent in your words and actions. Ensure that your behavior aligns with your values and principles, even when no one is watching. Consistency is critical to building a solid foundation of integrity.

4.   Honesty and transparency: Be honest and transparent in your communication with others. Share your thoughts and feelings openly and be willing to listen and consider different perspectives. Practicing honesty and transparency helps cultivate trust and fosters strong relationships.

5.   Ethical decision-making: When faced with difficult decisions, consider your choices’ ethical implications and potential consequences. Seek guidance from trusted friends, family, or mentors to determine the best action.

Impact on Future Generations

Integrity is a critical component of personal character that has far-reaching implications for individual and collective well-being. H. Jackson Brown Jr. once said, “Live so that when your children think of fairness, caring, and integrity, they think of you.” This quote is a powerful reminder of the lasting impact of our actions on future generations. By understanding and promoting the value of integrity, we strive to be role models, embodying fairness, caring, and integrity in every aspect of our lives. In doing so, we can work towards a more compassionate and resilient world where the well-being of individuals and communities is prioritized and nurtured.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/beyond-school-walls/202304/the-integral-role-of-integrity

Topley’s Top 10 – March 31, 2023

1. Seasonality April Strong for Stocks

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading Bespoke notes Over the last 20 and 50 years, April has been the strongest month of the year for stocks.  Over the last 50 years, the Dow has averaged a gain of 2.09% in April with positive returns 66% of the time.  Over the last 20 years, the Dow has averaged a gain of 2.18% in April with positive returns 85% of the time


2. Money Market Flows Massive But Not as a % of S&P Market Cap….Not Large.

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Lots of focus on fact that money market mutual fund assets (blue) have surged to new high of late, but as a % of S&P 500 market cap (orange), share is still below COVID bear market level

https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizannsonders/


3. Another QQQ Beating Everything Chart.

This chart is QQQ vs. Low Volatility Stocks SPLV…50day thru 200day to upside

www.stockcharts.com


4. Since 2008 Banks Have Traded Inline with 10 Year Treasury….Now Massively Diverging.

Equities: Financials’ share prices have massively diverged from bond yields.

Source: Alpine Macro  https://dailyshotbrief.com/


5. CMBS Spreads the Cheapest in History vs. Comparable Corporate Bonds

GMO Research

https://www.gmo.com/americas/research-library/aaa-cmbs-loss-remote-liquid-and-cheaper-than-ig_insights/?utm_medium=email&utm_source=episerver-campaign&utm_campaign=article-subscription-push&utm_content=Insights&email=mtopley%40lansingadv.com&first_name=matthew&last_name=topley&company=Lansing+Street+Advisors

CMBS Spreads: The Basics

A CMBS spread, also referred to as a CMBS credit spread, is the difference between the interest rate of a CMBS loan and the underlying index on which the interest rate is based on. Since the vast majority of CMBS loans are based on the swap rate, spreads can usually be determined by taking the interest rate of a loan and subtracting the swap rate. Spreads compensate a lender for their risk, as well as providing for some of the profit that the lender will make as a result of the CMBS transaction. Increased spreads also mean increased profits (and risks) for CMBS investors. https://www.multifamily.loans/apartment-finance-blog/cmbs-spreads-what-you-need-to-know/ 

What Is a Commercial Mortgage-Backed Security (CMBS)?

  • CMBS are secured by mortgages on commercial properties rather than residential real estate.
  • Commercial mortgage-backed securities are in the form of bonds, and the underlying loans typically are contained within trusts.
  • The loans in a CMBS act as collateral—with principal and interest passed on to investors—in the event of default.

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/c/cmbs.asp


6. GLD Gold ETF $196 is Breakout Going Back to January 2020

GLD right at 2022 highs….2020 high $196


7. Where did Silicon Valley Transfers Go? JP Morgan

Found at Barry Ritholtz Blog The Big Picture

https://rithotlz.com/2023/03/10-thursday-am-reads-425/


8. Russia says oil sales to India soared 22-fold last year

Sales to India surged in 2022 as European buyers turned to other markets after the Ukraine war, Russian deputy PM says.

Russian oil sales to India surged more than 22-fold last year as European buyers turned to other markets following the conflict in Ukraine, Russia’s deputy prime minister has said.

“Most of our energy resources were redirected to other markets, to the markets of friendly countries,” Alexander Novak said in comments carried by Russian news agencies on Tuesday.

“If for example, we take oil supplies to India, they increased 22 times last year,” he said.

Russia shifted its oil exports to India and China last year as European Union nations sought to end their reliance on Russian energy supplies after Moscow sent troops into neighbouring Ukraine.

The EU imposed an embargo on seaborne Russian oil in December alongside a price cap on Russian crude that was agreed with the Group of Seven industrialised powers.

The shift has meant cheaper Russian energy imports for “friendly” countries, mainly China and India.

Novak said energy revenues accounted for 42 percent of Russia’s federal budget in 2022 and that the country’s energy industry was sustainable, despite the challenges faced by Western sanctions.

Novak, who is in charge of Russia’s energy sector, also noted that supplies to China were increasing as a “result of the great work that has been done in the industry”.

Russia, a major producer and key ally of the OPEC oil cartel, cut crude production by 500,000 barrels per day this month in response to the Western sanctions.

Novak announced last week that the output reduction, which amounts to 5 percent of daily production, would continue through June.

He said the move was part of a response to Western penalties targeting Russia’s oil industry that aim to limit Moscow’s ability to finance its military.

The International Energy Agency this month said Russia’s oil-export revenue sank by almost half in February compared with last year.

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2023/3/28/russia-says-oil-sales-to-india-soared-22-fold-last-year


9. What Binge Drinking Does to the Brain, and the Gut

In young people, establishing habits that are hard to overcome.  Scott C. Anderson Psychology Today

KEY POINTS

  • Binge drinking alters the gut microbiota.
  • Changes in specific bacteria are associated with emotional and cognitive deficits.
  • Binge drinking in young people can establish lifelong habits that may be hard to overcome.

“The hard part about being a bartender is figuring out who is drunk and who is just stupid.” –Richard Braunstein

John Cryan and Ted Dinan are a pair of dynamic Irish researchers who, over the past decade, have been busily advancing the remarkable science of the gut-brain axis. They coined the term psychobiotic to refer to probiotics and prebiotics that can improve your mood. The idea that mere gut microbes could affect the lofty human brain is humbling. As Cryan puts it, “If microbes are controlling the brain, then microbes are controlling everything.”

Cryan, Dinan, and their team at APC Microbiome, based at University College Cork, recently looked at what happens to gut microbes in young binge drinkers. Once again, there was an interesting connection between gut microbes and the brain—in this case, the boozy brain.

Binge Drinking, Gut Microbiota, and Cognition

The study, appearing in The Lancet and headed by Carina Carbia, found that binge drinking among young people aged 18 to 25 had a long-term impact on their gut microbiota and their cognition. Bingeing increased inflammation and slowed reaction times. Testing showed bingers had emotional deficits and alcohol cravings that were strongly associated with their altered microbiota. Cryan says, “This study highlights the importance of the gut microbiota in regulating craving, social cognition, and emotional functioning.”

I had the wonderful opportunity to write a book with Cryan and Dinan: The Psychobiotic Revolution from National Geographic. During our collaboration, a Guinness or two may have been downed, but no bingeing. We were writing for the layperson, but our prose pales next to Ireland’s legendary hard-drinking bards. The Emerald Isle is known for outstanding literature and enthusiastic imbibing, often pursued simultaneously. Dubliners James Joyce, Oscar Wilde, Jonathan Swift, and Samuel Beckett were brilliant writers who were all known to crawl the pubs for a drop or two. Some of these pubs are famed for that literary patronage.

Irish playwright George Bernard Shaw famously declared that whiskey is liquid sunshine. Less cheerfully, he also asserted that “alcohol is the anesthesia by which we endure the operation of life.” The Irish novelist Brendan Behan, well-known for both his wit and his binges, once described himself as a drinker with a writing problem. Funny, yes; but, sadly, drinking led to his death after he collapsed at the Harbour Lights Bar in Dublin. He was only 41.

Short of killing you, binge drinking can have more subtle effects, including blunted emotional perception. The APC study found that binge drinkers had a difficult time recognizing expressions of sadness or disgust.

Alcohol Cravings

Specific microbial species were associated with impulsive behavior and cravings for alcohol. We now know that many of our cravings may be encouraged by these tiny creatures. By secreting neurotransmitters like serotonin and dopamine, they yank our reins to guide us to their favorite foods. When we binge drink, we encourage a certain class of party bacteria that tend to draw us back to the bar for another round. Some species of Alistipes, for instance, are reduced by binge drinking, while species of Veillonella are increased. You might blame Veillonella for that urge to celebrate.

The study defined binge drinking as “consumption of a large amount of alcohol within a short period of time, leading to a blood alcohol concentration of at least 0.8 g/l.” That works out to about five drinks in a single sitting, which is more common in Ireland (19 percent) than the European average (6 percent). However, averages are deceptive, and Ireland is not the booziest country in Europe. It has some stiff competition from Germany, Latvia, and the Czech Republic, among others.

Still, Ireland has a reputation for drinking, deserved or not. Tina Fey, the comedic actress (with some Irish heritage) said, “In a study, scientists report that drinking beer can be good for the liver. I’m sorry, did I say ‘scientists’? I meant Irish people.” So, perhaps an Irish study of bingeing isn’t totally inappropriate.

Drinking is a deeply entrenched part of humankind. In fact, throughout most of our history, alcohol has been a lifesaver, killing the ubiquitous pathogens in ordinary water. Louis Pasteur, eponymous for killing microbes, said that “wine is the most healthful and most hygienic of beverages.” Alcohol, produced by microbial fermentation, is a potent antiseptic. Pasteur knew that it takes a microbe to fight a microbe.

For as long as there have been guts, beneficial microbes have made a home there, and they play an important role in fending off pathogens. They are an unsung but important part of our immune system.

Our gut microbes, some of which can double in number every half hour, respond quickly to our dietary and drinking habits. As mentioned, depending on what we consume, some microbes thrive while others languish. Amazingly, the complex communities they form can alter our mood and cognition.

Long-Term Problems

These alterations can be persistent, and bingeing at a young age may set us up for lifelong behaviors that can be hard to reset. So, if you are thinking of taking an alcoholiday to visit Margaritaville, pace yourself. Your booze-loving bacteria may enjoy a binge, but the joy you find in the evening will be subtracted from the following morning. Worse yet, you may be setting yourself up for enduring behavioral problems.

Quitting is an obvious solution, but, for many, that can be tough. As Henny Youngman put it: “When I read about the evils of drinking I gave up reading.” But, like many things in life, the dose makes the poison. A recent large study of 4 million Koreans found that three glasses of alcohol or more per day was associated with an increase in rates of dementia. However, one or two glasses a day lowered dementia rates compared with those of teetotalers.

That should cheer moderate drinkers and encourage the rest of us to drink less. Binge drinking, it turns out, might not be the smartest move.

Facebook/LinkedIn image: Hananeko_Studio/Shutterstock

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/mood-by-microbe/202302/what-binge-drinking-does-to-your-gut-and-your-brain


10. Stress Management

How to Deal with Constantly Feeling Overwhelmed

by Rebecca Zucker  HBR

 

Summary.   The cognitive impact of feeling perpetually overwhelmed can range from mental slowness, forgetfulness, confusion, difficulty concentrating or thinking logically, to a racing mind or an impaired ability to problem solve. When we have too many demands on our…more

Our work lives have become increasingly demanding, presenting us with ever more complex challenges at a near-relentless pace. Add in personal or family needs, and it’s easy to feel constantly overwhelmed. In their book, Immunity to Change, Harvard professors Robert Kegan and Lisa Lahey discuss how the increase in complexity associated with modern life has left many of us feeling “in over our heads.” When this is the case, the complexity of our world has surpassed our “complexity of mind” or our ability to handle that level of complexity and be effective. This has nothing to do with how smart we are, but with how we make sense of the world and how we operate in it.

Our typical response to ever-growing workloads is to work harder and put in longer hours, rather than to step back and examine what makes us do this and find a new way of operating. I have a few clients who fit this description. When we started working together, they each had already resorted to getting up at 4 AM to do work. Sue, who works for a tech company that recently went public, is leading many simultaneous projects and is fearful she’ll miss an important email. Ajay, a senior leader at a late-stage start-up, needs the extra quiet time to try to make a dent in his ever-growing to-do list, but feels like he’s trying to dig himself out of a hole that just keeps getting deeper. Maria, a start-up co-founder, felt constantly overwhelmed as her company started to scale. While CEOs of trillion dollar companies like Apple’s Tim Cook, wake up at 3:45 AM, most of us don’t have quite this level of responsibility.

The cognitive impact of feeling perpetually overwhelmed can range from mental slowness, forgetfulness, confusion, difficulty concentrating or thinking logically, to a racing mind or an impaired ability to problem solve. When we have too many demands on our thinking over an extended period of time, cognitive fatigue can also happen, making us more prone to distractions and our thinking less agile. Any of these effects, alone, can make us less effective and leave us feeling even more overwhelmed. If you are feeling constantly overwhelmed, here are some key strategies to try:

Pinpoint the primary source of overwhelm. Ask yourself the question, “What one or two things, if taken off my plate would alleviate 80% of the stress that I feel right now?” While you may still be responsible for these items and cannot actually take them off your plate, this question can still help you identify a significant source of your stress. If it’s a big project that’s almost done, finish it. Or, if it’s the sheer size of the task or project that is overwhelming you, break it down into more manageable components, ask for additional resources or renegotiate the deadline if you are able — or all of the above.

Set boundaries on your time and workload. This can include “time boxing” the hours you spend on a task or project, leaving the office by a certain time, or saying no to specific types of work. Ajay realized he was spending a significant amount of time mediating conflicts between various team members, which was not only an unproductive use of his time, but also reinforced their behavior of escalating issues to him instead of learning to resolve these problems themselves. Saying “no” to these escalations and setting expectations that they do their best to work out these issues before coming to him, created more breathing room for him to focus on his priorities with fewer distractions.

Challenge your perfectionism. Perfectionism can lead us to make tasks or projects bigger than they need to be, which can lead to procrastination and psychological distress. As things pile up, the sense of overwhelm grows, which can then lead to more procrastination and more overwhelm. Sheryl Sandberg famously said, “Done is better than perfect.” Know when “good” is “good enough” by asking yourself, “What is the marginal benefit of spending more time on this task or project?” If the answer is very little, stop where you are and be done with it. Part of this is also recognizing that we cannot do everything perfectly. Sue was finally able to accept that sometimes an email will be overlooked, and that if it’s important enough, the other person will follow up with her.

Outsource or delegate. Ask yourself, “What is the highest and best use of my time?” Activities that don’t fall within your answer can be taught and/or delegated to others. This can include managing selected projects, delegating attending certain meetings, having a team member conduct the initial interviews for an open position, or outsourcing the cleaning of your home and meal preparation. Maria had the revelation that she should delegate the weekly Sales meeting that she had always led to — of all people — the Head of Sales! She realized she had hired this person over a year ago but was still clinging to certain responsibilities that “she had always done,” and had never fully empowered him, for fear of giving up control. In the end, she admitted all she really needed was an email update. By letting go of this one task, she freed up 52 hours a year to focus on other high-priority strategic issues.

Challenge your assumptions. If feeling overwhelmed is an ongoing struggle, it is likely that you have assumptions that are keeping you stuck in unproductive behaviors. Kegan and Lahey refer to these as “Big Assumptions.” For Sue, it was the belief that “If something falls through the cracks, I’d fail and wouldn’t be able to recover from it.” In Ajay’s case, it was his belief that “If I’m not there to help others, I won’t be needed and people will question my value.” For Maria, her assumption was “If I lose control, others will mess up, and the company will fail.” While these big assumptions felt real to each leader, these limiting beliefs were not likely 100% true and kept them stuck in old patterns that significantly contributed to their sense of overwhelm. By identifying and debunking these beliefs over time, they were able to broaden their previously contracted view of the world, which in turn allowed them to reduce their overwhelm and provided them with a greater sense of agency.

While we may all feel overwhelmed from time to time in our demanding work and personal lives, employing the above strategies can help mitigate the frequency and extent to which we feel this way.

Read more on Stress management or related topics Personal productivity and Managing yourself

  • Rebecca Zucker is an executive coach and a founding partner at Next Step Partners, a leadership development firm. Her clients have included Amazon, Clorox, Morrison Foerster, Norwest Venture Partners, The James Irvine Foundation, and high-growth technology companies like DocuSign and Dropbox. You can follow her on Twitter: @rszucker

https://hbr.org/2019/10/how-to-deal-with-constantly-feeling-overwhelmed?utm_campaign=hbr&utm_medium=social&utm_source=linkedin

Topley’s Top 10 – March 30, 2023

1. Q1 in One Chart….QQQ +17% vs. RPV S&P Value ETF -5.5%

www.yahoofinance.com


2. Housing Affordability Worse than 2008….Big Difference-We Don’t Have the Leverage or Inventory of 2008

https://twitter.com/Barchart/statu/1640886723134603264


3. Homebuilders Holding Up Under Slowdown….Got Back to 2022 Highs


4. Most Americans The Largest Part of Net Worth is their Home

https://twitter.com/PeterMallouk


5. Office Space Vacancy 18.7% Highest in History

https://twitter.com/JoeConsorti


6. Alibaba Big Move this Week but Not Even Back to 2023 Highs

www.stockcharts.com


7. Net Percentage of Banks Tightening Standards Near Previous Recession Levels.

FRED Charts

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/DRTSCILM


8. Renewables Produce More Electricity than Coal

www.chartr.com


9. Here are 9 eye-popping allegations in the U.S. government’s lawsuit against Binance

Lukas I. Alpert. Marketwatch

The CFTC has accused Binance of doing everything it could to avoid having to follow U.S. regulations.

The Commodity Futures Trading Commission filed a lawsuit Monday against crypto exchange Binance and its charismatic CEO, Changpeng Zhao, alleging they went to great lengths to do business with U.S. customers while not following U.S. regulations.

The suit spells out a litany of alleged offenses that harkened back to wild west days of cryptocurrencies where no rules applied, despite Binance claiming it was playing by the rules.

The company says it is surprised by the CFTC’s as it had been working closely for years with the agency and had spent $80 million and hired 650 additional people to bolster its compliance efforts.

Here are nine of the most eye-popping allegations contained in the CFTC suit:

1) Where Chaopeng Zhao goes, Binance goes

The suit said the company was purposely vague about where it was based, with its founder, who is often called simply CZ, often saying that wherever he happened to be in the world, was the company’s headquarters that day.

2) Whatever you do, don’t let anyone know you’re American

Regulators allege Binance counseled its high-value U.S. customers to log in to their accounts using virtual private networks — or VPNs — to obscure their location. The company also didn’t typically ask these clients to provide any identifying documents as required by U.S. law.

3) What regulations?

The suit claims that Binance never registered with U.S. regulators and simply ignored U.S. laws despite the fact that its largest group of clients was in the U.S.

4) You might want to watch your back

Binance is accused of warning its VIP clients if they ever came under investigation by law enforcement. Account advisors were told to contact the clients immediately if their account had been frozen or unfrozen. If the account was unfrozen, they were instructed to  “ not directly tell the user to run, just tell them their account has been unfrozen and it was investigated by XXX. If the user is a big trader, or a smart one, he/she will get the hint.”

5) Don’t mind the man behind the curtain

Regulators say Binance quietly operated some 300 house accounts that made trades on its own exchange, which could affect prices, without telling customers. It exempted the trading entities, including Merit Peak and Sigma Chain, from its own anti-fraud and insider-trading policies.

6) Who needs records?

The suit alleges that Binance executives frequently used disappearing chat programs like Wechat, Telegram and SIgnal to communicate internally and with customers.

7) A maze of companies

The suit charged that Binance used a “maze” of ownership structures to purposely obscure where each entity operated from, making jurisdiction challenging.

8) Everything comes from the top

Despite running a multi-billion business, regulators say CZ micromanged even the smallest decisions, once personally approving a $60 expense for office furniture in a month the company brought in $700 million in revenue.

9) There’s a whale in the room

Regulators identified one Chicago-based firm as controlling some 12% of all of Binance’s trading volume, and that CZ urged them to do business on the exchange using non-US IP addresses.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/here-are-9-eye-popping-allegations-in-the-u-s-governments-lawsuit-against-binance-1f8125b6?mod=home-page


10. Change: Humankind’s Greatest Asset

By Jim Rohn | March 17, 2023 | 0    SUCCESS.COM

Our results are only limited by our imaginations. History has proven that time and again.

Once upon a time, it was a technological impossibility for humans to travel into outer space. In 1969, however, the first man stepped out onto the surface of the moon. The miraculous process of converting this dream into reality began when President John F. Kennedy challenged the scientific community to do whatever was necessary to see to it that America “commit itself to achieving the goal, before [the] decade [was] out, of landing a man on the moon and returning him safely to the earth.” That challenge awakened the spirit of a nation by planting the seed of possible future achievement into the fertile soil of imagination. With that one bold challenge, the impossible path became the course for reality.

I can tell you with absolute certainty that the same principles that put men on the moon have the power to take you a long, long way in your own life. The unique combination of desire, planning, effort and perseverance will always work its magic. The question is indeed not whether this formula for success will work for a person, but whether a person will work the formula. That is the unknown variable, the challenge that confronts us all. We can all go from wherever we are to wherever we want to be—provided we first have the courage to believe in that dream.

I know, because it happened in my own life. By the time I was 25, I was broke and embarrassed—I felt like I was a failure, and well on my way to failing more. But with mentorship, study and hard work, I changed my circumstances.

Of course, it didn’t happen overnight. The first thing I had to realize is what I was doing that brought me such poor results.

The status quo leads to failure

Failure is not a single cataclysmic event. Just as we don’t succeed overnight, we don’t fail overnight, either. The difference between failure and success is whether we choose to learn from and build upon our past mistakes or continue to make the same poor decisions. To put it more simply, failure is nothing more than a few errors in judgment repeated every day.

Now why would someone make an error in judgment and then be so foolish as to continuously repeat it? Perhaps the answer is because we do not think that it matters. On their own, our daily actions don’t seem that important. A minor oversight, a poor decision or a wasted hour don’t generally result in an instant and measurable impact. More often than not, we escape from any immediate consequences. If we have not bothered to read a single book  in the past 90 days, this lack of discipline does not seem to have any immediate effect. And since nothing drastic happened to us after the first 90 days, we repeat this error in judgment for another 90 days, and on and on it goes. Why? Because it doesn’t seem to matter.

And herein lies the great danger. Far worse than not reading books is not even realizing that it matters to do so.

People who eat too many of the wrong foods are contributing to their future health problems, but the joy of the moment overshadows the consequences of the future. Those who drink or smoke too much go on making these poor choices year after year after year—again, because it doesn’t seem to matter.

But the pain and regret of these kinds of errors in judgment are only delayed until a later date.

Failure’s most dangerous attribute is its subtlety—that is, when we do not seem to be failing. In fact, sometimes these accumulated errors occur throughout periods of great joy and prosperity in our lives. Since nothing terrible happens to us—since there are no instant consequences to capture our attention—we simply drift from one day to the next, repeating the errors, thinking the wrong thoughts, listening to the wrong voices and making the wrong choices. The sky did not fall in on us yesterday; therefore, the act was probably harmless.

We should know better than that.

This is why it is imperative to refine our philosophy in order to be able to make better choices. With a powerful, personal philosophy guiding our every step, we become more aware of our actions and the ripple effects they’ll have. That’s the great news: Just like the formula for failure, the formula for success is easy to follow. It’s just a few simple disciplines practiced every day.

Making a change is the formula for success

How can we change the errors in the formula for failure into the disciplines required in the formula for success? The answer is by making the future an important part of our current philosophy.

What if you developed a new discipline to take just a few minutes every day to look a little further down the road? Perhaps you would then be able to foresee the impending consequences of your current conduct. Armed with that valuable information, you would be able to take the necessary action to change your errors into new success-oriented disciplines.

As you change daily errors into daily disciplines, you’ll begin to experience the positive results. When we change our diet, our health improves noticeably. We begin to feel a new vitality when we start exercising. When we take the time to study, we experience a growing awareness and a new level of self-confidence. Whatever new discipline we begin to practice daily will likely produce exciting results that will drive us to become even better at developing other disciplines in the future.

I know one surefire way to create change: start. If you start today, then this would be the first day of a new life leading to a better future. If today is the day you start to try harder, and in every way make a conscious and consistent effort to change subtle and deadly errors into constructive and rewarding disciplines, you may never again settle for a life of mere existence rather than one of substance.

More often than not, however, change isn’t as simple as flipping a switch. In my experience, it’s usually driven by one of three emotions.

Emotions are the most powerful forces inside of us. Under the power of emotions, human beings can perform heroic (and barbaric) acts. To a great degree, civilization itself can be defined as the intelligent channeling of human emotion. Emotions are fuel and the mind is the pilot, which together propel the ship of progress.

Which emotions cause people to act? There are three basic ones; each, or a combination of them, can trigger the most incredible progress. The day that you allow these emotions to fuel you is the day you’ll turn your life around.

Disgust

One does not usually equate the word “disgust” with positive action. And yet, properly channeled, disgust can change a person’s life. The person who feels disgusted has reached a point of no return. They are ready to throw down the gauntlet at life and say, “I’ve had it!” That’s what I said after many humiliating experiences at age 25. I said, “I don’t want to live like this anymore.”

Productive feelings of disgust come when a person says, “Enough is enough.” It is then that they are primed to become something new.

Desire

Almost anything can trigger desire. It’s a matter of timing as much as preparation. It might be a song that tugs at the heartstrings. It might be a memorable sermon. Maybe it’s a movie, a conversation with a friend or a bitter experience. Even a book or an article such as this one can trigger the inner mechanism that will make some people say, “I want it now!”

Therefore, while searching for your hot button of pure, raw desire, welcome each positive experience into your life. Don’t erect a wall to protect you from experiencing life. The same wall that keeps out the shadows of your disappointment also keeps out the sunlight of enriching experiences. So let life touch you. The next touch could be the one that turns your life around.

Resolve

Resolve says, “I will.” These two words are among the most potent in the English language.

The mountain climber says, “I will climb the mountain. They’ve told me it’s too high, it’s too far, it’s too steep, it’s too rocky, it’s too difficult. But it’s my mountain. I will climb it.” Who can argue with such resolve?

If you want to create change in your life, promise yourself you will never give up.

You have to choose to make a change

Any day you wish, you can discipline yourself to change it all, to open the book that will expose your mind to new knowledge, start a new activity and begin the process of changing your life. You can do it immediately, or next week, next month or next year.

Or, you can do nothing. You can pretend rather than perform. And if the idea of having to change makes you uncomfortable, you can remain as you are. Truth be told, this is the more comfortable setting right now. You probably haven’t experienced those consequences yet.

But are you thinking about the future? If you are, you know why you would choose labor over rest, education over entertainment, truth over delusion and confidence over doubt.

The emotions are ours to feel and the choices are ours to make. Don’t curse the effect while nourishing the cause. As Shakespeare uniquely observed in Julius Caesar, “The fault, dear Brutus, is not in our stars, / But in ourselves, that we are underlings.”

We create our circumstances by our choices. We have both the ability and the responsibility to make better choices, beginning today. Those who are in search of the good life do not need more answers or more time to think things over to reach better conclusions. They need the truth. They need the whole truth. And they need nothing but the truth.

We cannot allow our errors in judgment, repeated every day, to lead us down the wrong path. We must keep coming back to those basics that make the biggest difference in how our life works out. And then we must make the very choices that will bring life, happiness and joy into our daily lives.

Making a change starts with you

If I may be so bold to offer a final piece of advice for someone seeking and needing to make changes in their life: If you don’t like how things are, change it! You’re not a tree. You have the ability to totally transform every area of your life, and it all begins with your very own power of choice.

For more life-shaping advice from the icon of personal development and to download a free guide to setting powerful personal goals, visit JimRohn.com.

This article originally appeared in the Fall 2018 issue of SUCCESS magazine and has been updated. Photo by Inside Creative House/Shutterstock

https://www.success.com/change-humankinds-greatest-asset/’

Topley’s Top 10 – March 29, 2023

1. History of Spikes in One-Week Money Market Flows.

Irrelevant Investor @michaelbatnick

https://twitter.com/michaelbatnick

2. Fed Fund Rate Now Above Core PCE (the Fed’s preferred measure of inflation)

@Charlie BilelloIn looking at the recent inflation data, the Fed seems to finally have room to pause.

Importantly, the Fed Funds Rate is now above Core PCE (the Fed’s preferred measure of inflation), suggesting that monetary policy is now entering a contractionary stage.

3. Small Banks Hold $1Trillion in Treasuries

Torsten Slok Apollo Group

4. UBS Chart Update…UBS Held 200-Week Moving Average Post CS Buyout

UBS Hit $7 During Covid Crisis

www.stockcharts.com

5. Nasdaq 100 Leading 2023…Top 5 Holdings 40% of ETF.

MSFT, AAPL, AMZN, NVDA…40% of QQQ.

https://www.invesco.com/qqq-etf/en/about.html?gclid=CjwKCAjwoIqhBhAGEiwArXT7Ky1Ax8I9Jwp_NYD8MT4o2DH6L1yr14Z-puF4SD4awfUtsc0Afp7gCBoCDCsQAvD_BwE

6. Cyclical vs. Systemic (structural) Bear Markets.

Jack Ablin Cresset—Good Picture of S&P Corrections

https://cressetcapital.com/post/bear-stearns-2007-deja-vu-is-svb-early-warning-of-systemic-equity-market-selloff/

7. Value Vs. Growth Recent History Chart

Zerohedge Value has outperformed Growth for 3 straight days… but note where the reversal happened (this is Russell 1000 Value / Russell 1000 Growth)…

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/banks-big-tech-breakdown-credit-calm-bitcoin-bullion-bounce

8. Indo-Pacific Region 65% of World Population

https://www.insightsonindia.com/2022/12/21/editorial-analysis-accepting-the-new-normal-in-the-indo-pacific-contestation/

9. Ski resorts in California got so much snow they’re going to stay open through June

By Zoe Sottile, CNN A snowboarder speeds down a run at Mammoth Mountain Ski Area. Peter Morning/Mammoth Mountain Ski Area CNN —

The slopes are open for summer, at least in California.

Several California ski resorts have announced they have received so much snow that they plan to stay open until well into the summer months.

Mammoth Mountain, a popular four-season resort located in the Eastern Sierra mountains, announced earlier this week it would be open for skiing at least until the end of July. This is the earliest in the year the resort has ever announced it would be open so late, communications director Lauren Burke told CNN over email.

Burke said that the resort was just 5 inches away from breaking its season snowfall record of 668” inches, set in 2010.

“We aim to keep lifts spinning until as long as conditions allow, which definitely could go into August this season,” she wrote. “Spring skiing and riding conditions are going to be the best we’ve ever seen with the mountain in mid-winter form.”

Snow blankets Mammoth Mountain.

Peter Morning/Mammoth Mountain Ski Area

Similarly, Palisades Tahoe announced on Thursday it would continue to operate the Alpine portion of the resort until the July 4 weekend. They attributed the extension to “Lake Tahoe’s second snowiest winter on record.”

California has faced dramatic weather conditions in the past weeks. The state has been racked by powerful, atmospheric river storms that have brought a deluge of rain and snow after a yearslong, historic megadrought. The onslaught of moisture has relieved the drought and replenished crucial reservoirs, but has also triggered flooding and mudslides in some parts of the state.

Last week, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration reported that it expects the West’s influx of rain and snow will likely turn off in April.

https://www.cnn.com/travel/article/california-ski-resorts-snow-extended-season/index.html?utm_campaign=mb&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_source=morning_brew

10. A CEO shares the 5 toxic personality types he sees ‘over and over’ again—‘watch for these signs’

Matt Higgins, Contributor@MHIGGINS

The world is filled with toxic people, and working with them is a pain. The key is to learn how to identify them early on, but this can be challenging.

When you meet a person for the first time, you are seeing them at their best selves. So when I find someone hard to get along with or who displays behavior I can’t explain, I get away quickly.

In my 10-plus years of being a CEO, investor and founder, I’ve worked with thousands of people in business, and there are five types of toxic personalities I see over and over again.

To avoid working with these people as much as possible, watch for these signs:

1. Withholders

Withholders are unable to deliver praise or feel happy when someone else steps up and contributes to a group success. They are wired by insecurity or the need for domination.

They resent anyone who possesses skills they don’t have or who doesn’t feel the same self-loathing that they are plagued with. If you are thriving, they see it as their mission to bring you down.

How to handle them: Withholders take advantage of those who don’t speak up. Actively point out the strengths you each bring to the table. Demonstrate that, with your combined efforts, you can both achieve positive results.

2. Hijackers

It’s not always so brazen and extreme, but Hijackers are essentially Withholders with the added bonus of aggression. They want to trade on your vulnerability, take what you are great at, and claim it for themselves.

I’ve seen a lot of Hijackers in managerial roles. What they don’t understand is that to extract value from creatives, they must be empathetic to other people’s deficiencies — instead of trying to exploit them.

How to handle them: Own your achievements and demand credit when it’s due. Hijackers are less likely to bully someone who is assertive and who displays a strong sense of confidence.

3. Victims

Generally, good performers live in a place of gratitude. They don’t feel entitled to success, so they’re thrilled and thankful when it arrives.

But Victims live in a place of constant injustice. They see every bump in the road as confirmation that they are being unfairly targeted.

How to handle them: A Victim’s central argument might be that they are burdened with an undue workload. So raise your hand to volunteer, but know that your offer will likely be rejected. Going forward, remind them that you are willing to help, while also shouting out colleagues who are team players.

4. Martyrs

Martyrs are like victims who actually do the work, but they don’t do it well enough to justify the psychological drain they place on an organization.

They take on as much as they can handle — not to help the broader team, but to confirm the narrative they carry around about themselves as unjustly forced to take on the burdens of others.

How to handle them: Convince them that the greatest service they can do in pursuit of a cause is to delegate to people best suited to perform the individual tasks. Encourage them to redirect their energy into deploying others, instead of taking everything on by themselves.

5. Gaslighters

Gaslighters will spend their energy trying to rewrite reality, to the detriment of everyone around them. They often possess narcissistic traits.

They combine the qualities of Withholders, Hijackers, Victims and Martyrs all in one, attempting to convince people that they are not seeing what’s going on right in front of their eyes.

How to handle them: Put guardrails in place to keep them on track to deliver whatever value they can, and ignore the rest. If you don’t spend any energy engaging with their view of the world, the fire they’re trying to ignite will never take hold.

Matt Higgins is an investor and CEO of RSE Ventures. He began his career as the youngest press secretary in New York City history, where he helped manage the global press response during 9/11. Matt’s book, “Burn the Boats: Toss Plan B Overboard and Unleash Your Full Potential,” is out now. Follow him on Twitter @mhiggins.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/28/ceo-and-founder-shares-toxic-personalities-he-avoids-at-all-costs-and-signs-to-watch-for.html

https://www.wsj.com/articles/americans-pull-back-from-values-that-once-defined-u-s-wsj-norc-poll-finds-df8534cd

Topley’s Top 10 – March 27, 2023

1. FDIC Failed Bank List-75 Banks Failed in Last 10 Years…All Depositors Back Stopped.

FDIC Website List https://www.fdic.gov/resources/resolutions/bank-failures/failed-bank-list/


2. Money Markets are the New Hot Asset

Steve Goldstein  Marketwatch

Another bubble has emerged, courtesy of the bank-sector crisis which has already felled three U.S. regional banks.

Bank of America analysts led by the Michael Hartnett say money-market funds are the new hot asset.

They point out that assets under management for money funds has now exceeded $5.1 trillion, up over $300 billion over the past four weeks. They also counted the biggest weekly flows to cash since March 2020, the biggest six-week inflow to Treasurys ever, and the largest weekly outflow from investment-grade bonds since Oct. 2022.

The last two times money-market fund assets surged — in 2008 and in 2020 — the Federal Reserve slashed interest rates. Hartnett is fond of the saying, “markets stop panicking when central banks start panicking,” and he noted a surge in emergency Fed discount window borrowing has historically occurred around a big stock-market low.

There is one difference this time, in that inflation is a reality and that labor markets, not just in the U.S. but in other industrialized nations, remains exceptionally strong. The Bank of America team counted 46 interest rate hikes this year, including by the Swiss National Bank after its rescue of Credit Suisse last week.

History, according to the BofA team, says to sell the last interest rate hike. “Credit and stock markets are too greedy for rate cuts, not fearful enough of recession,” they say. After all, when banks borrow from the Fed in an emergency, they tighten lending standards, which in turn results in less lending, and that leads to less small-business optimism, which eventually cracks the labor market.

 https://www.marketwatch.com/story/bank-of-america-identifies-the-next-bubble-and-says-investors-should-sell-stocks-rather-than-buy-them-after-the-last-rate-hike-98b803ab 


3. Signs of Accounting Fraud on the Rise

WSJ Josh Zumbrun Manipulation of earnings from Corporate America is on the rise, an ominous omen for the U.S. economy. That is the conclusion of new research on accounting fraud, using a technique that flagged Enron as an earnings manipulator several years before the energy company’s spectacular 2001 implosion.

“We think this is a measure of misinformation in the economy,” said Dr. Beneish. The new aggregate measure was published in a December paper, and the latest data—compiled in March and shared with The Wall Street Journal—shows that the collective probability of fraud across major companies is the highest in over 40 years.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/accounting-fraud-indicator-signals-coming-economic-trouble-506568a0


4. Biotech ETF -22% in 6 Weeks.


5. Apple Chart…50day thru 200day to Upside.

www.stockcharts.com


6. 60/40 Portfolio Closes Above 200 Day Moving Average….

50day thru 200day to upside if February

WWW.STOCKCHARTS.COM


7. Two-Year Treasury More Volatile than 2008 Great Financial Crisis

Bespoke Investment Group Below is one chart from this week’s Bespoke Report that you may find interesting. The most concerning aspect of the treasury market has been intraday volatility.  Traditionally, the two-year Treasury has been one of the least volatile areas of financial markets, but over the last month, the average daily move in the two-year yield has been over 17 basis points (bps), exceeding the peak volatility of the financial crisis to the most volatile trading since 1983.  These are not the types of moves you would expect to see in a well-functioning market and provide another example of something that’s ‘broken’ in the aftermath of the Fed’s most aggressive tightening cycle in forty years.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/the-bespoke-report-3-24-23-shaking-it-off


8. Tik Tok 834M Users Worldwide

https://www.insiderintelligence.com/charts/global-tiktok-user-stats/


9. 360,000 Jobs Reshored to the U.S. Last Year

WSJ


10. Farnam Street What it Means to Do Your Best….

What it means to do your best:

Doing your best is about the position you find yourself in when you show up. Over the long term, the average person who constantly puts themselves in a good position beats the genius who finds themselves in a poor position. What looks like talent is often good positioning. And the best way to put yourself in a good position is with good preparation.

— Source

Insight

“When you first start to study a field, it seems like you have to memorize a zillion things. You don’t. What you need is to identify the core principles – generally three to twelve of them – that govern the field. The million things you thought you had to memorize are simply various combinations of the core principles.”

— John T. Reed in Succeeding

Tiny Thought

Do my expectations match the level of effort I’m giving?

Etc.

Exact portions

“Every Sunday morning, Jeff (Bezos) makes pancakes. He wakes up early. He gets the Betty Crocker cookbook out every time, and I’m like, “OK, you’re the smartest man in the world; why don’t you have this memorized yet?” But he opens it up every time: Exact portions make the best pancakes in the world.”

— Source

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – March 23, 2023

1. Groundhogs Day UBS and Credit Suisse get urgent bailout funds-NY Times Story from 2008

By Alan Cowell Oct. 16, 2008

PARIS — As the financial crisis continued to roll through world markets, the two leading Swiss banks said Thursday they had secured emergency support totaling some $14.1 billion, either from the Swiss authorities or from outside investors, including the Qatar Investment Authority.

UBS said it would receive a direct injection of government money worth some $5.3 billion, while Credit Suisse said it had raised $8.8 billion from “a small group of major global investors” including the Qatari authorities. The government injection of funds into UBS could represent a 9 percent stake in the bank, whose $44 billion write-downs related to toxic assets have been Europe’s worst.

Credit Suisse also reported a net third quarter loss of $1.3 billion after further write-downs.

Additionally, the Swiss National Bank said it had created a fund that would enable UBS, the country’s biggest bank, to transfer $60 billion worth of toxic assets from its balance sheet. UBS said the fund would be capitalized with $6 billion of equity capital provided by UBS and $54 billion from the Swiss National Bank.

UBS said in a statement: “With this transaction, UBS caps future potential losses from these assets, secures their long-term funding, reduces its risk-weighted assets and materially de-risks and reduces its balance sheet.”

For its part, the Swiss government said in separate statement that it was “confident that this package of measures will contribute to the lasting strengthening of the Swiss financial system.”

“The resulting stabilization is beneficial for overall economic development in Switzerland and is in the interests of the country as a whole,” the statement said.

Previously, the Swiss authorities had seemed to be standing apart from the wave of bailouts among European countries, who have pledged around $1.8 trillion to free up credit markets and support the continent’s banking system. But such is the size of the Swiss banking industry in relation to the overall economy that the Swiss might not have had the resources to bail out UBS and Credit Suisse if they ran into deep trouble.

https://www.nytimes.com/2008/10/16/business/worldbusiness/16iht-17swiss.17006058.html


2. Five Week Change in Deposits Leading Up to Banking Crisis

Jim Bianco Research


3. The Money Flows Still Going to Bonds

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading Fund managers are still in bear town: long bonds, staples and cash; US equity weighting is at an 18 yr low. From BAML yesterday


4. XLE Energy ETF Never Made New 2023 Highs….Trading below 200day Moving Average.

www.stockcharts.com


5. XLF Financial Sector ETF 3rd Run at 200 Week Moving Average

XLF more diversified than bank ETFs ….touching 200 week moving average for third time since mid-2022

Top Holdings 25% of Portfolio Berkshire and JP Morgan

https://www.etf.com/XLF


6. NVIDIA Runs Up to Highs from One-Year Ago

NVDA almost hits exact number from last March


7. Recession Indicator Inventories to Sales Ratio

This ratio is not yet near previous recession levels…See arrows on chart.

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/RETAILIRSA


8. One Sub-Sector with Massive Inventory Build Up….Nike and Adidas 50% Increases in Inventory.

www.chartr.com


9. Who Do Citizens Trust? Congress Single Digits

Jack Ablin Cresset  https://cressetcapital.com/about/team/jack-ablin/


10. Founders Podcast Dinner with Charlie Munger

David SenraDavid Senra• 2nd• 2ndFounder at Founders PodcastFounder at Founders Podcast

 

I had dinner with Charlie Munger.

I spent over 3 hours with him.

I got to see his library. I could ask him any question I wanted.

At 99 he is still *ferociously* intelligent.

The most important lesson I learned from him that night was: GO FOR GREAT.

In typical Charlie fashion it is a combination of 4 simple ideas:

1. Charlie looks at everything through the lens of history. Human nature does not change. The same behaviors repeat forever.

2. Problems from time to time should be expected. This is an inescapable part of life.

3. Wise people do not whine about problems. They prevent them:

“Wisdom is prevention.” —Charlie Munger

4. Great businesses are rare. Great people are rare too. Great people and great businesses produce fewer problems.

Your mission in life is to get into a great business (and stay there)

and build relationships with great people.

Doing that will prevent the majority of problems that are under your control.

Go for great.

I made a podcast about what I learned from having dinner with Charlie Munger and rereading The Tao of Charlie Munger, you can listen to it here: https://lnkd.in/ezHrDnCb

https://www.linkedin.com/in/davidsenra/

 

Topley’s Top 10 – March 21, 2023

1. After Credit Suisse Bailout….UBS CDS Straight Up.

The Market does not like the UBS take under of Credit Suisse.


2. First Republic Bank -47% in One Day After Bailout.

90% Year to Date

https://www.google.com/search?q=frc+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=frc+chart&aqs=chrome..69i57j69i59l2.1544j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


3. S&P Financials Performance vs. Broad Market Equals Covid Dive


4. The Biggest Monthly Decline of 2-Year Yields Since 1980’s

The United States: The month-to-date decline has been the biggest since the early 1980s.

Source: The Daily Shot  https://dailyshotbrief.com/


5. Tech has Reversed All of 2022 Underperformance in Less than 3 Months

The tech sector has reversed nearly all of its 2022 underperformance in less than 3 months…

6. The Biggest Monthly Decline of 2-Year Yields Since 1980’s

The United States: The month-to-date decline has been the biggest since the early 1980s.

7. Tech has Reversed All of 2022 Underperformance in Less than 3 Months

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading The tech sector has reversed nearly all of its 2022 underperformance in less than 3 months…

Chart, histogram Description automatically generated

8. Amazon Another Large Layoff…Doubled Its Physical Footprint in 2020-2022

CNBC For the past year, Jassy has been trimming expenses across the company. Many unproven bets, like Amazon’s Scout delivery robot, a virtual tours service, Care telehealth program, and a video-calling device for kids were axed. He made the decision to shutter all of its 4-star, Pop Up and Books stores and, earlier this year, announced Amazon would close some Fresh supermarkets and Go cashierless convenience marts. Drone delivery, one of Bezos’ pet projects, is struggling mightily to get off the ground as it, too, faces cost cuts

Annie Palmer@ANNIERPALMER https://www.cnbc.com

Amazon trying to form a base in chart this year…watch to see if it holds lows

Chart

www.stockcharts.com

9. The Market Voted Negative on UBS/CS Merger Yesterday….Will Swiss Franc Still be Safe Haven? Another Chart to Watch.

Swiss economy dependent on the financial sector

Chart

www.stockcharts.com

10. How to Start Your Day Relaxed

Try these tips to help kick off your day in a calm, relaxed state of mind.

Bianca Ward

There are a group of people in the world who are very lucky. These are the ones who never seem to worry about anything. Stress washes over them, and they are able to just take whatever the world throws at them and deal with it, all the time keeping their blood pressure in check.

For most of us, it’s a lot more work than that to keep calm and be relaxed even in our normal, day-to-day lives. With this in mind, we need to make an effort to try and adjust our habits to include some stress-relieving tricks and help us find a little calmer in our day.

Start The Day Off Right

Experts agree that allowing the body to wake naturally is far better for you, and less stressful, than having a jarring alarm interrupt your beauty sleep. Of course, that’s the ideal, but when there is a job to get to, and a family to get fed and out of the door, it’s just not practical.

As a compromise, try and see if you can have at least one day a week when you can turn off the alarm and let the daylight gradually wake you. Just one day a week will give your body a break from the routine.

Take A Deep Breath

Various studies have been done on how important it is to breathe ‘right’, so once you’re up, open a window and take a good few, deep breaths.

Don’t worry if it’s raining or snowing, or if the sun’s beaming down. The weather doesn’t matter. It’s getting that air into your lungs that’s the important thing.

Obviously, if you live next to an overpass or similar, feel free to give this step a miss.

“Sometimes the most important thing in a whole day is the rest we take between two deep breaths”. – Etty Hillesum

Wash That Stress Right Out of Your Hair

Most of us enjoy a nice long soak in the bath, but it’s best to save that for the evening. In the morning, take a shower instead to help get the blood pumping.

Don’t listen to the doom and gloom of the early morning news while you are in there, either. Belt out a couple of upbeat songs.

Don’t worry about whether you’re in tune, or getting the words right, just let it go and release the energy.

Color Me Happy

Although there are those who proclaim that what we wear is not important and that clothes do not define us, there is another side to the story. Of course, they don’t define us, but they can be important in helping us feel good and calm and more able to face the day.

Plenty of us have an outfit that we love and that makes us feel confident and good when we wear it, but there’s more to clothes than that.

Color can play an important part too. White has associations with innocence and peace, whilst blue and green are both linked to tranquility, calmness, and balance.

Alternatively, if you want to inject a bit of optimism into your day, go for a splash of yellow.

Need to feel strong and powerful? Put on something red.

Don’t worry, you don’t have to dress in that color head to foot, just a tie, or a piece of jewelry in your happy color will all be of benefit.

Eat Right, Feel Right

Next, it’s that ‘most important meal of the day’, breakfast. There are plenty of people who skip breakfast, replacing it instead with a coffee grabbed on the way to work, but there’s a definite benefit, both physically and mentally, by making sure you get a decent start to the day, food-wise.

If you think about it, you’ve been effectively fasting all night, so it’s time to refuel your body for the day ahead. Going out on an empty stomach before taking in a big hit of caffeine isn’t going to do anything to build up that calm, relaxed state of mind you’re aiming for.

Porridge is a great start to the day as the oats not only release their energy gradually, but they’re also rich in B vitamins, which are useful in the fight against stress.

These vitamins are found in many whole grain foods, so if you don’t fancy a bowl of steaming porridge in the summer, try a bowl of muesli topped off with a fresh banana, and you’ll be setting your body up for a calm and relaxed morning.

Think Positive

Now you’re ready to head out of the door, there’s just one more thing; the power of positive thinking. Say to yourself, ‘I am calm and relaxed’. Repeat this several times. Although some studies indicate that saying this out loud is the most effective, in real life, it might not always be possible, so just take a few moments to yourself and repeat it in your head.

There’s plenty for us to stress about these days, both at home and in the world in general, but the more we can do, however small, to try to calm and prepare ourselves against these factors, the better we will feel. And the better we feel, the better those around us feel, which can only be good news.

https://addicted2success.com/life/how-to-start-your-day-relaxed/

Topley’s Top 10 – March 20, 2023

1. Unrealized Losses on U.S. Government Bonds  Held by Bank

BARRONS-Daren Fonda

https://www.barrons.com/articles/banking-regulation-silicon-valley-first-republic-ebcfc98b?mod=past_editions


2. Credit Suisse Has Been Imploding for a Decade but Blaming American Regional Banks Over Weekend for their Demise.

Credit Suisse has been mired in endless scandals and fines over the last 10+ years….$90B market cap to $1B and counting

https://twitter.com/charliebilello?ref_src=twsrc%5Egoogle%7Ctwcamp%5Eserp%7Ctwgr%5Eauthor


3. First Republic #14 on Biggest Bank List

Wall Street’s Biggest Banks Rescue Teetering First Republic.

Source: NYT

https://ritholtz.com/2023/03/weekend-reads-556/  Barry Ritholtz Blog


4. $100B went into Money Markets this Week…Out of Banks??


5. Bank Crisis Led to Huge Jump in Bond Market Volatility

The first and most important point we need to make is about bond market volatility.  Regional banks are not the only area that have been on a wild ride since last week. The bond market has seen a historic level of volatility.

https://allstarcharts.com/volatility-rocks-bond-market/


6. And…The Near Breakout in Gold.

Gold ETF about to break out


7. Money Poured Back into Tech as Banks/Value Stocks Sold Off…Naz Outperforms S&P 12 Days Straight

Nasdaq 100 Steadily Outperforms-Everywhere you look these days, you can find crazy things going on with the market.  A case in point is the Nasdaq 100’s performance relative to the performance of the S&P 500.  In early afternoon trading, the Nasdaq 100 is on pace for its 12th straight day of outperforming the S&P 500.  That’s a streak that has only been exceeded two other times (July 2005 and July 2017) since 1996, and there have only been a total of six streaks where the Nasdaq 100 outperformed the S&P 500 for ten or more trading days.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/nasdaq-100-steadily-outperforms


8. DEEP…Deep Value Stocks Give Back All Gains for the Year….-15% from 2023 Highs


9. Only 1 in 5 Homes Considered “Affordable”


10. The 10 most expensive U.S. states to retire in — California didn’t make the list

Cheyenne DeVon  CNBC

In addition to being home to the most expensive city to live in worldwide, New York is the least affordable U.S. state to retire in.

That’s according to WalletHub’s “2023 Best States to Retire,” which compared all 50 states across three main categories: affordability, quality of life and health care.

For the affordability metric, WalletHub used data from various agencies such as the U.S. Census Bureau and the Council for Community and Economic Research. The ranking looked at adjusted cost of living, general tax-friendliness and annual cost of in-home services, as well as other factors.

While New York ranked 10th in the quality-of-life category and 16th in health care, it came in 50th for affordability. That’s likely due to having the second-highest adjusted cost of living, behind Alaska, and the third-highest tax rate, according to WalletHub.

Even $1 million in retirement savings would cover your living costs for only about 14 years, a fraction of the 25 years or moreretirement typically lasts.

Don’t expect to find affordability across the Hudson River either: New Jersey ranks as the second most expensive state to retire in.

Here are the top 10 most expensive states to retire in, according to WalletHub:

1.                New York

2.                New Jersey

3.                Vermont

4.                Massachusetts

5.                Maryland

6.                Washington

7.                Connecticut

8.                Maine

9.                Illinois

10.            Oregon

Retirement will look different to everyone, and there are several factors to consider.

While a state’s cost of living is often important, retirees may also think about how close they’ll be to family and how easily they’ll be able to access health care and engage in social activities, Alan Castel, a professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, and author of “Better with Age: The Psychology of Successful Aging,” said in WalletHub’s report.

If you’ll be living on a fixed income in retirement, it’s important to regularly review your budget and future financial commitments, said Castel.

“Sometimes our spending habits need to be re-evaluated, and many senior discounts can be utilized to lower bills,” he said. “It may also be useful to consider downsizing or minimizing certain costs that are no longer needed.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/19/most-expensive-us-states-to-retire-in.html

Topley’s Top 10 – March 17, 2023

1. Two-Year Yield Falls 120 Basis Points in 5 Trading Sessions.

www.stockcharts.com


2. Vanguard Short-Term Bond Index Rallies Above 2023 Highs


3. Biggest Drop Since 1987 Crash

https://www.twitter.com/nickgerli1


4. Small Domestic Banks 67% of Commercial Real Estate Loans

Torsten Slok Apollo


5. The long-anticipated office reckoning is upon us-Axios

Data: Moody’s Analytics; Chart: Axios Visuals

Office vacancy levels are approaching highs last seen during the savings and loan crisis in the 1980s.

Why it matters: It appears that a reckoning in the office market, widely anticipated since the start of the pandemic, is upon us.

  • “We’re not ready to say that this is a cliff for the office sector. But I think right now we’re finally entering the true turbulent times,” Thomas LaSalvia, director of economic research at Moody’s Analytics, told Axios.
  • Context: Vacancies refer to the share of office space that is not leased by a tenant — as opposed to leased office space that’s mostly deserted.

Zoom out: This was always going to be a slow-moving trend. Remote work drove folks home, but companies didn’t instantly give up on their office spaces. Typical leases run for at least 10 years.

  • And for property owners dealing with rising vacancies, there’s a new wrinkle: They’re getting hit with rising costs thanks to higher interest rates on their floating rate debt.

State of play: At the end of last year, even Class A buildings saw a drop in occupancy, per a new report from Moody’s.

  • Some office landlords are showing signs of distress, as the WSJ reported. Brookfield Asset Management last month defaulted on $750 million in debt on two 52-story office towers in Los Angeles. (It still holds hundreds of properties.)
  • These properties were Class A, but faced competition from even-fancier Class A+ properties with better amenities, according to Moody’s report. Brookfield’s moves might “spur other landlords,” it says.
  • Meanwhile, Columbia Property Trust recently defaulted on a $1.7 billion loan backed by seven office properties, mainly due to the rise in interest rates.
  • The company took out a floating-rate loan in December 2021, according to Moody’s. It’s gone from paying around 3% on the loan to 6%.

The bottom line: Office space is a good place to start cutting back if you’re a CEO looking to batten down the hatches in a turbulent time.

  • Rather than lay off workers during a time of labor shortages, companies are looking to real estate as a way to cut costs, said LaSalvia.
  • “The low-hanging fruit is definitely that office space,” he said.

6. Tech Stocks Rally….QQQ 50day thru 200day to upside.


7. EFA Developed International Correct Toward 200day Support

EFA outperforming U.S. stocks…See if it holds up


8. EUFN-Euro Financials ETF Hits Wall at Previous High

CS crisis hitting European financial stocks back down


9. XLF Energy ETF Update …Last Year’s Big Winner

XLF closes below 200 day moving average

XLF long-term weekly chart broke 50-week after holding it 4x


10. Are Americans Really Becoming Less Intelligent?

Why is the Flynn effect is reversing in some domains? Karen Wu Ph.D.

KEY POINTS

  • The Flynn Effect, the increase in intelligence over generations, appears to be stagnating or even reversing in parts of Europe and the US.
  • Researchers cross-sectionally examined the Flynn Effect in a large dataset of almost 400,000 Americans.
  • Cognitive ability scores decreased in several domains related to reasoning, while increasing for visuospatial skills.
  • Potential reasons were offered for these results, however, there are alternative explanations, such as the test-taking environment.

Since the early 1900s, intelligence has been increasing by approximately 3 to 5 points per decade due to many factors including better nutrition, increased access to education, and familiarity with test-taking. The increase in intelligence over generations is well-documented and has been termed the “Flynn Effect.” However, recent research in parts of Europe and the US has started to find a plateau in intelligence scores, and even a reversal of the effect. For example, a recent study in the US found lower vocabulary scores in newer cohorts. Shockingly, US college graduates in the 2010s had lower vocabulary scores than their counterparts in the 1970s. Thus, to comprehensively test for the Flynn effect in recent years, Dworak et al. (2023) conducted a pre-registered study of almost 400,000 American adults between 2006-2018.

The researchers gathered cross-sectional data through the Synthetic Aperture Personality Assessment Project, which was advertised online as a personality test. They measured several domains of cognitive ability, including matrix reasoning (non-verbal reasoning), letter and number series (computational-mathematical reasoning), verbal reasoning, and 3D rotation (visuospatial skills).

Results indicated a reversal of the Flynn Effect for composite scores of cognitive ability, matrix reasoning, and letter and number series when participants were grouped by age, education, and gender. In other words, there was a downward trend in these domains of cognitive ability over generations. Yet, performance on 3D rotations increased over time. The greatest differences were within groups of 18- to 22-year-olds as well as those without a college degree. To explain their results, the researchers offered five main explanations:

1. The ceiling effect: Intelligence cannot grow forever and must eventually reach a plateau.

The researchers note that prior gains in intelligence were likely due to increases in nutrition, access to education, and familiarity with tests. At a certain point, these gains should plateau, as should performance on intelligence tests. In addition, while prior researchers have suggested decreases in health in recent years, poor health is unlikely to explain the patterns in this study given that 3D rotation abilities actually increased.

2. Media exposure may be responsible for lower scores.

Given the different findings by domain, media exposure might be partially responsible. However, this explanation is currently speculative, as there is little experimental research on the effects of media exposure on intelligence. In addition, no potential mechanisms for the effects of media exposure on cognitive abilities were offered by the researchers.

3. Technology may be protecting or enhancing certain aspects of cognitive performance.

Fortunately, there is a bright side to technology. The researchers propose that certain aspects of technology might explain the increase in 3D rotation abilities, which reflect visuospatial skills. Specifically, video games have been linked to greater visuospatial skills.

4. Quality of education may have decreased.

The researchers propose that education has either decreased in quality or changed in content, thus resulting in poorer non-verbal reasoning and mathematical-computational reasoning, as well as stagnation in verbal reasoning.

5. The importance of different skills may have changed.

Finally, the authors speculate that society now places more value on visuospatial abilities and less value on the various forms of reasoning skills.

Importantly, the researchers caution that cognitive ability scores may not actually be reflective of intelligence. In addition, there are several key limitations of the study. Participants self-selected into the study by finding it online, which could lead to differences in cohorts. Specifically, the authors mention that the personality test is now more popular and may thus include more “normal” people. Furthermore, since the study was advertised as a personality test, people might not have been motivated to do well on cognitive tasks.

An Alternative Explanation: The Role of Smartphones

Given the time frame of the study from 2006-2018 and the researchers’ method of data collection, I propose an alternative explanation for their results. Within that period, smartphone ownership in the US rose from an estimated 3 percent to 81 percent according to one source. The researchers do not appear to have accounted for whether participants took the test on their phones or on a computer. Given the huge increase in smartphone ownership over time, newer cohorts were much more likely to take the test on their phone, especially since they were led to believe it was a personality test. Therefore, they might have been unable to concentrate on complex questions surrounding verbal, mathematical, and non-verbal reasoning.

Meanwhile, 3D rotation tasks might not be as difficult to complete on a phone, and performance may be less affected by distractions. Furthermore, smartphones have been found to deplete our cognitive resources, so even the presence of a smartphone could be problematic when testing cognitive abilities. These explanations seem especially plausible given that 18- to 22-year-olds experienced the greatest changes in cognitive ability scores. Compared to older adults, this group seems the most likely to own a smartphone and to have taken the test on their phones in recent years. Hopefully, subsequent iterations of this study will shed light on the potential role of smartphones in the results.

References

Dworak, E. M., Revelle, W., & Condon, D. M. (2023). Looking for Flynn effects in a recent online US adult sample: Examining shifts within the SAPA Project. Intelligence, 98. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2023.101734

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-modern-heart/202303/are-americans-really-becoming-less-intelligent

 

Topley’s Top 10 – March 14, 2023

1. Credit Default Swaps on Big Banks Barely Budging

Dave Lutz Jones Trading Despite regional bank turmoil, credit-default swap spreads on big banks are barely budging, WSJ notes.

2. Two-Year Treasury Yield Falls 100 Basis Points in Three Days

Fed Fund Futures Pricing in 4% Down from 5.40% for Two-Year

https://www.cnbc.com/quotes/US2Y

3. History of 2-Year Yield Collapses

Irrelevant Investor Blog Silicon Valley Bank’s collapse will make all the headlines, but what happened in the bond market deserves a lot of attention. The 2-year yield collapsed over the last two days to an extent only seen around historical events (h/t Jim Bianco). Since 1990, the only other times we saw a decline of this magnitude was after the 9/11 attack, when Lehman Failed, when the TARP vote failed, and this week, when SVB failed

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2023/03/11/a-reverse-minsky-moment/

4. The Rise.and Fall of One-Year Deposits at U.S. Banks

By: Eddie Duszlak Verdad Research

The failure of Silicon Valley Bank – and the crisis facing the banking industry today – started with COVID. After the U.S. government launched its stimulus program in response to COVID in 2020, the 1-year growth in deposits at U.S. banks increased at an unprecedented rate. The chart below shows just what an outlier this represented in the context of the last forty years.

Figure 1: 1-Year Growth in Deposits at FDIC-Insured Banks

Source: FDIC. Data is as of December 31, 2022.

Typically, deposits and loans have historically tracked each other quite closely. The lines in the chart below are almost indistinguishable through 2008, after which they diverge. At the risk of oversimplifying, loan demand in the U.S. weakened after the 2008 crisis, and banks increased securities portfolios as a result. This growth in securities portfolios saw another acceleration in 2020 and 2021, as deposit growth spiked. Prior to this recent outlier period, it is noteworthy how little the slope of the lines varied over forty years.

Figure 2: Deposits and Total Loans & Leases

Source: FDIC. Values are in millions of USD. Data is as of December 31, 2022.

https://mailchi.mp/verdadcap/bank-run?e=b838bc224f Found at Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com

5. Will Credit Suisse Pull Off Restructuring Post SVB Crisis?

Bloomberg Marion Halftermeyer Credit Suisse Group AG said it found “material weaknesses” in its reporting and control procedures for the past two years, after questions from US regulators last week.

The Zurich-based bank said Tuesday it will take steps to fix ineffective checks on the process it follows to pull together its financial reports. But the firm said its statements for 2022 and 2021 “fairly present” its financial condition.

Credit Suisse was forced to delay the release of its annual report from last week after the Securities and Exchange Commission raised last-minute queries on cash-flow statements from 2019 and 2020, discussions which the bank said have now been concluded. Chief Executive Officer Ulrich Koerner is attempting to push through a complex restructuring in a bid to return the bank to profitability, a process now at risk of becoming bogged down in a broader financial-sector selloff linked to US lender Silicon Valley Bank.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-03-14/credit-suisse-finds-material-weakness-in-financial-reporting?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L

The collapse of Credit Suisse

www.stockcharts.com

6. Contraction of Money Supply Leads to Bank Crisis

https://twitter.com/nickgerli1

7. Schwab -45% from Highs

Schwab stock hit $30 at bottom of Covid crisis

8. Rates Falling will Help this Chart….Highest Mortgage Payments for First Time Home Buyers in Modern History

Gundlach Double Line

9. China has Low Profit Margin Businesses

Figure 3: Average Profit Margin by Country (2022)

https://www.csis.org/blogs/trustee-china-hand/fortune-favors-state-owned-three-years-chinese-dominance-global-500-list

10. 1990-2018-Murders in NYC -80%

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crime_in_New_York_City

Topley’s Top 10 – March 15, 2023

1. Banks Assets $2 Trillion 2008 vs. $8 Trillion 2023

Jack Ablin Cresset Meanwhile, the stockpile of assets held at US banks over the FDIC’s $250,000 guarantee limit has mushroomed to nearly $8 trillion – up from a bit over $2 trillion during the financial crisis.

Any deposits under $250k are not on this list

https://cressetcapital.com/post/the-perils-of-skinny-dipping-at-ebb-tide/


2. LPL Research Analysis of Banks

https://lplresearch.com/2023/03/13/dissecting-recent-bank-failures/


3. Banks Net Interest Margins

What is meant by net interest income?

What is ‘Net interest income (NII)’ Definition: Net interest income (NII) is the difference between the interest income a bank earns from its lending activities and the interest it pays to depositors. Net interest income = Interest earned – interest paid.

Grid from @ecommerceshares

https://twitter.com/ecommerceshares


4. Bond Volatility Surges to Highest Level Since 2008

https://twitter.com/TaviCosta


5. Signature Bank 12% of New York City Commercial Real Estate Lending

Trepp Matt Anderson & Stephen Buschbom

“Commercial loans (including commercial and industrial loans and loans to commercial borrowers that are secured by real estate) constitute a substantial portion of our loan portfolio. Substantially all of the real estate collateral for the loans in our portfolio is located within the New York metropolitan area.” 

https://www.trepp.com/trepptalk/digging-into-new-york-commercial-real-estate-exposure-after-signature-bank-closure


6. Cathie Wood ARKK ETF had Massive Inflows this Week….Investors Piled into Growth Stocks as Rates Came Down.

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


7. Crypto Saw Massive Trading Action

WSJ Highest Crypto Turnover Since FTX Collapse

https://www.wsj.com/livecoverage/stock-market-news-today-03-14-2023-cpi-report-inflation-svb/card/crypto-volumes-hit-highest-level-since-ftx-collapse-s31RdBYbziP9VTJmv2UP


8. Europe Adjusted Fast…Natural Gas Consumption Drops by a Record

ZERO HEDGE BLOG Natural gas consumption in OECD Europe fell by an estimated 13% in 2022, its steepest decline in absolute terms in history, IEA said in its quarterly gas report at the end of February. Demand in Europe fell amid mild winter weather and demand reduction in industry due to high prices. 

Significant changes in the energy mix, economic activity, weather, and consumer behavior were responsible for the dramatic shift in natural gas consumptionin Europe last year, IEA’s analysts Peter Zeniewski, Gergely Molnar, and Paul Hugues wrote in the commentary.

Record additions of solar and wind power helped lower gas demand, but record-high gas prices in the summer of 2022 also led to a lot of industry curtailments and lower consumption by industries and businesses, according to the IEA.

Yet, the extent to which the high prices will lead to permanent reductions in demand in gas-intensive industrial sectors remains unclear,the IEA’s analysts say.   

In Europe’s industry, gas use fell by 25 bcm, or around 25%, in 2022, due to production curtailment and fuel switching, as the energy-intensive industries were the first to respond to the gas price shocks last year, the IEA said.

In household consumption, “Policy measures – such as renewable support schemes, grants and preferential loans for housing retrofits and heat pump installations, alongside campaigns to encourage behavioural change – all played a part in moderating gas demand,” according to the analysts.

The European Union managed to beat its target for cutting gas demand this winter, Eurostat data showed last month.

According to the data, the EU’s winter demand has so far dropped by 19.3% compared to the five-year average, beating the 15% goal it set for itself to help it survive the winter without gas shortages.

https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/four-reasons-europes-record-breaking-drop-natural-gas-demand

Natural Gas Broke Below 2020 Lows


9. Gold Watch

GLD watch list for run at highs

www.stockcharts.com


10. Can’t Overcome the Navy SEAL 40 Percent Rule? Embrace the Mindset of High Achievers

We tend to quit when the effort is massive and the timeline indefinite. That’s why successful people embrace a different approach to making progress.

BY JEFF HADEN, CONTRIBUTING EDITOR, INC.@JEFF_HADEN

Sometimes starting a successful business is a lot like exercise.

For example, imagine I put you on an exercise bike and ask you to pedal as hard as you can for five seconds so we can measure the power you generate. Then, after a short break, I ask you to ride until you run out of steam so we can measure your endurance. 

If you’re like the average person in the actual study published in PLoS One, you last about 12 minutes.

Box CEO Aaron Levie on the Biggest Factors That Will Shape Softwar 

Then I ask you to immediately repeat the five second, all-out-effort power test.

You’re crazy, you think. You’re whipped. Pedal more? No way. You stopped because you can’t pedal any more.

Although it turns out you can: If you’re like the average person in the actual study, you produce three times more power than you did during the endurance test.

So why did you give up because you couldn’t pedal any more, yet somehow crank out substantial power seconds later? Clearly your muscles weren’t as exhausted, and your energy as depleted, as you thought. 

The 40 Percent Rule

That finding provides research-based proof of the 40 percent rule, a concept popularized by Dave Goggins in Jesse Itzler’s book Living With a Seal. 

The 40 percent rule is simple. When your mind tells you that you’re exhausted, fried, and totally tapped out, you’re really only 40 percent done: You still have 60 percent left in your tank. 

So why do you (we) stop? In part, the problem lies with motivation: It’s hard to keep going indefinitely when your heart is pounding and legs are screaming.

Another problem lies in the word indefinitely.

Even if you think you’re exhausted, cranking out another five seconds is (relatively) nothing. The endurance test is a different beast. Stuck on a bike, hamster-wheeling away, heart pounding and legs screaming, and not knowing how long all that pain will last? That’s physically and mentally draining, a combination that makes it much harder to keep pushing past what you perceive as your limit. 

The same is true for starting a business.

Turn ‘As Long as You Can’ …

Launching a business is hard. Bootstrapping your way through a constant — at some point, they inevitably feel endless — series of challenges, and setbacks, and difficult decisions, and long nights and longer weekends doesn’t require just physical effort.

The mental effort required is just as extreme — especially since you have no idea when you will finally turn the corner and the struggle will, if not end, at least ease.

That’s why many entrepreneurs quit. When today is hard, and you know tomorrow will be hard, and you have no idea how many more tomorrows you will ultimately have to endure.

Yeah: It’s incredibly hard to keep going — even though you still have 60 percent remaining in your stay-the-course tank.

So what can you do?

… Into ‘Five Seconds’

Turn “indefinitely” into your own version of “five-second” bursts.

Instead of thinking in terms of an endless number of cold calls, set a target for each day. Make five. Or 10. Or 20. Whatever your plan calls for. That way you take your mind off tomorrow, and can just focus on today — and can focus on making each call to the best of your ability. 

Instead of thinking in terms of an endless number of pitch meetings, set a target for each week. Five. Ten. Whatever your plan calls for. That way you can take your mind off next week — and can focus on delivering each pitch to the best of your ability.

When “indefinitely” is the time window, it’s natural to ease up, even if slightly. To pace yourself. To give less than your all.

To our bodies, and minds, that’s Survival 101. We’re wired that way.

But when “all” you have to do is do the best you can for a finite period of time, or one task at a time, then it’s much easier to find the energy and focus you need to be at your best.

Being at your best? That will get you to whatever your finish line might be a lot faster. 

Because doing your best, each and every time, is the best way to bring “indefinitely” to an end.

https://www.inc.com/jeff-haden/success-persistence-seal-40-percent-rule-high-achiever-mindset.html

Topley’s Top 10 – March 13, 2023

Bailout Monday

1. Major Problem for SVB…..U.S. Venture Capital Valuations -60% from the Peak

Torston Slok Apollo Group


2. Two Most Crypto Friendly Banks Close

CNBC ‘The two most bitcoin-friendly banks’

In the long run, the shutdown of the crypto banking trifecta could present problems for bitcoin, the world’s largest cryptocurrency, with a market value of $422 billion.

The Silvergate Exchange Network (SEN) and Signature’s Signetwere real-time payment platforms that crypto customers considered core offerings. Both allowed commercial clients to make payments 24 hours a day, seven days a week, through their respective instant settlement services.

“Bitcoin liquidity and crypto liquidity overall will be somewhat impaired because Signet and SEN were key for firms to get fiat in on the weekend,” said Carter, who added that he is hopeful that customer banks will step in to fill the void left by SEN and Signet.

“These were the two most bitcoin-friendly banks, supporting the lion’s share of fiat settlement for bitcoin trades between trading counterparties in the U.S.,” wrote Mike Brock in a post on social media app Damus. Brock is the CEO of TBD at Block, a unit which focuses on cryptocurrency and decentralized finance.

Although Carter thinks the Fed stepping in to guarantee depositors of SVB will prevent a larger bank run on Monday, he says it is still dispiriting to see the three largest crypto-friendly banks taken offline in a matter of days.

“There are very few options now for crypto firms and the industry will be strapped for liquidity until new banks step in,” said Carter.

Mike Bucella, a longtime investor and executive in the crypto space, says that many in the industry are pivoting to Mercury and Axos, two other banks that cater to startups. Meanwhile, Circle has already publicly said that it is shifting is assets to BNY Mellon now that Signature bank is closing.

“Near-term, crypto banking in North America is a tough place,” said Bucella. “However there is a long tail of challenger banks that may take up that slack.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/12/signature-svb-silvergate-failures-effects-on-crypto-sector.html


3. Terminal Rate Plunges…Odds of 50 Basis Point Raise Plunges

Zerohedge Blog The terminal rate has plunged from September 2023 at 5.70% on Wednesday to June 2023 at 5.15%, and expectations for rate-cuts in H2 2023 are soaring…

Source: Bloomberg

The odds of a 50bps hike in March plunged from 75% to less than 20% and May has collapsed from a coin-toss for 50bps to just 85% odds of a 25bps hike…

Source: Bloomberg

Dramatically steepening the yield curve…

Source: Bloomberg

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/bitcoin-bullion-surge-after-fed-bailout-rate-hike-odds-plummet


4. European Financials Take Much Less of a Hit.

This chart shows Euro financials vs. U.S. financial sector ETF…..straight up since end Fall of 2022

EUFN Euro Financials ETF—Ran right up to 2022 highs and reversed


5. XLF Financial Sector ETF Still Well Above 200 Week Moving Average

XLF unlike KRE….made 2 new highs in 2023 and holding above 200 week moving average


6. XLF Top Holdings vs. KRE Regional Banks

KRE Top Holdings None Trading Below 1x Book Value Yet

https://www.ssga.com/us/en/intermediary/etfs/funds/the-financial-select-sector-spdr-fund-xlf


7. Regional Banks Other Issue…Commercial Real Estate

VNO Vornado Realty breaks to new lows

VNQ-Watch if it holds previous lows

www.stockcharts.com


8. Equities and Bonds Diverge…Bonds Acting Like Bonds Again

The Daily Shot Blog Equities: Equities have diverged from bonds as recession risks resurface.

Source: @TheTerminal, Bloomberg Finance L.P.


9. The New Murder Incorporated -39 Dead Oligarchs and Counting

The Sun Bloodthirsty ‘mafia boss’ Putin killing Russian elite to cling to power as 39 oligarchs & officials mysteriously die

VLADIMIR Putin is presiding over a “mafia” state where murder is a tool used to defeat his enemies and to scare his uneasy allies into keeping in line. 

Experts believe the deaths of at least 39 high profile figures – ranging from oligarchs to scientists and even generals – could show the shadowy and bloodstained hand of the Kremlinussia-linked deaths since the start of 2022 

DOZENS of people in the Kremlin’s orbit have died since the start of 2022 – how many of them have been killed by Vlad and his cronies? 

Leonid Shulman – January 30 – Gas boss – Found dead in his bathroom with suicide note

Igor Nosov – February 8 – Former governor – Died after suffering an apparent stroke in Moscow

Mikhail Watford – February 28 – Businessman – Found dead at his home in Surrey, UK – no evidence of crime found by cops

Alexander Tyulakov – February 25 – Gas boss – Found dead in his garage in suspected suicide in St Petersburg

Vasily Melnikov – March 23 – Medical firm boss – Stabbed to death along with his family in ‘murder-suicide’ in Nizhny Novgorod

Vladislav Avayev – April 18 – Gas boss – Found dead with gun in his hand alongside wife and daughter in Moscow

Sergei Protosenya – April 19 – Gas boss – Found hanged alongside his wife and daughter who died of axe wounds at villa in Lloret de Mar, Spain

Andrei Krukovsky – May 2 – Gas boss – Fell down a cliff to his death in Sochi

Alexander Subbotin – May 8 – Oil boss – Died of ‘drug induced heart attack’ during shamanic ritual in Moscow

Dmitry Kovtun – June 4 – Ex-KGB agent linked to Litvinenko murder – Died in hospital from Covid in Moscow

Dr Dmitry Kolker – July 2 – Laser scientist – Dies after being arrested for treason and being flown to Moscow

Yuri Voronov – July 4 – Shipping chief – Shot dead in swimming pool in Leningrad

Dan Rapoport – August 14 – Investor & Putin critic – Died after falling from a 9-story high rise in Washington DC

Darya Dugina – August 20 – Daughter of ‘Putin’s Rasputin’ – Died in car bombing in Moscow

Ravil Maganov – September 1 – Oil oligarch & Putin critic – Falls from balcony while smoking in ‘suicide’

Ivan Pechorin – September 10 – Gas boss – Found floating in the sea near Vladivostok

Vladimir Sungorkin – September 14 – Editor of Putin’s ‘favourite newspaper’ – Suddenly suffered stroke while on lunch and died in Khabarovsk

Anatoly Gerashchenko – September 21 – Aviation boss – Falls down “several” flights of stars and dies

Pavel Pchelnikov – September 28 – Railway exec – Found shot dead on his balcony in Moscow

Nikolay Petrunin – October 12 – Politician – Died from complications of Covid

Nikolai Mushegian – October 28 – Crypto boss – Drowned in swimming pool in Puerto Rico, US

Viktor Cherkesov – November 8 – Putin’s spy mentor – Dies after ‘serious illness’ in St Petersburg

Colonel Vadim Boyko – November 16 – Ukraine war mobilisation chief – Death ruled suicide despite being shot five times in Vladivostok

Vyacheslav Taran – November 25 – Crypto billionaire – Killed in helicopter crash in clear weather near Monaco

Vladimir Makei – November 26 – Belarusian foreign minister – Death ruled suicide by Minsk officials

Grigory Kochenov – December 7 – Tech boss – Fell to his death as police searched his flat in Nizhny Novgorod

Dmitriy Zelenov – December 9 – Real estate tycoon – Dies after hitting his head after falling down stairs in Antibes, France

Vladimir Budanov – December 22 – ‘Companion’ of Pavel Antov – Found dead in his hotel room in Odisha, India –

Pavel Antov – December 24 – Politician and businessman – Found dead in a pool of blood at his hotel just days after his friend Bidenov

Alexander Buzakov – December 24 – Shipyard chief – Died after attending unveiling a new submarine – no cause of death

General Alexei Maslov – December 25 – Tank firm boss – Suddenly fell ill and dies after Putin cancelled visit to factory in Uralvagonzavod

Vladimir Nesterov – December 28 – Disgraced rocket engineer – Cause of death undisclosed in Russia

Magomed Abdulayev – January 6 – Former regional leader – Mown down by car in Makhachkala

Dmitry Pawochka – January 26 – Space boss – Burned alive in his apartment in Moscow

Major General Vladimir Makarov– February 14 – Police chief – Found shot dead in ‘suicide’ at his apartment in Moscow

Marina Yankina – February 16 – Defence official – Found dead after falling from window of 16-storey high rise in St Petersburg

Viatcheslav Rovneiko – February 22 – Oil boss – Found unconcious at his home in Moscow

Andrey Botikov – March 3 – Sputnik V scientist – Strangled to death at his home in Moscow

Sergey Grishin – March 6 – ‘Scarface’ oligarch – Dies in hospital of sepsis in Moscow

Many of the deaths are particularly strange – but then get ruled as “suicide” and quickly swept under by the Russian authorities.

https://www.the-sun.com/news/7603864/putin-killing-russian-elite-mob-boss/


10. Eliminate these 11 phrases that ‘make people question your credibility,’ says public speaking expert

Christina Helena, Contributor

As a public speaking expert, I’ve spent over a decade working with executives and leaders from major companies like Google, Facebook and LinkedIn. My advice to them is always: Less is more.

Being too wordy dilutes your message and presence. Instead of using weak filler words, silence is sometimes best; it allows you to pause and think, while letting the audience process what you’re saying.

To build trust, avoid these 11 words and phrases that make people question your credibility and respect you less:

1. “Um”

This is the most common crutch word. It suggests that you’re unprepared, lack confidence, or at loss of what to say next.


2. “In all honesty”

People use “in all honesty” or “I’m not going to lie to you” to convey sincerity, although it could be read as the opposite.

The audience already knows that your intention is to tell the truth. Reiterating it will only make them question why you’re trying to assure them of your honesty.


3. “I think”

This phrase makes you sound tentative and unsure of what you’re saying — it’s not a fact, but a thought. If you know you are presenting a well-researched argument, lead with confidence and conviction.


4. “Sort of”

“Sort of” is almost impossible to measure. It leaves your listener in limbo because it weakens the impact of your message. Another phrase that has the same effect is “kind of.”


5 “Just”

I understand the fear of being bold. But using weak words like “just” minimizes your message by making your statement feel less important.


6. “Like”

We’ve all heard this sprinkled in sentences: “So, like, I was thinking we could, like, start the session with a round of introductions.”

But, similar to “um” and “uh,” it causes you to sound less prepared or less confident.


7. “I’m no expert, but”

When you use this phrase, you are directly undermining your own knowledge. In attempt to sound cool and confident, you’re actually doing the opposite.


8. “In my opinion”

Of course you want to acknowledge differences of opinion and have respect for other views. But overdoing it can make you sound unsure or hesitant to take a strong stance at all.


9. “I’ll try”

Are you fully committed if you say you’ll try? Maybe. But this phrase makes you sound only partially committed, or that you lack the confidence to complete the task at hand.


10. “I’m sorry, but”

When you overuse apologetic phrases, you can come across as weak or overly subservient.

And if you’re going to make an apology, do it with conviction. Don’t qualify it with insincere filler words like “but.”


11. “Did that make sense?”

I’ve seen people say this after they’ve tried to explain something, but didn’t feel like they did a good job. A better phrase would be: “I hope that made sense.” Give people at least 15 to 30 seconds to digest, then ask if they have questions.

Christina Helena is a public speaking expert, speech coach and TEDx speaker. With over a decade of experience, she has worked with clients at major companies including Google, Apple, Facebook and LinkedIn. Follow her on Instagram.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/12/eliminate-these-11-phrases-that-make-people-respect-you-less-says-public-speaking-expert.html

Topley’s Top 10 – March 10, 2023

1. KRE Regional Bank ETF Chart Update

Regional Bank ETF breaks 200 week moving average for first time since 2020

www.stockcharts.com


2. SVB Bank Does Business with 44% of U.S. Venture-Backed Technology and Healthcare Companies that went Public Last Year

According to Bloomberg News, SVB does business with almost half of all US venture capital-backed startups, and 44% of US venture-backed technology and health-care companies that went public last year. Those sectors have been ravaged as rate hikes enacted to combat inflation tank valuations and force companies to search for cash, Bloomberg News notes. “We are taking these actions because we expect continued higher interest rates, pressured public and private markets, and elevated cash-burn levels from our clients as they invest in their businesses,” SVB Chief Executive Officer Greg Becker said in a letter to shareholders Wednesday.  https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2023-03-09/is-silicon-valley-bank-s-swoon-a-recession-signal?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


3. Inflation Fight….Still Significant Cash on Sidelines

Rick Reider Blackrock


4. Credit Spreads Not Pricing in Inflation

Torston Slok Apollo Group


5. Investors Overweight Bonds

Callum Thomas Chart Storm

https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/off-topic-chartstorm-bond-yields-callum-thomas/?midToken=AQFjhnSMpoKQvw&midSig=3dgUxrs3IkGqE1&trk=eml-email_series_follow_newsletter_01-newsletter_hero_banner-0-open_on_linkedin_cta&trkEmail=eml-email_series_follow_newsletter_01-newsletter_hero_banner-0-open_on_linkedin_cta-null-5kl89~leq0zokj~15-null-null&eid=5kl89-leq0zokj-15


6. EFV Developed International Value ETF Sitting on 3 Year Highs…No Breakout Yet


7. Another Unlikely Semiconductor New Highs Chart…Microchip About to Break Out to New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


8. Chinese PPI Goes Negative

The Daily Shot Brief…China: The PPI moved deeper into negative territory. This is good news for inflation in the US.

Source: The Daily Shot

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


9. Global Obesity Rates

Capital Group

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/new-ways-pharma-fighting-obesity-epidemic.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80940666&et_cid=80940666&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=F-btn-LP-18-A3cta-Advisor


10. New Neuroscience Reveals 8 Secrets That Will Make Your Memory Stronger

My memory consists of 70 percent lines from Rocky and Bullwinkle episodes and 30 percent embarrassing moments. Why? I have no idea. Often, memory seems to make no sense.

But here’s the thing: a lot of what we think we know about how memory works is wrong. First off, it’s not a perfect video recording of what happened. Memories are a lot more like Legos, assembled and reassembled each time, and rarely in the same way twice.

And memory isn’t even one system. It’s a collection of different systems in your brain: episodic, semantic, procedural, working, sensory, etc. This is why you can maintain a memory in one type despite losing it in the other. (I doubt you have any problems tying your shoes — procedural memory — but you may find it impossible to recollect the moment you learned to tie your shoes — episodic memory.)

No, your memory is never going to be perfect. (Having a photographic – “eidetic” — memory is almost unheard of in adults, though it’s not uncommon in children.) But we can all improve our memories.

We’re going to cover a lot of different techniques here but don’t worry; I’ll give you mnemonics to help remember them. This way we can prevent any unintended irony.

Andrew E. Budson is a professor of neurology at the Boston University School of Medicine and Elizabeth Kensinger is the chair of the department of psychology and neuroscience at Boston College. Their new book is “Why We Forget and How To Remember Better: The Science Behind Memory.”

Bite into that madeleine cake. Let’s get to it…

Reminder: Your Brain Is Part Of Your Body

Yeah, shocking. But it matters. The things that improve your physical health improve your brain’s health — like exercise. You might refer to the treadmill as the “dreadmill” but spending a little more time on it can help. Exercise increases brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), a hormone that increases hippocampal volume and improves your memory. (In fact, a vigorous exercise regimen in midlife might delay dementia onset by a decade.)

Of course, nutrition matters too. Variations on the Mediterranean diet have been shown to have positive effects on the performance of your mental hard drive. And take it easy with the booze. Or even better, eliminate it altogether. And get some sunshine. Low levels of vitamin D double your chance of Alzheimer’s.

BAH, BAH, BAH. “Exercise and eating right are good.” Get to the fancy brain stuff.

Okay, I hear you. But there’s one more thing that’s a big deal when it comes to fundamentals: sleep. It matters. A lot. Sleep is when a lot of the hard work of memory consolidation gets done. Don’t deprive yourself. (And sleeping poorly may increase the chance of Alzheimer’s too.)

Sleep is one of the reasons why “cramming” doesn’t help students learn over the long haul. Spacing out your learning does work. Why? You need some sleep in there to really retain stuff.

Okay, enough basics. You try to learn something but your brain immediately blows it out the airlock. How do we get memories to stick?

Encoding

Yes, yes, Sherlock Holmes used a “memory palace” on TV and it was really cool. That technique is real but, it is, as they say: a lot of frickin’ work. We’re gonna concentrate on stuff you’ll actually use.

There are four techniques for better encoding your memories, so remember the acronym FOUR:

  • Focus
  • Organize
  • Understand and relate
  • Recruit multiple systems

Focus

What’s the primary reason you forget? Because you weren’t paying attention in the first place. Focus is key. When trying to make a deposit in your memory bank, don’t multitask and avoid distractions.

Beyond that, get motivated. If your brain is surrounded by a moat of indifference, there’s a lot less chance that anything going in will ever come out. The mere intention to remember things matters. When students tell themselves “This is going to be on the exam”, they’re more likely to retain it. The reverse is true as well – when you tell people “This isn’t important” it makes them less likely to remember it.

Organize

Giving structure and meaning to information provides scaffolding for memory. This is why remembering lists of numbers is hard – it’s totally abstract. Memory works off patterns so create patterns to remember better.

This is why mnemonics (like FOUR) are helpful. I’m not a doctor, but if you tell me your symptoms I know the first steps to do a differential diagnosis. How? Because I remember the word VINDICATE: Vascular, Infection, Neoplasm, Drugs, Idiopathic, Congenital, Autoimmune, Traumatic, Endocrine. (Please don’t email me with your health issues. I don’t accept your insurance.)

Creating visual images works too. The more silly and wacky, the better because your brain remembers things that are distinctive. If you’re trying to remember that the word “jentacular” means “relating to breakfast”, imagine your friend Jen tacking you to an enormous bowl of cereal. Or, if you’re of the musical type, take the information and create a catchy jingle that will mentally plague you for the rest of your life.

Understand And Relate

Don’t just treat information like random facts. Try to understand it. Often, we don’t encode stuff well because our efforts are undercooked. More effort means more remembering.

Distill ideas to fundamental principles. Write a summary. Explain it to someone else. Or if you’re really nuts, write long blog posts about them and share those with the world. Work with the information so much that it leaves cognitive stretch marks.

Along similar lines, make information relatable. Again, abstract is no good. We remember important things so find a way to relate it to you or your life. Connect it to prior knowledge.

Recruit Multiple Systems

The reason you can’t remember where your car is in the parking structure or what you ate for lunch last Thursday is because those things happen often and they’re not distinctive. You do remember great meals – or ones that made you sick. So notice details that make these everyday moments unique if you want to be able to pull them out of your mental landfill later.

If those details are emotional, all the better, because emotion tags memories better than almost anything. (This is why you can’t remember facts you learned in school, but you easily remember embarrassing moments from school.)

A good way to make things distinctive is by leveraging multiple memory systems. Rather than merely trying to recollect where you put your keys (episodic memory), always put your keys in the same place (procedural memory). Or say “I’m putting my keys on the dresser” to engage semantic memory.

Okay, we got the memories in – how do we get them out?

Recall

To recall, use RAMS:

  • Relaxed
  • Aids
  • Minimize Interference
  • Situation

Relaxed

Merely telling people that their memory is being tested stresses them out and they perform worse. Anxiety helps encoding but usually hurts recall.

So when trying to remember, relax and give it a moment. We all get stuff stuck on the tip of our tongue. (If you’re hearing impaired and use sign language, it gets stuck on your fingertips.)

Aids

If your memory is a repeat offender, don’t be afraid to take notes. Memory aids are a positive. Be deliberate and consistent about outsourcing memory. Develop a routine around this and it can work wonders. You have a notes app on your phone. Use it.

Minimize Interference

Do not run through all the possible answers in your head. This leads to something memory researchers call “interference and blocking.” You get stuck on those wrong answers.

Instead, think around the subject. When your brain is doing its internal Google search, try using related search terms. When we leverage general and diverse retrieval cues, we do better. When trying to remember someone’s name, ask yourself: Where did I last see this person? Who else knows them? What did we talk about last time I saw them? What else do I know about them?

Situation

Memories are strongly associated with the context you learned them in. When facing Ambien level of amnesia, mentally return to the situation where you learned something — both internal and external. Imagine the layout of the book you read or the notes you took. Think about how you felt at the time of encoding.

Similarly, research shows people remember better when the test happens in the same place and under same conditions as studying did. Try to acquire information in the same way you will need to retrieve it. Reading a book about jiu-jitsu techniques won’t produce the same effect as performing the technique on the mat.

Okay, time to address the big, scary issue. You’ve been forgetting things lately. Is it normal aging or a sign of dementia trying to reformat your hard drive?

Normal Aging Or Alzheimer’s?

Is it harder to briefly keep a fact or number in your head as you’re working with it? Does it take more effort to get something into long term storage? To retrieve it? Do you have trouble with names? Are your memories less reliable and sometimes inaccurate?

Well, then don’t worry because these are all normal as you age, especially after 60. Sorry, the mental warranty is up. But the techniques above (and a little effort) can help.

But what’s dementia look like? The most common symptom of Alzheimer’s is rapid forgetting. New information just vanishes or is difficult to recall while older facts remain. This happens to everyone occasionally but if it happens a lot, that’s a concern. Also, with dementia, word finding becomes difficult even for ordinary nouns. (If you can’t remember the dog’s name, that’s normal. If you can’t remember the word “dog”, that’s a problem.)

How do we reduce the chance of getting dementia? No, brain games don’t help. But spending time with friends and loved ones does. And reduce those negative social interactions as much as you can.

Too much TV and social media is not a good thing. But seeking out rich, novel experiences is a positive. So keep learning new, interesting stuff. “Use it or lose it” is true. And don’t sweat normal age-related memory issues too much. People with positive views of aging show 30% less decline in cognitive performance.

Alrighty, we covered a lot. Let’s round it all up – and learn the upside of an aging brain…

Sum Up

Here’s how to make your memory stronger:

  • Your Brain Is Part Of Your Body: Take care of your body to take care of your brain. Most important: get your sleep.
  • Encode: Remember the acronym, FOUR: Focus, Organize, Understand and Relate, Recruit Multiple Systems.
  • Recall: Remember the acronym, RAMS: Relaxed, Aids To Memory, Minimize Interference, Situation.
  • Normal Aging Or Alzheimer’s?: Memory worsens with age. Most problems are normal. If you are rapidly forgetting things – it just happened and it feels like it never occurred – that’s an issue. This happens to everyone occasionally but if you’re full-on Dory from “Finding Nemo,” see a doctor.

So what’s the upside to an aging brain?

Older brains aren’t as good at remembering details but they’re very good at recalling the gist of things. So as you get up there in years, you can actually be better at “seeing the forest for the trees.” Just like when it’s difficult to find something on your computer because there are too many files, having too many details can make getting to what’s relevant harder. Older brains can also be better at seeing commonalities between situations and discerning what’s key.

We’re always complaining about our inability to remember things. When I think of my imperfect memory, I’m often thankful. To let things go and forget, rather than taking another ride on the Satan’s Merry Go Round of lousy memories.

We don’t fully grasp the human mind but, as Emerson Pugh said, “If the human brain were so simple that we could understand it, we would be so simple that we couldn’t.” But, in a way, what our brains choose to remember can teach us a few things about what’s important in life. We remember what is distinctive, organized, and useful. We remember what we work hard at. And, perhaps most of all, we remember emotion.

You’ve learned how to encode. You’ve learned how to recall.

Now go do some things worth remembering.

https://bakadesuyo.com/

Topley’s Top 10 – March 08, 2023

1. Yield Curve Inversion Hits Record

The inversion between the 2-year and 10-year Treasury yields hit a record 103.5 basis points on Tuesday, according to Refinitiv data. It later narrowed to 102.4 basis points. The last time the yield curve inverted by more than 100 basis points, or 1 percentage point, was in 1981, due to similar circumstances. Then-Fed Chair Paul Volcker was also battling surging inflation. Recession followed and the unemployment rate soared. Business Insider https://www.businessinsider.com/

Fred Charts 10Year to 2Year

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/T10Y2Y


2. 10-Year Treasury Yield Runs Back to 4%….Fed Fund Futures 100% Probability of 2 More 25 basis point Rate Hikes

www.stockcharts.com


3. Speculators Bearish Bets on Rates Hitting Extreme Levels.

From The Daily Shot Brief Rates: Treasury market bearish bets are hitting new extremes.

Source: Deutsche Bank Research

 https://dailyshotbrief.com/


4. Spread between S&P 500’s earnings yield and 10y Treasury yield continues to grind lower; now testing low point seen in 2010

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizannsonders/


5. Recession? Industrial Stocks About to Break to New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


6. Recession? Cruise Lines 2023….

RCL +48% … CCL +35% …….vs. S&P +4%

www.yahoofinance.com


7. International Small Cap

ECNS Chinese Small Cap Stocks…3 Runs at 200 Week Moving Average Fail

European Small Caps Siting on 200 week moving average


8. Average Short Interest by Sector S&P 500

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


9. Hedging Against Stock Market Dangers Could Make Losses Much Worse

Bloomberg Lu Wang

(Bloomberg) — Stocks are unpredictable, so people buy protection in case they crash. But the tactics Wall Street has devised to protect investors at times of crisis are just as hard to forecast, and what seems like prudent hedging may just make things worse.

That’s a finding of new research by Roni Israelov, chief investment officer of Boston-based financial services firm NDVR, who made waves with prior papers arguing that cash is usually a better equity hedge than buying put options. Now the former AQR Capital strategist is back with a point-by-point dissection of how popular volatility strategies sometimes fail users at exactly the wrong time.

The warning comes as predictions for market chaos abound. A little over a month ago, Mark Spitznagel at tail-risk hedge fund Universa Investments told clients that ballooning debts across the global economy are poised to wreak market havoc rivaling the Great Depression. Israelov’s paper says that it takes more than knowing an asset will stumble to make money buying protection on it.

“Different protection strategies protect against different types of drawdowns. And who knows what the next drawdown is going to look like?” Israelov said in an interview. Is it “a catastrophe as markets drop by 30% in a week, or they drop by 30% or 50% over the entire year? How it occurs has a huge impact on which hedging will pay off, and which will not.”

In the paper titled “Equity Tail Protection Strategies Before, During, and After Covid,” Israelov and colleague David Nze Ndong studied three popular hedging strategies’ performances during those regimes. Each met with success and failure, which is Israelov’s point: Hedging tools that work well in one environment tended to struggle in others. https://finance.yahoo.com/news/hedging-against-stock-market-dangers-120000116.html


10. Yes, students are in crisis. But going easy on them might make it worse.

Jonathan Zimmerman Philadelphia Inquirer

Young people do best — academically, socially, and psychologically — when we hold them to high standards. By going easy on them, we might have made their lives even harder.

Our students are experiencing a crisis in mental health. They have problems studying, sleeping, and interacting with others. Teachers should assign less work and let students complete it at their own pace. Strict deadlines will only harm them further.

That’s been the message I and other teachers (both college and K-12) have received from school officials since March 2020, when the pandemic sent us into lockdown. Many of us have responded by lowering our expectations, in a good-faith effort to alleviate the very real pain that students are suffering.

But it hasn’t worked. Many teachers have been coddling students for almost three years now, and the kids are still struggling.

As a long line of research reminds us, young people do their best — academically, socially, and psychologically — when we hold them to high standards. By going easy on them, we might have made their lives even harder.

For example, procrastination among college students has long been associated with poor mental health. But we also know that people are less likely to procrastinate if they are required to produce small amounts of work on a regular basis, instead of something big that they can put off until the end.

That’s why I require a piece of writing from each of my students, every week. It’s not long, but it’s also not optional. It keeps them engaged in the course. And, most of all, it lets them know that I think highly of them: I believe they are competent human beings, who can accomplish the tasks set before them. And almost all of them do.

“I require a piece of writing from each of my students, every week.”

Cutting them slack communicates the opposite. It signals that I believe they are feeble, inept, or fragile. And that can become a self-fulfilling prophecy, another well-known phenomenon in psychological research. If students think they are weak and wounded, they may be more likely to behave that way as well.

I also insist that my students come to class. Woody Allen might have exaggerated when he said that 90% of success in life is just showing up, but he wasn’t off by much. In a 2019 study, scholars at Indiana University showed that more students go to class when there are strict attendance rules, and that — surprise! — the students who show up get better grades.

So why are so many colleges saying that students don’t have to show up, or even offering “wellness days” when everyone gets to play hooky? I don’t doubt the good intentions of the people behind these policies. But that doesn’t mean they’re good for our students.

Let’s be clear: There really is a crisis in mental health among American students. In a 2021 survey, nearly three-quarters of college students reported moderate or serious psychological distress. And in a 2022 study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, almost half of high school students said they had felt sad or hopeless almost every day for at least two weeks in a row.

Some of those problems were surely exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. But I haven’t seen any indication that our students’ mental health is improving now that the pandemic is abating.

So what can we do about that? Of course, we need more psychological services for students at every level. Many K-12 schools report that they are overwhelmed with demands for mental health treatment and lack the funds or staff to meet them. And even at an extremely well-resourced university like Penn, where I teach, students complain that they can’t obtain timely or effective psychological assistance.

But I also think we need to look more carefully at the causes of the mental health crisis. I believe one of them, ironically, is the culture of leniency around mental health itself.

Students with diagnosed mental illnesses might need special accommodations, of course, including extra time to complete schoolwork. And everyone should be encouraged to seek out psychological help when they need it. But I fear that teachers who routinely let their students off the hook — in the mistaken belief that this will help them feel better — could actually make them feel worse. The best thing we can do for their psychological well-being is to require that they show up, stay engaged, and submit their work on time. And, most of all, we need to have faith in their capacity to do it.

A beautiful new charter school just opened up in the South Bronx, in a repurposed former ice plant. Designed by the celebrated Ghanaian British architect David Adjaye, the school features a staircase with a simple inscription in bold red letters: “ALL KIDS CAN.”

If we tell our students they are frail and debilitated human beings, they will feel — and act — accordingly. The only remedy is to tell them that they are strong and that they can succeed. All of them can.

Jonathan Zimmerman teaches education and history at the University of Pennsylvania. He is the author of “Whose America?: Culture Wars in the Public Schools,” which was recently published in a revised 20th-anniversary edition by the University of Chicago Press.

https://www.inquirer.com/opinion/students-mental-health-teachers-go-easy-20230301.html

Topley’s Top 10 – March 06, 2023

1. Tuition Revenue Has Fallen at 61% of Colleges During the Pandemic

From Barry Ritholtz Blog

Source: Chronicle of Higher Education https://ritholtz.com/2023/03/sunday-reads-314/

2. AAII Sentiment Poll….Less Than 25% of Investors are Bullish

Bespoke Investment Group Sentiment Back to Bearish The consistency of declines throughout February and to start the month of March has sent sentiment decisively lower. The latest data from the American Association of Individual Investors (AAII) showed 23.4% of respondents reported as bullish, up modestly from 21.6% last week but still down significantly from 34.1% two weeks ago. With less than a quarter of respondents reporting as bullish, bullish sentiment continues to sit firmly below its historical average of 37.5% for a record 67 straight weeks.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/sentiment-back-to-bearish

3. Bank of Americas Sell Side Indicator Lining Up with AAII Poll in #2

Barrons At February’s close, Bank of America’s Sell Side Indicator, a measure of Wall Street sentiment, was still leaning Sell, but the metric was only 1.5 percentage points away from where Sell would become Buy. When that happens, the S&P 500 has a 95% chance of being positive 12 months later, with an expected return of 16%, making this the most bullish of BofA’s market metrics. By

Carleton English
https://www.barrons.com/articles/stock-market-dow-nasdaq-s-p-500-253c4a1a?mod=past_editions

4. Private Equity Dry Powder Up 15.6% End of 2022 vs. 2021 to $3.7 Trillion-Bain Capital

https://www.bain.com/insights/private-equity-outlook-global-private-equity-report-2023/

5. Crude Oil Production Still Below 2019 Peaks

Avi Salzman -Barrons

https://www.barrons.com/articles/u-s-oil-will-grow-only-3-this-year-one-reason-executive-compensation-de460308?mod=past_editions

6. New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq Dominate Global Listings

WSJ New York’s dominance over London has grown over time. At the end of last year, the combined market cap of listed companies at the NYSE and Nasdaq was $40.3 trillion, roughly 13 times the $3.1 trillion at the London Stock Exchange LSEG 1.94%increase; green up pointing triangle, according to data from the World Federation of Exchanges. A decade earlier, the combined market cap at the two U.S. exchanges was about six times LSE’s total market cap, WFE data shows.

By Ben Dummett, Alexander Osipovichand Josh Mitchell

https://www.wsj.com/articles/chip-designer-arm-intends-to-list-in-new-york-12210e53?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo

7. 40% of U.S. Mortgages were Locked in During Pandemic at Low Rates

(Bloomberg) — More than 40% of all US mortgages were originated in 2020 or 2021, when the pandemic drove borrowing costs to historic lows and triggered a refinancing boom, according to data from Black Knight.

That’s good news for all the homeowners who locked in cheap loans — but maybe not so great for the Federal Reserve, as it seeks to cool the economy by raising interest rates.

Almost one-quarter of all mortgages are 2021 vintage, according to Black Knight, a mortgage technology and data provider. That year, the average cost of a 30-year fixed-rate loan touched a low of 2.8%. Another 18% of home loans date from the previous year, when the pandemic hit.

The numbers illustrate one obstacle for the Fed, which is hiking rates at the steepest pace in decades to rein in inflation.

One way that monetary tightening works is by damping consumer demand, as credit becomes more expensive. That’s having an impact on housing markets now, because new buyers have to pay 7% or more. But the large majority of American homeowners have fixed mortgages, mostly much cheaper than today’s going rate. Those who refinanced in the pandemic have locked in extra purchasing power for potentially decades ahead.

Things used to be different when more Americans had mortgages that carried variable interest rates. In a report this week, UBS economists estimated that the share of floating-rate debt in the US mortgage pile has shrunk to about 5%, from a peak of around 40% in 2006. That’s one reason for the “lower responsiveness of household credit to higher rates,” they wrote.

Still, even if the shift to fixed-rate mortgages makes the Fed’s anti-inflation campaign a little harder, there’s an obvious upside.

The last time the Fed hiked rates by a comparable amount was in the mid-2000s when adjustable-rate mortgages were widespread. The result: Housing markets crashed — and not long afterwards, so did the world economy.

©2023 Bloomberg L.P. https://www.bnnbloomberg.ca/sorry-fed-most-us-mortgage-rates-were-locked-in-during-pandemic-lows-1.1890930

8. Institutional CFA’s MBA’s Turn to Reddit for Stock Picks

Institutional Investors Are Using Reddit to Make Investment Decisions. Here’s Where They Lurk.
And it’s not just Reddit — digital media from newsletters to TikTok are also playing a role.

At long last, the Reddit retail investors may finally be enjoying their day in the sun: Major institutional investors are taking note of what they do — and they’re making investment decisions based on it.

A new survey shows that 58 percent of the institutional investors polled have made an investment decision based on information they found on Reddit.

Since 2020, when retail trading began to take off, the social media forum site has become a haven for retail traders interested in both meme stocks like AMC and plain vanilla passive investing.

The Brunswick Group surveyed 257 institutional investors in North America, the United Kingdom, and the European Union about how they use social media and other digital tools to inform their investment decisions. The majority of the respondents — 94 percent — were either portfolio managers or buy-side analysts.

“It’s kind of impressive year over year, not only how much they’re absorbing the information, but also [that they’re] making decisions based on it,” said Janelle Nowak-Santo, a partner at Brunswick.

The survey pointed out a convergence between institutional and retail investors, with institutions tapping into sites like Reddit and traditionally retail-oriented newsletters and podcasts for information.

In fact, according to the survey, 49 percent of respondents consider Reddit to be of “high importance” when it comes to evaluating a stock. This result is similar to TikTok’s ranking, and trails sites like YouTube and Instagram by about 10 percentage points.

“There’s an inundation of information from all sources,” Nowak-Santo said. “I’d have to guess that in order to be prudent in their research, they’re actually using more of that information to make their decisions.”

So where on Reddit are these investors finding this information? The survey showed that popular investor subreddits include r/investing and r/cryptocurrency, with over half of all respondents saying that they follow those forums. Others that are commonly referenced include r/WallStreetBets and r/personalfinance. And their popularity may grow in the months to come, with 46 percent of respondents saying that they plan to increase their use of the platform.

“I think that’s just another interesting insight that [shows that] this gap between institutional and retail is narrowing,” Nowak-Santo said.

But Reddit is less important when it comes to data harvesting via machine learning, AI, and natural language processing. Just 23 percent of those surveyed said their firms are harvesting data from the social media site.

Google search results, perhaps not surprisingly, are the most popular place to harvest data. YouTube, however, ranks second, with 47 percent of investors tapping into the video platform’s data.

The survey also showed that investors are turning their focus from traditional mediums to newsletters and podcasts. In fact, 61 percent said they plan to increase their use of e-mail newsletters for equity evaluation in the coming year, while half of respondents said the same for podcasts.

These platforms are also considered to be more trustworthy than social media, ranking fourth and fifth, respectively, among those who took the survey, after investor relation sites, Google, and LinkedIn.

Among those surveyed, the Robinhood Snacks newsletter was most popular, tied with Value Investor Insight. Meanwhile, The Economist’s Money Talks is the favorite podcast among investors, with Invest Like the Best trailing close behind

https://www.institutionalinvestor.com/article/b8xnck9hx10jdc/Institutional-Investors-Are-Using-Reddit-to-Make-Investment-Decisions-Here-s-Where-They-Lurk

9. All Portland Walmart Stores To “Permanently Close” Amid Theft Wave

BY TYLER DURDENIn order to address the issue of shoplifting and retail theft, the final two Walmart stores in the city of Portland will shutter their doors in late March.

FOX 12 Oregon reported that the Walmart locations at 1123 North Hayden Meadows Drive and 4200 Southeast 82nd Avenue at the Eastport Plaza would close on Mar. 24.

“The decision to close these stores was made after a careful review of their overall performance. We consider many factors, including current and projected financial performance, location, population, customer needs, and the proximity of other nearby stores when making these difficult decisions. After we decide to move forward, our focus is on our associates and their transition, which is the case here,” a spokesperson with Walmart told the local media outlet.

The announced closures come amid a wave of violent crime across the Portland metro area, which includes retail thefts, armed robberies, and homicides. The city has also seen a surge of violent protests from ANTIFA and BLM groups.

Oregon Live reported that in 2022, Portland set a new record for homicides with 101 cases, surpassing the previous year’s record of 92. Meanwhile, a National Retail Federation report revealed that retailers experienced an average surge of 26.5% in organized retail crime (ORC) incidents in 2021 compared to the previous year.

Data from the Portland Police Bureau indicated that between January 2022 and January 2023, the city witnessed more than 6,000 burglary incidents. Additionally, the data revealed over 27,000 larceny offenses.

An exodus of businesses will only hurt low-income residents who need the pricing power at discount stores.

Recall a similar exodus with other retailers is happening in other progressive cities across the US, such as San Francisco.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/all-portland-walmart-stores-permanently-close-amid-theft-wave

10. Here’s the No. 1 thing that ‘destroys’ relationships, say researchers who studied couples for 50 years

Dr. Jessica Griffin, Contributor@THEDRJESSICA

Dr. Pepper Schwartz, Contributor@PEPPERSCHWARTZ

As a psychologist and sexologist, we’ve been studying relationships for more than 50 years combined, and we’ve found that no matter how you slice it, most of them fail because of poor communication.

In his book “What Predicts Divorce?”, psychologist Dr. John Gottman identifies the four most problematic types of communication in relationships, based on his studies of 40,000 couples:

  1. Contempt: Expressing a lack of respect for our partners (e.g., name-calling, eye-rolling, ridiculing).
  2. Criticism: Attacking a partner’s character.
  3. Defensiveness: Protecting from criticism by using excuses or shifting blame.
  4. Stonewalling: Withdrawing from communication by ignoring, zoning out or acting busy.

Of these four, Gottman says, the biggest predictor of a failed relationship is contempt.


What does contempt look like?

Contempt is more than criticism or saying something negative. It’s when one partner asserts that they are smarter, have better morals, or are simply a better human being than the other.

The partner on the receiving end feels unworthy and unloved.

For example, continually interrupting the other person is disrespectful. But it turns into contempt when the interruption is not an overeager desire to talk, but rather a statement that the partner has nothing interesting or important to say.

It could be as obvious as a spouse saying, “Oh, he’s not worth listening to. He couldn’t tell a story to save his life.”

When this type of behavior becomes more than rare — and when it is either unrecognized or delivered with intent — any relationship, much less a marriage, is in trouble.


How contempt destroys relationships

Contempt makes it impossible for partners to feel like they have each other’s back. Instead of “it’s you and me against the problem,” partners are now the opponents. They never know when they might be attacked or undermined.

This often stems from individuals feeling that they are standing up for themselves, which is usually a healthy thing to do. But the problem is that they are standing up for themselves against their partner, trying to raise themselves up while tearing their partner down.

Contempt isn’t just bad for relationships — it’s also bad for our health. We need one another to survive. Contempt cuts off or threatens those ties to other people.

Research has shown that individuals who use contempt in their communication have higher rates of disease, including cancer, heart disease, and other illnesses such as colds or the flu.


How to eliminate contempt in your relationship

1. Identify and share negative feelings.

When we don’t know how to name or talk about negative feelings, it’s tempting to take them out on others.

For example: “I can’t believe you are canceling our date night to meet with your friends. You’re a selfish jerk. You never think about my feelings!”

To avoid contemptuous communication, use this formula instead:

  1. State what you’re feeling: “I feel annoyed and sad because I was looking forward to spending time together.”
  2. Add a request: “I’d like to avoid this happening in the future by talking about it first before changing plans.”
  3. Invite your partner to the conversation: “Do you think we can do that?”

2. Create a culture of appreciation.

Expressing appreciation helps us notice more of our partner’s positive qualities rather than the negatives.

Ideally, we want our positive statements and gestures to outweigh the negative ones — the magic ratio is at least five positive statements or feelings to one negative one.

Track your communication patterns over a week. How often are you engaging in negative interactions (e.g., nagging, criticizing, ignoring, eye-rolling) versus positive ones (e.g., praising, complementing, doing something nice for the other partner)?

The following week, interact with your partner using the magic ratio. Do you feel differently?

You can also try each making a list of 20 things you love about each other. Read them out loud, and challenge yourselves by adding to the list over time.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/03/03/no-1-thing-that-destroys-relationships-say-psychology-researchers-who-studied-couples-for-50-years.html

Topley’s Top 10 – February 28, 2023

1. S&P Earnings Surprises vs. Historical

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright Out of the 457 companies in the S&P 500 that have already reported their results, roughly 70% have posted a positive EPS surprise. However, aggregate earnings reported by S&P 500 companies have exceeded estimates by just 1.3% which is the second lowest surprise in the past five years (Source: FactSet Earnings Insight). Granted, there is a fair amount of relative recency bias here given the extreme deviations and uncertainty of earnings in 2020 and 2021, but even compared to pre-pandemic quarters, Q4 of 2022 was low.

2. Third Worse February in 25 Years

3. 40% of Stocks Still Trading Above Their 10 Year Median

Carla Mozée Business Insider

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/stock-market-outlook-valuations-too-high-sp500-inflation-economy-selloff-2023-2?_gl=1*12pzged*_ga*MTcwNTA0MjU4My4xNjYxMzU3MTY0*_ga_E21CV80ZCZ*MTY3NzUzODE4MC4zMi4xLjE2Nzc1MzgyNjkuMC4wLjA

4. Investors Sold Record Amounts of Stock at 2020 Covid Lows

https://twitter.com/PeterMallouk

5. Gold Fell Short of 2022 Highs

GLD ETF holding above 200 week moving average

www.stockcharts.com

6. Electricity by Source 2001-2023

Wolf Street The chart below shows the amount of electricity generated by source since 2001. For this chart, I combined wind, hydro, solar, geothermal, and biomass into the “renewables” category.

https://wolfstreet.com/2023/02/28/u-s-electricity-generation-by-source-in-2022-natural-gas-coal-nuclear-wind-hydro-solar-geothermal-biomass-petroleum/

7. 10% of U.S. Population Owns 84% of Stocks

Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture Blog

https://ritholtz.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Stock-ownership.png

8. Office Entry Swipes 50% in Top 10 Metros

Scott Galloway Blog

https://www.linkedin.com/in/profgalloway/

9. Homicide clearance rates slump to their lowest level in four decades from 71% in 1980 to around 50% in 2020

  • Clearance rates are how many murders are solved of those committed
  • The US police have solved more murders than in any year since 1997
  • However, the amount of committed homicides have doubled in the past decades

By FFION HAF

Homicide clearance rates have decreased to their lowest level from 71 per cent in 1980 to around 50 per cent in 2020, according to analyses of FBI data by the Marshall Project and Murder Accountability Project.

America is now at risk of becoming the first developed nation where the majority of murders go uncleared, according to Thomas Hargrove, founder of the Murder Accountability Project, which tracks unsolved homicides in the US.

Although US police have solved more murders than in any year since 1997, because of the increasing number of homicides, the clearance rate has dramatically declined to a little below 50 per cent.

Clearance rates are the metric used to determine how many homicides police solved according to FBI reports.

This comes after a substantial surge in homicides in some of America’s biggest cities, including Kansas City when it saw 15 murders for every 100,000 people in 2022.

America is at risk of becoming the first developed nation where the majority of murders go uncleared as the national homicide clearance rates are at their lowest in four decades

Researchers found thst the top five homicide hotspots were Detroit, Michigan, St Louis, Missouri, New Orleans, Louisiana, and Milwaukee, Wisconsin. Denver, Colorado, was the best performing of the 50 big cities in the study.

To clear a case it requires at least one suspect to be arrested, charged with the offence, and turned over to a court for prosecution.

However, according to the FBI homicides can also be cleared by ‘exceptional means’ – this is when police believe they have enough evidence, but were unable to make an arrest.

Examples of such include the death of a suspect, another jurisdiction’s refusal to extradite someone, or police identification of a suspect.

From 2019 to 2020, police across the United States solved 1,200 more murders, which is a 14 per cent increase.

However, in comparison to previous decades, murders have now risen twice as quickly and are at 30 per cent – leading to a drop in cleared crimes as only one in every two murders are solved.

Across the country, murders and manslaughters a were being cleared at the highest rates, at 50% and 69% respectively as other crimes, such as rape, robbery and assault, were solved at much lower rates.

Local law enforcement agencies reported only 14,715 homicides while the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention so far have counted 25,988 murders, according to data collected by the Murder Accountability Project.

This is because the FBI has mandated that all crimes committed in 2021 and afterwards must be reported via the National Incident-Based Reporting System (NIBRS) rather than the Summary Reporting System.

Philip Cook, a public policy researcher at the University of Chicago Urban Labs, who has been studying clearance rates since the 1970s offers the suggestion that a decline in clearance rates might not be a bad thing.

He told the Marshall Project: ‘It also could be that the standards for making an arrest have gone up and some of the tricks they were using in 1965 are no longer available’.

Additionally, the change in clearance rates over the years can be pinned down to the fact that the nature of crimes police are being asked to solve has changed over the years.

Data from the Bureau of Justice Statistics demonstrates that killings are now less frequently committed by people the victim knew, with growing proportions of homicides being done by strangers.

Alternatively, often in minority communities where trust in the law is lower, officers struggle to get witnesses to talk to them, Peter Moskos, a professor at the John Jay College of Criminal Justice claims.

Melina Abdullah, co-director of the national community organizing group Black Lives Matter Grassroots, claimed that one of the reasons behind engaging with law enforcement is due to a fear of violent reprisals.

Abdullah suggested that police are often guilty of incorrectly criminalizing victims and treating them as suspects, specifically in Black communities.

CBS also noted a growing discrepancy in homicide clearance rates according to the race and ethnicity of the victim, with African American victims experiencing the lowest clearance rate.

Additionally, the Murder Accountability Project reported 100 per cent of the US’s decline in homicide clearance was borne by black victims as clearance rates for white, Asian American and American Indian victims have held steady or even improved over time.

As a result of this cycle, police are viewed as inefficient in their work when they are not given essential leads.

‘Declining homicide clearance rates are the result of inadequate allocation of resources — detectives, forensic technicians, crime laboratory capacity, and adequate training of personnel,’ said Hargrove.

However, although a case may be cleared, this does not always result in imprisonment.

A 2009 report from the Bureau of Justice Statistics states that almost one-third of people accused of murder were acquitted or had their charges dismissed in the nation’s 70 largest counties.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-11798717/Just-half-Americas-murders-solved-homicide-clearance-rates-lowest-four-decades.html

10. This Simple Cognitive Reframing Technique Can Instantly Boost Confidence and Self-Assurance

Start seeing feelings of stress as a positive signal and your mind–and body–will respond in a completely different way.

BY JEFF HADEN, CONTRIBUTING EDITOR, INC.@JEFF_HADEN

Illustration: Getty Images

If you often feel anxious or stressed, you’re in good company. Statistics show approximately 80 percent of U.S. workers say they experience stress at work, half say stress negatively affects their behavior, and more than three out of four say stress results in headaches, fatigue, and problems sleeping.

Stress also, to put it bluntly, kills: An Oregon State University study found that people who experience persistently moderate or high levels of stressful life events over a number of years have a 50 percent higher mortality rate.

But here’s the thing: Research shows that how stress impacts you depends not on level or amount of stress you experience, but on how you perceive that stress.

As psychologist and Stanford professor Kelly McGonigal describes in her 2013 TED Talk, the researchers asked 30,000 adults two questions:

  • How much stress have you experienced in the past year?
  • Do you believe that stress is harmful for your health?

Then they tracked those individuals for the next eight years to find out who died. (Not a warm and fuzzy task.) The results?

  • People who said they experienced a lot of stress in the previous year had a 43 percent greater risk of dying, but only if they also believed that stress was harmful for their health.
  • People who said they experienced a lot of stress but who did not view stress as harmful to their health were no more likely to die. In fact, they were less likely to die than anyone in the study, including people who said they experienced relatively little to no stress.

The conclusion? As McGonigal says, the researchers estimated that over that eight year period, 182,000 Americans died prematurely not from stress, but from the belief that stress is bad for you.

As with most things, perspective is everything.

Which means a little mental reframing is in order.

How Your Body Responds to Stress

When something happens that makes you feel nervous, challenged, scared, etc. — in short, “stressed” — your body responds. Your heart rate increases. Your breathing might get shallower and faster. Your body temperature rises.

Those responses are automatic and normal. Your body spotted a problem or challenge and said, “Time to gear up!”

Problem is, you also vasoconstrict. The muscles inside your blood vessels tighten, making the space inside smaller. Vasoconstriction raises your blood pressure. Reduces circulation to your extremities (which is why, when you feel super stressed, your fingers and toes can feel cold.) If chronic — if, like many, you tend to feel stressed much of the time — it can be a cause of cardiovascular disease.

That natural response to a problem or challenge? Terrible for you.

But here’s the thing: A study published in Journal of Experimental Psychology found that when people viewed their stress response as helpful — that their body’s natural response to stress, like increased heart and respiration rate, signaled their body’s rising to the challenge — they didn’t vasoconstrict. Their blood pressure didn’t rise.

In fact, their physiological profiles looked like what McGonigal describes as what happens in “moments of joy and courage.”

Thinking about stress differently, seeing stress as a good thing, changed how their bodies responded.

Reframing Stress

And likely made them respond more thoughtfully, proactively, and successfully to whatever challenge they faced.

Research shows that feeling stressed — feeling afraid, hesitant, anxious, etc. — negatively impacts professional and personal performance. Makes sense. We all perform better when we feel more confident and self-assured.

So what should you do? While research shows simply trying to ignore stress rarely works, reframing “stress” can. (If you aren’t familiar, cognitive reframing is a psychological technique that consists of identifying and changing the way you view situati

Topley’s Top 10 – February 27, 2023

1. History of Bond Cycle

Barrons Over the near term, Treasury yields have significantly further to rise, even after their recent jump, according to Bianco’s analysis. In every cycle, he finds, the two-year note’s yield tops out above the eventual peak in the Fed’s funds rate target.  Treasury yields probably will rise further, if the Fed meets the market’s expectations of three more 25-basis-point hikes, in March, May, and June, to a 5.25%-5.50% target range. (A basis point is 1/100th of a percentage point.) In that case, the two-year note should hit about 5.40% from 4.81% Friday, according to the precedent cited by Bianco. Friday’s yield topped the previous recent high of 4.70%, reached in November, and was the highest since 2007.   Randall W. Forsyth

https://www.barrons.com/articles/hopes-for-lower-interest-rates-fade-inflation-doesnt-6c798d57?mod=past_editions

https://ycharts.com/indicators/2_year_treasury_rate


2. Supercore Inflation Well Above Fed Target

The PCE inflation data that came out on Friday shows that the Fed’s preferred measure of inflation, namely core inflation excluding housing, also known as supercore inflation, increased in January to 4.6%, dramatically above the Fed’s 2% inflation target. The economy outside the interest rate-sensitive components – which only make up 20% of GDP – is simply not slowing down.

Even the housing market is starting to show signs of a rebound, driven by strong job growth, high wage growth, and high levels of savings across the income distribution, which is particularly problematic given the consensus expectation that OER should be declining over the coming quarters. As a result, the Fed has to raise interest rates more, and this continues to be a downside risk to equity and credit markets.

A Fed-driven tightening in financial conditions with higher rates, lower equities, and wider credit spreads increases the probability that no landing will be followed by a hard landing.

Torsten Slok, Ph.D.Chief Economist, PartnerApollo Global Management


3. Natural Gas Surplus

Bloomberg –Sophie Caronello

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-02-26/five-key-charts-to-watch-in-global-commodity-markets-this-week?srnd=markets-vp&sref=GGda9y2L


4. Sector Performance YTD ….Tech and Discretionary Lead…Defensives Negative

Bespoke Looking more recently at sector performance YTD, it’s a similar trend.  Consumer Discretionary, Technology, and Communication Services have all outperformed the S&P 500 by a factor of at least 2x while defensive-oriented sectors are not only underperforming the market, but they’re also down YTD.  The market may not exactly be following the bull market playbook, but sector leadership isn’t following a recessionary playbook either.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/mixed-signals


5. PKW Stock Buyback ETF Did Not Make New Highs.

www.stockcharts.com


6. Dominos Pizza Breaks Thru Lows Going Back to 2021

DPZ Chart 50week thru 200week to downside.

www.stockcharts.com


7. Retail Investors are Selling Stock and Bond Funds

Last week we showed a chart of retail investors still trading individual stocks at high level….But fund flows are negative

Top Down Charts-Callum Thomas

https://twitter.com/Callum_Thomas/status/1629763416327081986/photo/1


8. 17 New Electric Vehicle Battery Plants are Under Construction

Barrons Most new investment since the law passed has gone into battery factories, primarily to supply electric vehicles. There are subsidies for those plants, and auto makers need North American batteries to qualify for the largest tax benefits. At least 17 new battery plants are being built, including factories for Panasonic in Kansas and Toyota in North Carolina, according to Bank of America. But the factory expansion also threatens industry profitability. Credit Suisse predicts the U.S. market could actually be oversupplied by middecade as capacity ramps up, “which could put pricing pressure on battery manufacturers down the road.”

https://www.barrons.com/articles/us-clean-energy-infrastructure-corning-enphase-neste-stock-12b0e19d?mod=past_editions

https://www.npr.org/2022/12/30/1145844885/2022-ev-battery-plants


9. How people in other countries view Biden vs Trump

From Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture Blog

Source: @crampellhttps://ritholtz.com/2023/02/sunday-reads-313/


10. Stress is a Deviation from Homeostasis

Farnam Street “Stress is any deviation from homeostasis or our neutral baseline position. So every time we tilt that pleasure, pain, balance to the side of pleasure or pain, we’re also setting off our own endogenous adrenaline or stress hormone. That is the definition of stress, a deviation from homeostasis. So I think that in many ways the source of our stress in modern life is the constant stimulation, the constant hits of pleasure from reaching for our phone in the morning to our morning cup of Joe to the donuts, to the Netflix binges at night, to the hookup, you name it. We’re actually experiencing stress as a result of overabundance.” 

— From my conversation with Dr. Anna Lembke on pleasure, pain, and addiction. We discuss dopamine, addictive behaviors, warning signs, and treatment. She offers plenty of actionable insights and takeaways. Listen here or read the transcript.

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – February 23, 2023

1. SOFR Rate 0% to 5% in 12 Months

What is SOFR? The Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) is intended to replace the US dollar London Interbank Rate (US LIBOR) in future financial contracts. SOFR was selected by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC) chaired by the New York Federal Reserve in 2017.SOFR is the average rate at which institutions can borrow US dollars overnight while posting US Treasury bonds as collateral. Similar to a mortgage rate, SOFR is a secured borrowing rate in the sense that collateral is provided in order to borrow cash. SOFR differs from US LIBOR in that the latter is a rate for unsecured borrowing (where no collateral is posted).Major central banks globally have taken on similar reforms to replace their US LIBOR equivalents with more reliable rates.

SOFR rate history

https://www.sofrrate.com/


2. 10-Year Treasury Yield Update

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank “The “average” Fed hiking cycle sees yields peak at around 13 months after the first hike. Although the peak so far in this cycle was back in October, we are currently only c.30bps below this peak 11 and a bit months after the Fed started hiking, and 10yr yields are the highest in 3.5 months.”

10-Year Yield breaks above November highs….30bps. below new highs

www.stockcharts.com


3. EUFN-European Financials Runs Back to 2022 Highs

www.stockcharts.com


4. Number of Firms Mentioning Recession in Earnings Call.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading “The proportion of firms mentioning ‘recession’ in quarterly earnings calls has fallen from its peak” – Goldman


5. Consumer Discretionary and Staples Facing Short-Term Debt that Needs Re-Financing

Marketwatch  By Jamie Chisholm

Evercore also notes that consumer discretionary and consumer staple companies face problems from higher interest rates because they have a large proportion of short-term debt that will soon need refinancing.  However, those sectors will be supported by the spending of households sporting relatively healthy balance sheets.

“[H]ouseholds have remained relatively sheltered from rising interest rates. Deleveraging since the GFC [global financial crisis] is expected to have lowered households’ interest rate sensitivities. Balance sheets have improved across nearly all income quintiles,” said Evercore.

The end of easy money is bad news for these stock sectors, says Evercore ISI – MarketWatch


6. History of VIX

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


7. Tesla May Start Mining Lithium

ALB Lithium company sideways at high level for 18 months

Relative performance one-year +28%

https://www.google.com/search?q=alb+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=alb+chart&aqs=chrome..69i57j0i10i433i512j0i10i512l5j69i60.3457j1j9&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


8. Nukes, Nazis and lies: 5 takeaways from Putin’s annual address to Russia

ALEXANDER NAZARYAN-YAHOO NEWS

Speaking the day after President Biden paid a dramatic surprise visit to the Ukrainian capital of Kyiv, Russian President Vladimir Putin delivered a state of the nation address from Moscow on Tuesday that revisited familiar themes of geopolitical and cultural grievance while also seeming to raise, though not for the first time, the prospects of a nuclear confrontation.

Putin spoke as Biden was preparing to make another set of remarks, this time in Warsaw. With the war in Ukraine on the cusp of its first anniversary — Russian rockets began to fall on Kyiv in the early morning hours of Feb. 24, 2022 — Western resolve to supply Ukraine with the heavy weaponry it needs to defend itself remains unshaken.

Just how long that resolve will last remains one of the war’s key questions. But for now, Russia’s gains have been modest — and the price of those gains in terms of human life, economic pain and international isolation has been immense.

That difficult reality left Putin with few options but to reiterate the warped complaints and historical revisions that led him to launch the invasion in the first place.

1. The nuclear threat, updated and elevated-Putin’s most newsworthy — and arguably most troubling — announcement was that Russia is “suspending its cooperation” in the New START treaty negotiated in 2010.While the announcement does not mean that nuclear war is imminent, it does signal the end of the effort to reduce the threat of such a conflict, most famously symbolized by the 1986 meeting between President Ronald Reagan and Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev in the Icelandic capital of Reykjavik.

Putin’s announcement appeared to be predicated on the false assertion that the United States was conducting nuclear tests of its own — which it has, in fact, not done since 1992.“Of course, we will not do this first. But if the United States conducts tests, then we will. No one should have dangerous illusions that global strategic parity can be destroyed,” Putin said.

New START limits both Russia and the United States to 1,550 nuclear warheads mounted on ballistic missiles, or carried by heavy bombers and submarines. If Putin were to use nuclear weapons against Ukraine — a remote possibility, though a real one — he would almost certainly deploy smaller “tactical” devices not covered by the convention.U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken criticized the news of Russia’s backing away from its nuclear arms control commitment as “deeply unfortunate and irresponsible.”

2. It’s still about the NazisThe Kremlin initially justified its invasion of Ukraine by arguing that it was necessary to “de-Nazify” the ruling regime in Kyiv. The argument was nonsensical to begin with, as Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky is the first Jewish person to lead that country.

And while there are far-right elements within Ukrainian society and armed forces, the same is true of Russia, most European countries and the United States.Still, in a country where the defeat of Hitler in World War II remains a source of deep collective and personal pride, tying the Ukrainian invasion to victory over the Nazis may be politically prudent, if egregiously ahistorical and ultimately damaging to the legacy of the enormous Soviet sacrifice in the fight against fascism.

Putin began Tuesday’s address by invoking the supposed need “to eliminate the threat coming from the neo-Nazi regime that had taken hold in Ukraine,” a reference to Kyiv’s increasing orientation away from Russia and toward the West since the popular antigovernment uprisings of 2014. He later referenced Ukrainian units that seemed to be wearing regalia that originated with the Wehrmacht — the German army during the Third Reich — or the murderous deaths squads of the SS.

“Their hands are also stained with blood,” Putin said.He also suggested that the West was abetting the rise of fascism in Ukraine just as it had done in Germany in the 1930s, when concerted action could have almost certainly stopped Hitler’s ascent.“I would like to recall that, in the 1930s, the West had virtually paved the way to power for the Nazis in Germany. In our time, they started turning Ukraine into an ‘anti-Russia.’ Actually, this project is not new,” Putin warned.As usual, he elided the inconvenient fact that Soviet dictator Josef Stalin, whom Putin reveres, signed a nonaggression pact with Hitler and, in fact, supplied the German war machine with critical supplies.

3. It’s a war for culture Putin has long been a favorite of nationalists in both Europe and the United States, who have regarded his authoritarian, militaristic and superficially Christian regime as a model to emulate.As the war effort in Ukraine has faltered, Putin and other top Kremlin officials have sometimes resorted to a cultural framing of the conflict, depicting themselves as noble defenders of Western tradition against the corrupting forces of progressivism and globalization.

Putin has even used the language of “cancel culture” to make his case, in an apparent — and not entirely unsuccessful — appeal to Western conservatives.He made that appeal again on Tuesday. With the chief cleric of the Russian Orthodox Church — the virulently pro-Putin Patriarch Kirill, who has been condemned by leaders of other Christian denominations — Putin criticized a new Church of England proposal to refer to God by gender-neutral pronouns.

“They distort historical facts, constantly attack our culture, the Russian Orthodox Church, and other traditional religions of our country. Look at what they do with their own peoples: the destruction of the family, cultural and national identity, perversion, and the abuse of children are declared the norm,” he warned.Reprising the ominous tone of last fall’s speech celebrating the illegal annexation of four Ukrainian regions, Putin darkly warned that “millions of people in the West understand they are being led to a real spiritual catastrophe.”

4. Russia is the victim-Putin is shown on large screens as he delivers his address. (Dmitry Astakhov/Sputnik/Kremlin/Pool via AP)

Since the fall of the Soviet Union, Russia has invaded Chechnya (twice), Georgia and Ukraine, first in 2014 and then again last year. Still, the Kremlin continues to proffer the argument that Russia is the victim of Western expansionism. Inaccurate as it is, that argument plays on an inferiority complex that dates back to czarist times, when European architects were enticed to turn St. Petersburg — a swampy outpost — into a city to rival Paris.Charging the West with “Russophobia and extremely aggressive nationalism,” Putin cast the Ukraine invasion not as a war of aggression he started but as a proxy conflict the West is using to destroy Russia. He charged that the recent security conference in Munich, attended by Vice President Kamala Harris, was “an endless stream of accusations against Russia.”

During the conference, Harris said that Russia had committed crimes against humanity.

Russians, however, are fed a relentless stream of propaganda supposedly showing Ukranians as the perpetrators of abuses, with their own soldiers depicted as noble liberators. And it was the Ukrainians, according to the official Russian narrative, that started the war on their own soil, by repressing the pro-Russian sentiments in the nation’s eastern regions.“We were doing everything in our power to solve this problem by peaceful means, and patiently conducted talks on a peaceful solution to this devastating conflict,” Putin said.In reality, it was Russia alone that sought conflict.

5. Russia will winParticipants applaud Putin’s annual address. (Maxim Blinov/Sputnik/Kremlin via Reuters)Putin once imagined himself as one of Russia’s great leaders, on par with Peter the Great or Stalin. Now he is regarded as a criminal by much of the world, and even loyalists are said to be plotting to succeed him.

It is not clear that victory is even possible at this point, given Western commitment to bolstering Ukraine’s defenses. And what would that victory even look like, with the dream of the Russian tricolor flying over Kyiv having been relegated to one of history’s more notorious military miscalculations?  Still, if Putin is to save his own legacy, victory in Ukraine is the only option. Defeat will likely place his fantasy of a Pan-Slavic, autocratic Russia — however fantastical to begin with — in danger.“Russia will answer any challenges, because we are one people,” Putin said near the end of Tuesday’s speech.The crowd, which seemed somnolent at times, stood and clapped.

Nukes, Nazis and lies: 5 takeaways from Putin’s annual address to Russia (aol.com)


9. 3 common retirement dreams that can become big disappointments

By Christine D. Moriarty

When deciding on the ideal place to retire, a little homework can spare you a lot of headaches

 

Before you move to be near your kids, ask yourself if you like the area enough that you would move there if your child was not there.

When it comes to where to retire, people often get caught up in the illusion, rather than the reality. Before making a commitment to move, understand this change is a fine mix of dreams, practicalities and your vision.

You can find your perfect mix when you consider all the factors, beyond the weather, amenities and proximity to friends.

With an ocean of options, how do you decide? Consider your vision and your wants and needs, because none of the “Best Places to Retire” lists can consider your personal likes and dislikes. Also, there are practical and financial considerations to recognize.

Here are three dreams that disappointed many newly minted retirees:

1. Live near your children

You finally have time for family time. You want to be available to your children and more engaged in their lives. Best of all, if you are lucky enough to have grandchildren, you desire to get to know them better, even teaching them things your grandparents taught you.

There are some valuable conversations you need to have with your children before you put up that “For Sale” sign and look for a place nearby. As your children are working with full schedules, plan time for a serious chat. This important conversation is so you can understand their life a bit more and learn what works for them.

Some conversation starters are: How does your child and their family fit you into their life? Do they want you around more often? Are they worried about the time and energy of being with you? Or caring for you eventually? You may be healthy now, but such an issue may be on their mind.

Then, ask yourself if you like the area enough that you would move there if your child was not there. Is the community a good fit? The weather? The available activities?

If you do make the move, remember that your adult children had a routine and schedule before you got there. When you arrive, create a life without them as much as with them. Retirees who settle in and focus only on family often feel lost 10 years down the road when the toddler grandchildren who they saw everyday grow into teenagers who prefer to be with friends. If they end up moving away for college, you will see them even less.

Prepare for change, just in case. A job transfer, career change, corporate merger or any number of other life-disrupting events may lead your child’s family to relocate in coming years. Would you feel you had no option but to follow them again? Or could you stay put because you had built a community that would let you confidently live on your own?

A couple bought a condominium in Arizona in anticipation of their retirement one year out and enjoyed the vacation time they spent with their children and grandchildren before they retired. Three months after they retired and moved, their son-in-law’s company transferred him to California. The couple was left alone and reflecting on the possible need for another move.

2. Move to a favorite vacation area

That summer vacation retreat might be a lot different at other times of the year.

Vacations are freedom from everyday life. It’s easy to dream of retiring in your favorite vacation spot. Before committing to a location, stay longer than usual. Rent a home for a month, a season or a year. Explore the area as a local.

Do not forget seasons. Spend a winter at the lake or a summer at the ski resort before committing to buy.

Just because you like to vacation somewhere does not mean it is the ideal retirement home location. Many people move twice because they thought they knew what they wanted. And moving is expensive. The average moving company bill for a 1,200-mile move is $4,000.

One couple made a quick decision to sell their home without thinking it through. As soon as the sale went through, they went to Florida and bought a condominium in an area where they spent their annual vacation.

They discovered they bought in a rental area, not a residential area, so making friends was difficult and some services limited. A year later, they moved to another area, incurring moving costs and Realtor fees again.

Emotional and personal reasons for moving are important, but so are costs such as taxes. If you change residency to a new state, consider the cost of new car registrations and legal fees for an updated estate plan. Explore the true costs of the area you want to move to, so you avoid surprises.

3. Head for the border and skip the country

The grass always looks greener … and that applies whether you are considering Canada, Mexico, Europe or beyond. In the excitement to retire, many people only consider the big picture of what looks good rather than practicalities of an international move.

If you are moving for cultural immersion, understand many of the places that attract you also draw other Americans. The good news: you can associate with people who share your experience. But by sticking together, you are less likely to be treated as a local than foreigners who assimilate.

There is the legal side of residency. Understanding how you can live in a country long-term is essential, so check out the visa process. A country may or may not make it easy for U.S. citizens to immigrate. For example, Canada recently banned foreign nationals from buying property for two years.

The cost of living is one reasonable draw to live outside the U.S., yet there are other financial considerations. “Retirement income will be 100% taxable by the U.S. and perhaps additionally in the country you move to,” says Malissa Marshall, a Certified Financial Planner in Bristol, Vermont.

“The tax situation may be higher than anticipated, offsetting the lower cost of living,” she emphasizes.

You may want to hire a tax professional in the country you are considering and one in the U.S. before finalizing any plans. An international expert can explain the reality in a short time.

Consider healthcare abroad

Then, there is the issue of healthcare and insurance, especially if you do not pay for the Medicare premiums while you live abroad. If you ever return to the U.S., your Medicare insurance premiums will be permanently higher. Medicare charges a premium penalty for the months you did not pay but were qualified, even if you were covered overseas.

Finally, due to the reality of having lived through a pandemic, we have all come to understand living out of the country in a new way. Would it be OK with you if you could not cross the border to go home to be with loved ones or vice versa?

If you keep the above in mind, the facts and fiction of retirement location will be clearer. As you consider each possibility, be prepared to adjust dreams and make trade-offs. Knowing the actual cost of your choices will make your retirement more like the fairy tale you want.

Christine D. Moriarty, CFP, has over 25 years of experience coaching individuals, couples and business owners on their finances. Her focus has been the intersection of emotions, behavior and money. She is living her dream in Vermont and delights in sitting down with a cup of Irish tea and a good book. Find more at Moneypeace.

This article is reprinted by permission from NextAvenue.org, ©2023 Twin Cities Public Television, Inc. All rights reserved.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/3-common-retirement-dreams-that-can-become-big-disappointments-903bbb20?mod=home-page


10. The Next 30 Longevity Tips -Novos Longevity

SLEEP

32.  Take care of your sleep. Make sure you sleep enough and go to bed around the same time every night. You can find more than 50 tips to improve your sleep here.

33.  Buy sleep aids, like an Oura ring or the Dreem headband.

34.   Download sleep and relaxation apps, like Calm, Buddhify, Headspace or Insight Timer (the latter being free).

35.  If you are older than 50 years, use 500 ug (0.5 mg) to max 1000 ug (1 mg) of extended-release melatonin before going to sleep. Melatonin can also extend lifespan and slow down aging (R).

TRACKING

36.  Reduce your blood sugar levels. Buy a continuous glucose sensor to track how your body processes sugars based on foods, sleep, etc. If that’s out of your budget, consider a regular blood glucose monitor, available at your local drugstore.

37.  Measure your heart rate variability (HRV), which can be predictive of health and mortality. Improve your HRV via HRV biofeedback devices, like HeartMath and Sweetwater HRV.

38.  Get regular health checkups. Prevention is key!

39.  Track your facial age.

40.  Track your overall health.

LIFESTYLE

 

41.  Protect your skin very well against the sun: always wear strong sunscreen and a hat when going outside in the sun.

42.  Use high-concentration retinol creams (over-the-counter) or Retin-A (aka “tretinoin,” a prescription) for your face.

43.  Take supplements that slow skin aging and reduce wrinkles.

44.  Brush and floss your teeth at least twice per day.

45.  Always wear your seatbelt.

46.  Don’t smoke.

47.  Do yoga.

48.  Don’t be overweight, and make sure you don’t have too much abdominal fat (a beer belly). Measure your waist circumference here and calculate your BMI (body mass index) here.

49.  Schedule everything.

MINDSET

50.  Try to be positive and always see the silver lining in things. Most centenarians have a very optimistic disposition.

51.  Learn how to be happy.

52.  Reduce stress.

53.  Practice meditation. Download meditation apps such as Calm or Headspace.

54.  Have a purpose and goals in life (that is, feeling useful).

55.  Be social.

56.  Challenge your mind every day.

57.   Use medication sparingly: most drugs have significant side effects.

58. Use blue-light blocking glasses 30 minutes before going to sleep.

59.  Keep a gratitude journal.

60.  Be an empowered health advocate for your own body: don’t just rely on the health care system to keep you healthy.


We go more into detail on how to slow down aging and live longer here.

https://novoslabs.com/60-top-tips-to-live-longer-doctor-approved/

Share this page with friends and family!

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 22, 2023

1. Margin as a Percentage of Total Stock Market

Trending down and well below 2008 levels

https://www.currentmarketvaluation.com/models/margin-debt.php#:~:text=Since%20margin%20tends%20to%20increase,the%20entire%20US%20stock%20market.


2. Dow vs. S&P Returns History

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright


3. Biotech Stocks

BBH Biotech ETF rally off bottom but not back to Jan 22 levels yet…….well below all-time highs

www.stockcharts.com


4. Aramaco Biggest IPO Ever…Bull Market in Energy……..5 Year Return Still Negative

https://www.google.com/search?q=aramco+stock+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=aramco+stock+chart&aqs=chrome..69i57j0i390l5.4094j1j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


5. Private Equity Leader Apollo Management Traded Right Back to 2021 Highs

APO never broke 200-week moving average red line

www.stockcharts.com


6. The Market Implied Terminal Rate Up 40 Basis Points this Month.

WHAT IS THE TERMINAL RATE? INVESTOPEDIA KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • The terminal federal funds rate is the final interest rate that the Federal Reserve sets as its long-term target for the federal funds rate.
  • The federal funds (fed funds) rate is often used as a benchmark for other interest rates in the economy, such as mortgages, auto loans, and corporate bonds, among several others.
  • The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) is responsible for determining both the current and the terminal federal funds rates.
  • Determining the terminal rate is not an exact science and involves forecasting future economic conditions such as inflation, gross domestic product (GDP) growth, and unemployment.

https://www.investopedia.com/federal-funds-rate-7097323#:~:text=In%20September%202022%2C%20Fed%20officials,at%20the%20end%20of%202022.

The market-implied terminal rate is up some 40 bps this month.

Source: The Daily Shot   https://dailyshotbrief.com/


7. Elon Musk’s latest US price drop brings Tesla’s electric-vehicle premium to a record low.

Bloomberg Tom Randall  The chart below shows the difference in price between Tesla’s best-selling models and the average price paid for a new vehicle in the US each month.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-02-21/tesla-undercuts-average-us-car-by-almost-5-000-in-ev-shakeout?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


8. Delinquencies in Subprime Auto Loans Spike

WSJ By Ben Eisenand Gina Heeb Some 9.3% of auto loans extended to people with low credit scores were 30 or more days behind on payments at the end of last year, the highest share since 2010, according to an analysis by Moody’s Analytics.

More Auto Payments Are Late, Exposing Cracks in Consumer Credit – WSJ


9. Growth in U.S. Labor Force.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericfinningan1/


10. 60 Top Tips to Live Longer, Doctor-Approved

Novos Longevity

How much are you doing to slow down your aging and maximize your lifespan and health span? Lots of things contribute to the aging process, many of which will surprise you!

We’ve put together this list of more 60 tips to slow your aging and live longer, all backed by research.

Skim through it to see what you’re already doing, and what will be easy for you to integrate into your daily routine.


DIET

1.  Reduce your intake of animal protein, especially processed red meat such as sausages, salami, bacon, ham, hot dogs, pâtés, etc.

2.  Replace red meat (e.g., beef, pork, mutton, veal) with white meat (poultry), fatty fish (e.g., salmon, herring, mackerel), and meat substitutes (based on tofu, pea, or mushroom protein).

3.  Consume lots of vegetables, legumes, mushrooms, fruits, nuts, and seeds. Vegetables should be the basis of your diet (not potatoes, pasta, rice and bread).

4.  Reduce your intake of starchy, empty-calorie foods like bread, pasta, rice, and potatoes. Replace them with more vegetables, legumes, mushrooms or quinoa.

5.  Avoid sugary foods and drinks as much as possible, like sodas, fruit juices, candy, cookies, sweets, cake, pastries, doughnuts, candy bars, chocolates and so on.

6.  Avoid trans fats, which can be found in fried foods, fast-food, bakery products (e.g., crackers, cookies, and cakes), and vegetable shortenings.

7.  Significantly reduce your intake of omega-6-fat-rich foods, like corn oil, sunflower oil, safflower oil, margarine, sesame oil, mayonnaise, and most salad dressings.

8.  Consume more healthy fats, especially omega-3 fats, by consuming more olives, olive oil, walnuts, avocados, flax seed, chia seed, fatty fish, and so on.

9.  Consume foods that have come straight from nature and are processed as little as possible, like foods your great-grandmother would recognize.

10.   Consume a daily, freshly made smoothie with vegetables and low-glycemic-index fruits, like blueberries.

11.   Eat specific foods that can slow down aging, including green leafy vegetables (broccoli, spinach, kale), blueberries, dark chocolate (containing at least 70% cacao), salmon, walnuts, pomegranate, etc.

12.   Don’t drink milk – milk accelerates aging.

13.   Don’t drink too much alcohol: that means a maximum of one glass per day, ideally with alcohol-free days.

14.   Hardly drink any sugary drinks (such as soda, commercial fruit juices, etc).

15.   Hydrate a lot. Drink at least 1.5 liters per day; that’s eigth glasses per day.

16.   Drink lots of water. Drink green tea, white tea, ginger tea or coffee (yes, coffee can reduce the risk of various aging-related diseases). Add spices (e.g., mint), citron or NOVOS Core to add taste to your water.

17.   Don’t take whey protein, testosterone or growth hormone. They all accelerate aging in the long term.

18.   Don’t follow unhealthy diets – most diets are unhealthy, unfortunately.

19.   Don’t follow a paleo diet or a high-protein diet: these diets accelerate aging in the long term, despite having beneficial effects in the short term (like weight loss).

20.   Don’t follow a keto diet (ketogenic diet) or a high-fat diet: these diets accelerate aging in the long term, despite having beneficial effects in the short term (like weight loss).

21.   Follow the NOVOS Longevity Diet.

22.   Eat fewer calories, and less often. Try to eat two meals a day, with breakfast being the most important meal of the day.

23.   Fast regularly. Eat within a 12-hour period, so your body can fast for 12 hours. Fast for ideally three days a few times per year, like at the start of every new season.

SUPPLEMENTS

24.   Take health supplements, like vitamin D3, vitamin K2, iodine, selenium, magnesium, B vitamins, and minimally oxidized (low TOTOX) omega-3 fatty acids. You can find the most important health supplements here.

25.   Take longevity supplements like NOVOS Core that contain substances that scientifically have been shown to slow down aging or increase lifespan, like alpha-ketoglutarate, fisetin, pterostilbene, microdosed lithium, etc.

26.   Don’t take antioxidants beyond what you find in a healthy diet. Most antioxidants don’t extend lifespan and some can even shorten lifespan and increase the risk of cancer (learn more here).

27.   Consider taking drugs that could slow down aging, like metformin, low-dose rapamycin, low-dose (baby) aspirin, or selegiline. Always discuss with a physician experienced in this matter.

EXERCISE

28.   Engage in anaerobic exercise (like weightlifting).

29.   Do aerobic exercise (like running or swimming).

30.   Do high-intensity interval training (HIIT).

31.   Commit to stretching and posture exercises, like pilates.

https://novoslabs.com/60-top-tips-to-live-longer-doctor-approved/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=novoslabs.com&utm_campaign=longevity-questionnaire

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 21, 2023

1. Value Factor vs. Growth Spread at Record Levels in Europe

Alpha Architect Blog

Larry Swedroe Given that the era of financial repression appears to be over (we seem to be returning to a more normal rate environment) and that valuation spreads remain at historically extreme levels, it seems likely that value stocks could be on the cusp of a winning stretch similar to the 1980s, 1990s or the 2000s. In other words, the rally that began in November 2020 may be just the tip of the iceberg, as wide divergences between the valuations of cheap stocks relative to expensive stocks have preceded significant outperformance for value over the subsequent decade, as shown in the figure below.

A Dark Winter for Value Stocks (alphaarchitect.com)


2. History of Energy Bull Markets.

Capital Group-Analysis of prior energy equity bull markets (we show Canada, as an example, in the chart below) suggests we may still be in the early innings of a positive rerating for the sector. Supported by higher energy prices, companies in the sector generated a record-breaking estimated $1.4 trillion of free cash flow (FCF) in 2022. Valuations remain attractive across a number of metrics including price-to-earnings and price-to-book ratios. And the resilience of oil stocks in the face of falling oil prices over the last three months suggests investors are looking past any near-term weakness in the underlying commodity price.

Energy equity bull markets have often shown staying power

Sources: Bloomberg, Peters & Co. Limited, S&P/TSX (Canada) Composite Index performance. Data as of January 25, 2023.

https://www.capitalgroup.com/content/capital-group/us/en/advisor/home/insights/articles/five-energy-trends.html


3. Banking Crypto Looks to be Killed by Regulators

Barrons Joe Light-One way to do that, it seems, is to keep crypto out of the banking system. Top federal regulators issued a joint statement in January saying they are “carefully reviewing any proposals from banking organizations to engage in activities that involve cryptoassets.” Banks such as Signature Bank (ticker:SBNY) have pared ties to crypto. The warning could make banks less likely to seek regulatory approval.  The Federal Reserve also knocked down hopes for more crypto banking. The Fed rejected an application from digital-assets-focused Custodia Bank for a so-called Master Account, which would have enabled Custodia to get direct access to the Fed’s payment systems without going through an intermediary bank. Custodia has sued the Fed over its handling of the application.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/bitcoin-price-crypto-rally-crackdown-8898fc4b?mod=past_editions

SBNY $350 to $124

Silvergate $220 to $18

www.stockcharts.com


4. CBOE Stock About to Break Out to New Highs

Record option activity…speculation still alive in markets despite record Fed rate increases

51% of Revenue is U.S. Options

https://ir.cboe.com/investor-overview#:~:text=Sources%20of%20Revenue,licensing%20of%20our%20proprietary%20products.


5. Charlie B with Interesting Chart on High Valuations of Consumer Staple Stocks (safe stocks?)

@Charlie Bilello Google now has a lower P/E ratio than many leading consumer staples companies. Is this evidence of a safety bubble?

 


6. QQQ Naz 100 Chart

QQQ did not make it back to Summer 2022 highs on this rally

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab-NASDAQ 100’s selloffs from end of 2021 into middle of 2022 were consistent with increase in forward EPS (orange); yet now, forward EPS have fallen considerably as index has attempted to claw back losses
[Past performance is no guarantee of future results]

https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizannsonders/


7. Housing Inventory Declining

Torston Slok Apollo Group


8. Global plastic waste set to almost triple by 2060, says OECD

03/06/2022 – The amount of plastic waste produced globally is on track to almost triple by 2060, with around half ending up in landfill and less than a fifth recycled, according to a new OECD report.

Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060 says that without radical action to curb demand, increase product lifespans and improve waste management and recyclability, plastic pollution will rise in tandem with an almost threefold increase in plastics use driven by rising populations and incomes. The report estimates that almost two-thirds of plastic waste in 2060 will be from short-lived items such as packaging, low-cost products and textiles.

“If we want a world that is free of plastic pollution, in line with the ambitions of the United Nations Environment Assembly, we will need to take much more stringent and globally co-ordinated action,” OECD Secretary-General Mathias Cormann said. “This report proposes concrete policies that can be implemented along the lifecycle of plastics that could significantly curb – and even eliminate – plastic leakage into the environment.”

The report (available as a preliminary version ahead of its full publication later this year) projects global plastics consumption rising from 460 million tonnes (Mt) in 2019 to 1,231 Mt in 2060 in the absence of bold new policies, a faster rise than most raw materials. Growth will be fastest in developing and emerging countries in Africa and Asia, although OECD countries will still produce much more plastic waste per person (238 kg per year on average) in 2060 than non-OECD countries (77 kg).

Globally, plastic leakage to the environment is seen doubling to 44 Mt a year, while the build-up of plastics in lakes, rivers and oceans will more than triple, as plastic waste balloons from 353 Mt in 2019 to 1,014 Mt in 2060. Most pollution comes from larger debris known as macroplastics, but leakage of microplastics (synthetic polymers less than 5 mm in diameter) from items like industrial plastic pellets, textiles and tyre wear is also a serious concern.

The projected rise in plastics consumption and waste will come despite an expected increase in the use of recycled plastic in manufacturing new goods as well as technological advances and sectoral economic shifts that should mean an estimated 16% decrease by 2060 in the amount of plastic required to create USD 1 of economic output.

The share of plastic waste that is successfully recycled is projected to rise to 17% in 2060 from 9% in 2019, while incineration and landfilling will continue to account for around 20% and 50% of plastic waste respectively. The share of plastic that evades waste management systems – ending up instead in uncontrolled dumpsites, burned in open pits or leaking into the soil or aquatic environments – is projected to fall to 15% from 22%.

The new report builds on the OECD’s first Global Plastics Outlook: Economic Drivers, Environmental Impacts and Policy Options, released in February 2022. That first report found that plastic waste has doubled in two decades, with most ending up in landfill, incinerated or leaking into the environment. Since that report release, UN member states have pledged to negotiate a legally binding international agreement by 2024 to end plastic pollution.

Global Plastics Outlook: Policy Scenarios to 2060 looks at the impact of two potential scenarios. The first, a regional action scenario comprising a mix of fiscal and regulatory policies primarily in OECD countries could decrease plastic waste by almost a fifth and more than halve plastic leakage into the environment without a substantial impact on global GDP, which would be lower by 0.3% by 2060. The second, a global action scenario comprising more stringent policies implemented worldwide, could decrease plastic waste by a third and almost completely eliminate plastic leakage to the environment while lowering global GDP by an estimated 0.8%.

The report also looks at how actions to reduce greenhouse emissions could reduce plastic pollution given the interplay between the plastics lifecycle, fossil fuels and climate change.

Policies to reduce the environmental impacts of plastics and encourage a more circular use of them should include:

  • Taxes on plastics, including on plastic packaging
  • Incentives to reuse and repair plastic items
  • Targets for recycled content in new plastic products
  • Extended producer responsibility (EPR) schemes
  • Improved waste management infrastructure
  • Increased litter collection rates

Read more about OECD work on plastics

Global plastic waste set to almost triple by 2060, says OECD


9. The State of America’s Electric Vehicle Charging Network

Chartr

Electric avenueOn Wednesday, The White House announced that Tesla is set to start opening up part of its charging network, making 7,500 charging stations — roughly half of which will be Tesla’s fast “superchargers” — available to non-Tesla EVs by 2024.That’s a big deal, and gives the government a better chance of achieving its goal of 500,000 accessible chargers across the country by 2030. Indeed, Tesla isn’t the only company plugging in to help. Hertz, BP, GM, and EVgo are among the 16 companies that will provide an additional 100,000 chargers to the US network. A bigger network should, of course, accelerate the switch to EVs, and mitigate some of the current range anxiety.
NudgingThe carrot for participating in building out the charging network is getting a slice of the Biden administration’s $7.5bn EV charging fund. That’s encouraged Tesla execs to deviate from their prior policy, where they kept their setup from rival brands in a similar way to how Apple has shielded much of its tech ecosystem from competitors. The pivot has already got some Tesla drivers worried about long waiting times at busier charging stations though.

www.chartr.com


10. Cognitive Rigidity

Farnam Street Blog https://fs.blog/

Adding Exceptions is easier than updating: “Once the mind has accepted a plausible explanation for something, it becomes a framework for all the information that is perceived after it. We’re drawn, subconsciously, to fit and contort all the subsequent knowledge we receive into our framework, whether it fits or not. Psychologists call this “cognitive rigidity”. The facts that built an original premise are gone, but the conclusion remains—the general feeling of our opinion floats over the collapsed foundation that established it. Information overload, “busyness,” speed, and emotion all exacerbate this phenomenon. They make it even harder to update our beliefs or remain open-minded.”

— Source

Topley’s Top 10 – February 17, 2023

1. Fed Futures Pricing 50% Chance of 3 Additions 25 bps. Raises

Dorsey Wright Fed futures are now pricing a better than 50% chance of at least three additional 25 bps rate increases (or one 50 and one 25) by June as expectations for the terminal rate of interest rates have risen following the stronger-than-expected January jobs report and hot January CPI print.


2. Stock-Bond Correlation is Negative Again

The Daily Shot Equities: The stock/bond correlation is negative again.

Source: S&P Dow Jones Indices

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


3. Spread Between BBB-Rated Bonds and 90 Day Treasuries at Historic Lows

Jonathan Baird The interest rate spread between BBB-rated bonds (a hair away from being classified as “junk”) and US 90-day Treasuries has descended to low levels that typically precede distinctly unpleasant stock market developments. That enthusiasm for corporate debt of dubious creditworthiness is so high during a period of rapidly rising rates says much about the divergence of investor sentiment and economic reality.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/


4. Strong Corporate Credit Fundamentals Limit Spread Widening

Guggenheim Partners

10 Macro Themes for 2023

https://www.guggenheiminvestments.com/perspectives/macroeconomic-research/10-macroeconomic-themes-for-2023


5. 40% of Warren Buffett Portfolio is AAPL

https://hedgefollow.com/funds/Berkshire+Hathaway


6. International Equity Technical Update

Jack Ablin Cresset Capital

Why the Theories of Sir Isaac Newton Matter to Investing | Cresset Capital


7. Debt of Retailer $6 Trillion

A $6 Trillion Wave of Money Revives an Arcane Corner of Wall Street-Neil Callanan and Abhinav Ramnarayan

(Bloomberg) — Locked out of debt markets and facing significantly higher borrowing costs, executives at troubled companies are looking for help in an almost dormant corner of Wall Street.

High-profile financial advisers including Houlihan Lokey Inc., Lazard Ltd. and Evercore Inc. say they’re experiencing a surge in enquiries for so-called liability management as corporates bloated with debt find themselves searching for solutions to the end of a decade of almost free money.

Companies are grappling with the twin burdens of higher interest rates and slower economic growth, and some have already suspended dividends or put assets up for sale to pay debt. But with $6.3 trillion of outstanding high-yield and investment-grade corporate bonds coming due by the end of 2025, many are seeking alternative ways to protect their balance sheets.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/6-trillion-bond-wall-revives-050000785.html


8. Platinum and Palladium Corrections

Palladium -40% from Highs….50day and 200day sloping downward.

Platinum Closes Below 200day Moving Average

www.stockcharts.com


9. Doctors Are Disappearing From Emergency Rooms as Hospitals Look to Cut Costs

By Brett Kelman and Blake Farmer, Nashville Public Radio For Private Equity, Dropping ER Docs Is a ‘Simple Equation’

Private equity companies pool money from wealthy investors to buy their way into various industries, often slashing spending and seeking to flip businesses in three to seven years. While this business model is a proven moneymaker on Wall Street, it raises concerns in health care, where critics worry the pressure to turn big profits will influence life-or-death decisions that were once left solely to medical professionals.

Nearly $1 trillion in private equity funds have gone into almost 8,000 health care transactions over the past decade, according to industry tracker PitchBook, including buying into medical staffing companies that many hospitals hire to manage their emergency departments.

Two firms dominate the ER staffing industry: TeamHealth, bought by private equity firm Blackstone in 2016, and Envision Healthcare, bought by KKR in 2018. Trying to undercut these staffing giants is American Physician Partners, a rapidly expanding company that runs ERs in at least 17 states and is 50% owned by private equity firm BBH Capital Partners.

These staffing companies have been among the most aggressive in replacing doctors to cut costs, said Dr. Robert McNamara, a founder of the American Academy of Emergency Medicine and chair of emergency medicine at Temple University.

“It’s a relatively simple equation,” McNamara said. “Their No. 1 expense is the board-certified emergency physician. So they are going to want to keep that expense as low as possible.”

Not everyone sees the trend of private equity in ER staffing in a negative light. Jennifer Orozco, president of the American Academy of Physician Associates, which represents physician assistants, said even if the change — to use more nonphysician providers — is driven by the staffing firms’ desire to make more money, patients are still well served by a team approach that includes nurse practitioners and physician assistants.

“Though I see that shift, it’s not about profits at the end of the day,” Orozco said. “It’s about the patient.”

The “shift” is nearly invisible to patients because hospitals rarely promote branding from their ER staffing firms and there is little public documentation of private equity investments.

Dr. Arthur Smolensky, a Tennessee emergency medicine specialist attempting to measure private equity’s intrusion into ERs, said his review of hospital job postings and employment contracts in 14 major metropolitan areas found that 43% of ER patients were seen in ERs staffed by companies with nonphysician owners, nearly all of whom are private equity investors.

Smolensky hopes to publish his full study, expanding to 55 metro areas, later this year. But this research will merely quantify what many doctors already know: The ER has changed. Demoralized by an increased focus on profit, and wary of a looming surplus of emergency medicine residents because there are fewer jobs to fill, many experienced doctors are leaving the ER on their own, he said.

University in 2020, nurse practitioners join doctors in practicing how to place a chest tube to fix a collapsed lung by snaking a rubber hose through a rack of pork ribs. The NPs, who work for American Physician Partners, will have to perform the procedure under a doctor’s supervision before being allowed to do it on their own. (BLAKE FARMER FOR KHN)

“Most of us didn’t go into medicine to supervise an army of people that are not as well trained as we are,” Smolensky said. “We want to take care of patients.”

https://khn.org/news/article/doctors-are-disappearing-from-emergency-rooms-as-hospitals-look-to-cut-costs/


10. The Two Skills Your Child Needs for a Successful Life

Psychology Today Jeffrey Bernstein Ph.D.

Life is easier and more fulfilling for children who can cope in these two ways.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the rates of anxiety, depression, anger, and overall stress have risen among children and teens. Given these daunting challenges, as parents, we must, now more than ever, help our children become skilled at dealing with life’s demands.

There are many essential skills that are essential for children to learn to have a productive life. A few examples include communication, technology, financial literacy, writing, and organizational skills. Perhaps you can add to this list.

As I reflect on my over 30 years of work as a psychologist, I have now logged 45,000-plus hours of counseling sessions. I don’t claim to know it all. Yet, when it comes to what it takes for a child of any age to thrive in a highly competitive world, I believe we can boil it down to two crucial skills.

1.   How to regulate emotions

2.   How to problem-solve through challenges

Briefly, self-regulation of emotions means your child can calm down and cope with their feelings on their own. They can manage stressful situations or know how to remove themselves from them. Problem-solving involves acknowledging problems, reflecting on ways to manage them, and applying the best solutions. (For more, see my book, 10 Days to a Less Defiant Child.)

The great news is that you can teach and inspire your child to regulate their emotions and problem-solve.

4 Ways You Can Help Your Child Regulate Their Emotions and Problem-Solve

Modeling and inspiring successfully managing emotions and problem-solving is your gift that keeps on giving to your children. Here are four ways to do it:

1. Model a growth mindset for self-care. The more your child sees you practice self-care for your emotional health, the more they will instinctually know to take care of their own. Be committed to continually working on your own calming and problem-solving skills.

2. Use calming techniques. Too many parents tell their kids to calm down without first demonstrating ways to regulate those big emotions in the first place. We mistakenly believe that managing our lives should be an autopilot-like experience. It’s not. From the time our feet hit the floor in the morning, we are confronted with demands and challenges. We need to use tools to manage these challenges.

Breathing exercises, mindfulness meditation, helpful self-talk, gratitude, reminding ourselves of our strengths, prayer, yoga, or physical activity are just a few tools that can help you manage stress and maintain a calm state of mind.

3. Listen. Really listen. When children feel heard, they feel valued, and their self-esteem is boosted. Listening to children helps to foster open and honest communication, which can lead to more positive relationships and a deeper understanding of their perspectives. When children are allowed to express themselves, they can feel empowered to come up with solutions to their problems.

4. Talk constructively to yourself and them. Children learn by observing the behavior of those around them, so it’s important to transparently and actively demonstrate calm behavior in all situations. Here is an example of what you can say when in the face of a conflict:

“There’s a reactive side of me, as your parent, that now wants to yell and get controlling. Just being aware and expressing this is helping me stay calmer. How about we talk this out so we can understand each other better?”

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/liking-the-child-you-love/202301/the-two-top-skills-your-child-needs-for-a-successful-life

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 16, 2023

1. Single Stock Call Option Highest Ever by WIDE MARGIN


2. Value ETFs Breaking Out to New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


3. S&P 500 Long-Term Weekly Chart

SPY never broke 200 week moving average in red….just closed above 50week moving average in beginning of Feb.


4. The U.S. Stock Market Outperformance Over Europe was Mostly FAANG

BCA RESEARCH

https://twitter.com/CameronDawson


5. Six-Month Treasury 5% Handle for First Time Since 2007

https://twitter.com/biancoresearch


6. Bitcoin ETF BITO +45% Year to Date….BITO -45% One-Year Return.

https://www.google.com/finance/quote/BITO:NYSEARCA?sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwiZ48md_Jn9AhX4FVkFHapyCUwQ3ecFegQIJBAY


7. Europe ETF Making a Run at 2020 Pre-Covid Highs

www.stockcharts.com


8. Investor Purchases of Homes Fall 45.8%

Marketwatch Aarthi Swaminathan

Investor purchases of homes in the U.S. fell by 45.8% year-over-year in the fourth quarter, according to a new report from real-estate tech company Redfin RDFN, 6.87%.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/investors-back-off-from-the-housing-market-buying-half-as-many-homes-than-a-year-ago-redfin-says-1e40b663?mod=dist_amp_social&link=sfmw_tw&redirect=amp


9. Fewer Mom and Pop Investors Plus Higher Rates Reducing Home Equity Lines=Below

Eric Finnegan Shrinking home builder backlogs and fewer large remodeling projects will hit residential building products demand this year.

Case in point: Building materials dealers reported weak customer traffic in January among both PRO customers (builders and remodelers) and do-it-yourselfers (small home improvement projects). Compare this with a year ago, when 56% reported Strong PRO traffic. 

In the words of Biggie Smalls… “Things done changed!”

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericfinnigan1/


10. Military Tactic for Emails

Military Leaders Use This Brilliant Tactic to Write Effective Emails

Smart email writers start with the bottom line.

BYCARMINE GALLO, HARVARD INSTRUCTOR, KEYNOTE SPEAKER, AUTHOR, ‘THE BEZOS

Good writing skills are essential to advance in the U.S. military — and there’s one technique military leaders follow to make their emails clear, concise, and compelling.

Now, what I just wrote is an example of a writing technique called BLUF: Bottom Line Up Front. The method was first introduced in an army training manual and is now taught across different military branches. It’s a tactic that will help your writing — and your emails— stand out. 

The tactic came up repeatedly during my visits to two military bases this summer. First, I met with Army Green Berets at Fort Bragg, North Carolina. Second, I spoke to fighter jet pilots for the United States Marine Corps in Yuma, Arizona. Both groups of highly-trained soldiers are taught BLUF because it saves time and makes communication more efficient.01:53

Although many of us send hundreds of texts and direct messages on Slack each day, emailcontinues to be the preferred method of communication around the globe. There are 4.1 billion email users globally. That’s a large number, of course, but only a fraction of the emails we send are read.

An email with the Bottom Line Up Front states the purpose of the email in the first paragraph. An email isn’t a novel. There’s no need to build suspense until the end. More important than the length of an email — which largely depends on the topic — is whether your reader gets the point and gets it fast.

Here’s an example of the first paragraph of an email written in the BLUF format. 

This email is going to all sales managers in North America. It explains the new cloud-based sales system the company will implement in Q4.

In two sentences, the reader knows why they’re on the string and what the email is about. They can decide to read it now or file it away to read later (hopefully before Q4).

The bottom line should stand out in bold font and answer the following questions in one or two sentences:

1.     Why am I receiving the email?

2.     What information does it convey?

3.     What important dates or deadlines do I need to know?

The military puts a lot of research into effective writing. They found that the most significant problem was failing to convey a focused message quickly. Since many people bury the main point in a lengthy email, BLUF is a framework that forces the writer to start with a clear and concise idea.

Effective writing is understood easily and quickly. Don’t frustrate your reader by hiding the main point. Put the bottom line up front, and your readers will appreciate it.

https://www.inc.com/carmine-gallo/military-leaders-use-this-brilliant-tactic-to-write-effective-emails.html?utm_source=linkedin&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=freeform

Topley’s Top 10 – February 15, 2023

1. Biggest Tail Risk 2023 Poll

Marketwatch The chartAs JPM pointed out, the market is behaving as if a war is not happening. Of course, it is over there, and really in the bull’s-eye more for Europe than the U.S., which has China and balloons to worry about. But here’s a chart from that Bank of America survey of fund managers that offers some food for thought.

It shows that sticky, high inflation remains the biggest tail risk for investors, that is an event with a low probability of happening, but if it does, the damages could be outsize for markets. The second-biggest is geopolitics, and that’s as doubts grow of a peace accord between Ukraine and Russia in 2023 (expectations now down to 50% from 63% in January).

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/the-peak-of-this-market-rally-is-almost-here-says-jpmorgan-time-to-ditch-u-s-stocks-and-buy-these-instead-says-wall-street-giant-71eb998a?mod=home-page


2. More Seasonality Data

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright-In the table below we looked at all January returns since 1928 where the S&P 500 (SPX) gained at least 5% and then looked at how the market performed the following month. Interestingly, February was positive 64% of the time, which is above the 57% original batting average, and posted an average (and median) return of about 1%, which is also well above the average February return of 0.17%. There are several notable outliers, like in 1946 when the market gained over 7% in January and then lost nearly 7% in February, or in 1934 when the market returned 11% in January and then fell about 3.5% the following month. However, in the aggregate, it appears that seasonality could still be acting as a tailwind here.

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


3. We are Coming Out of Long Period of Bearish Sentiment in AAII Bull/Bear Measure.

LPL Research

https://iplresearch.com/2023/02/10/are-bears-finally-going-into-hibernation/


4. The U.S. Stock Market Outperformance Over Europe was Mostly FAANG

BCA RESEARCH

BCA Research – The Web 2.0 Bubble Is Bursting. Here’s What It Means


5. FAANG Employee Growth Since 2018 Massive…Layoffs Rounding Error.

Paayal Zaveri Business Insider

https://www.businessinsider.com/impact-of-big-tech-layoffs-amazon-meta-microsoft-google-salesforce-2023-2#-1


6. 10-Year Yield Trades to 200day then Bounces Higher.

www.stockcharts.com


7. Dow Industrials and Transports vs. 2021 Highs

www.stockcharts.com


8. America’s Priciest Neighborhoods Are Changing as the Ultra-Rich Move to Florida

ByAlexandre Tanzi, Felipe Marques, Michael Sasso and Amanda Albright  https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-02-14/the-most-expensive-neighborhoods-in-the-us-from-florida-to-new-york?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. More than 1 in 6 Americans now 65 or older as U.S. continues graying

Story by Linda Searing More than 1 in 6 Americans now 65 or older as U.S. continues graying© Elizabeth von Oehsen/The Washington Post; iStock

Some 17 percent of people living in the United States, or more than 1 in 6, were 65 or older in 2020, according to a report from the Administration on Aging.

That represents 55.7 million people, an increase of 15.2 million (38 percent) of people 65 and above since 2010, compared with just 2 percent growth in the under-65 population. It also reflects a consistent increase in the nation’s older population since 1900, when there were 3.1 million Americans 65 and older (4 percent of the population).

View on Watch

The report projects a climb to roughly 80.8 million residents 65 and older by 2040, more than double the number in 2000. It also predicts a doubling of the number of even older residents by 2040, with the count of those 85 and older expected to grow from 6.7 million in 2020 to 14.4 million by 2040. In 2020, there were nearly 105,000 residents 100 or older.

Much of the aging of the U.S. population stems from the post-World War II baby boom — the period from 1946 to 1964. The report says that nearly half (46 percent) of baby boomers are now 65 and older. Based primarily on data from the Census Bureau, the National Center for Health Statistics and the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the report offers a statistical profile of the country’s aging population. For instance, arthritis is the most common chronic condition in the age group, affecting 47 percent of those 65 and older. About a fourth have some type of cancer, and a fifth have diabetes. Also, 9 percent of those 65 and older smoke, 30 percent are obese, 28 percent have cognitive issues, and 95 percent got at least one dose of a coronavirus vaccine. For this age group, 14 percent of expenditures are health-related (compared with 8 percent for all consumers).

The report also includes information on living arrangements, marital status, racial and ethnic composition, geographic distribution, education and more.

This article is part of The Post’s “Big Number” series, which takes a brief look at the statistical aspect of health issues. Additional information and relevant research are available through the hyperlinks.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/us/more-than-1-in-6-americans-now-65-or-older-as-us-continues-graying/ar-AA17t349


10. Jalen Hurts-In Defeat, an Appreciation-WSJ

WSJ By Jason Gay

I’ll admit this isn’t the ordinary move—an appreciation of the losing quarterback on the morning after the Super Bowl. The usual drill is to rudely step over the losing team, and wrap our love and superlatives around the champions. Within minutes of the confetti drop, the loser is relegated to history. By sunrise, it’s like they didn’t exist.

But I want to write a bit about Philadelphia’s Jalen Hurts, because he didn’t play like a loser at all Sunday in Arizona. He played like someone who very much deserved to win—until he and the Eagles didn’t.

In the somber postgame, Hurts made a comment that signaled what this 24-year-old leader is all about.



“You either win or you learn, that’s how I feel,” Hurts said.

It’s a remix of a famous Nelson Mandela quote—I never lose, I win or learn—and I think every coach in America just took out a pen and copied that down. You either win or learn. In how many locker rooms will that bit of healthy wisdom be deployed in over the coming month? I’m going to drop it on my own children after youth soccer losses.

This is the person Hurts is. By now we all know the basics of his story—the acclaimed quarterback from Texas who ascended to the heights of college football as a starter at Alabama, then painfully lost his job in real time in the biggest game of the year.

A season on the bench later, Hurts found his way to the University of Oklahoma, where he ascended to a starring role again. As an NFL prospect, however, Hurts was shortchanged, lacking in those goofy analyst intangibles like “arm talent.”

He went to the Eagles in the second round of the 2020 draft. He became the starter by the end of his rookie season. Of course he did. He is beloved in Philly, his underdog persistence a metaphor for a proud city.

Despite his track record, Hurts showed up at this Super Bowl as the game’s clear No. 2 star. On the other sideline was Patrick Mahomes, the reigning two-time NFL MVP, a thrill ride package of a quarterback who had already won a ring. Mahomes, too, had been shortchanged by some experts as a draft prospect, but so much greatness has happened since, it’s been forgotten.

Every other active quarterback on earth is second billing to Patrick Mahomes. But had I told you Sunday morning that one quarterback would throw for a glittering 304 yards and a touchdown, plus rush for 70 yards and three touchdowns—a spectacular, historic performance—would you have picked Hurts, or Mahomes?

It was Hurts’s night, almost the entire night. He made the long throws and the short throws; he dazzled with long runs and short plunges, those outrageous training camp squats and dead lifts proving their worth for every single inch. It was the type of performance that made you want to find every skeptical draft analyst and press their nose into the stat page:

Do you see this? Look at this! No quarterback in 57 Super Bowls has ever played a game like this. 

Even a nightmare fumble in the first half—the Philly quarterback dropped and booted the football straight into the mitts of a Chiefs defender, who scored—didn’t unravel Hurts’s composure. He remained steady and got Philadelphia settled. As Mahomes winced with a reinjured ankle, Hurts looked like he’d been here before, many times.

Had the Eagles prevailed, the MVP was a lock. Then what happened happened. Mahomes turned back into Mahomes, and the Chiefs surged furiously back to take a late lead. Hurts slipped on a last-second Hail Mary—that Super Bowl turf was an unmitigated disaster—and that was that.

Hurts apologized to his team after the game. It was utterly unnecessary—Philadelphia’s failures were almost entirely on the defensive end—but here’s his explanation:

“I don’t do this to be loved. I don’t do this to be hated. I don’t do this to seek anyone else’s approval. I do it for the guys in the locker room. I do it for all the time that we’ve invested into this.”

Jalen Hurts rushed for three touchdowns and passed for a touchdown in Super Bowl LVII.PHOTO: KIRBY LEE/USA TODAY SPORTS

The two quarterbacks bumped into each other late in the corridor outside the locker room—a triumphant Mahomes still in his Chiefs uniform; a defeated Hurts already in street clothes for the bus.

Mahomes knew: This scene could easily have been reversed.

“The way he stepped up on this stage, ran and threw the ball and did whatever his team needed to win, that was a special performance,” Mahomes said of Hurts. “I don’t want it to get lost in the loss.”

Hurts didn’t win. He will learn.

“The beautiful part about it is everyone experiences different pains, everyone experiences different agonies of life,” Hurts said. “You decide if you want to learn from it. You decide if you want that to be a teachable moment. I know I do.”

I’ve nothing more to add. Nothing in football can be promised, but I’m close to certain Jalen Hurts will be back.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/jalen-hurts-eagles-super-bowl-mahomes-5659589f

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 14, 2023

1. AFC Victory and Stock Market History

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright Were You Aware …?As longtime readers of this report are aware, there is an unofficial market indicator known as the Super Bowl Indicator, first introduced in 1978 by Leonard Koppett, a sportswriter for The New York Times. The indicator suggests that if a team from the American Football Conference (AFC) wins, then there is a gloomy outlook for the stock market, defined by the S&P 500 Index (SPX) for the rest of the year. Conversely, if a team that was in the NFL before the NFL/AFL merger OR a team from the National Football Conference (NFC) wins, it will be a positive year for the market.

On Sunday, the Kansas City Chiefs will represent the AFC for the third time in the past four years and the Philadelphia Eagles will represent the NFC for the first time since 2018. After the Eagles won that Super Bowl in 2018, the SPX ended the year with an annual decline of -6.24%, marking a false reading from the Super Bowl Indicator. The Chief’s last victory in 2020 also proved to be a false indicator, as the S&P 500 ended that year up over 16%. Over the last 20 years, this ‘Indicator’ has seen an equal split between right and wrong indications, with the last correct “signal” occurring with the Buccaneers’ win in 2021. However, going back to Super Bowl I, it has been correct about 70% of the time. Pure coincidence? Almost certainly. But if you don’t have an allegiance with either team playing Sunday, you may want to cheer for the Eagles to take home the Lombardi trophy in hopes this will lead to positive domestic equity returns throughout the rest of the year.

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


2. JP Morgan Handicaps CPI Print

https://www.bloomberg.com/?sref=GGda9y2L


3. Slowing Growth at FAANG +

@Charlie Bilello The trend of seemingly unrelenting growth has come to a screeching halt, as evidenced by the latest revenue numbers…
  • Tesla: slowest growth rate since 2020
  • Amazon: 3rd slowest growth rate in company history
  • Microsoft: slowest growth rate since 2017
  • Netflix: slowest growth rate in company history
  • Google: 3rd slowest growth rate in company history
  • Facebook: 2nd slowest growth rate in company history
  • Apple: slowest growth rate since 2016


4. February Seasonality

Dave Lutz Jones Trading…The second half of February historically can be troublesome for stocks – After the great start to this year, some typical seasonal weakness wouldn’t be all that surprising.


5. Short-Dated Options Holding at Record Levels (speculation)

Equities: Short-dated options volume is holding at record levels.

Source: Goldman Sachs; Simon White, Bloomberg Markets Live Blog

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


6. Another Stock Not Matching Up with Imminent Recession

Recession? BLDR Manufacturer and Supplier of Building Materials Approaching All-Time Highs

www.stockcharts.com


7. Natural Gas ETF Seeing Massive Inflows.

Advisor Perspectives Blog Gas ETF Gains $518 Million in Flows Despite Price at Record Low by Isabelle Lee, Vildana Hajric, 2/13/23

Investors continued to increase their bets on two exchange-traded funds tied to natural gas as prices for the heating fuel show signs of bottoming following a seven-week selloff that sent the commodity plunging more than 60%.

The $1.1 billion ProShares Ultra Bloomberg Natural Gas (ticker BOIL) saw $146 million in inflows in the latest session, which increased the fund’s assets by 15% to its highest level in at least a year, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. The fund has seen eight straight days of inflows, amounting to $517.8 million, even though its price is hovering at its record low.

Meanwhile, the $1 billion United States Natural Gas Fund LP (UNG) also saw investors pile in cash consistently during the month of January — barring one session — pushing the fund’s assets to above the billion-dollar mark, according to data compiled by Bloomberg. Its price, too, has dropped significantly since the start of the year.

Natural gas futures have nearly halved this year to the lowest levels since 2020 as abnormally mild winter temperatures have eroded US demand for heating. A prolonged shutdown at a major Texas export facility in Freeport has also weighed on prices, while signs that the terminal could resume shipments Feb. 11 have provided some support to the commodity this week. The Freeport LNG has the capacity to export roughly 2% of US daily gas production.

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/articles/2023/02/13/gas-etf-gains-518-million-in-flows-despite-price-at-record-low\

 

UNG Natural Gas Fund Breaks Thru Lows


8. India has Found a Major Deposit of Lithium

BY Diego Lasarte-Quartz  The Indian government announced on Thursday, Feb. 10 that 5.9 million tons of lithium, a crucial mineral for the manufacturing of electric vehicles and solar panels, had been discovered in the provinces of Jammu and Kashmir.

It was the first major discovery of lithium in India, with the only other reserves being a small deposit of 1600 tons discovered in Karnataka two years ago. Up to this point, the country had depended on Australia, Chile, and Argentina for any imports of lithium needed for its manufacturing sector.

How much lithium does India have? (qz.com)


9. Spirits Revenue Passes Beer

Chartr The Super Bowl’s commercials are almost as famous as the football itself, and beer brands have long been the dominant force when it comes to the big game’s advertising. However, new figures from the Distilled Spirits Council, a spirits-industry group, shows it is spirit-makers that have the latest bragging rights, as spirit supplier revenues surpassed beer for the first time last year.

High spirits  Indeed, liquor suppliers raked in $37.6bn in 2022, a 42% share of the total US alcohol market, helped by a 36% surge in sales for pre-mixed cocktails, along with rising demand for tequila and American whiskey. The sector has been on a 13-year growth spurt, gaining market share every year, taking it now past beer, which as recently as 2000 had 58% of the market.

America’s love for a cold one isn’t fading, but the latest data could be a sign of where things are heading as cocktail culture grows and bar-goers look for variety. Spirits may soon be a staple of those Super Bowl ads too.

www.chartr.com


10. The Neuroscience of Trust

Management behaviors that foster employee engagement by Paul J. Zak

Summary.   Managers have tried various strategies and perks to boost employee engagement—all with little impact on long-term retention and performance. But now, neuroscience offers some answers. Through his research on the brain chemical oxytocin—shown to facilitate…more

Companies are twisting themselves into knots to empower and challenge their employees. They’re anxious about the sad state of engagement, and rightly so, given the value they’re losing. Consider Gallup’s meta-analysis of decades’ worth of data: It shows that high engagement—defined largely as having a strong connection with one’s work and colleagues, feeling like a real contributor, and enjoying ample chances to learn—consistently leads to positive outcomes for both individuals and organizations. The rewards include higher productivity, better-quality products, and increased profitability.

So it’s clear that creating an employee-centric culture can be good for business. But how do you do that effectively? Culture is typically designed in an ad hoc way around random perks like gourmet meals or “karaoke Fridays,” often in thrall to some psychological fad. And despite the evidence that you can’t buy higher job satisfaction, organizations still use golden handcuffs to keep good employees in place. While such efforts might boost workplace happiness in the short term, they fail to have any lasting effect on talent retention or performance.

In my research I’ve found that building a culture of trust is what makes a meaningful difference. Employees in high-trust organizations are more productive, have more energy at work, collaborate better with their colleagues, and stay with their employers longer than people working at low-trust companies. They also suffer less chronic stress and are happier with their lives, and these factors fuel stronger performance.

Leaders understand the stakes—at least in principle. In its 2016 global CEO survey, PwC reported that 55% of CEOs think that a lack of trust is a threat to their organization’s growth. But most have done little to increase trust, mainly because they aren’t sure where to start. In this article I provide a science-based framework that will help them.

About a decade ago, in an effort to understand how company culture affects performance, I began measuring the brain activity of people while they worked. The neuroscience experiments I have run reveal eight ways that leaders can effectively create and manage a culture of trust. I’ll describe those strategies and explain how some organizations are using them to good effect. But first, let’s look at the science behind the framework.

What’s Happening in the Brain

Back in 2001 I derived a mathematical relationship between trust and economic performance. Though my paper on this research described the social, legal, and economic environments that cause differences in trust, I couldn’t answer the most basic question: Why do two people trust each other in the first place? Experiments around the world have shown that humans are naturally inclined to trust others—but don’t always. I hypothesized that there must be a neurologic signal that indicates when we should trust someone. So I started a long-term research program to see if that was true.

How Trust Creates Joy

Experiments show that having a sense of higher purpose stimulates oxytocin production, as does trust. Trust and …

I knew that in rodents a brain chemical called oxytocin had been shown to signal that another animal was safe to approach. I wondered if that was the case in humans, too. No one had looked into it, so I decided to investigate. To measure trust and its reciprocation (trustworthiness) objectively, my team used a strategic decision task developed by researchers in the lab of Vernon Smith, a Nobel laureate in economics. In our experiment, a participant chooses an amount of money to send to a stranger via computer, knowing that the money will triple in amount and understanding that the recipient may or may not share the spoils. Therein lies the conflict: The recipient can either keep all the cash or be trustworthy and share it with the sender.

To measure oxytocin levels during the exchange, my colleagues and I developed a protocol to draw blood from people’s arms before and immediately after they made decisions to trust others (if they were senders) or to be trustworthy (if they were receivers). Because we didn’t want to influence their behavior, we didn’t tell participants what the study was about, even though there was no way they could consciously control how much oxytocin they produced. We found that the more money people received (denoting greater trust on the part of senders), the more oxytocin their brains produced. And the amount of oxytocin recipients produced predicted how trustworthy—that is, how likely to share the money—they would be.

Since the brain generates messaging chemicals all the time, it was possible we had simply observed random changes in oxytocin. To prove that it causes trust, we safely administered doses of synthetic oxytocin into living human brains (through a nasal spray). Comparing participants who received a real dose with those who received a placebo, we found that giving people 24 IU of synthetic oxytocin more than doubled the amount of money they sent to a stranger. Using a variety of psychological tests, we showed that those receiving oxytocin remained cognitively intact. We also found that they did not take excessive risks in a gambling task, so the increase in trust was not due to neural disinhibition. Oxytocin appeared to do just one thing—reduce the fear of trusting a stranger.

Compared with people at low-trust companies, people at high-trust companies report: 74% less stress, 106% more energy at work, 50% higher productivity, 13% fewer sick days, 76% more engagement, 29% more satisfaction with their lives, 40% less burnout.

My group then spent the next 10 years running additional experiments to identify the promoters and inhibitors of oxytocin. This research told us why trust varies across individuals and situations. For example, high stress is a potent oxytocin inhibitor. (Most people intuitively know this: When they are stressed out, they do not interact with others effectively.) We also discovered that oxytocin increases a person’s empathy, a useful trait for social creatures trying to work together. We were starting to develop insights that could be used to design high-trust cultures, but to confirm them, we had to get out of the lab.

So we obtained permission to run experiments at numerous field sites where we measured oxytocin and stress hormones and then assessed employees’ productivity and ability to innovate. This research even took me to the rain forest of Papua New Guinea, where I measured oxytocin in indigenous people to see if the relationship between oxytocin and trust is universal. (It is.) Drawing on all these findings, I created a survey instrument that quantifies trust within organizations by measuring its constituent factors (described in the next section). That survey has allowed me to study several thousand companies and develop a framework for managers.

How to Manage for Trust

Through the experiments and the surveys, I identified eight management behaviors that foster trust. These behaviors are measurable and can be managed to improve performance.

Recognize excellence.

The neuroscience shows that recognition has the largest effect on trust when it occurs immediately after a goal has been met, when it comes from peers, and when it’s tangible, unexpected, personal, and public. Public recognition not only uses the power of the crowd to celebrate successes, but also inspires others to aim for excellence. And it gives top performers a forum for sharing best practices, so others can learn from them.

Barry-Wehmiller Companies, a supplier of manufacturing and technology services, is a high-trust organization that effectively recognizes top performers in the 80 production-automation manufacturers it owns. CEO Bob Chapman and his team started a program in which employees at each plant nominate an outstanding peer annually. The winner is kept secret until announced to everyone, and the facility is closed on the day of the celebration. The chosen employee’s family and close friends are invited to attend (without tipping off the winner), and the entire staff joins them. Plant leaders kick off the ceremony by reading the nominating letters about the winner’s contributions and bring it to a close with a favorite perk—the keys to a sports car the winner gets to drive for a week. Though the recognition isn’t immediate, it is tangible, unexpected, and both personal and public. And by having employees help pick the winners, Barry-Wehmiller gives everyone, not just the people at the top, a say in what constitutes excellence. All this seems to be working well for the company: It has grown from a single plant in 1987 to a conglomerate that brings in $2.4 billion in annual revenue today.

Induce “challenge stress.”

When a manager assigns a team a difficult but achievable job, the moderate stress of the task releases neurochemicals, including oxytocin and adrenocorticotropin, that intensify people’s focus and strengthen social connections. When team members need to work together to reach a goal, brain activity coordinates their behaviors efficiently. But this works only if challenges are attainable and have a concrete end point; vague or impossible goals cause people to give up before they even start. Leaders should check in frequently to assess progress and adjust goals that are too easy or out of reach.

The need for achievability is reinforced by Harvard Business School professor Teresa Amabile’s findings on the power of progress: When Amabile analyzed 12,000 diary entries of employees from a variety of industries, she found that 76% of people reported that their best days involved making progress toward goals.

Give people discretion in how they do their work.

Once employees have been trained, allow them, whenever possible, to manage people and execute projects in their own way. Being trusted to figure things out is a big motivator: A 2014 Citigroup and LinkedIn survey found that nearly half of employees would give up a 20% raise for greater control over how they work.

Autonomy also promotes innovation, because different people try different approaches. Oversight and risk management procedures can help minimize negative deviations while people experiment. And postproject debriefs allow teams to share how positive deviations came about so that others can build on their success.

Often, younger or less experienced employees will be your chief innovators, because they’re less constrained by what “usually” works. That’s how progress was made in self-driving cars. After five years and a significant investment by the U.S. government in the big three auto manufacturers, no autonomous military vehicles had been produced. Changing tack, the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency offered all comers a large financial prize for a self-driving car that could complete a course in the Mojave Desert in less than 10 hours. Two years later a group of engineering students from Stanford University won the challenge—and $2 million.

Enable job crafting.

When companies trust employees to choose which projects they’ll work on, people focus their energies on what they care about most. As a result, organizations like the Morning Star Company—the largest producer of tomato products in the world—have highly productive colleagues who stay with the company year after year. At Morning Star (a company I’ve worked with), people don’t even have job titles; they self-organize into work groups. Gaming software company Valve gives employees desks on wheels and encourages them to join projects that seem “interesting” and “rewarding.” But they’re still held accountable. Clear expectations are set when employees join a new group, and 360-degree evaluations are done when projects wrap up, so that individual contributions can be measured.

Share information broadly.

Only 40% of employees report that they are well informed about their company’s goals, strategies, and tactics. This uncertainty about the company’s direction leads to chronic stress, which inhibits the release of oxytocin and undermines teamwork. Openness is the antidote. Organizations that share their “flight plans” with employees reduce uncertainty about where they are headed and why. Ongoing communication is key: A 2015 study of 2.5 million manager-led teams in 195 countries found that workforce engagement improved when supervisors had some form of daily communication with direct reports.

Social media optimization company Buffer goes further than most by posting its salary formula online for everyone to see. Want to know what CEO Joel Gascoigne makes? Just look it up. That’s openness.

Intentionally build relationships.

The brain network that oxytocin activates is evolutionarily old. This means that the trust and sociality that oxytocin enables are deeply embedded in our nature. Yet at work we often get the message that we should focus on completing tasks, not on making friends. Neuroscience experiments by my lab show that when people intentionally build social ties at work, their performance improves. A Google study similarly found that managers who “express interest in and concern for team members’ success and personal well-being” outperform others in the quality and quantity of their work.

Yes, even engineers need to socialize. A study of software engineers in Silicon Valley found that those who connected with others and helped them with their projects not only earned the respect and trust of their peers but were also more productive themselves. You can help people build social connections by sponsoring lunches, after-work parties, and team-building activities. It may sound like forced fun, but when people care about one another, they perform better because they don’t want to let their teammates down. Adding a moderate challenge to the mix (white-water rafting counts) will speed up the social-bonding process.

Facilitate whole-person growth.

High-trust workplaces help people develop personally as well as professionally. Numerous studies show that acquiring new work skills isn’t enough; if you’re not growing as a human being, your performance will suffer. High-trust companies adopt a growth mindset when developing talent. Some even find that when managers set clear goals, give employees the autonomy to reach them, and provide consistent feedback, the backward-looking annual performance review is no longer necessary. Instead, managers and direct reports can meet more frequently to focus on professional and personal growth. This is the approach taken by Accenture and Adobe Systems. Managers can ask questions like, “Am I helping you get your next job?” to probe professional goals. Assessing personal growth includes discussions about work-life integration, family, and time for recreation and reflection. Investing in the whole person has a powerful effect on engagement and retention.

Show vulnerability.

Leaders in high-trust workplaces ask for help from colleagues instead of just telling them to do things. My research team has found that this stimulates oxytocin production in others, increasing their trust and cooperation. Asking for help is a sign of a secure leader—one who engages everyone to reach goals. Jim Whitehurst, CEO of open-source software maker Red Hat, has said, “I found that being very open about the things I did not know actually had the opposite effect than I would have thought. It helped me build credibility.” Asking for help is effective because it taps into the natural human impulse to cooperate with others.

The Return on Trust

After identifying and measuring the managerial behaviors that sustain trust in organizations, my team and I tested the impact of trust on business performance. We did this in several ways. First, we gathered evidence from a dozen companies that have launched policy changes to raise trust (most were motivated by a slump in their profits or market share). Second, we conducted the field experiments mentioned earlier: In two businesses where trust varies by department, my team gave groups of employees specific tasks, gauged their productivity and innovation in those tasks, and gathered very detailed data—including direct measures of brain activity—showing that trust improves performance. And third, with the help of an independent survey firm, we collected data in February 2016 from a nationally representative sample of 1,095 working adults in the U.S. The findings from all three sources were similar, but I will focus on what we learned from the national data since it’s generalizable.

By surveying the employees about the extent to which firms practiced the eight behaviors, we were able to calculate the level of trust for each organization. (To avoid priming respondents, we never used the word “trust” in surveys.) The U.S. average for organizational trust was 70% (out of a possible 100%). Fully 47% of respondents worked in organizations where trust was below the average, with one firm scoring an abysmally low 15%. Overall, companies scored lowest on recognizing excellence and sharing information (67% and 68%, respectively). So the data suggests that the average U.S. company could enhance trust by improving in these two areas—even if it didn’t improve in the other six.

The effect of trust on self-reported work performance was powerful. Respondents whose companies were in the top quartile indicated they had 106% more energy and were 76% more engaged at work than respondents whose firms were in the bottom quartile. They also reported being 50% more productive—which is consistent with our objective measures of productivity from studies we have done with employees at work. Trust had a major impact on employee loyalty as well: Compared with employees at low-trust companies, 50% more of those working at high-trust organizations planned to stay with their employer over the next year, and 88% more said they would recommend their company to family and friends as a place to work.

My team also found that those working in high-trust companies enjoyed their jobs 60% more, were 70% more aligned with their companies’ purpose, and felt 66% closer to their colleagues. And a high-trust culture improves how people treat one another and themselves. Compared with employees at low-trust organizations, the high-trust folks had 11% more empathy for their workmates, depersonalized them 41% less often, and experienced 40% less burnout from their work. They felt a greater sense of accomplishment, as well—41% more.

Again, this analysis supports the findings from our qualitative and scientific studies. But one new—and surprising—thing we learned is that high-trust companies pay more. Employees earn an additional $6,450 a year, or 17% more, at companies in the highest quartile of trust, compared with those in the lowest quartile. The only way this can occur in a competitive labor market is if employees in high-trust companies are more productive and innovative.

CONCLUSION

Former Herman Miller CEO Max De Pree once said, “The first responsibility of a leader is to define reality. The last is to say thank you. In between the two, the leader must become a servant.”

The experiments I have run strongly support this view. Ultimately, you cultivate trust by setting a clear direction, giving people what they need to see it through, and getting out of their way.

It’s not about being easy on your employees or expecting less from them. High-trust companies hold people accountable but without micromanaging them. They treat people like responsible adults.

A version of this article appeared in the January–February 2017 issue (pp.84–90) of Harvard Business Review.

Read more on Employee engagement or related topics Neuroscience, Trustworthiness and Managerial behavior

https://hbr.org/2017/01/the-neuroscience-of-trust?utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=hbr&utm_source=LinkedIn&tpcc=orgsocial_edit

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 13, 2023

1. A Recession Indicator is Rising Inventories to Sales…See 2000, 2008 and Covid….Today We have a Low Number.


2. Another Recession Indicator is Rising Unemployment ….U.S. Unemployment Rate Record Lows

 Y-Charts

https://ycharts.com/indicators/us_unemployment_rate


3. Margin Debt Update …Yearly Percentage Change Back to 2000 and 2008 Levels

https://www.yardeni.com/pub/stmkteqmardebt.pdf


4. Federal Debt as % of GDP Hits WW II Highs

JP Morgan Guide to the Markets

https://am.jpmorgan.com/us/en/asset-management/adv/insights/market-insights/guide-to-the-markets/?gclid=CjwKCAiAlp2fBhBPEiwA2Q10D9SVWcdeeAutiAKMNAeZ9DchJ9IoSiEKub1i3pCsgckyDHZLiwwdLxoC_uoQAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds


5. U.S. government borrowing costs are up 41% in the first four months of the fiscal year

According to Congressional Budget Office, the Treasury’s estimated interest spending in the first four months of this fiscal year is $198B — up 41% from last year’s $140B. The increase in spending is attributed to the interest rate hikes by the Federal Reserve.

More:

  • The CBO figure is released just as Congress debates over raising U.S.’s ~$31.4T debt ceiling. 
  • Republicans and some economists are concerned about increased debt levels and say government spending needs to be reduced. 
  • On the other hand, Democrats and other economists believe the government’s borrowing costs are reasonable relative to the size of the economy and that raising taxes will help offset the deficit. 
  • Per CBO’s last year projections, net interest on the debt as a percentage of the U.S. GDP would roughly double from 1.6% in 2022 to 3.3% in 2032.

www.wsj.com    https://inside.com/daily/posts/u-s-government-borrowing-costs-are-up-41-in-the-first-four-months-of-the-fiscal-year-348619


6. Inflation Expectations Turning Back Up

Torsten Slok, Ph.D.Chief Economist, Partner Apollo Global Management


7. Big Tech Layoffs vs. Pandemic Hiring

Scott Galloway Blog -No Mercy No Malice

https://www.profgalloway.com/disinflation/


8. Outsourcing Moving Away from China….Top Destinations for Redirection

Capital Group Research

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/reshoring-supply-chains-what-means-investors.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80929430&et_cid=80929430&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=D-btn-LP-6-A1cta-Advisor


9. USA Today 3.5 tons of cocaine worth over $300 million discovered floating in the Pacific Ocean

Orlando Mayorquin

Authorities in New Zealand announced that they had intercepted a 3½-ton shipment of cocaine afloat in a remote swath of the Pacific Ocean. 

“There is no doubt this discovery lands a major financial blow right from the South American producers through to the distributors of this product,” New Zealand Police Commissioner Andrew Coster said in a news release Wednesday. “This is one of the single biggest seizures of illegal drugs by authorities in this country.” 

No arrests had been made, but customs officials pointed to the magnitude of the bust, estimating the cocaine’s value at more than $315 million. 

The drugs were left by smugglers at a floating drop point, officials said. The size of the shipment, split into 81 bales, suggested to authorities that it was headed to Australia. A Royal New Zealand Navy ship hauled the seized narcotics on a six-day trip to New Zealand, where the drugs will be destroyed, officials said. 

The seizure, authorities said, was part of an operation dubbed Operation Hydros that began in December.

New Zealand authorities said they would continue to investigate the case and monitoring “suspicious” vessels in collaboration with international law enforcement partners.

Contributing: The Associated Press

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/world/2023/02/08/new-zealand-pacific-ocean-cocaine-bust/11213827002/


10. Doing Less Is Hard, Especially When We’re Overwhelmed

By Yael Schonbrun and Leidy Klotz

Article Found at Abnormal Returns Blog. www.abnormalreturns.com

Bouncing on a medicine ball while loudly shushing, one of us (Leidy) was trying to get his newborn back to sleep. Keeping hold of his crying son, while maintaining the rhythm, Leidy heroically wriggled a hand free to his tablet nearby, where he searched for something, anything, that could help him prevent another sleepless night like this one. Behold! A contraption that could do the shushing and bouncing for him. Part crib and part amusement-park ride, this marvel of modern engineering even offered a figure-eight movement setting—in both directions!

Despite owning two basinets, four swaddling cloths, a custom rocking chair, and a white noise machine worthy of Wirecutter, Leidy didn’t reach for something he already owned that could address his infant’s middle-of-the-night distress. Instead, he decided to add.

If Leidy’s frantic wee hours addition sounds familiar, you are not alone. Solving problems by adding is an instinct in parenting, and in most everything else. Leidy’s research and book, Subtract, describe how when we try to improve things, our first thought is nearly always about what we can add, whether it’s an additional spice for your stew, a new folder for your junk mail, or a $250 sleep contraption. The problem is that jumping right to “more” means we fail to consider “less.” Even when less would be a far better choice.

Jumping right to “more” means we fail to consider “less.” Even when less would be a far better choice.

But shouldn’t parenting and other overwhelming situations naturally prompt us to consider subtracting? It sure would be nice, as well as highly logical, if subtraction got easier the more we felt overwhelmed. If that were the case, parents might be subtraction superstars. Sadly, it’s not. Parents’ tendency to add, and failure to subtract, brings even more stress and overwhelm to parenting, and has implications for child development.

Fortunately, as Yael explains in her recent book,Work, Parent, Thrive, there are ways parents can do less and feel better about it. But before jumping into how parents can get better at subtracting, we need to understand why we default to adding.

In research with colleagues, Leidy has asked people to improve things like recipes, golf course designs, travel itineraries, and bridges made of Legos. Across all these design challenges, participants tended to add, even in the scenarios that were set up with subtraction as the better choice.

The most logical explanation for why so many people failed to choose the correct subtractive answer is because they didn’t even think of it. They instinctively thought of adding, then they added, and then they moved on. This helps us understand why we find ourselves adding meetings to the calendar or extracurriculars to the spring season even though “more” may be the very last thing we, or our kids, need.

The tendency to add seems to grow stronger the more we have on our minds.

What’s key is that the tendency to add seems to grow stronger the more we have on our minds. In one of Leidy and his coauthors’ studies, participants played a laboratory game in which they were instructed to modify grid patterns to be symmetrical from left to right and top to bottom. Again, participants could add or subtract squares from the pattern, but all of the patterns were designed so that the best (fewest clicks) choice required subtracting squares. To add a bit of pressure to the task, some participants were also asked to click a button every time they saw a “5” scrolling by, while also figuring out how to make the grids symmetrical (see image below).


A symmetry puzzle

What’s the simplest way to make this design symmetrical from left to right and top to bottom?

Scrolling digits are less distracting than a screaming newborn, of course, but they effectively do the same thing: increase cognitive burden on whoever is tasked with paying attention to them. Compared to participants who weren’t tasked with looking for “5,” those who had to mentally juggle the pattern and the scrolling numbers were even more likely to add and miss the better choice of subtraction.

The scrolling 5s may be subtle, but the implications are not. If subtracting becomes harder while looking for 5s during an emotionally neutral task, it’s no wonder that we neglect the option when our minds are taxed with sleep deprivation, doctor’s appointments, developmental milestones, and achieving just the right candy-to-guest ratio for the birthday piñata. We succumb to our mental adding defaults. Without bandwidth to think, we add. And having added, we are left with even less bandwidth to think.

So what can parents do when subtractive changes don’t come naturally and things are more likely to pile up the busier we are?

The first step is recognizing our default mental setting to add for what it is—an instinct that doesn’t always lead to better outcomes. Understanding this removes a misconception that less is easy. Subtracting may promise a less effortful end state, but it takes more thinking to notice that subtracting is an option.

The recognition that we neglect subtraction, especially when we are feeling harried, can also motivate us deliberately cue it. Something as simple as a reminder can work. In one study, when Leidy and his colleagues reminded participants that they could “add or subtract,” participants became more likely to do the latter. In the day to day and week to week rush of life, when you start a new activity, use it as a cue to think of something to stop (a “stop doing” list). Developmental milestones can also serve as a reminder for parents to consider what the child should start doing more of—say, their own laundry—as well as what can be taken off the books—perhaps a club or team that they now find mundane.  

As Yael explains in her book, exclusively adding to our parental repertoires causes problems for our children, too. Often, a parent’s impulse to do things for their children continues well past the point at which the child might be able to do it for themselves, hampering their learning and independence. For instance, too much parental comforting can result in the child sleeping worse. Adding bouncing and shushing and a machine that can do figure-eights might do the trick temporarily, but the best chance for getting a baby to sleep is stripping away to a simple and consistent approach to bedtime. Even well-meaning actions like opening up toddlers’ juice bottles for them delay development of fine motor skills, not to mention confidence to access a bottled drink without needing to ask a frazzled parent. Research has found that elementary-school-aged children whose parents do all the problem-solving and decision-making end up with lower self-regulation, competence, adjustment, and school grades. And among young adults, overly involved parenting is associated with higher levels of depression and lower life satisfaction.

Subtracting may promise a less effortful end state, but it takes more thinking to notice that subtracting is an option.

There’s one more challenge when it comes to subtraction. As a parent everything might seem important—piano lesson, soccer practice, Russian math, and Pokémon club. So how can you and your children decide what to subtract? Here, a science-backed psychological treatment, acceptance and commitment therapy, offers a guide: clarify your values. Values are the qualities we most want to embody through our actions, and clarity can help us make choices consistent with the kinds of lives we want to be living—particularly when our choices might otherwise be hijacked by our adding impulses.

To get clear on your values, ask yourself what kind of life you want to be building for your family and your child. What do you want to stand for and what matters most (and least) to you? What kind of lifestyle design example do you want to be setting for your children? In phases of heightened overwhelm, it is especially helpful pause to get clarity on what is most important to you and for your family. With clearer values in hand, you can retain what matters most and get rid of what is less important—at least for the time being.

To realize our full parenting potential, and to help our kids realize theirs, we need to judiciously combine adding and subtracting. But to arrive at any kind of balance, parents have to deliberately practice the latter. Even if you agree that subtracting is worthwhile, it will not come naturally or effortlessly—particularly in highly stressful circumstances.

https://behavioralscientist.org/doing-less-is-hard-especially-when-were-overwhelmed/

Topley’s Top 10 – February 09, 2023

1. 2022 Speculation Comeback…Retail Order Flow Higher than Covid.

Found at Irrelevant Investor Blog https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/


2. FANG+ Stocks Update

FANG Plus Index Broke Above Summer 2022 Highs

50Day Turning Up But Still Below 200Day on Chart

www.stockcharts.com


3. $2.9 Trillion in Market Cap Added

Bespoke Investment Group After seeing the total market cap for the Russell 1,000 fall by $10.9 trillion in 2022, we’ve seen a rebound of $2.9 trillion in market cap so far in 2023.  Below is a look at the total change in market cap by sector across the Russell 1,000 so far in 2023 and for all of 2022.  The Tech sector saw its market cap fall $4.35 trillion last year, and it has seen its market cap rise by $1.176 trillion to start 2023.  Consumer Discretionary’s market cap has risen by $701 billion, followed by Communication Services at $516.9 billion and Financials at $373 billion.

Four sectors have actually seen their market caps fall this year.  Health Care’s market cap has fallen the most at -$141 billion, while Energy has fallen $57 billion, Consumer Staples has declined $32.2 billion, and Utilities has fallen $29.9 billion.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/2-9-trillion-in-market-cap-added


4. Probability of Recession Survey was Highest Ever

Torsten Slok Investors have been underperforming their benchmarks because they entered 2023 underweight equities, expecting a slowdown that still hasn’t happened, see chart below.

Torsten Slok, Ph.D.-Chief Economist, Partner


5. Junk Bond Spreads Well Below Highs

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading CREDIT LEADS– Prices of risky US companies’ debt have risen sharply this year as investors bet the Federal Reserve will bring inflation under control without triggering a damaging recession. Yields on US junk bonds — debt sold by businesses with low credit ratings — have fallen by more than one percentage point since the end of 2022, according to an Ice Data Services index, trading at an average of 7.97 per cent. The decline reflects a sharp increase in prices.  In turn, the gap between junk yields and those of US government bonds has narrowed by more than 0.8 percentage points to less than 4 percentage points — the first time it has sat below that level since last April. The shrinking “spread” implies waning expectations of debt defaults for the $1.8tn low-grade corporate bond market.


6. Inflation Related Stocks Still Outperforming.

Equities: Despite slowing inflation, companies that benefit form higher prices have been outperforming.

Source: The Daily Shot

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


7. Value ETFs/Funds Trading Over 20X P/E

What Is Value? Methodology Matters (gmo.com)


8. Starbucks Growth in Active Rewards Members

www.chartr.com


9. Electrification Targets for Carmakers

Paul Jacobs EVBoosters.com

https://www.linkedin.com/in/pauljanjacobs/


10. A neuroscientist shares the 4 ‘highly coveted’ skills that set introverts apart: ‘Their brains work differently’

Cnbc Friederike Fabritius, Contributor@FRIEDERIKEFAB

Being the most talkative person in the room may be a good way to get people’s attention, but it doesn’t necessarily mean you have the best ideas.

As a neuroscientist, I’ve worked with large companies like Google and Deloitte on how to attract and retain top talent, and I’ve found that employers tend to favor extroverts.

But there are some surprising strengths that introverts bring to the table, and they shouldn’t be overlooked.

As bestselling author Susan Cain points out in her book, “Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can’t Stop Talking”: “Extroverts are more likely to focus on what’s happening around them. It’s as if extroverts are seeing ‘what is,’ while their introverted peers are asking ‘what if.’” 

What sets introverts apart from extroverts

Don’t get me wrong: Both extroverts and introverts have wonderful qualities. But research shows that introverts may have the upper hand.

Here are four highly coveted skills that set introverts apart from everyone else:

1. Introverts think more.

Gray matter, which exists in the outer most layer of the brain, serves to process and release new information in the brain.

One Harvard study found that introverts’ brains work differently, and have thicker gray matter compared to extroverts. In people who are strongly extroverted, gray matter was consistently thinner. Introverts also showed more activity in the frontal lobes, where analysis and rational thought take place.

Another study that scanned brains of both introverts and extroverts found that, even in a relaxed state, the introverted brain was more active, with increased blood flow.

2. Introverts can focus longer.

When Albert Einstein — a known introvert — was a child, his teachers thought he was a quiet loner who seemed a million miles away, lost in his thoughts.

Einstein said: “It’s that I stay with problems longer.” This ability to focus intensely is a key characteristic of introverts, who often have more extended focus than extroverts.

Because they enjoy spending time alone, introverts tend to be more willing than extroverts to put in the hours alone necessary to master a skill.

3. Introverts are often “gifted” in a specific field.

On average, introverts and extroverts are the same in terms of intelligence. But statistics show that around 70% of gifted people are introverts.

People are considered “gifted” when they exhibit above-average intelligence or a superior talent for something, such as music, art or math.

If your workplace is dominated by extroverts who criticize those who prefer to work alone — or skip after-work cocktails — as “not team players,” it may inadvertently alienate gifted people.

4. Introverts do the right thing.

Introverts tend to be less swayed by external events and driven more by their inner moral compass.

A 2013 study on social conformity found that extroverts are more willing to go along with the opinion of the majority, even if it’s wrong. Extroverts are more likely than introverts to succumb to social pressure.

The researchers concluded: “The higher the pressure, a larger number of conforming responses are given by extroverts.” In contrast, “there is no difference in conforming responses given to high- and low-pressure levels by introverts.”

How to create a workplace where introverts thrive

Introverts are often exhausted in their workplace because many of their colleagues don’t know how to harness the power introversion.

Here’s how managers can create an introvert-friendly workplace:

·    Respect boundaries. It takes up to 23 minutes for a person to regain focus after they’ve been interrupted. Don’t expect people to answer every email or Slack message immediately.

·    Brainstorm alone. Letting people shout ideas at each other in a room sounds like fun. But research shows that if you want to maximize creativity, let people generate ideas by themselves before sharing them in a group. Bonus: Your introverts will be far more comfortable sharing.

·    Shorten meetings. Many introverts, as you can probably guess, are not fans of meetings. Let go of the idea that the entire office has to be invited to every meeting so that no one feels left out.

·    Don’t force a certain type of communication. The introverts in your office may prefer emails, while the extroverts might enjoy handling business on the phone. Encourage people decide how they want to communicate, like whether to turn their cameras on or off, even if it differs from yours.

·    Provide the option of privacy. Extroverts may love to see everybody all the time, but introverts tend to need privacy. The solution is a flexible work environment that provides silence and private space for introverts, and lively, interactive open space for extroverts.

As an introvert, my general message to employers is, “Let my people rest.” Like it or not, the future of work is all about more choices, autonomy, and a culture that embraces introversion.

Friederike Fabritius, MS, is a neuroscientist and trailblazer in the field of neuroleadership. She has given talks at large organizations including Google, Accenture, Deloitte, BMW and Audi, and serves on the prestigious German Academy of Science and Engineering. She is also the best-selling author of “The Leading Brain: Neuroscience Hacks to Work Smarter” and “The Brain-Friendly Workplace: Why Talented People Quit and How to Get Them to Stay.” Follow her on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/02/07/neuroscientist-shares-coveted-skills-that-set-introverts-apart-their-brains-work-differently.html

Topley’s Top 10 – February 08, 2023

1. Total Asset Class Returns 2000-2009

https://twitter.com/PeterMallouk


2. Unemployment and Recessions.

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Regardless of your outlook, saying the economy is ‘nowhere near a recession because the unemployment is so low’ goes against history of unemployment rate always near (or at) its lowest right before recession starts

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


3. European Financials About to Break Above Levels Going Back to 2018


4. Euro and Yen Updates.

Foreign Currencies Hit Record Cheap Levels 2022….Now…Euro 50day thru 200day to upside 2023.

Yen 50 day thru 200 day to upside 2023


5. Japan’s Wages Jump by Biggest Margin in Almost 26 Years

Strength of wage growth a key factor for Bank of Japan policy

Household spending fell in December as inflation weighs

Erica Yokoyama and Toru Fujioka

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-02-06/japan-s-nominal-wages-jump-by-biggest-margin-in-nearly-26-years?sref=GGda9y2L


6. UBER +70% From Low


7. Amazon Ran Right Up to 200day and Reversed Back Down …Finished Down Yesterday vs. Naz +1.9%

www.stockcharts.com


8. Small Cap Value Up Against New High Going Back to January 2021


9. Electric car batteries get a second life storing solar power

Axios Alex Fitzpatrick

B2U Storage Solutions’ Sierra facility in Lancaster, Calif. Photo courtesy of B2U Storage Solutions

A California energy startup has turned more than a thousand electric vehicle (EV) batteries into solar power storage capsules, in an intriguing effort to prove out an alternative to traditional recycling.

Why it matters: Electric cars are cleaner than their gas-guzzling counterparts, but their batteries extract a significant ecological toll in the form of mining and manufacturing.

  • Repurposing old EV batteries can maximize their lifetime use, thus squeezing more benefit out of each battery made.
  • Energy storage, meanwhile, can help alleviate solar energy’s intermittency problem — meaning, batteries can store solar power to be used when the sun isn’t shining.

Driving the news: B2U Storage Solutions’ Sierra facility has reached 25MWh of solar storage capacity using second-life EV batteries from Honda and Nissan, the company announced Tuesday.

  • During the day, the Lancaster, Calif. facility’s batteries are charged up by nearby solar panels. The company then sells power back to the grid at night, when the rates for solar power are higher.
  • The facility generated more than $1 million in revenue last year, the company says.

The intrigue: B2U’s big breakthrough is a proprietary plug-and-play technology that uses battery packs’ existing management systems.

  • That, says co-founder and president Freeman Hall, “virtually eliminates the repurposing costs” and makes the company’s tech “a very pragmatic operation as we go forward.”

What they’re saying: Repurposed EV batteries work well for solar storage, in part because the job is much less stressful compared to powering a car, says Hall.

  • “The current we’re applying isn’t even a tenth of what they’re rated for, and we don’t push them all the way to the top end or the bottom end in terms of their rated voltage levels.”
  • That should translate into a long second lifespan.

Reality check: 25MWh isn’t huge — the world’s biggest solar storage facilities advertise hundreds of MWh.

Yes, but: The point of B2U’s Sierra facility is simply to demonstrate that second-life EV batteries can be used as solar storage at worthwhile scale.

  • “As we have that track record laid out over time, get that cycle history, get that dataset, demonstrate effectiveness, then we’re in a better position to scale as the number of batteries going forward expands,” Hall says.

Meanwhile: Battery recycling firms, such as Redwood Materials and Lithion, are also gaining steam.

What we’re watching: Whether other use cases crop up.

  • Car manufacturers may explore similar technology to help decarbonize their production lines, while airports and airlines are also interested in small-scale onsite energy storage, as Axios’ Joann Muller has reported.

What’s next: As early EV owners upgrade to newer models, the available supply of used batteries is expected to skyrocket — and many could be turned into alternative energy storage solutions.

Go deeper: Energy storage is starting to rival new transmission

https://www.axios.com/2023/02/07/electric-car-batteries-solar-power-storage


10. I treat people with gambling disorder – and I’m starting to see more and more young men who are betting on sports

Author Tori Horn

We believe in the free flow of information

As a therapist who treats people with gambling problems, I’ve noticed a shift over the past few years – not only in the profile of the typical clients I treat, but also in the way their gambling problems develop.

In 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court made the landmark decision to allow states to legalize sports wagering. Tennessee, where I am studying clinical psychology, took advantage of this ruling, and in late 2020, the state legalized online and mobile sports betting.

With most sportsbooks offering betting apps, my clients are finding it more difficult to quit gambling than ever before. Unlike other forms of gambling, such as playing roulette or slots at a casino, these apps are on their phones and in their pockets, accompanying them wherever they go.

This availability makes it that much harder to resist any urges that might arise – and presents unique challenges for helping clients reduce their gambling.

Do experts have something to add to public debate?

We think so

A new type of client emerges

When I first started treating people for gambling disorder in 2019, my clients were usually older and gambled in casinos, with slot machines and card games among their favorite forms of gambling. They also tended to be poorer and often talked about how they began gambling to make some side money, viewing it as a second job. Many of them had retired and would say things like, “Going to the casino gets me out of the house” or “The casino is like my ‘Cheers’” – a nod to the popular watering hole in the eponymous sitcom.

That all changed when sports betting was legalized in Tennessee in November 2020.

Since then, I’ve noticed that my average client has started to look different. I’m now providing therapy to younger men, mostly in their 20s, who are seeking treatment for problems with sports betting. These clients tend to earn more money and be wealthier than my previous clients – a pattern that sports betting researchers have observed.

Several of them reported being avid sports fans or having a competitive streak. And they thought they could “beat the system” due to their extensive sports knowledge.

Many of them started betting on sports after hearing promotions for various betting companies. Even if you’re a casual sports fan with no interest in betting, you can’t miss these ads, which regularly air during televised sporting events. For example, some ads for FanDuel, one of the more popular sports betting apps, highlight a “No Sweat First Bet,” with new users eligible for a risk-free bet of up to $1,000.

There’s also a social element to sports betting. One client talked about betting on sports as a way to bond with relatives who also gambled. Similarly, a few college students I have treated told me that they started betting because they wanted to fit in with their fraternity brothers.

The apps don’t make it easy to set limits

But once gambling issues begin, it can be hard for these clients to stop. Most of them started by placing smaller bets on a single outcome. Over time, they start to bet more to recoup their losses. Before they knew it, their bets had increased, with many not realizing how this change even happened.

Betting apps are available on any smartphone and are connected to clients’ bank accounts, making it quick and easy to deposit more funds. This often leads clients to lose track of how much money they have lost. As one client told me, “It’s easier to spend money on these apps because you never really see it. The transactions are all done electronically.”

These apps do not make it easy for those with gambling problems to sign up for cool-off periods or self-exclusion. Cool-off periods allow the user to set a time frame – from a few hours to several months – where they will be unable to log into their betting account. Self-exclusion allows the user to ban themselves from the app for longer periods of time. Specific exclusion lengths differ by state. In Tennessee, there are one-year, five-year and lifetime ban options.

While many apps have these features, my clients often have to search online for this information, and even when they do find it, they can’t figure out how to put these guardrails in place. If they wish to set a cool-off period or ban themselves from all sports betting apps, they must do so from each app, one at a time, which can be tedious.

It’s impossible to avoid sports and smartphones

Sports betting presents unique challenges for treating gambling problems.

In addiction treatment, therapists, like me, often encourage clients to fill their time with activities that aren’t connected to gambling or to avoid situations where they may be likely to gamble. But when gambling is available at the touch of a button, it becomes harder to determine what situations may lead to gambling, which makes it harder to figure out what to avoid.

Before the apps, clients had to make plans for how and when to gamble. Now, all they have to do is pick up their phone and open an app. It is also incredibly difficult, if not impossible, to ask a client to stop using their smartphone or stop watching sports.

This is why I often tailor treatment to each client’s needs and circumstances. Some may wish to quit altogether, while others may simply want to cut back on their gambling. This has forced me to consider other possible alternatives, such as showing them how to set screen time limits for sportsbook apps or talking about strategies to watch less sports.

Most people who bet on sports don’t develop gambling problems. But with so few regulations in place – advertising or otherwise – those who are the most at risk are especially vulnerable to developing problems.

https://theconversation.com/i-treat-people-with-gambling-disorder-and-im-starting-to-see-more-and-more-young-men-who-are-betting-on-sports-198285

 

Found at Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 07, 2023

1. Retail Flows Out of U.S. into Europe

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading FT says US investors appear to be losing faith in their own stock market and pumping money into overseas bourses.  Investors withdrew a net $10bn from US-listed exchange traded funds focused on US stocks during January, according to data from the Investment Company Institute, a trade body. This was the second-largest monthly outflow from domestic equity funds since January 2019 and the eighth largest in the past decade.  At the same time, US investors poured a net $17.8bn into overseas equity ETFs, the largest monthly flow for a year


2. 30 Year U.S. Treasury Downtrend Line Going Back to 1983

30-year treasury yield ran up to red downtrend line dating back 30 years

www.stockcharts.com


3. Speculation Back..ARKK +42% from Lows


4. TSLA +52% from lows


5. RPG S&P 500 Pure Growth Now Majority Energy and Healthcare ….+2.3% YTD

Top Sectors

Top Holdings

https://www.etf.com/RPG#overview


6. Turkey ETF Double Off Low from Fall 2022..Holding Up Post Tragic Earthquake


7. Credit Card Interest Rates Now 19%…Yet to be Determined Effect on Consumer Spending.

But the recession will not commence until the US consumer really pulls back, and one major driver of that will be interest rates. Credit Credit debt has been rising fast of late, and the cost of that debt is has now spiked to over 19%. This is the highest rate on record with data going back to 1995. How long will it take before this starts to impact spending? That will be one of the key questions for the economy this year.

The Week in Charts (2/3/23) – Charlie Bilello’s Blog


8. 40% of Internet Users Log Onto Facebook Every Day

Maximum efficiency–Meta’s share price soared nearly 20% on Friday, after an earnings report in which CEO Mark Zuckerberg heralded 2023 as the “year of efficiency” for the company that turned 19 on Saturday. 
Admittedly, when Zuck founded the company it looked a lot different. Meta, or Facebook, or The Facebook, started life as a simple online student directory, rather than the tech behemoth that is currently preoccupied with building a — very expensive — virtual world for work and play.
Not dead yetEven though the founder’s focus has obviously shifted in the intervening years, the social heart of the tech giant is still beating strongly as Facebook prepares to enter its third decade.
Indeed, the number of active Facebookers hasn’t really stopped growing. At the end of 2022, Meta revealed that a staggering 2 billion people log in every single day to like, post and poke on Facebook. That means that nearly 40% of all global internet users are on Facebook daily. The figures become even more mind-boggling when you take into account Meta’s full “family of apps” (WhatsApp, Messenger and Instagram), which reported 2.96 billion daily active users, meaning not far off 60% of all internet users log into a Meta product everyday.

WWW.CHARTR.COM


9. Bachelor Programs Gains and Losses

Gray Associates Elaine Rowles

https://www.grayassociates.com/graydata-espresso/bachelors-programs-whats-hot-and-whats-not/


10. You Don’t Control What the Fates Decide for You

The Daily Stoic Blog Things go wrong. We get screwed over. We make mistakes. It happens. The idea that it shouldn’t affect a Stoic? Preposterous. No amount of training, Seneca writes, takes away natural feelings. So it’s OK that you don’t like what happened. What matters is what happens next.

Take NFL coach Steve Wilks, for instance, who was recently passed over for a head coaching job he more than deserved. He took over as the interim coach for the ailing Carolina Panthers when they were 1-4 and led the team to a 7-10 finish. He won the overwhelming support of the locker room, and impressed the league.

And yet there he was…passed over for the job for a white head coach who had been fired just months before after leading the Colts to a 3-5-1 record. Was there a racial component to this? Maybe (Wilks has experienced that before). But whether it is or isn’t doesn’t change the fact that it’s still a thing that sucks–no one wants to lose out on a job. And if it is in fact another example of the race problem in the NFL, it only makes it more frustrating and painful.

This is why Wilks’ comments after he didn’t get the job are so perfect. “The sun rose this morning and by the grace of God so did I,” he explained. “I’m disappointed but not defeated. Many people aren’t built for this but I know what it means to persevere and see it through.” Disappointed but not defeated. The Stoics knew disappointment well…but they rarely despaired. They would have liked Wilks’ attitude, as well as the distinction that Hemingway made in The Old Man and The Sea, “Man is not made for defeat. A man can be destroyed but not defeated.”

​You don’t control what the fates decide for you. You don’t choose to be passed over for a job. Nobody wants to come face to face with an error or an unpleasant reality. But you do control whether you give up, whether you let it break your heart, whether you are defeated.

https://dailystoic.com/

Topley’s Top 10 – February 06, 2023

1. Short-Dated Options Explode…New Speculative Tool.

BARRONS Randall W. Forsyth

Now, insouciant speculation has returned in another acronym, 0DTE, which stands for Zero Days to Expiration options. Short-term calls and puts have long been favorites of speculative traders because they cost less than lengthier contracts. To help traders scratch that speculative itch, the exchanges have been offering ever-shorter options until they got to 0DTE. 

And their growth has been explosive, so much so that their trading volume is swamping the turnover in the underlying securities, reports Doug Kass, who heads Seabreeze Partners and flagged the 0DTE phenomenon for us. He likens it to the speculative frenzy once seen in the trading of hot initial public offerings, when new shares would change hands several times on their first day, he said in a phone interview.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/zero-options-fuel-frenzy-wall-street-casino-meme-stocks-51675445766

ADVISOR PERPECTIVES BLOG-There’s another attraction to trading cheap 0DTE options, according to Julian Emanuel, chief equity and derivative strategist at Evercore ISI. Unlike the era of TINA—There Is No Alternative to equities—when interest rates were pinned to near zero, investors now can comfortably earn more than 4% in money-market funds. At the same time, after getting burned when the FAANG and meme-stock bubbles deflated, many individuals are wary of plunging back into the market. But they can get back into the action by putting just a few percent of their portfolios into 0DTE options, where only the small price of the option is at risk.

So an unintended consequence of the Federal Reserve’s interest-rate hikes has been to facilitate speculation in short-dated options while investors earn a reasonable risk-free return on the bulk of their money, Emanuel says.

https://www.advisorperspectives.com


2. Behavioural Finance at its Best….Retail Investors Sold 60/40 at Record Pace at End of 2022….Q1 2023 95th percentile performance for asset class

Capital Group We saw a lot of folks exit balanced strategies in 2022,” says Hilda Applbaum, an equity portfolio manager for American Balanced Fund®. “While there is a lot of wisdom in markets, there also is a herd mentality. I believe many investors have become disbelievers in balanced strategies at the wrong time. I am confident that, going forward, balanced portfolios — whether they are a 60/40 split or 65/35 — may continue to be a successful approach for most investors over the long term.”

Investors have pulled billions of dollars from balanced strategies

Sources: Capital Group, Morningstar. Figures reflect the total estimated combined net flow of funds across exchange-traded funds (ETFs) and mutual funds that fall into the Morningstar category “Allocation — 50% to 70% Equity,” and broadly represent funds that reflect a roughly 60/40 blend between equity and bond exposure, respectively. Data as of 12/31/2022.

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/3-reasons-60-40-portfolios-comeback.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80925380&et_cid=80925380&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=D-btn-LP-6-A1cta-Advisor


3. Highest Short-Interest Crypto Stocks

Jack Denton

https://www.barrons.com/articles/crypto-blackrock-silvergate-coinbase-51675466445?mod=past_editions


4. High Short-Interest Stocks in Russell 1000 Highest Performance YTD

Bespoke Investment Group-We may be just a little more than a month into the new year, but there have already been a handful of Russell 1,000 stocks that have posted absolutely massive moves. There are currently seven Russell 1,000 stocks that have doubled year to date, some of which are more embattled high-growth stocks like Carvana (CVNA) and Peloton (PTON). Breaking down the index into deciles based on which stocks have the highest levels of short interest clearly shows that the top performers have also been those which have been most heavily bet against by investors.  Whereas the decile of stocks with the lowest levels of short interest has risen a mere 4.4%, the decile of most heavily shorted names is up a substantial 36.3%.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/new-chapter-in-the-meme-stock-mania


5. LPL Research on History of S&P 500 Golden Cross

https://lplresearch.com/2023/02/03/golden-cross-not-just-another-flash-in-the-pan/


6. Natural Gas Futures Update

Wisdom Tree Nitesh Shah

https://www.wisdomtree.com/investments/blog/2023/01/30/have-we-hit-peak-bearishness-on-natural-gas-yet?utm_source=segment&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=blogalertrecap


7. Weak Dollar …Stocks Selling Internationally Outperform

Equities: Companies with international sales exposure continue to outperform as the US dollar softens.

Source: Daily Shot


8. Broker Dealer Index ETF Breaking Out to New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


9. Infrastructure ETF Breaks Out to New Highs

Jobs report showed 25k construction jobs added


10. Eagles coach Nick Sirianni: Highly successful people ‘get a little bit better’ each day—but there’s 1 thing in your way

Natasha Piñon

After the Philadelphia Eagles advanced to this year’s Super Bowl, head coach Nick Sirianni set a simple goal for his players over their next two weeks of practices — be a little bit better today than you were yesterday.

The only obstacle in the way: “distractions from the outside world,” Sirianni said at a press conference last week, two days after the Eagles defeated the San Francisco 49ers to set up a Super Bowl matchup against the Kansas City Chiefs on Feb. 12.

“Our job is to get a little better each day, to climb,” Sirianni said. “We don’t need to think about getting way down the road here, but how do we get a little better today?”

For Sirianni, who’s in his second season as the Eagles’ head coach, that’s the key to achieving success. Small-scale focus adds up: Experts recommend breaking down ambitious goals — like winning the Super Bowl — into smaller, achievable tasks that can be sustained over a longer period of time.

As long as you stay focused, anyway. On average, returning to your original level of focus after a distraction takes more than 23 minutes, according to a University of California-Irvine study. 

Defeating workplace distractions is a three-step process that starts with acknowledging their existence, behavioral expert Nir Eyal told CNBC Make It last month. Break down the stigma by sharing your own struggles with distractions.

Then, make sure the entire team is on the same page schedule-wise. When is everyone collectively focused on specific tasks? When can people take time to ask questions or take breaks?

Lastly, focus only on what’s most important.

In an office setting, for example, most emails and Slack messages — even ones from your boss — are probably less timely than we pretend they are, Eyal said. Unless you save them for after you’ve completed your current task, they’re often just distractions.

“Nothing terrible happens,” Eyal said. “We think these things are urgent, [but] there are very few emergencies that you have to respond to right now.”

Sirianni, who appears to be carefully following that playbook, added a fourth observation last week: You might need to identify what most easily distracts you, or the people around you. List what you didn’t accomplish in a given day, and then backtrack to see what specifically held you up.

“Everybody’s distractions look different,” Sirianni said.

Managing distractions isn’t always easy, especially over lengthy periods of time. Luckily for Sirianni, he only needs his players to stay focused for one more game this season.

“It will be a challenge,” he said. “But … when you’re playing for something that’s bigger than yourself, because of the relationships that you have with your teammates and your coaches, then you’re willing to sacrifice things.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/02/06/philadelphia-eagles-coach-nick-sirianni-how-to-eliminate-distractions.html

Topley’s Top 10 – February 03, 2023

1. Corporate Bond Funds

HYG High Yield ETF Runs 3rd Rally Since May 2022 to this level

Investment Grade Bond ETF Similar Picture

www.stockcharts.com


2. 10 Year Treasury Yield Approaching 200day to Downside

www.stockcharts.com


3. Semiconductors 48% Move Off Bottom

SMH Semiconductor ETF rally approaching March 2022 highs

Barrons Tae KimFollow  Tech Earnings Are in Full Swing. The News From Chips Isn’t Good.  This article is from the free weekly Barron’s Tech email newsletter. Sign up here to get it delivered directly to your inbox.

Chip Gloom. Hi everyone. Earnings season is in full swing. There’s no better way to get insights on what’s happening in the technology business and the economy than hearing directly from the companies themselves.

Heading into earnings, investors were hoping that executives would signal a coming end to the semiconductor downturn. But comments over the past week from the three major chip makers — Texas Instruments TXN +1.44%  (ticker: TXN ), Intel INTC +3.85%  ( INTC ), and Advanced Micro Devices AMD +4.34%  ( AMD )—have offered a different reality: the chip business continues to falter.

 

Here are my four key takeaways from chip earnings thus far:

1. The slowing global economy is hurting chip demand in nearly every industry except for one..

2. Computer chip demand is fading. There is little visibility.

3. AMD has a life raft in server chips.

4. No recovery in China yet

https://www.barrons.com/articles/tech-earnings-amd-intel-stock-51675279355


4. Software ETF

IGV Software ETF makes a higher low on chart….Forming a rangebound chart

www.stockcharts.com


5. Homebuilder ETF Almost Flat One-Year Performance

https://www.google.com/search?q=xhb+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=xhb+chart&aqs=chrome.0.69i59j0i22i30j69i60l3.1670j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


6. Starbucks Earnings Out …Chart Ran Back to 2021 Levels.


7. Bitcoin-Will Bitcoin Sustain a Higher Low Here?

Bitcoin 2019-2021 spent a lot of time around 10,000….bouncing here above those lows.

COINDESK Chart

https://www.coindesk.com/price/bitcoin


8. Chinese Companies Hold the Most AI Patents

Found at Zerohedge https://www.zerohedge.com/technology/chinese-companies-dominate-among-global-ai-patents


9. American Satisfaction Poll

GALLUP BY LYDIA SAAD

Bottom Line

Americans have long desired more from government when it comes to addressing the nation’s problems, whether that be policies pertaining to energy, guns, the environment or education. Today’s average issue satisfaction rating is tied with 2022’s for the lowest Gallup has recorded in its measurements since 2001 but is not vastly different from the past.

On the other hand, Americans’ belief in some of the nation’s fundamental merits has been shaken since the emergence of the pandemic and the subsequent economic turmoil. Less than two-thirds are satisfied with the quality of life today or with the opportunity to get ahead through hard work, down from much higher levels as recently as January 2020. Satisfaction with the nation’s system of government and how it works has fallen even more dramatically, from 68% in 2001 to 33% today, although much of that decline occurred over the first decade. And satisfaction ratings with government power, corporate power and income inequality are all at or near their record lows.

https://news.gallup.com/poll/469241/americans-glum-state-union-areas.aspx


10. 4 Things High Achievers Do Differently

by Ruth Gotian

We’ve all heard the saying, “Do what you love, and you’ll never work a day in your life.” Yet a recent Gallup study shows that many people are, in fact, not loving their work and are miserable in their jobs, with only 21% of employees engaged at work and 33% thriving in their overall well-being globally. Individually and as a society, we seem to have lost our hope for the future. People want to succeed, but the path to achievement is murky. No one wakes up aiming to be average, but all the messages we receive, consciously and unconsciously, appear to push us to that undistinguishable level.

At work, our performance is measured against benchmarks. We’re pushed to reach “acceptable standards.” Even annual performance appraisals are based on whether we fall above or below a mean score. Average has become the target, and that’s a shame, as high achievers who blow benchmarks out of the water are 400% more productive than the average employee.

What if the average became our floor instead of our ceiling?

For nearly a decade, I’ve interviewed scores of high achievers, from astronauts to Olympic gold medalists to Nobel Prize winners, for my book The Success Factor. What was revealing is that irrespective of their industry, all high achievers had four things in common, and any of us can customize them to our own lifestyle, not by copying their habits but by emulating their mindsets.

1) Tap into your intrinsic motivation.

Why did you enter your chosen profession? Getting to the “why” behind your career choice is critical, as it will help you get in touch with your deepest motivations, block out distractions, and potentially adjust (or reengage) with your current path.

For instance, Dr. Anthony Fauci, the director of the NIH’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, is motivated by helping others. When I asked how he selects which problems to focus on, he told me that he picks problems that he feels are important, not just interesting. This sentiment was repeated by many of the people I spoke with — they focused on doing work that would make an impact beyond themselves. For the highest achievers, it’s not about the medals, rewards, bonuses, or promotions.

To the point, very few of the Olympians I spoke to keep their medals on display. Most keep them in a safe, the nightstand drawer, thrown on a shelf, or in the case of the most decorated winter Olympian, Apolo Ohno, in a brown paper bag in his sock drawer. They all told me that they loved what they do, could not imagine another path, and would do it for free if they could. In fact, I have yet to meet a Nobel Prize winner who quit their scientific work after winning their field’s most prestigious award. “That’s a chapter in my life, not the entire journey” was a phrase insinuated repeatedly.

What you can do:

To tap into your intrinsic motivation, ask yourself: What fuels my curiosity? Is it aligned with what fuels my work? If you’re focused only on external factors (like rewards), you’re likely on the path to burnout.

I recommend creating a passion audit, which will help you differentiate between what you are good at versus what you are not, and what you enjoy doing versus where you procrastinate. Look for themes and see how you can embed some of your more passionate tasks into your career. It doesn’t have to be much. Research from the Mayo Clinic has shown that when physicians spend just 20% of their time working on something they’re passionate about, it significantly reduces their level of burnout.

2) Get comfortable with failure.

Dr. Peggy Whitson is a biochemist who worked at NASA. She always dreamed of becoming an astronaut but was met with repeated hurdles. For a full decade, she applied to be an astronaut but was repeatedly rejected. She didn’t quit after the first, second, or even third rejection. Every time she faced a hurdle, she asked herself, “What strategy have I not thought of yet?” She leveraged what she learned working at NASA to be more competitive as an astronaut applicant.

It’s a good thing Dr. Whitson didn’t allow the rejections to deflate her motivation because she ultimately went on to become the first female commander of the international space station (a role she held twice), spent more days in space than any American astronaut of any gender, and ultimately became NASA’s chief astronaut.

Some people fear failing, while others fear succeeding. High achievers fear “not trying” more than they fear failing. For them, it’s not a question of if they can overcome a challenge; the focus is always on how they can. They consider alternative strategies and work fiercely to control what they can control, and ignore distractions.

Despite what you might have heard, not all high achievers wake up at 5 am to do this work either, especially if they’re not morning people. The people I spoke to learned to optimize their peak performance hours.

What you can do:

To achieve a similar focus, consider this two-step approach. Learn to leverage your cognitive hours, those when you are most able to concentrate, and spend that time on your deep focus work, not passive tasks such as responding to emails or scheduling Zoom meetings, which you can do when you are more sluggish.

Second, consider productivity sprints using the time management Pomodoro method, which has you working and taking scheduled breaks on a predictable cycle. If the work you’re engaged in during this time isn’t bringing you closer to your goal, or giving you the results you want, don’t stop trying or lose focus. Instead, us the time to brainstorm a different approach.

3) Reinforce your foundation.

The week the Nobel Prizes are announced, social media is in a frenzy showing the newly minted award winners going about their usual routine of teaching or writing grants in between press interviews. Despite all of their accolades, high achievers never rest on their laurels. Even if they’ve done a task or routine countless times, they still work on the basic skills foundational to their current — and future — success. It’s why NBA champion Kobe Bryant was famous for practicing the same warm-up routines you’d see in any junior high school gym.

Neal Katyal is another example. He argued 48 cases before the Supreme Court of the United States. He told me he still prepares a binder with answers to every possible question he might get asked, holds multiple moot courts, and wordsmiths his opening arguments so succinctly that his children can understand them.

In the military, people are similarly told to “train hard, fight easy.” It’s also the strategy marathon runners use when they train in high altitudes so that running the race in normal conditions feels easier.

What you can do:

Consider the “must-have” skills of your profession and imagine how you can brush up on them or learn to build on them. Instead of letting them get rusty, think about what it would take for you to get to the point where they are so effortless that you can rely on muscle memory to lead you under stress. Do you need more practice? Do you need to practice under challenging conditions? Both strategies will sharpen your abilities.

4) Become a lifelong learner.

The high achievers I spoke with are continuously open to learning, although it is rarely in the classroom. Discussions with mentors, colleagues, peers, and mentees, coupled with reading, observing others, watching videos, and listening to podcasts, all inform their deep reservoir of knowledge.

Christopher Wadell, for instance, grew up as an able-bodied skier until an accident one day left him without use of his lower body. He wanted to return to the slopes and first learned this was possible years earlier when he watched a cancer survivor with one leg on a monoski. That memory was embedded in his mind, and it pushed him to learn to ski in this new way. Today, Christopher Wadell is a decorated Paralympian. He’s won 13 medals, five of them gold.

Many of the Nobel Prize winners I spoke to were also inspired as a result of their openness and curiosity. Several shared that their breakthrough ideas occurred through casual conversations with colleagues in cafeterias and laundry rooms. Conference lectures, coffee breaks and group meals are not just for building your network. It’s where new ideas take root and develop.

What you can do:

To increase your knowledge base, which can lead to making connections others don’t yet see, immerse yourself with interesting people and open your mind up to new ideas. Surround yourself with a team of mentors who can offer you challenges and scaffolding to try new things. Consume new ideas in a platform of your choosing — reading books and articles, watching webinars, taking LinkedIn Learning courses, or listening to engaging conversations and interviews.. . .

People want to succeed, but there is a lack of understanding and discussion on how to achieve more, and more importantly, be motivated to do it. By learning the lessons from some of the most accomplished people of our generation, we can make average our beginning, not our end goal.

Read more on Managing yourself or related topics Continuous learning, Personal growth and transformation and Personal productivity

  • Ruth Gotian is the chief learning officer and assistant professor of education in anesthesiology at Weill Cornell Medicine in New York City and the author of The Success Factor. She was named the world’s #1 emerging management thinker by Thinkers50. You can access her free list of conversation starters.

 RuthGotian

https://hbr.org/2023/01/4-things-high-achievers-do-differently?utm_campaign=hbr&utm_medium=social&utm_source=linkedin

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 02, 2023

1. History Post Nasdaq 10% Nasdaq Jumps

Marketwatch-Nasdaq jumped over 10% in January. Here’s what history shows happens next to the tech-heavy index

Christine Idzelis

But the number of occurrences drops to just 16 when narrowed to rallies of that magnitude following a 12-month stretch in which the index was down, according to Bespoke. In such cases, the firm found the Nasdaq’s performance then tends to be positive over the next year, except in 2001, “when there were four different 10%+ monthly gains and the Nasdaq was lower one year later after all four of them.”

For example, the chart below shows the Nasdaq jumped 12.2% in January 2001, after plummeting 39.3% over the prior 12 months. The index tumbled 30.2% over the next year.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/wont-get-fooled-again-nasdaq-jumped-over-10-in-january-heres-what-history-shows-happens-next-to-the-tech-heavy-index-11675271801?mod=home-page


2. FANG ETF breaks above Summer 2022 ….Next Resistance 5800

www.stockcharts.com


3. 9 Out of 11 S&P Sectors Now Trading Above 200day

Rob Anderson NDR Research https://twitter.com/_rob_anderson


4. TBF Short Bonds ETF Closes Below 200day Moving Average

Another bullish bond signal


5. As You Would Guess…AGG Bond Index 50day about to go thru 200day to upside.

www.stockcharts.com


6. Carvana +186% in One Month

https://www.google.com/search?q=cvna+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=cvna+chart&aqs=chrome..69i57j0i22i30l4j0i390j69i60l2.2209j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


7. Fedex Cutting Senior Staff …Stock Rallies

FDX closes above 200day and fills entire gap from big selloff  Sept. 2022


8. KWEB China Internet Stock ETF Double Off Lows

KWEB up 100% from low still not near 200 week moving average.

www.stockcharts.com


9. Home Sales Reduction by Region

Wolfstreet-Sales plunged in all regions, but plunged the most in the West. Year-over-year percent change (NAR map of regions):

Active listings jumped by 55% from a year ago, to 68,900 in December (active listings = total inventory for sale minus properties with pending sales). Just before the holidays, lots of sellers pull their homes off the market, and then put them back on the market for the spring selling season. This happens every year; active listing start to drop before Thanksgiving and don’t rise again until the spring (data via realtor.com):

https://wolfstreet.com/2023/01/20/prices-of-existing-homes-fall-11-from-peak-sales-hit-lockdown-low-cash-buyers-and-investors-pull-back-hard/


10. You Need These 3 Ingredients to Build Stress Resilience

Psychology Today

A review of empirical research on how to increase resilience. Arash Emamzadeh

  • Research indicates that over half of physician visits are due to stress-related issues.
  • Though there is much information on stress management and resilience, much of it is unclear or unreliable.
  • A recent paper concludes that three building blocks of resilience are equanimity, awareness, and flexible coping strategies.

These days, we may be experiencing high levels of stress–due to the pandemic, supply-chain disruptions, inflation, recession, international conflicts, and other issues affecting our health, work, and relationships. Therefore, building stress resilience (the ability to adjust and adapt in response to stress) has become more important.

A recent paper by Steffen and Bartlett (2022), published in Policy Insights From the Behavioral and Brain Sciences, evaluates the empirical evidence on coping with stress and discusses three science-based practices that promote resilience.

Before discussing the three practices, here is a quick word on stress.

Stress: Good or Bad?

Stress can be healthy and promote well-being if:

·  It is experienced positively (as a challenge and opportunity than a threat).

·  It occurs during activities that are freely chosen, enjoyable, and meaningful.

However, when severe, prolonged, and without a recovery period, stress can be harmful and detrimental to health.

Unmanageable stress (called distress) is associated with many negative physical health and mental health outcomes, including anxiety, depression, high levels of stress hormones (cortisol, adrenaline), inflammation, poor immune response, metabolic dysregulation, obesity, chronic diseases (e.g., heart disease), and early mortality.

As stress becomes chronic, we are more likely to neglect self-care–be it regular exercise, eating nutritious food, or getting sufficient sleep–and cope with stress in unhealthy ways.

Some examples of unhealthy coping strategies are emotional eating, compulsive pornography use, compulsive shopping, and drug addiction and abuse (e.g., cannabis use disorder).

Given the importance of effective coping with chronic stress, what follows is a review of three empirically supported practices that, according to Steffen and Bartlett, are effective in promoting stress resilience.

The First Building Block of Resilience: Awareness

Coping successfully with stress is possible only if one is aware of it.

So, the natural tendency to avoid stress may prevent us from understanding when and where stress occurs, how it manifests in the body, and the best way to manage it.

Research shows resilient people, though not more worried, are more mindful and aware of stress. This is due to their attitude:

Only when coupled with curiosity and openness (as opposed to heightened vigilance) is awareness linked with lower stress and enhanced coping.

One way to increase awareness of stress is by using biofeedback. Biofeedback training helps people become more conscious of the fight-or-flight response and learn to regulate its effects, such as reducing high muscle tension, heart rate, and blood pressure.

Heart rate variability (HRV) biofeedback is particularly effective for reducing stress, anxiety, and depression. The intervention involves learning to breathe slowly and regularly, roughly six breaths per minute, called resonance frequency breathing.

The Second Building Block of Resilience: Equanimity

A completely stress-free life lacks challenge and excitement. In fact, regular exposure to moderate stress is not only pleasurable but also promotes healthy functioning.

Healthy functioning requires physiological balance, meaning time for engagement but also rest. When there is balance, exposure to stress and the use of effective coping strategies can strengthen the “coping muscles” and make us more resilient.

How a stressor is perceived or interpreted is key. Therefore, building resilience requires a change in perceptions. One approach is to develop a sense of equanimity.

Equanimity means being able to remain in, or quickly return to, a state of psychological stability and calmness. It does not mean indifference or avoidance but a kind of mental balance that encourages responding to all experiences–whether positive, negative, or neutral–with the same level of interest.

The good news is that mindfulness meditation can cultivate equanimity. Particularly effective is regular meditation on suffering, impermanence, and non-self. With repetition, mindfulness can become habitual and gradually enhance your resilience.

The Third Building Block of Resilience: Flexible Coping

Rigid and maladaptive patterns of behavior, especially compulsive avoidance, are common in mental health conditions such as anxiety disorders, mood disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and post-traumatic stress disorder.

This is not surprising because avoidant coping can reduce distress, often immediately. Yet, over time, it tends to amplify fear and lower the quality of life.

Indeed, rigid and maladaptive thinking patterns (including cognitive distortions) are detrimental to resilience.

This brings us to the third building block of resilience, called flexible coping.

Perhaps the best way to enhance flexible coping involves cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) or CBT self-help techniques.

CBT can improve resilience by teaching effective techniques for reframing negative thoughts and behaving more flexibly in stressful situations.

Exposure therapy and behavioral activation techniques facilitate confronting safe but feared or avoided stimuli (e.g., flying, elevators, social events), identifying what one finds rewarding, and engaging in valued and enjoyable activities regularly.

Our lives are filled with stress and worry. Indeed, research indicates that over half of physician visits are due to stress-related issues.

So, increasing resilience is very important.

Three simple resilience-building skills that can be easily integrated into everyday life are:

1.   Increase your awareness of stress and its manifestations while adopting an attitude of openness and curiosity.

2.   Develop equanimity, a balanced state of mind with neither attachment nor aversion toward experiences.

3.   Increase coping flexibility by evaluating your coping strategies and modifying or replacing them depending on how successful they are in managing specific problems.

You may find HRV biofeedback, mindfulness meditation, psychotherapy, or self-help CBT techniques helpful in strengthening these skills and becoming more resilient.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/finding-a-new-home/202301/you-need-these-3-ingredients-to-build-stress-resilience

 

Topley’s Top 10 – February 01, 2023

1. Rally in Stocks After Job Cuts at Tech

Found at Irrelevant Investor Blog https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/


2. Sector Performance January

Sector Divergence-On this last trading day of January, below is a snapshot of how the major US sector ETFs have performed so far this year.  Over these last few weeks as the broad market has rallied, we’ve definitely seen some sector divergence.  Defensive sectors like Consumer Staples (XLP) and Utilities (XLU) have come under selling pressure, while cyclical sectors more tied to the business cycle have surged.  Communication Services (XLC) and Consumer Discretionary (XLY) are both up more than 12% YTD already, while Technology (XLK), Materials (XLB), Real Estate (XLRE), and Financials (XLF) are up more than 5%.  The only sectors down on the year are Consumer Staples, Utilities, and Health Care (XLV).  At the moment, four sectors are overbought (more than one standard deviation above their 50-DMAs) versus three that are oversold (more than one standard deviation below their 50-DMAs).

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/sector-divergence


3. Money Flows to China…Hedge Funds and Actively Managed Longs

Zerohedge…But a closer look under the hood suggests a deep split between different types of investors. Hedge funds, who tend to be nimble, have increased their net exposure to Chinese stocks to 13%, from about 7% late last year, according to data from Goldman Sachs’s Prime Services unit. That isn’t far away from a peak of 15% in 2020, just before Beijing started cracking down on tech companies.

In comparison, while global mutual funds’ holding of Chinese stocks has increased to 8% from 6%, they still are  underweight China by 420 basis points relative to their benchmarks, as of December. The current position ranks in the 19th percentile over the past decade, analysts including Sunil Koul wrote in a note.

Source: Goldman Sachs

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/hedge-funds-push-chinese-holdings-close-record


4. Rise in Auto Delinquencies-Remember We Showed the Rise in $1000 a Month Car Payments

Now, more Americans are falling behind on their car payments than during the financial crisis. In December, the percentage of subprime auto borrowers who were at least 60 days late on their bills rose to 5.67%, up from a seven-year low of 2.58% in April 2021, according to Fitch Ratings. That compares to 5.04% in January 2009, the peak during the Great Recession.  Bloomberg ByClaire Ballentine

Rise in Auto Delinquencies

The percentage of borrowers at least 60 days late on their car payments is rising

Source: Fitch Ratings

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-01-27/car-repossessions-grow-as-inflation-slams-consumers?leadSource=uverify%20wall


5. Demand for Gold Soars to Highest in a Decade as U.S. Dollar Weakens

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading GOT GOLD?– Demand for gold surged to its highest in more than a decade in 2022, fuelled by “colossal” central bank purchases that underscored the safe haven asset’s appeal during times of geopolitical upheaval. Annual gold demand increased 18 per cent last year to 4,741 tonnes, the largest amount since 2011, driven by a 55-year high in central bank purchases, according to the World Gold Council, an industry-backed group.

Central banks hoovered up gold at a historic rate in the second half of the year, a move many analysts attribute to a desire to diversify reserves away from the dollar after the US froze Russia’s reserves denominated in the currency as part of its sanctions against Moscow. Retail investors also piled into the yellow metal in a bid to protect themselves from high inflation. Central bank purchases of gold hit 417 tonnes in the final three months of the year, roughly 12 times higher than the same quarter a year ago. It took the annual total to more than double of the previous year at 1,136 tonnes, FT reports.


6. Lumber Rally But a Blip on Long-Term Chart

Lumber 50week crossed below 200week before recent oversold bounce

www.stockcharts.com


7. Rates: Treasury futures positioning is extraordinarily bearish.

The Daily Shot Brief Blog

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


8. The number of ‘millionaire renters’ has tripled — here’s where they live

Marketwatch BY Aarthi Swaminathan A growing number of millionaires are forgoing homeownership in big cities, either because of sky-high home prices or because they prefer to rent.

That’s according to a new report on the nation’s increasingly wealthy renters from RentCafe, a nationwide apartment-search website. An estimated 2.6 million high-earning households live in rentals, and some are a “new ritzy kind of tenant: the millionaire renter,” the RentCafe report said.

The number of people who make over $150,000 a year and rent grew by 82% from 2015 to 2020, according the report. In contrast, the number of renters nationwide over the same time period grew by 3.2%.

The data came from the Integrated Public Use Microdata Series, which incorporates census and survey data. IPUMS is part of an effort run by the University of Minnesota.

The “millionaire renter” seems like an “unlikely new kind of tenant,” the report said. The number of households that earn more than $1 million in income and rent reached 3,381 in 2020, three times as many as in 2015.

The growth in millionaire renters is partly due to high home prices. As of December 2022 , the median rent for an apartment in Manhattan was $4,048, according to Douglas Elliman. The median sales price was $1.1 million.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/the-number-of-millionaire-renters-has-tripled-here-are-the-cities-where-theyre-most-likely-to-live-11675109227?mod=home-page


9. More and More Data=More and More Cognitive Biases

What the NFL Playoffs and Tech Layoffs Have in Common

They have never had so much data to guide their decisions. But teams and companies still get hiring and firing wrong because of psychological biases.

WSJ By Ben CohenTo understand the forces behind the recent layoffs that have ravaged the tech industry, it helps to start with a curious decision by one Bay Area organization.

At the end of last year’s National Football League draft, with 261 players off the board and time running out, Brock Purdy was still waiting to hear his name called. Then his phone rang. The San Francisco 49ers were taking him with the very last pick. 

In that moment, Mr. Purdy became Mr. Irrelevant, the nickname given to the final player chosen in every NFL draft. A series of increasingly unlikely events would make the quarterback more relevant than he or anyone else imagined. 

The unheralded Brock Purdy came into his rookie season as a third-stringer. When one of the players ahead of him was injured, he earned a promotion to backup. But then came another injury, and he suddenly became the starter. That was seven games ago. The Niners haven’t lost since. 

This weekend, with a television audience of around 50 million people watching at home, the undefeated Brock Purdy will play for a spot in the Super Bowl. 

It’s an amazing story that reveals so much about the circumstances required for success in any business. It also shows that even in professional sports, where performance is neatly quantified into numbers for anyone to scrutinize, the market for talent remains inefficient. Football teams have never had so much data to guide them. They are still prone to all sorts of cognitive biases that distort their hiring and firing decisions. 

The consequences of human psychology can be found in many other workplaces across Northern California these days, as it happens, and one scholar in the heart of Silicon Valley says the brutal round of tech layoffs can also be explained by irrational behavior. 

The reason workers are losing their jobs is not the one that companies provide, said Jeffrey Pfeffer, a professor of organizational behavior at the Stanford Graduate School of Business. It’s not economic concerns. It’s a social contagion. Why have layoffs spread from Amazon.com and Meta Platforms to Google and Microsoft and affected enough people to fill an NFL stadium? His provocative theory is that many of the world’s richest companies are simply imitating each other. FOMO has infected FAAMG stocks. 

as the San Francisco 49ers’ starting quarterback, was the last player picked in the 2022 NFL draft, earning him the moniker

“They are doing it because other companies are doing it,” Dr. Pfeffer told the university’s news service.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/nfl-playoffs-brock-purdy-tech-layoffs-11674680339?mod=itp_wsj&ru=yahoo


10. MIT neuroscientist shares 4 things she never does to eliminate ‘brain fog and forgetfulness’

Tara Swart, Contributor@TARASWART The alarm goes off. You get dressed, grab your coffee, and head to work. But by lunchtime, you start to feel disorganized. You reread emails because you lack focus and mental clarity.

There’s nothing worse than brain fog. In addition to stress and lack of sleep, it can be caused by the immune system creating an inflammatory response in the brain. This can lead to symptoms like poor concentration and memory, or difficulty making decisions.

As a neuroscientist, I study the causes of brain fog and forgetfulness. To avoid them, here are four things I never do:

1. I never let my body get tense for too long.

Even if you think you’re relaxed, your body may be physically tense (e.g., stiff neck, back or shoulder pain). This can be a result of stress from things like unfinished tasks or looming deadlines.

So when I notice that my body is tense, I immediately do an exercise called “box breathing”:

1.               Inhale through your nose as you slowly count to four seconds.

2.               Hold your breath for a count of four seconds.

3.               Exhale through your nose, releasing all the air from your lungs, as you slowly count to four seconds.

4.               Hold your breath for a count of four seconds.

5.               Repeat for at least four rounds.

Box breathing is a simple way to help calm your brain. Studies also show that it can reduce levels of cortisol, which is the chemical produced when the body is under stress.

2. I never use screens one hour before bedtime.

As tempting as it might be to scroll through Instagram or watch TV before bedtime, these activities can be too stimulating for the brain.

Instead, I try to read a book before turning out the lights. If that doesn’t help me sleep, I do a “relaxation body scan,” squeezing and releasing muscles — starting at my toes and all the way up to my head.

Ideally, we need about eight hours of sleep a night. More than that can lead to a depressed mood, and less than that doesn’t give the brain enough time to rest and reset.

3. I never load up on glucose.

If your gut isn’t healthy, your brainpower can falter, too. I strengthen my gut-brain axis by maintaining a diet rich in hydrating foods, healthy fats and digestible protein.

Most important of all, I try to avoid sugar. Your brain uses glucose (sugar) as fuel, but refined carbohydrates like high fructose corn syrup found in sodas are not good sources of fuel. Your brain gets a burst of too much glucose, then too little.

This can lead to irritability, tiredness, mental confusion, and impaired judgment.

I also eat foods rich in magnesium — whole grains, leafy greens, dried beans and legumes — to help regulate my mood and sleep cycle. And I make sure to have my last caffeinated drink of the day before 10:00 a.m.

4. I never go a day without meditating.

I meditate for at least 12 minutes a day.

Doing this at nighttime can help mitigate brain fog the next day:

1.               Remove all distractions from your room.

2.               Sit or lie down in a comfortable position.

3.               Take deep breaths.

4.               Quietly observe your thoughts.

5.               Whatever thoughts come, simply acknowledge them return your focus to your breathing.

If you don’t like to meditate, you can do a mindful activity such as cooking or taking a quiet walk.

I also recommend coming up with a mantra that you can say in the morning, like: “Brain fog is a state of mind. I will go to bed early tonight and be fine tomorrow.”

By articulating your goals to yourself out loud, you can start to be more intentional about changing your habits. And through that repetition, your brain and body will start to follow suit.

Dr. Tara Swart Bieber is a neuroscientist, medical doctor and senior lecturer at MIT Sloan. She is the author of “The Source: The Secrets of the Universe, the Science of the Brain,” and hosts the podcast Reinvent Yourself with Dr. Tara. She works with leaders to help them achieve mental resilience and peak brain performance, improving their ability to manage stress, regulate emotions and retain information. Follow her on Twitter and Instagram.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/01/31/neuroscientist-how-to-avoid-brain-fog.html

Topley’s Top 10 – January 31, 2023

1. Goldman Most Shorted +23% YTD Before Yesterday…Companies That Miss Earnings Outperforming

ZeroHedge Blog As shorts were squeezed – with Goldman’s most shorted basket rising 23% since our Jan 9 post…

To this, Nocerino adds that we have been seeing weaker report being bought (ie: MSFT). And as we pointed out on Friday, “companies who miss earnings on EPS have outperformed at the largest pace on record.” Hardly a bearish signal.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/furious-squeeze-sent-nasdaq-its-best-start-over-20-years-and-why-bears-are-really-sweating


2. Follow-Up to Yesterday’s Chart on Stock Buybacks.

Dave Lutz Jones Trading–GS thinks the bulk of Companies are outside of the “Buyback Blackout” Window – Approc $4bn of demand overall daily now.


3. Set Up for Interesting Fed Comments this Week…Despite Fastest Pace Ever in Rate Increases…Financial Conditions are Easing

Bloomberg Steve Matthews and Michael Mackenzie

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-01-30/fed-s-wall-street-clash-sets-stage-for-powell-s-hawkish-message?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


4. Gold Miners vs. U.S. Dollar

This chart shows GDX (gold miners) vs. Weakening U.S. Dollar….Straight up since November


5. Oil Inventories Bouncing Around Lows

John Mauldain Advisor Perspectives Blog 

Notice in the chart below that both the oil giants (supermajors) and midsized oil and gas public companies are barely replacing their current falling production with new production, even as the Biden administration asks them to produce more oil. It’s a longer story, but many public companies not only have pressure from board members and institutions to reduce production (the whole ESG/climate change environment), but for many companies the market is undervaluing any new production. If you are a CEO, the markets reward you for buying your own shares at a discount to their net NAV. Consequently, we see less projected capital expenditures for new production.

Source: The Crude Chronicles

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2023/01/28/growth-pains


6. Largest Betting States in U.S.

The Daily Shot Blog Food for Thought: Lastly,  here are the largest sports betting states.

Source: @OpenAxisHQ

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


7. How do most Americans Become Millionaires?

https://twitter.com/PeterMallouk


8. SEC Whistleblower Cases Double in 3 Years

For your information-Last week, the SEC announced its biggest whistleblower reward so far this year, compensating four joint informants $28m after they “significantly contributed to the success of the action” against the wrongdoers.
Surprisingly, a multi-million dollar payout isn’t uncommon in the world of financial whistleblowing. Just last month, one source was awarded $37m for their efforts in a healthcare bribery case, becoming one of the top ten highest-paid individual informants in the history of the SEC’s whistleblowing scheme.

Snitches get richesCompensating whistleblowers has cost the SEC over $1.3bn since it devised the program in 2010 to incentivize industry insiders to help catch financial criminals. And, while tips have risen almost every year since, the last couple have seen the whistleblowing volume taken to the next level. Whistleblowing tips grew 76% from 6,911 in 2020 to more than 12,000 in each of the last 2 years.Along with increased awareness of the SEC program, it’s hard to argue with the fact that — in the age of remote working — reporting the boss’s underhand dealings is much easier if you’re not making watercooler small talk with them every day.
One new fertile space for financial crime has been crypto. Last year, more than 1,700 tips found their way to the SEC about crypto-related crimes, a category that has grown quickly alongside the sector, with Gemini & Genesis the latest crypto companies targeted by the SEC.

www.chartr.com


9. Undeveloped Land Prices Dropping.

@RickPalaciosJr  John Burns Real Estate

https://twitter.com/RickPalaciosJr


10. 11 Things That 0% Interest Rates Caused

An all-encompassing list of some 2020 phenomena that we’ll never see again.

Now to today’s piece 🤝

In season 9 episode 23 of The Office, Andy Bernard graced us with one of television’s most memorable quotes: “I wish there was a way to know you’re in the good old days before you’ve actually left them.”

Isn’t that the truth?

We experienced a decade of quantitative easing and declining interest rates that culminated with an unprecedented multi-trillion-dollar infusion of capital in 2020. But three years later, the party had to end.

The Fed is raising rates, money isn’t free anymore, and companies have to once again rediscover the lost art of “turning a profit.” Outrageous stuff, isn’t it?

However, we shouldn’t cry because quantitative easing is over, we should smile because it happened 🙂 In remembrance of the last decade, I would like to highlight 11 things that were only possible thanks to 0% interest rates.

Enjoy!

1) Day Trading as a Career

“Oh bro, I think $TSLA is consolidating in a bull flag, it’s about to break out!”

“Dude, I made so much money on GameStop, maybe I should just quit my job and trade my portfolio full-time.” 

“Yeah man, the stock market really isn’t that hard. Just buy calls on the stocks that are going to go up.”

If you are a dude who was even somewhat interested in the stock market between January 2020 and January 2022, there is a greater than 75% chance you were in a group chat that looked something like this. Believe it or not, it was actually pretty easy to make money buying call options on tech stocks when every single tech stock only went up for like 15 months.

What many failed to realize was that their alpha was really just levered beta, and levered beta works both ways.

If you thought you were getting rich because of your exceptional research, but you were actually getting rich because you bought call options on high-beta stocks during a period of QE-induced irrational exuberance, you will end up quite poor, ironically, due to this same “exceptional research.”

Which is exactly what happened, as these infallible trading strategies proved to be quite fallible.

But don’t worry, former day trading extraordinaires, because I have some good news: while the whole stock market thing didn’t work out, McDonald’s is hiring.

 

McDonald’s Careers: Application for McDonald’s Jobs | McDonald’s

Jumpstart your job search with helpful information about McDonald’s corporate careers and opportunities available at company owned and franchised restaurants

www.mcdonalds.com

 

2) Chamath’s SPACs

Let me tell you a bit about how SPACs work:

A SPAC is a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. These bad boys raise hundreds of millions of dollars before listing on the stock market as publicly traded bank accounts trading around $10 per share.

SPACs look for private companies to take public, they offer these private companies all of the capital in their treasuries for an X% stake in the company, and they price these deals at $10 per share. For example, your $100M SPAC could take a 10% stake in a private company, and the newly formed, publicly traded company would be worth ~$1B at $10 per share. If the SPAC climbs to $20 per share pre-merger because investors like the deal, the pro-forma valuation is now $2B.

Understand? Good.

Now to Chamath. The self-proclaimed next Warren Buffett had a good pandemic run, one of the best. While he couldn’t have predicted the upcoming SPAC bubble when he closed a deal to take Virgin Galactic public in November 2019, he was well-positioned to ride the wave from 2020 through early 2022.

As SPACs grew more and more popular, the Social Capital CEO leveraged his Twitter presence to juice his investments.

After closing a deal for one of his many SPACs, Chamath Palihapitiya would type up a 25 bullet-point “one-pager” explaining why he liked the stock, share this memo with his millions of followers, and watch as they bid the stock price from $10 to $15, $20, and even $30.

With a few keystrokes and the click of a button, Chamath increased the net present value of future cash flows of his investments by billions of dollars.

Incredible stuff. Unfortunately, a crisp one-pager can’t save a mid-tier car insurance company trading at 40x sales.

Metromile’s stock performance post-one pager.

Fortunately, Chamath likely sold well before the stock crashed. It is important to manage one’s liquidity, after all. God bless Mr. Palihapitiya, the grifter that we needed but didn’t deserve. Someone put this man in the Hall of Fame 🙏🏼

3) ESG Investing

Environmental, Social, and Governance. No one actually knows what any of that means, but you can throw that label on your fund, change your website’s color to a shade of light green, and instantly charge 5x higher expense ratios. Don’t believe me? Let me show you two ETFs: the first is BlackRock’s iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF, while the second is BlackRock’s S&P 500 portfolio. Notice any major differences?

No?

Well, there is one big one: the first ETF charges 400% more in its expense ratios. ESG became this funny thing where everyone knew it wasn’t really a thing, but everyone was trying to pretend like it was a thing because everyone needed everyone to think that they thought that it was a real thing. Perception was infinitely more important than reality.

The truth is that ESG was really just a side quest designed to make capitalism harder.

The economy was running so smoothly for the last 13 years that one day we got bored and said, “Oh your company is profitable? Cool. Now you have to hire a Chief Sustainability Officer, purchase carbon credits from companies that are actually environmentally friendly, and convince the general public that despite having sweatshops in China, your company is still one of the good guys.”

And you know what? Tim Cook managed the impossible.

Per IBD

I personally think ESG was yet another low-interest rate phenomenon, and it’s about to take a backseat to other, more pressing matters. Like making money.

4) Venture capital-subsidized lifestyles

Let’s turn back the clock to May 2020. You, me, and everyone else are stuck working from our apartments all day every day. Your pantry is running low, but instead of rewearing that disgusting cloth mask for the 27th time as you browse the aisles of your local Kroger, you decide to use one of 27,234 different grocery delivery apps that gives you 50% off all purchases made that month.

Next month, you repeat the process with a different app or different email, and the cycle continues. Venture capitalists poured billions into finding the “Uber of groceries,” (and there were a lot of Ubers of groceries) and we consumers benefited by literally getting free food hand-delivered to our apartments.

And this VC-subsidized service wasn’t limited to grocery delivery services either! Ubers and Airbnbs used to be half the price of taxis and hotels, and you could whip a Bird scooter around Washington D.C. for $1.50. At some point, however, all of these companies either began charging more money (profitability does matter!) or they went bust.

5) Miami

RIP Miami, 2021-2022.

“Miami is the FUTURE!” yelled an army of tech-bros who ditched California and New York in 2020 for warm weather and zero Covid-restrictions. “This city is full of BUILDERS!”

Well, it just so happens that 1) people have now returned to both New York and Silicon Valley, and 2) most of the “builders” on South Beach were just crypto bros stimulating the bottle service economy every weekend. Miami is a great city, it has great weather, and the beach is fantastic. But the idea that South Beach was going to usurp New York and/or San Francisco as the center of everything was really just a poor extrapolation of Keith Rabois’s Covid vacation.

6) NFTs

Folks were really out here paying $500,000+ for pictures of rocks and monkeys instead of, like, I don’t know, buying a house? “Oh but bro we get exclusive membership to in-person events.” Sick, there really isn’t anything better than spending your weekend at a conference full of folks whose only commonality is that they all spent six figures on pictures that looked something like this:

Out of everything that stemmed from zero percent interest rates, NFT culture was the most insufferable. I welcome the second coming of the Great Depression if it means the JPEGs end up worthless.

7) Adjusted EBITDA

As someone who has now taken four accounting classes across my undergraduate and MBA coursework, I still haven’t read any chapters on this metric known as “adjusted EBITDA.”

I found this to be quite strange, because every earnings report presented by companies that didn’t actually have real EBITDA over the last few years included an extra line called “Adjusted EBITDA.” And this adjusted EBITDA was always a positive number. Pretty cool, right?

On my accounting midterm in October, I couldn’t get my income and cashflow statements to balance correctly. Fortunately, I tapped into my street smarts and added a row for “adjusted EBITDA” where I deducted a few million dollars of expenses and BOOM! everything worked out. I did not make an A on this midterm.

Adjusted EBITDA is a fascinating tool that more companies should have utilized. You literally just take your negative EBITDA and subtract expenses until it’s positive, then call it adjusted EBITDA.

For those curious, the adjusted EBITDA of this blog is approximately $1,000,000. For taxation purposes, however, my net income is -$100,000.

8) Work-Life Balance

We had two years of the good life, working 10 hours a week and moving our mice to look like we were “active.” With companies desperate for workers and everyone receiving stimmy checks from Donny T and Joey B, the employees had all the leverage.

Work overtime? No sir, my life is about ✨balance✨ now. Bringing one’s laptop to Tulum, Cartagena, and Lisbon instead of making the dreaded commute to the office. White-collar America spent 18 months in a labor market facade, the industrial devolution of remote workers refusing to actually remotely work.

It was beautiful, and we called it work-life balance.

And now, with companies cutting jobs and demanding that their employees return to the office, that beautiful, wonderful dream is dead.

9) The Metaverse

Has there ever been more money incinerated on a project that literally no one asked for? After a year of pandemic lockdowns, everyone just wanted to go outside and see their friends again. Meanwhile, Zuckerberg and company thought, “You know what? What if we rebuilt the Sims video game franchise, except we blow $30B along the way?”

Horizon Worlds was such a dud that Meta had to force its employees to use the platform, you couldn’t write a comedy script better:

In a follow-up memo dated September 30th, Shah said that employees still weren’t using Horizon enough, writing that a plan was being made to “hold managers accountable” for having their teams use Horizon at least once a week. “Everyone in this organization should make it their mission to fall in love with Horizon Worlds. You can’t do that without using it. Get in there. Organize times to do it with your colleagues or friends, in both internal builds but also the public build so you can interact with our community.”

The Verge

10) Dudes Working Seven Different Remote Jobs

When you are working in an office, you can’t really do any other jobs that require you to be in an office, because you can’t be in two places at once. And you can’t really do a separate remote job from an office either, because it would look pretty weird to your supervisor if you were working for another company from your cubicle.

However, when you’re working from home, you can work from home for, hypothetically, as many companies as you want. You can have an Amazon laptop and an Apple laptop and a Google laptop and a Microsoft laptop and a bunch of other laptops, and you can earn like $100k+ from all of these jobs at the same time.

So of course, some people did that.

The thing is, if it’s possible to “work” at 10 different jobs at once, it’s probably possible for all 10 companies to lay you off without having much of a drop in productivity. Which is, of course, what began to happen.

Over the last six months, every big tech company not named “Apple” has laid off thousands of workers, putting pressure on the remaining workers to up their game. RIP to the 4 job, 14 hour work week. It was fun while it lasted.

11) Cathie Wood

Has anybody directly benefited more from quantitative easing more than Cathie Wood and Ark Invest? Nope.

Four years ago, no one had heard of Ark Invest or its founder. However, Cathie’s firm was betting big on disruptive companies across the electric vehicle, genomics, and fintech industries. When the market began recovering from its March 2020 Covid crash, Ark’s holdings exploded, and her ETF’s price climbed from $35 to $155.

Suddenly, Cathie was on CNBC and Bloomberg discussing advancements in Tesla’s self-driving technology and innovations in the blockchain space. Ark gave ambitious (to say the least) price targets, claiming Tesla would hit a split-adjusted $1500 per share (a $5T market cap) by 2026, and bitcoin would one day hit $1,000,000 per coin.

By January 2021, she was averaging $3B in net flows (inflows – outflows) per month, but then the tide began to turn. In 2022, the former high-flyer generated -67% returns, one of the worst performances in the market. To quote myself from earlier in this article:

“If you think you were getting rich thanks to your exceptional research, but you were actually getting rich because you bought call options on high-beta stocks during a period of QE-induced irrational exuberance, you will end up quite poor, ironically, due to this same “exceptional research.”

But don’t worry, Cathie will be alright. Despite a terrible performance, her fund brought in $1.6B in new capital in 2022, and she’s still raking in those sweet, sweet management fees. Shout out to the queen 👑

So yeah, the easy money is gone, your NFTs are worthless, and the metaverse is all-but-dead, but at least we helped Chamath and Cathie make some money along the way.

– Jack

If you liked this piece, make sure to subscribe by adding your email below!

https://www.youngmoney.co/p/11-things-0-interest-rates-caused

Found at Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 30, 2023

1. S&P 50 Day thru 200 Day to Upside


2. VIX Volatility Index Hits 6-Month Lows

www.stockcharts.com


3. China vs. India 2023

After 2022 India outperformance….China taking lead 2023….this chart shows MCHI (China) vs. INDA (India)…50 day thru 200 day to upside.

www.stockcharts.com


4. S&P 500 Buyback Machines

This week, energy giant Chevron announced plans to buy back $75bn of its shares, five times the oil giant’s current buyback plan, along with an increase in dividend payouts. A prevailing theme from our 2022 in 5 charts was how it was the year for stuff-that-comes-out-of-the-ground — with Chevron’s oil and gas clearly no exception.
Along with dividends, buybacks are one of the two main ways that companies reward shareholders for their investment. By buying shares in the open market and then retiring them, buybacks reduce the share count in the company. So if you own a slice of Chevron — and the company does a buyback — your slice of the company gets bigger… and therefore more valuable. Although technically illegal in the US until 1982, buybacks have become the preferred way for companies to throw off cash. That’s partly because companies can be more opportunistic about them, but it’s also because they essentially reward shareholders with capital gains, rather than income, which is generally more tax efficient. Apple has been the king of the buyback, splurging $500bn+ on purchasing more than one-third of its outstanding shares in the last 10 years.
The buyback blowbackAt the company level, buybacks can sometimes signal a lack of imagination — suggesting that the company hasn’t got any projects that it deems worth pursuing relative to just returning cash to shareholders.
More widely, buybacks have become something of a political football. Last year, after much back-and-forth, a new 1% tax on buybacks was signed into law. On 2022’s figures, that would net the US treasury ~$8bn a year, which some have lauded as a victory for the non-shareholder class, while others have called it simply a “tax on savers & investors”.

www.chartr.com


5. Energy Charts

$Brent Crude Oil 50day thru 200day back in September….multiple lower highs

Oil Service stocks hit new highs

www.stockcharts.com

 

VDE Vanguard Energy ETF no new high yet


6. Blackrock 60/40 Portfolio

60/40 closes above 200 day after failing twice in Nov/Dec 2022…however 50day still below 200day….200day still sloping downward

www.stockcharts.com


7. China $2 Trillion in Savings Pent Up from Covid Lockdown

WYNN Resorts Doubles Since November

Louis Vuitton Luxury Goods Breaks Out to New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


8. Which Are the Best States for Raising a Family?

By Michael Kolomatsky


9. NYC Hotel Prices Above Pre-Pandemic Levels

Torsten Slok The chart below shows the price of staying at a hotel in Manhattan, Midtown, and Times Square, and the average daily rate is now above its pre-pandemic level. Looking across a broad range of daily and weekly indictors the consumer is still doing fine. The interest rate-sensitive components of GDP are softer, but the overall picture continues to look like a soft landing, see also our attached chart book.

Torsten Slok, Ph.D.Chief Economist, PartnerApollo Global Management


10. Determination vs. Talent

FS-Farnam Street

The difference between open and closed-minded people:

Over time, the person who approaches life with an openness to being wrong and a willingness to learn outperforms the person who doesn’t.

— Source

Insight

“One sign that determination matters more than talent: there are lots of talented people who never achieve anything, but not that many determined people who don’t.”

— Paul Graham

TKP

The Three Types of Listening:

“Listening to win is, ‘Let me make the problem go away by telling you, you don’t have a problem.’ Listening to learn is getting underneath what’s being said and reflecting back to the person. And listening to fix is, ‘Let me take your problem and solve it for you, or help you solve it.'”

A new episode of The Knowledge Project Podcast is now available, featuring a conversation with Carolyn Coughlin. This episode is filled with practical insights on improving your relationships by becoming a better listener. Listen or read the transcript.

https://fs.blog

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 26, 2023

1. S&P 500 Value ETF

Run right up to 2022 highs…see if it breaks out

www.stockcharts.com


2. Netflix Huge Run Right to Resistance

Netflix approaching 200 week moving average and 2022 highs

www.stockcharts.com


3. Jeremy Grantham Still Bearish But Discusses Presidential Cycle.

Still Bearish Grantham But Presidential Cycle in Play

GMO Research-Jeremy Grantham -The important fact here – see Exhibit 1 – is that for 7 months of the Presidential Cycle, from October 1st of the second year (this cycle, 2022) through April 30th of the third year (2023), the returns, since 1932, equal those of the remaining 41 months of the cycle! This has a less than one-in-a-million probability of occurring by chance, pretty remarkably, and it has been about as powerful in the last 45 years as the previous 45 years. We are now in this sweet spot, which once again is up nicely so far. The logic and nuances are spelled out in Appendix 1. Suffice it to say that this positive influence may help to support the market for a few more months.

The Presidential Cycle Politicians have always liked to be re-elected. Decades ago, they worked out what factor moves the vote the most. It is provably the state of the labor market in the 6-month run up to the election. Even brilliant performances before that do not count; they are apparently lost in the mists of time. Administrations aim to achieve precisely this objective, and to do so they must stimulate the economy 12 to 18 months earlier because the economy is large and complicated and has plenty of inertia. So, on or around the 4th quarter of year 2 – this cycle, 2022 – they start some extra stimulus. I say “extra” because there are always other considerations at work. The interesting part for U.S. investors is that the stock market is far more sensitive to this extra stimulus than the economy and employment are (as we saw with the Covid stimulus in 2020 and 2021). Thus, to get a modest, but politically important, twitch in labor numbers, we see for the stock market the remarkable data shown earlier, in which since 1932 the 7-month stimulus window delivers six times the monthly returns of the rest of the cycle. My favorite aspect of this effect though was that the UK market had, from 1932 through 2012 when I last looked, a bigger jump on the U.S. presidential cycle than even the U.S. had! (Europe had half the effect and even Japan had half of that.) The U.S. administration, with 85 years of help from a “completely independent” (ahem) Fed, clearly rules the global waves. There are no prizes for guessing which was the only Fed era where this political market cycle absolutely did not exist – Paul Volcker’s.

EXHIBIT 1: PRESIDENTIAL CYCLE

S&P 500 Annualized Real Total Return, 1932-2022

Source: Global Financial Data, GMO

https://www.google.com/search?q=how+are+u.s.+treasuries+taxed&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=how+are+u.s.+treasuries+taxed&aqs=chrome..69i57j33i22i29i30i625j33i22i29i30.6185j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


4. Top Twenty Hedge Funds of All-Time

Barry Ritholtz Blog

LCH Investments list of the best-performing hedge fund managers of all time

Source: Financial Times

https://ritholtz.com/2023/01/10-wednesday-am-reads-319/


5. Recent IPO Stocks No Rally

www.stockcharts.com


6. Biggest Losing Sector of 2022 …Rallies 12% YTD

XLC-rally to start year but still a blip on long-term chart


7. Wealthy Savers Move Out of Bank Accounts.

WSJBy Rachel Louise Ensign-Wealthy savers are starting to take their cash out of bank accounts in search of higher yields. 

Big banks are still paying paltry interest on checking and savings accounts despite the Federal Reserve’s steepest rate increases in decades. Their wealth-management customers are done waiting: They are moving the extra savings they accumulated during the pandemic into products whose rates have more closely tracked the Fed.

The typical savings account is paying a 0.33% interest rate, according to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. Treasury notes, money-market funds and brokered certificates of deposit, meanwhile, are all paying between 4% and 5%.


8. Exodus of Wealthy Chinese Accelerates With End of Covid Zero

-China could face at least $150 billion capital flight: Natixis

-Resumption of travel opens gates for China’s wealthy to leave

ByBloomberg News

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2023-01-25/rich-chinese-plan-to-leave-with-money-with-covid-zero-s-end?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. Population Over 65 Projected to Rise from 34% to 46%

Torsten Slok Apollo


10. 4 Reasons Teamwork Is Hard to Build at Work

The question of teamwork is not going away in the workplace. Bruce Tulgan, JD

KEY POINTS

  • Most of today’s workers realize they are less likely than those of prior generations to have long-term careers with one organization.
  • Today’s employees are less likely to trust the “system” or any organization to take care of them, and thus show less loyalty.
  • Because workers today usually do not stay with one company for very long, they make fewer efforts to adapt within their current workplace.

It is too easy to explain away why today’s workforce seemingly disregards the value of joining something larger and making personal sacrifices for the greater good. After all, “Question Authority!” has been a hackneyed cliché for longer than it has been a true slogan.

But the question of teamwork is not going away in the workplace. There are four reasons why it is so difficult to build.

1. People today think more like customers than players.

Yes. They know that their employer is the one paying them. But still, they look at their relationship with any established institution, no matter how small or how large, and they think, “What do you have for me? And what currency do I need to use to get what I want or need from you?”

Most workers are grateful to have a source of income and maybe some benefits. They are grateful to be accepted, validated, and wanted. They are grateful to have access to a hub of resources from which to acquire experience, training, and networking, a place to be that has computers, phones, and bathrooms, and maybe a kitchen, gym, and some office supplies. They are grateful for the future doors that might be opened by this current job. But let’s not get carried away. It’s not like they are likely to be here for a long time, anyway.

Most people today realize they are much less likely than those of prior generations to have long-term uninterrupted careers with one organization. They are less likely to be exclusively employed by one organization at any given time, work full-time, or work on-site. They are also less likely to trust the “system” or organization to take care of them and thus less likely to show what looks like loyalty—a desire to belong, deference to authority, willingness to make short-term sacrifices for the good of the whole, and an eagerness to contribute regardless of credit or rewards.

2. How workers think about their relationships with lateral coworkers is changing.

These relationships involve a high degree of interdependency in pursuit of concrete goals every step of the way, and the stakes are high. Adults are in the workplace to earn their livelihoods. There are lots of opportunities to disappoint and/or be disappointed.

3. How people look at individuals in positions of authority is changing.

Once again, they think like customers—in this case, specifically, your customer. Workers do not typically look at other people in the workplace trying to figure out “their proper place” in the context—i.e., how they can adapt in order to “fit in” with others who clearly have longstanding relationships and a well-established course of dealing. Instead, they look at you—and everyone else in the room—and think, “I wonder what role you might play in this chapter of my life story?”

4. Nobody is expecting to follow the old-fashioned career path anymore.

Why should workers take the trouble to adapt to one company’s approach to how they should manage themselves when they won’t even be there that long? They think, “Seriously, what am I supposed to do? Adapt my schedule, work habits, style, and attitude for every new job?” Even if they could be convinced to adapt for an employer eventually, they are very unlikely to be ready to do it from the get-go; certainly not early in their first or second real job.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/navigating-the-new-workplace/202301/4-reasons-teamwork-is-hard-to-build-at-work

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 25, 2023

1. Semiconductor ETF Technical Signal

SMH-50day thru 200day to upside …

www.stockcharts.com


2. What is the Market Telling Us About Inflation?

Torsten Slok Apollo-Recession fears are subsiding, and inflation swaps are pricing that inflation will be at the FOMC’s 2% target in July, see charts below. This has very significant implications for markets.

Most importantly, with inflation back at 2% within a few months, the Fed will soon stop being so hawkish. In other words, the market is telling us that the soft landing will be accomplished over the coming six months. And, if inflation in six months is no longer a problem, then the Fed put is coming back. Because then the Fed will again have the flexibility to focus on unemployment, growth, and earnings instead of focusing entirely on too high inflation. 

This is all good news for credit, equity, and capital markets.


3. 10-Year Break Even Inflation 2.12%

@Charlie Bilello Finally, market-based inflation expectations are confirming the move lower, with 10-year breakevens down to 2.12%, their lowest level since February 2021.

The last 8 recessions in the U.S. were all preceded by an inversion in the yield curve, though the lead time shows considerable variation.


4. Some Positive Trends

LPL Research

https://i0.wp.com/lplresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/01/chart-8.png?ssl=1


5. Money Supply Goes Negative from Covid Spike Highs

https://twitter.com/NorthmanTrader


6. Gold Rally on U.S. Dollar Weakening…Closing in Early 2022 Highs

www.stockcharts.com


7. Decline of 2 Straight Months of Total Number of Hours Worked.

Bloomberg ByKristine AquinoMacquarie’s David Doyle and Neil Shankar argue that a number of red flags are popping up in the labor market and that a recession is on the cards. Among the stats they highlight is a decline for two straight months in the total number of hours worked, something that they point out has only only occurred in three other periods since 2006.

https://www.bloomberg.com/?sref=GGda9y2L


8. Existing Home Sales -36% From Highsalloway Blog

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


9. Multi-Family Starts Sill Below All-Time Highs from 1970s

By Wolf Richter for WOLF STREET.Construction starts of multifamily projects, such as condo and apartment buildings, with five or more units jumped by 14.5% in 2022 from the prior year, to 529,000 units, according to data from the Census Bureau today. This was:

  • Up 35% from the range between 2015 and 2020.
  • Up 75% from the range in the decade before the Financial Crisis.
  • The highest annual total since 1986, nearly matching the three peak-years of that boom.
  • Way below the crazy boom of the early 1970s that then turned into an epic bust.

https://wolfstreet.com/2023/01/19/residential-construction-splits-multifamily-starts-in-2022-jumped-to-highest-since-1980s-boom-single-family-starts-dropped/


10. Lean Into Their Strengths Rather Than Disdain Their Weaknesses

Daily Stoic Emails

Marcus Aurelius was clearly torn about his fellow man. He was loving and kind and spoke repeatedly of serving the common good. He was also clearly frustrated and disappointed with the flaws of the people around him. Like many great men, he had trouble understanding that not everyone had his gifts, not all of them were capable of what he was capable of.

You can see in Meditations how he wrestled with these feelings. In the opening passage, he talks about just how obnoxious and annoying (and awful) the people he was likely to meet in the course of the upcoming day. And then, just as you think it can’t get any more depressing and dark, he turns around and reminds himself that they’re doing the best they can, and that it’s not their fault that they have been cut off from truth.

In the passage that inspired The Obstacle is the Way, Marcus is less forgiving. He talks about how the people who obstruct or bother us are “irrelevant”—how we can shut our minds off to them. It’s a theme that comes up a lot: People are a problem. People are weak. Push them away. You get the sense that he would have been hard to work for, hard to have as your father, hard to please—even for talented and committed people.

If only Marcus Aurelius could have heard the (fictional) advice from his adopted grandfather, Hadrian, that Marguerite Yourcenar writes into her prize-winning book Memoirs of Hadrian. “Our great mistake,” she has Hadrian say, “is to try to exact from each person virtues which he does not possess, and to neglect the cultivation of those which he has.” How much happier Marcus would have been had he been more able to see the good in people, and how much better a leader he could have been had he leaned into their strengths rather than disdained their weaknesses.

Each of us would benefit from that advice as well. We have to focus on what we can learn from other people. We have to focus on what is special and unique about them instead of zeroing in on the ways they are not as good as us. We have to be forgiving and patient, kind and appreciative. We have to engage with what they bring to the table, not lament the things they take from it. Then we have to work to make those people around us better…not write them off as hopeless and broken.

Lean Into Their Strengths Rather Than Disdain Their Weaknesses (dailystoic.com)

Topley’s Top 10 – January 24, 2023

1. S&P Technical Levels

S&P 4th a couple technical points…run up to these resistance levels going back to September of 2022…..See blue 50day approaching 200day to the upside


2. High Yield Bond ETF (HYG)…Third Run Up to Resistance Since Mid-2022


3. Stock Prices Historically Bottom 6-9 Months Before Earnings Reach Lows

Dave Lutz Jones Trading Bloggers note Historically, stock prices bottom 6-9 months before EPS reach their low as multiples start to rise reflecting Fed cuts and accommodative policy ahead. 


4. Growth Sectors Combined Total Market Cap Ran Right Up to 1999 Top

Callum Thomas Chart Storm-Techy Sector Top:  Definitely different from the dot com bubble in many respects, but definitely also some excesses that needed to be unwound. 


5. Fintech Theme ETF -63% Correction from Highs


6. 70% of Chinese Household Net Worths are in their Homes

CHIR Chinese Real Estate ETF….70% Bounce off lows

https://www.economist.com/finance-and-economics/2022/09/12/chinas-ponzi-like-property-market-is-eroding-faith-in-the-government


7. Tech Best Month Since July

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/tech-ferocious-rally-raises-bar-193754201.html


8. 25-54 Year Old Men Not In The Workforce

Scott Galloway Blog

https://www.profgalloway.com/compete/


9. Polarization Chart Per Country

Visual Capitalist

https://www.visualcapitalist.com/


10. Seth Godin Blog Three more questions

Pronouncements are more common than ever.

It might be an insurgent announcing a way to change the government, a CEO with a bold new plan or an entrepreneur seeking funds. Or perhaps it’s a pundit or a critic, hard at work. Pronouncements are bold, definitive and dramatic, but they also seem to defy common sense.

If you’re actually proposing something thoughtful and practical, perhaps you could answer three questions:

  1. And then what happens? After we take this action, after you shut down that agency, eliminate that division or launch this new project, what will happen after that?
  2. How will that work? What are the mechanics involved, the ones that don’t suspend the laws of physics or organizational behavior that will support this new way forward?
  3. Why? Can you explain, beyond your reality-suspending confidence, why the system will respond to your approach?

It’s entirely possible that this is precisely the change we need and the change that will work. But when the pronouncer refuses to answer the questions, it should give the rest of us pause.

https://seths.blog/page/2/

Topley’s Top 10 – January 23, 2023

1. Peak to Trough Internet Bubble History

Kailash Concepts https://kailashconcepts.com/


2. Most Crowded Trades January 2023

FW: https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/long-chinese-stocks-seen-among-most-crowded-trades


3. Growth Vs. Value Forward P/E Spread Collapses.

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab https://twitter.com/search?q=liz%20ann%20sonders&src=typed_query


4. Netflix Rallying Back to Resistance

NFLX almost back to April 2022 levels still below 200 day

www.stockcharts.com


5. More Inflation Decline Data…How do Equities Perform After Inflation Peak?

Invesco

2023 Outlook Roadmap to Recovery update.pdf


6. Vanguard Long Duration Treasury Rally.

Long-Duration Treasury ETF Rallies to Red Downtrend Line Dating Back to 2020…

www.stockcharts.com


7. Tax Receipts Up 52% from Two Years Ago

Wolf Street Blog-The path that government spending has been on for the past three years is clearly wrong-headed. And maybe someday, when interest expense eats up 50% of tax receipts as it did in the 1980s – and not 22.9% as it does today – then just maybe we might see some real discussion and action in Congress about curtailing these ridiculous deficits. But we’re a million miles away from that. And the Fed is doing exactly what it needs to do — hiking interest rates — to curtail inflation and to gently begin nudging Congress to take the deficits a little more seriously.

Tax receipts spiked by 21.5% year-over-year and by 52% from two years ago. This is what pays for the interest expense:


8. U.S. Home Starts Fell for First Time Since 2009

Found at The Daily Shot Blog https://dailyshotbrief.com/


9. Some home builders are offering mortgage rates as low as 3%. Here’s how — and why — they’re doing it.

Aarthi Swaminathan-Marketwatch

Home builders are playing hardball by offering mortgage rates as low as 3% on new homes to boost buyer demand

Home builders are playing hardball by offering mortgage rates as low as 3% on new homes to boost buyer demand. So how and why are they doing that?

For starters, home builders are feeling a lot less gloomy these days, as mortgage rates dip and buyer demand picks up. Mortgage demand surged on Wednesday, with buyers rushing in to catch a dip in rates.

“There is considerable pent-up demand for people to get into homeownership,” Jason Will, senior vice president of market growth at Embrace Home Loans, told MarketWatch. The lender is based in Newport, R.I., and generated over $6.5 billion in mortgages in 2022 for 20,000 homeowners.

Some builders are upping the ante by offering very low interest rates for buyers.

In California, Pacific Point Communities is offering a 4-bedroom home at a mortgage rate “as low as 2.75%.”

In Texas, Pulte Homes is offering a 30-year fixed-rate mortgage at 4.25% for single-family homes from three to five bedrooms.

And in various parts of the country, K. Hovanian is offering a fixed-rate mortgage at 4.99%.

Yet, the 30-year fixed-rate mortgage is at 6.04%, according to Mortgage News Daily, which is still double where it was a year ago.

By offering to bring buyers’ mortgage rates down, these home builders are throwing out concessions instead of cutting prices to entice buyers stuck on the sidelines.

How exactly can builders offer such low rates? 

Home builders have more margin built into their financial model that allows them to offer bigger concessions to homebuyers, Embrace’s Will explained.

Margin refers to the profit builders make selling a new home, after accounting for construction costs, and other expenses.

“They’re able to use [that] to finance both permanent and temporary buydowns that allow for lenders to offer lower introductory rates,” Will continued.

A mortgage-rate buydown is when a seller pays to cut the buyer’s mortgage rates by a certain number of points for a set number of years (or permanently).

The process is complex on the back end. Embrace Home Loans works months in advance with a builder to “lock in” mortgage rates with a forward commitment.

Once the builder comes to the lender and says they’re expecting a set number of buyers for their units, Embrace buys options, Will explained, and locks out rates before the homes are sold.

Some builders are eating the difference between the prevailing mortgage rate and what consumers will accept, just to get inventory moving and empty homes off their back.

Then these “locked” mortgages with fixed low rates are passed from the builder to the prospective buyer. “And so it’s a way of the builder being able to create a competitive advantage for themselves,” Will said.

Put simply, some builders are eating the difference between the prevailing mortgage rate and what consumers will accept, just to get inventory moving and empty homes off their back.

“Buyer incentives were widespread and construction costs were generally high, putting downward pressure on builders’ margins,” the Dallas Fed reported in the Federal Reserve’s Beige Book survey.

Builders also lowering mortgage rates to get around reducing prices, as this can affect the value of homes that have already been sold, Will said, and also their ability to raise prices on future homes.

Economists expect mortgage rates to drop further over the course of the year. That’s no doubt good news for the many buyers who are wading back into the real-estate pool.

“We’ve seen a few quarters of stagnation while consumers have been waiting” for rates to drop, Will said. “And now we’re seeing green shoots of that — they’re beginning to get back into the market.”

Got thoughts on the housing market? Write to MarketWatch reporter Aarthi Swaminathan at aarthi@marketwatch.com

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/some-home-builders-are-offering-mortgage-rates-as-low-as-3-heres-how-and-why-theyre-doing-it-11674145343?mod=home-page


10. 10 Traits of High Sales Performers

By Jeffrey Gitomer | August 7, 2022 | 0 

I once read about a big benefits-management company that conducted a survey where it asked 365 CEOs and sales-management executives, “What are the three key factors that separate high-performing sales professionals from moderate- to low-performing sales professionals?”

Both CEOs and C-level sales executives (all people who don’t sell, but rely on their salespeople to get paid) ranked self-discipline/motivation as the most important factor.

Next in line were customer knowledge, innate talent/personality and product knowledge. Further down the list were experience and teamwork skills. Totally bogus.

These are qualities of corporate greed, not value, service or help—the three things that customers require to give you their business and maintain loyalty.

If you’re interested in the most important qualities of a high-performing salesperson, let me give you a realistic list of the characteristics needed for success:

Perpetual, consistent positive attitude and enthusiasm

This is the first rule of facing the customer, facing the obstacles, facing the competition, facing the economy and facing yourself.

Belief that the customer will be better off

Unwavering belief in your company, in your product and in yourself are the first three parts. But most critical is that you must believe that the customer is better off having purchased from you.

Use of creativity

Use creativity to present ideas in the customer’s favor and to differentiate yourself from the competition.

Ability to give and prove value

Prove the value of your product or service, as well as your ability to give value to the prospect beyond the sale so you earn the order, the reorder and the loyalty of your customers.

Ability to promote and position

Your use of the internet to blog, create e-zines, utilize social media and achieve top-ranking in Google searches leads customers to perceive you as a value-provider and a leader in your field.

Exciting, compelling presentation skills

You must develop not just solid communication skills, but superior questioning skills, listening skills and a sense of humor, as well as the innate ability to capture the imagination (and the wallet) of customers.

Ability to prove your value and claims through the testimony of others

Testimonials sell where salespeople can’t. The best salespeople use video testimonials to support their claims. But you don’t get testimonials; you earn them. Same with referrals.

Ability to create an atmosphere where people want to buy (because they hate being sold)

This is done by engaging and asking, not presenting and telling. Make your customers feel as if you are working with them to find them the best product possible, not just telling them what you think would be best.

Ability to build a relationship, not hunt or farm

I wonder if the executives talking about the factors of great salespeople are the same one who are dividing their salespeople into hunters and farmers. Great salespeople are relationship-builders who provide value and help their customers win. They possess unyielding personal values and ethics. It’s interesting that 365 executives don’t deem those qualities to be in the top 10.

The personal desire to excel and be their best

This is a desired quality of every salesperson, but the best salespeople have mastered the other 10 elements. And the key is that all 10 must be mastered in order for this quality to manifest itself.

There is no prize in sales for second place. It’s win or nothing. The masters know this and strive for—fight for—that winning edge.

This article was published in February 2010 and has been updated. Photo by Krakenimages.com/ShutterstockJeffrey Gitomer

https://www.success.com/jeffrey-gitomer-the-ten-traits-of-high-sales-performers/

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 18, 2023

1. Big Tech Got Smaller

Big Tech Bubble:  Big Tech is smaller now.

(but still big)

Source:  @DisruptorStocks  From Callum Thomas Chart Storm  https://chartstorm.substack.com/


2. Invesco Equal Weight Consumer Discretionary

You can equal weight sectors like the index…..RCD 50day thru 200day to upside.

www.stockcharts.com


3. High Yield ETF

HYG-50day thru 200day to upside

www.stockcharts.com


4. FANG Plus Index Held Low

www.stockcharts.com


5. Disney Stock Breaks Above Red Downtrend Line Going Back to 2021


6. International Value Bullish Charts.

EWJV MSCI Japan Value 50day thru 200day to upside

IVAL International Value 50day thru 200da to upside


7. Ethan Allen Interiors New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


8. Natural Gas Demand in China

S&P Global China’s average annual increase in natural gas demand is expected to exceed 20 Bcm in the 14th Five Year Plan (2021-2025) and reach 430 Bcm in 2025, which will be slower than the average annual growth of 11.1% seen during the 13th Five Year Plan, according to state-owned CNPC’s think tank Economics & Technology Research Institute.
Analyst Cindy Liang     Shermaine Ang 

https://www.spglobal.com/commodityinsights/en/market-insights/latest-news/natural-gas/010721-commodities-2021-chinas-natural-gas-demand-set-to-hit-new-record


9. Subleases space available double 2019

BY STEPHEN NEWBOLD-COLLIERS

Sublease Space Levels Off, but Market Impact Varies – Knowledge Leader – Colliers Commercial Real Estate BlogKnowledge Leader – Colliers Commercial Real Estate Blog

 

Most New Apartments Since 1986

Michael Tucker-mtucker@mba.org  Multifamily Completions Jump; Rents Stall – MBA Newslink


10. What Makes Some People More Productive Than Others

by Robert C. Pozen and Kevin Downey HBR

So what should professionals take away from the results of our survey?  If you want to become more productive, you should develop an array of specific habits.

First, plan your work based on your top priorities, and then act with a definite objective.

  • Revise your daily schedule the night before to emphasize your priorities. Next to each appointment on your calendar, jot down your objectives for it.
  • Send out a detailed agenda to all participants in advance of any meeting.
  • When embarking on large projects, sketch out preliminary conclusions as soon as possible.
  • Before reading any length material, identify your specific purpose for it.
  • Before writing anything of length, compose an outline with a logical order to help you stay on track.

Second, develop effective techniques for managing the overload of information and tasks.

  • Make daily processes, like getting dressed or eating breakfast, into routines so you don’t spend time thinking about them.
  • Leave time in your daily schedule to deal with emergencies and unplanned events.
  • Check the screens on your devices once per hour, instead of every few minutes.
  • Skip over the majority of your messages by looking at the subject and sender.
  • Break large projects into pieces and reward yourself for completing each piece.
  • Delegate to others, if feasible, tasks that do not further your top priorities.

Third, understand the needs of your colleagues for short meetings, responsive communications, and clear directions.

  • Limit the time for any meeting to 90 minutes at most, but preferably less. End every meeting by delineating the next steps and responsibility for those steps.
  • Respond right away to messages from people who are important to you.
  • To capture an audience’s attention, speak from a few notes, rather than reading a prepared text.
  • Establish clear objectives and success metrics for any team efforts.
  • To improve your team’s performance, institute procedures to prevent future mistakes, instead of playing the blame game

https://hbr.org/2019/03/what-makes-some-people-more-productive-than-others?utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=hbr&utm_source=LinkedIn&tpcc=orgsocial_edit

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 12, 2023

1. Alibaba Almost a Double Off Bottom

BABA $59 Low in November to $155 Last


2. China Re-Opening Watch Copper…Copper 50% Consumed by China

JJC Copper ETF 50day approaching 200day to upside

Statista-Distribution of refined copper consumption worldwide in 2021, by region

https://www.statista.com/statistics/693466/distribution-of-global-refined-copper-consumption-by-region/


3. Europe 50 Bullish Chart Action

Stoxx Europe 50day thru 200day to upside


4. Industrials U.S. Sector Approaching Break-Out Highs

VIS ETF Held 200 Week Twice in 2022


5. IWM Russell 2000 Small Cap 4th Run Since November Above 200day


6. Jack Ablin with Chart on Months to Economic Indicator Lows After Fed Stops Raising Rates

Jack Ablin Cresset Capital–We expect economic indicators to begin to fall in line with interest rate reality in 2023. However, history suggests the full impact won’t be felt for many months, considering peak tightening, according to the futures market, isn’t expected until sometime in Q2. S&P profits could bottom in 2024 and unemployment may not peak until 2025, if this tightening cycle follows historical norms.

How Interest Rates Will Affect the Economy in 2023 | Cresset Capital


7. U.S. Natural Gas Exports vs. Imports -WSJ

https://www.wsj.com/articles/oil-and-gas-are-back-and-booming-11673363006?mod=business_lead_pos5


8. Russian prisoners sent to the front lines in Ukraine have been publicly executed for not charging into enemy fire, captured inmates say

John Haltiwanger -Business Insider

A Ukrainian military member on the front lines in Donetsk, Ukraine, December 4. Narciso Contreras/Getty Images

  • Captured members of a Russian mercenary group say defiant troops are publicly executed in Ukraine.
  • The infamous Wagner Group has recruited prisoners to fight on the front lines.
  • One captured former inmate described many of the recruited prisoners as “completely insane.”

Top editors give you the stories you want — delivered right to your inbox each weekday.

Captured Russian inmates who have been sent to the front lines in Ukraine as part of the Wagner Group, an infamous mercenary organization with ties to the Kremlin, say they’ve witnessed public executions of deserters and disobedient troops, according to a Tuesday report from Polygon Media and the independent Mozhem Obyasnit news outlet. 

“Those who disobey are eliminated — and it’s done publicly,” Yevgeny Novikov, a former inmate who the report said was recruited by the mercenary group, said, according to a translation of the report from The Daily Beast.

Novikov said there were “squadrons of liquidators” that dealt with troops considered problematic.

In one instance, according to The Beast’s translation, Novikov said: “Shelling began, one of the prisoners laid down and didn’t cover his own [men]. The shelling stopped, he went back, and the higher-up shouted to him: ‘Why didn’t you go forward?’ And they killed him. The higher-up is killed if his team deserts.”

https://www.businessinsider.com/russian-prisoners-wagner-group-ukraine-executed-deserting-disobedient-report-2023-1


9. Golden Globes Viewership -75% From Early 2000’s Peak

www.chartr.com


10. Why We Overeat?

Psychology Today Thomas Rutledge Ph.D.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-healthy-journey/202301/why-we-overeat

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 11, 2023

1. TWO CHARTS TO WATCH IN JANUARY..GOLD AND DOLLAR

GLD-50 DAY ABOUT TO CROSS ABOVE 200 DAY TO THE UPSIDE (BULLISH)

U.S. DOLLAR 50DAY ABOUT TO CROSS THRU 200 DAY TO DOWNSIDE (BEARISH)

WWW.STOCKCHARTS.COM


2. TIP CHART STRAIGHT DOWN

TIPS SOLD OFF MOST OF 2022…CLOSED BELOW 200 WEEK MOVING AVERAGE ON LONGER-TERM CHART


3. HOUSING MAKES UP 1/3 OF CPI BUT REPORTING LAGS SIGNIFICANTLY

Important New Inflation Indicator Joseph Politano -Apricitas Economics

Using the same underlying BLS microdata that composes the housing component of the CPI, the NTRR uses information on lease turnover to track rent growth in units that change tenants. The ATRR covers all housing units but attributes rent changes to when they happened, as opposed to the official CPI data which tracks price changes when units are surveyed.

HTTPS://WWW.APRICITAS.IO/P/THE-MOST-IMPORTANT-NEW-INFLATION

FROM BARRY RITHOLTZ THE BIG PICTURE HTTPS://RITHOLTZ.COM/2023/01/10-TUESDAY-AM-READS-410/


4. WORLD WRESTLING 5 YEARS +180% VS. S&P +40%

WWW.STOCKCHARTS.COM


5. Chips Made in USA May Cost Up to 50% More than Asia

Barrons–Chang has said that factories in the U.S. won’t be cost competitive with the firm’s Taiwan fabrication plants, or fabs. Chips currently made at the company’s Oregon site cost 50% more than the same semiconductors made in Asia, Chang said during an interview last year at the Brookings Institution.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/tech-stocks-employees-layoffs-consumer-demand-51673021476?mod=past_editions

Taiwan Semi 25% Bounce Off Bottom

www.stockcharts.com


6. Huge Move from Bond Mutual Funds to Bond ETFs

BND Chart –Barrons Todd Sohn, ETF strategist at Strategas, says the bond bear market accelerated the shift, noting that over the past 12 months, a record $634 billion has moved from bond mutual funds into ETFs.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/bond-funds-investing-portfolio-income-generating-51672717225?mod=past_editions

BND Vanguard Total Bond ETF-Hits 200day Twice in Past Month


7. San Fran Public Transportation No Recovery…Wolf Street Blog

https://wolfstreet.com/2023/01/09/are-tech-layoffs-in-san-francisco-and-silicon-valley-the-latest-hit-to-bay-area-rapid-transit-bart/


8. Small Business Confidence Sliding Lower

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading NOT CONFIDENT– U.S. small-business confidence slid to a six-month low in December, according to a survey on Tuesday, which also showed that inflation and worker shortages remained major issues for firm owners.

The National Federation of Independent Business (NFIB) said its Small Business Optimism Index fell 2.1 points to 89.8 last month – the lowest since June – amid a decline in the share of owners who expected better business conditions over the next six months.

The net share of owners expecting better business conditions over the next six months fell to -51% last month from -43% in November. It was -61% as recently as June.  Thirty-two percent of owners reported that inflation was their single most important problem, unchanged from November and 5 points lower than July’s reading, which was the highest since the fourth quarter of 1979


9. Not Surprising But % Of Homes Selling Above List Plummets

From Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Perhaps no surprise but % of homes selling above their list price (as of November 2022) has fallen to 30%, which is way below peak of 53% in March 2022 (Redfin)

(99+) Liz Ann Sonders | LinkedIn


10. WHAT STATES ARE THE WORST IN….

NO ONE CAN BE GOOD AT EVERYTHING! THESE ARE EACH STATE’S WORST QUALITY

The key to being successful in life is knowing your strengths. However, you also need to know where you fall short in order to improve. As much pride as we each have in America and our home states, it’s important to recognize that there are things each of us can do to make our states more wonderful.

https://dailytimewaste.com/article/tw/1106113480/maps-that-reveal-curious-truths-about-america/?utm_source=twitter&utm_campaign=z7-us-d-mapustwt-sv-tw156-6&twclid=23r1ze0ulfbgl17jjbiv3h6130&pg=18

Topley’s Top 10 – January 10, 2023

1. S&P Dividend Yield vs. Treasuries 2022

Bespoke Investment Group Blog Two years ago at the end of 2020, the S&P’s dividend yield was higher than the entire Treasury curve except for the 30-year. Fast forward to now and the S&P’s dividend looks puny compared to 4%+ yields on T-Bills.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/research/think-big-blog/


2. One Bullish Factor for Markets…Sentiment at Extreme Bearishness.

From Dave Lutz Jones Trading Reminder from Last Week, BofA notes the extreme bearish sentiment of Analysts is very bullish for Stocks.


3. Consumer Confidence at Historic Lows

https://am.jpmorgan.com/content/dam/jpm-am-aem/global/en/insights/market-insights/guide-to-the-markets/mi-guide-to-the-markets-us.pdf\


4. And Presidential Cycle Seasonality Positive.

Presidential Cycle Present?  We know seasonality works different in bear markets vs all markets, but still a very interesting chart considering where sentiment is.


5. Jeremy Siegel Wisdom Tree “Inflation Basically Dead”…I  Agree.

The broad U6 measure of unemployment dropped to an all-time low in the nearly 30-year history of the series. The labor force participate rate increased, bringing some workers off the sidelines and that also is positive for wage gain moderation.

The bottom line of all this price and inflation data: all measures are very encouraging and inflation is basically dead in my view. Commodities and natural gas prices in particular, have just plummeted with warmer weather. Gas prices are way off their highs.

What does this mean for the Fed? There is widespread expectation of a 25-basis point hike at the February 1st meeting. I reiterate I don’t think the Fed should do this hike, as the cumulative tightening is enough. But if the Consumer Price Index (CPI) and Producer Price Index (PPI) reports come in as I expect and softer, there is a chance the February hike is the last of this cycle.

Weekly Siegel Commentary – Weekly Siegel Commentary (wisdomtree.com

US U-6 Unemployment Rate U-6 Unemployment Level

Measures the percentage of the U.S. labor force that is unemployed, plus those who are underemployed, marginally attached to the workforce, and have given up looking for work.
6.40% for Dec 2022


6. Credit Boom…$1.2Trillion in Loans Made 2022

JOSEPH WANG  FED GUY

https://fedguy.com/credit-boom/


7. CNBC REAL ESTATE-Consumer confidence in housing finally rises, thanks to falling home prices

Diana Olick@IN/DIANAOLICK@DIANAOLICKCNBC@DIANAOLICK
KEY POINTS

A monthly housing sentiment index from Fannie Mae showed sentiment improving from November to December.

The share of respondents saying now is a good time to buy a home was still low, at just 21%, but it was up from 16% in October and November.

More consumers now believe home prices will fall in the next 12 months, and more also said they believe mortgage rates will come down.

https://www.cnbc.com/2023/01/09/consumer-confidence-in-housing-rises-as-prices-fall.html

https://www.fanniemae.com/research-and-insights/surveys-indices/national-housing-survey


8. Good News…U.S. Patents Being Granted at Record Rates

Yesterday was the final day of the Consumer Electronics Show (CES), the world’s largest tech trade show, which has been offering a glimpse into the future of consumer tech for more than 50 years. This year’s show, attended by roughly 100,000 tech enthusiasts, included color-changing cars, urine-scanning devices and an oven that prevents burnt food.

The innovation acceleration…

Many of the innovative technologies displayed at CES are likely covered by a patent — and digging through patent filings is a good way of picking up on future tech trends. Filings mentioning “metaverse”, for example, have risen significantly, as have those mentioning “foldable technology”, “electric vehicles” and “sustainable technology”.The total number of patents filed in the US has also risen, with record numbers being granted in recent years. That trend has also been reflected globally, with 2021 setting a new global record number of IP filings for patents, trademarks and designs to protect innovations — with Asia filing 64% of the 1.7 million patents filed worldwide.

… or just a paperwork pile-up?Preparing a patent submission usually requires lawyers or experts, and total costs can routinely run into the many thousands for complex ideas or submissions. That is why tech giants, who can monetize their intellectual property more efficiently than individual inventors, always top the patent tables.

Interestingly, IBM — which topped the patent league tables for 29 years in a row before losing its crown to Samsung — has just switched tack. The company dropped its patent count by 44% last year in a bid to free up resources from the time-consuming patent process.

www.chartr.com


9. Rolls-Royce heralds ‘momentous year’ as car sales exceed 6,000 for first time

Yahoo Finance Neil Lancefield, PA Transport Correspondent

Mon, 9 January 2023 at 8:06 am GMT-5·2-min read

Rolls-Royce Motor Cars has exceeded annual sales of more than 6,000 cars for the first time in its 118-year history, the company announced.

It said it achieved “particularly strong year-on-year growth” during 2022 in the Middle East, Asia-Pacific, the USA and Europe.

A “single-digit” drop in sales was recorded in Greater China – which includes mainland China and areas such as Hong Kong – due to “ongoing headwinds” but this was “successfully counterbalanced by increased sales in other markets”, according to the car maker.

– ADVERTISEMENT –

Some 6,021 cars were delivered to customers last year, a rise of 8% compared with 2021.

The value of bespoke commissions also reached record levels in 2022, with clients “willing to pay around half a million euros (£440,000) for their unique Rolls-Royce motor car”, according to the BMW-owned company.

Demand for all models “remains exceptionally strong” with advance orders “secured far into 2023”, it added.

Rolls-Royce Motor Cars chief executive Torsten Muller-Otvos described 2022 as a “momentous year” for the company, which is based in Goodwood, West Sussex.

He said: “Not only did we reveal Rolls-Royce Spectre, our marque’s first ever fully-electric series model to the world, it was also the first year we ever delivered more than 6,000 cars in a single 12-month period, with strong demand across our entire product portfolio.

“But as a true house of luxury, sales are not our sole measure of success: we are not and never will be a volume manufacturer.

“Bespoke is Rolls-Royce, and commissions were also at record levels last year, with our clients’ requests becoming ever more imaginative and technically demanding – a challenge we enthusiastically embrace.”

He added: “This success has not been achieved overnight.

“In 2023, we mark the 20th anniversary of the home of Rolls-Royce at Goodwood, during which time we’ve transformed our business through a long-term strategy based on continuous and sustainable growth, careful management and planning, an unwavering focus on profit and a respectful but forward-thinking reinvention of the Rolls-Royce brand.”

More than 150 jobs were created at the company’s headquarters in 2022, taking the site’s total workforce to 2,500.

https://uk.news.yahoo.com/royce-royce-heralds-momentous-car-093000116.html?guccounter=1&guce_referrer=aHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuZHJ1ZGdlcmVwb3J0LmNvbS8&guce_referrer_sig=AQAAABaxgD3vkantSTwAN56dkGoK5Rw4d0avaQdTYY4dZpKMm37KUbi7qfWvfEPXfGUTvf3kHVb0bG-6PfoWwUl51m1W7S20zZHY2xyE8ppACsZJCnzORY_snAgRU7ShuWE9bKufrCJiWpaLAvDlqxJp0gVoos2gM_BiDcIqGIGQU0yw


10. A New Study Shows Improved Health and Increased Longevity Come Down to the Rule of 72-104

Want to live a longer, healthier life? How much water you drink can be a major factor. 

BY JEFF HADEN, CONTRIBUTING EDITOR, INC.@JEFF_HADEN

What do you and ice cream have in common? You’re both about 60 percent water. 

What you don’t have in common — assuming ice cream doesn’t lounge around thinking deep thoughts — is the effect water has on your mental abilities. Studies show you need be only 1 percent dehydrated to experience a 5 percent decrease in cognitive function, and a 2 percent decrease in brain hydration can result in short-term memory loss. 

And then there’s this: A National Institutes of Health study just published in eBioMedicine found that not drinking enough water is also associated with a significantly higher risk of developing chronic diseases, a higher risk of dying early, and a higher risk of being biologically older than your chronological age. 

What you also don’t have in common with ice cream is that longevity matters. (Since ice cream is my healthy-diet Achilles’ heel, it has an extremely short life span in my house.) 

Obviously, we all want to live long, healthy lives. But longevity is also an important factor in success. The longer you live, the more likely you are to be able to start a thriving business.

The longer you live, the more you can leverage the power of time. As Morgan Housel writes in The Psychology of Money, “Effectively all of Warren Buffett’s financial success can be tied to the financial base he built in his pubescent years and the longevity he maintained in his geriatric years. His skill is investing, but his secret is time.”

So yeah: Drinking enough water matters. 

How Much Water Should You Drink?

First a little background. Serum sodium levels in your blood increase when you drink less fluids. 

When the researchers analyzed data collected over a 30-year period, they found that: 

People with serum sodium at the higher end of the normal range had worse health outcomes than those at the lower end of normal.

People with high levels of serum sodium had a 15 percent higher chance of being biologically older than their chronological age, and a 64 percent higher risk of developing chronic diseases like heart failure, stroke, chronic lung disease, diabetes, and dementia.

People with extremely high levels of serum sodium had a 50 percent higher risk of being biologically older and a 21 percent higher risk of dying early. 

The tricky part, of course, is knowing your serum sodium levels. But since serum sodium levels are typically a lagging indicator of fluid consumption, drinking enough water should, for most people, be sufficient.

According to the National Academy of Medicine, women should drink about 72 ounces of water per day, men 104. (The actual fluid intake amount needed is higher, but we also get liquid from water-heavy foods like fruits, vegetables, and, um, ice cream.) You might need more, depending on your level of physical activity, but that’s a good place to start.

Since keeping track is a pain — and because we all tend to overestimate the “good” things we do and underestimate the “bad” — the key is to follow a few simple rules. 

For example:

Drink an eight-ounce glass of water before every meal. If you’re trying to lose weight, that’s a great double dip, since you’ll partly fill your stomach and feel full faster. Three meals? Twenty-four ounces.

Use a water bottle to keep track. Mine holds 32 ounces. I put a piece of tape on the cap and mark off how many times I empty it. Drinking two bottles puts you over or close to the target, respective to gender, and three well above. I usually drink four in a day, so I’m more than good to go (frequent bathroom visits pun intended). 

Easy. And effective.

Also keep in mind that other liquids count. If you drink a bottle of diet soda a day, that counts. Coffee counts. Tea counts.

Yeah, you could get all technical and say caffeine is a diuretic and liquids with caffeine shouldn’t count towards your target, but then again, research shows caffeine doesn’t appear to increase the risk of dehydration. 

So keep it simple. As with most things in life, success is based on doing the right things most of the time. You don’t have to be perfect. Didn’t drink enough fluids today? 

No problem. Get back on track tomorrow. 

The key is to focus on doing more of what is good for you, and do it more often. That approach is not only good for improving your health and longevity, but for achieving anything worthwhile.

Because we are what we are, but with consistent effort over a period of time, we can become what we hope to become.

Including a lot healthier, over a lot longer lifespan.

https://www.inc.com/jeff-haden/a-new-study-shows-improved-health-increased-longevity-comes-down-to-rule-of-72-104.html?utm_source=newsletters&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=INC%20-%20This%20Morning%20Newsletter.Newsletter%20-%20Inc%20-%20This%20Morning%201-9-23&leadId=1548979&mkt_tok=NjEwLUxFRS04NzIAAAGJNYVV–c63qBlbHUVjStpSnENYk4h88Lk_30LLUBcZi34lky88nHFfby0aZqbbK5wX1MS9ZhAQzO0Vlot30UfkkLP5rB1oMqRq5NnSM_t

Topley’s Top 10 – January 9, 2023

1. Microsoft Sitting on 200 Week Moving Average


2. Global Rate Rise…German 10 Year…Negative -50 Basis Points to 2.31%


3. Bitcoin Cash to U.S. Dollar Chart….$1700 to $99.


4. Housing Bear?….Lennar Homebuilder 52 Week High

www.stockcharts.com


5. Toyota and Tesla Charts Getting Closer

Chart of the Day

Tesla’s ($TSLA) share-price losses seem both ‘useful and rational.’ (chart via @ycharts)

(morningstar.com)  Found at Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com


6. Big Tech Close to Double the Amount of Employees vs. 2019

Barrons By Tae Kim  https://www.barrons.com/articles/tech-stocks-employees-layoffs-consumer-demand-51673021476?mod=past_editions


7. Electric Vehicle Backlog

@MichaelAArouet

https://twitter.com/MichaelAArouet


8. 71% of Americans Approve of Unions But Only 6% of Private Sector Employees Unionized.

This week, Microsoft recognized the company’s first ever labor union, formed of 300 employees in their videogame unit, ZeniMax. The tech giant now joins the list of other major organizations, such as Apple, Starbucks, Amazon and Alphabet, that have seen unionization attempts, some of which went better than others.  State of the union(s)Although labor movements at high-profile companies now routinely grab headlines, they remain unrepresentative of the bigger picture in America. In the last 50 years, private sector union membership has declined dramatically — in the 1970s nearly 25% of private sector workers were trade unionists, today that figure is closer to 6%. The public sector, however, is a different story, with union membership holding steady.
Why such disparity has emerged between private and public is a topic for an economics PhD. Some have argued that organizing efforts are just more difficult in the private sector, where bankruptcies and corporate restructuring are common. Others argue that legislative changes have made organizing difficult, and there is also evidence that unions are simply more effective when bargaining for better wages in the public sector — making them more likely to persist.
Don’t call it a comeback?Whether the current momentum translates into a meaningful unionization trend remains to be seen, but public perception suggests it might be more than a few isolated cases. A recent Gallup survey showed that 71% of Americans approve of unions, the highest number since 1965, and other studies suggest Gen-Z is more pro-union than any other generation.

www.chartr.com


9. Moscow to mobilize 500,000 new conscripts, Kyiv military intelligence says

Ukrainian officials predict the new Russian draft effort will begin after January 15.

KYIV — Ukrainian intelligence officials are warning that the Kremlin plans a new mobilization wave for up to 500,000 men to fight in Ukraine starting in mid-January.

The new conscription drive, which would be larger than last autumn’s Russian draft of 300,000, would include a push in big cities, including some strategic industrial centers in Russia, Andriy Cherniak, an official with the Main Military Intelligence Directorate of the Ukrainian Defense Ministry, told POLITICO on Saturday.

Russian President Vladimir Putin in December said a suggested new conscription wave would be pointless as currently only 150,000 previously mobilized soldiers have been deployed in the invasion of Ukraine. The rest are still training or serving in the Russian rear

Russia announced the end of the earlier “partial” mobilization of 300,000 men on October 31. But Cherniak claimed that Moscow has continued secret conscription all along.

Now, Ukrainian military intelligence expects a new major wave of official mobilization might begin after January 15.

“This time the Kremlin will mobilize residents of big cities, including the strategic industries centers all over Russia,” Cherniak said. “This will have a very negative impact on the already suffering Russian economy.”

Moscow plans to use the 500,000 extra conscripts in a possible new massive offensive against Ukraine, the Guardian reported, citing Vadym Skibitsky, deputy chief of Ukrainian military intelligence.

The General Staff of the Armed Forces of Ukraine reported that Russia has seen more than 100,000 soldiers killed in action in Ukraine. The latest blow that Moscow’s army has endured was in Makiivka, a town in the occupied part of Donetsk Oblast, where hundreds of newly conscripted Russian soldiers were killed or wounded in a high-precision strike by Ukrainian forces on January 1. Although the number of casualties cannot be verified independently, the Russian Defense Ministry acknowledged the deaths of 89 soldiers, which makes it the biggest one-time military loss recognized by Moscow in the Ukraine war.

Ukrainian Armed Forces Chief Commander Valery Zaluzhnyy, in a December interview with the Economist, said Russia will conduct a new attempt at a massive offensive against Ukraine in February-March 2023. It might not start in Donbas, but in the direction of Kyiv through Belarus.

https://www.politico.eu/article/russia-mobilize-new-conscript-military-intelligence-war-ukraine/


10. Self Improvement Tips for 2022

What a year.Whilst the pandemic ceases to end, I can at least say I’ve ticked off many of the personal growth goals I set myself this time last year and turn to the new year with a clean slate, fresh goals, and a determination to succeed.

With this in mind, it’s time to go over some personal growth reminders for experienced, and novice, personal growth enthusiasts. If 2021 wasn’t your year, there’s no reason 2022 can’t not. The pandemic may bring with it restraints on our external wishes but when it comes to internal work, there is always time to work on ourselves.

Here are 4 personal growth tips to remember for the New Year.

1. Make Use of The Past But Don’t Get Lost In It

In retrospect, the past 3 years of my personal growth work have brought with it one overriding theme: Remaining present.

As someone who was prone to rumination, overthinking, and self-depreciation, the past may as well have been my second reality rather than the well of knowledge I ought to have returned to from time to time. Nowadays, I keep both feet in the present and only turn to the past when necessary.

The past is to be learned from and to be used to help guide motives in the present — not a source of constant misery that many of us use it for. In overidentifying with past mistakes, or past versions of ourselves, we prevent ourselves from evolving in the present.

In that, I am aware of my previous pain and trauma’s but I no longer identify with them. They are to be used as reminders; for how far I’ve come, where I am headed, or what to avoid doing. What they aren’t is an anchor to a past version of myself I wish to escape, but never evade as I still remain mentally tied.

As Eckhart Tolle famously says,

You cannot find yourself by going into the past. You can find yourself by coming into the present. — Eckhart Tolle

2. The Future Is Never Certain

Just as the past should be used as a tool for our present-day reality, our future, likewise, should be turned to when, and if, we need it.

Our futures are wildly uncertain. We can’t guarantee our experience of love won’t end in heartache, that our job will be secure in a year, that our friends or family won’t get sick, or where we’ll be in a year’s time. Yes, we can have an idea but even then, there are no guarantees.

This can bring a lot of anxiety to some. As humans, we seek certainty as it brings safety and uncertainty, danger; to ourselves, or those around us. It’s important to get comfortable with this fact. To get comfortable with the fact that no matter how hard we try we can’t make people love us, accept us, or heal others of their afflictions. Each of us are living our own lives.

When we try to control our external world, we lose touch with our internal one. We may turn to self-abandoning tactics and people-pleasing to feel accepted, or try to fix others all the while neglecting ourselves. While caring for others and wanting things to work out is good, we mustn’t do it at expense of us.

The present is all you truly have. Enjoy it for whatever it brings. Certainly, be mindful of where you are wanting to go and use your past accordingly if need be but don’t get lost in the future. All you have is the present moment; the past is but a past present moment and your future, a future present moment that can’t be predicted.

Relinquish control; work to stay grounded.

3. Boundaries Are Your Best Friend

Daring to set boundaries is about having the courage to love ourselves, even when we risk disappointing others. — Brene Brown

Contrary to popular belief among us people-pleasers, boundaries are not the enemy; they’re our friend, and being able to set appropriate ones and communicate them effectively to those around you is one of the most self-serving things you can hope to do in the New Year.

Boundaries are centered on self-respect. It’s about knowing what is good for your wellbeing and not settling for any less. In being boundaryless we risk being too nice and self-abandoning; two traits that are not only self-deprecating but also ironically unattractive to those around us.

There’s never not a great time to start setting boundaries so start getting clear on what you want and how you wish to be treated today.

4. Take Note of Your Intuition — It’s Here To Help You

When I first started this blog a year ago I wasn’t entirely sure why I felt the need to do it — I simply felt pulled in this direction. With more awareness, I realized it was my intuition guiding me.

Looking back at my childhood I was always creative; writing and reading and investing in my creativity. I lost it as I grew up but my subconscious held onto my love of it.

Our intuition is just as real and based in science, as our ability to logically think. It is the subconscious analysis of our reality against the out-of-touch memories of our past — creating a feeling or knowing, of what we must do. Whilst prone to faults just as our conscious thinking is, it holds secrets we may be unaware of at the surface of our mind.

In the new year, begin to lean into this supposedly 6th sense and garner an awareness over what your life may be lacking. Long before I began making art out of my personal growth and sharing my story, I had a deep sense that I needed to move in this direction. You may call it spirituality but I call it my intuition knowing I was in a rough place and wanting me to break free.

You can, too.

What is it you truly want? What is it that needs to change? What old hobby have you forgotten? What isn’t serving you?

Sometimes, we look outwards for answers when they’re located within.

-Above The Middle

 https://medium.com/illumination/self-improvement-tips-for-2022-8a4b478ed36e

 

Topley’s Top 10 – January 6, 2023

1. Retail Traders Giving Up on Tesla

Business Insider Carla Mozée -While Tesla’s stock price was under pressure last year, retail investors loaded up on the shares. Vanda’s research showed cumulative net retail purchases soared by more than 420% to $15.41 billion, edging out Apple as the most-purchased single stock by individual investors in 2022.  Retail flows on Wednesday ended at $37.8 million but were “significantly weak” even as the EV maker’s stock found a respite from recent losses and surged by 5.1%.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/tesla-stock-price-retail-exhaustion-selloff-elon-musk-purchases-tsla-2023-1


2. Classic Run on Bank at Crypto Lender Silvergate

Silvergate Crypto Bank-Classic Run on Bank Wolf Street Losses and write-downs to wipe out much of its equity capital.

Silvergate reported a loss of $718 million on the sale of securities in Q4, a huge loss for a tiny bank like this.

It said it will incur more losses on the sale of securities. And it may have to mark to market the securities it doesn’t sell, for a loss possibly as high as another $300 million. It will book an impairment charge in Q4 to reflect some or all of this.

It took a $196 million loss in Q4 to write off the crypto technology it had bought from Facebook back when Facebook skuttled its own efforts to build the Diem stablecoin.

And it disclosed other write-offs and charges today that we’ll get to in a moment.

So, let’s see… Silvergate started out Q4 with $1.33 billion in equity capital:

  • Minus $718 million due to the loss on the sale of securities;
  • Minus a portion or all of $300 million on the loss from securities that it will sell, or that it may have to mark to market;
  • Minus $196 million on the write-off of the crypto technology it bought from Facebook;
  • Minus the other losses and write-downs we’ll get to in a moment.

Combined, this could wipe out much of Silvergate’s $1.33 billion in equity capital.

https://wolfstreet.com/2023/01/05/crypto-bank-silvergate-details-its-own-implosion-much-of-its-equity-capital-wiped-out-im-waiting-for-the-fdic-to-show-up

www.stockcharts.com


3. Cathie Wood ARKK Net Fund Inflows 2022

Found at Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2023/01/04/animal-spirits-10-predictions-for-2023/


4. Tech Stock Insider Buying Falling Off a Cliff

Sentiment Trader

https://cressetcapital.com/post/recap-2022-outlook-2023/


5-6. Two Charts from Callum Thomas on Earnings

Callum Thomas Chart Storm Peak Earnings: After a roaring rebound post-covid (thanks to reopening, massive fiscal + monetary stimulus, and an element of inflation pushing up earnings in nominal terms), the peak has now been seen.  Compared to the experience of global equities ex-US the surge in US earnings does have an air of unsustainability to it — and perhaps between the two, US has the most to lose…

Source: Topdown Charts @TopdownCharts


US vs Global Equities – Price: The big surge and breakaway of the USA vs rest of world ~earnings~ in that previous chart has been a key driver of the big surge in US vs global relative *price* performance (whodathunkit).

Interestingly though this trade ran into firm resistance this year…

Source: Topdown Charts@TopdownCharts

https://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-1-january


7. Solar Panel Material Price Plunges Amid Glut

BY TYLER DURDEN-ZEROHEDGE

The price of critical material for solar panels plunged this week as supply has caught up with demand, according to BloombergNEF. 

The average cost of the highest grade of polysilicon slid another 20% this week due to oversupplied conditions. This also led to a 1% drop in solar panel prices to the lowest nominal value since May 2021. 

According to the China Silicon Industry Association, polysilicon produced in China increased to 96,700 metric tons in December 2022, 7.5% more than in the previous month. New polysilicon manufacturing capacity in China boosted domestic production in 2022 by 66%. 

BNEF analysis shows polysilicon prices are in freefall. Now at $24 per kilogram. 

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/solar-panel-material-price-plunges-amid-glut


8. THERE ARE “BLUE STATES” AND “RED STATES” BUT MOST STATES ARE ACTUALLY A SHADE OF PURPLE

Daily Time Waste Blog Based on the way the majority votes, most stated get labeled as either “blue” or “red.” We usually think this way because there is only one winner, and there is usually a significant enough majority to recognize election patterns. However, if we could represent the states in shades of purple, this is what the map would look like.

https://dailytimewaste.com/article/tw/1106113480/maps-that-reveal-curious-truths-about-america/?utm_source=twitter&utm_campaign=z7-us-d-mapustwt-sv-tw156-6&twclid=23r1ze0ulfbgl17jjbiv3h6130


9. Ten States with the Most and Least Net Domestic Migration

WSJ By The Editorial Board

https://www.wsj.com/articles/americas-blue-state-exodus-census-data-red-blue-lockdowns-pandemic-florida-california-economy-progressive-11671993469


10. How the World’s Best Leaders Use the ‘Ripcord Rule’ to Tackle Their Toughest Decisions

INC BY BILL MURPHY JR., WWW.BILLMURPHYJR.COM@BILLMURPHYJR

Fighter pilot Michael Allen pulls the safety pins out of an ejection seat as he pre-flights an F-15 at Aviano AFB, Italy. Photo: Getty Images

Here are three quick questions. Ready?

1.     What are the 2 or 3 worst things that could happen at your business?

2.     What would you do immediately, if any of them happened?

3.     Finally, imagine that you had to shut down everything quickly. How would you do it in a manner that lets you relaunch smoothly when the danger has passed?

These are incredibly tough questions to answer in the abstract, and they’re even harder when you’re under pressure.

Yet, we’ve had a lot of examples recently in which leaders had to decide things quickly under tragic circumstances: for example, the NFL game where Damar Hamlin was left fighting for his life on the field, and the Utah ski resort in which a member of the ski patrol fell off a lift and was killed.

These are dire situations, and they made me think about the U.S. military, where training for the worst case scenario is part of the job.

It’s done by planning and building muscle memory to the point at which soldiers, sailors — and as we’ll see, aviators — can react quickly and recite the protocol for events that they hope will never happen.

I call this the Ripcord Rule, because the most compelling examples I can imagine are ones in which you’re literally falling through the sky and something goes wrong with no time to think: either an airborne operation in which there is a parachute malfunction, or else the detailed, memorized checklist of things to do when a fighter pilot has to eject out of a doomed airplane.

The second example is more on my mind, because not long ago, I happened to have watched an interview with retired Navy fighter pilot Capt. Sam “Slammer” Richardson, who described what happened when he was forced to eject during a training exercise over the Pacific Ocean.

You can watch the video of his interview below, but the short version is that he tells a compelling story, and describes out all the little intermediate steps involved.

For example, as Richardson describes his ejection from an F-14 Tomcat fighter plane back in the 1980s, the protocol starts months or even years before the emergency, when he worked to memorized everything involved–just in case the worst-case ever happened:

·         First, as Richardson describes, you quickly separate the canopy from the fuselage, so that the escaping pilot and “back-seater” don’t eject directly into it. (Basically, the thing that went wrong and caused Goose’s death in Top Gun.)

·         Next, there’s the fact that the back-seater’s seat ejects a fraction of a second before the front-seat pilot, because otherwise the explosion from the front-seater’s ejection could burn the back-seater.

It goes on: a parade of small decisions and engineering choices–what you’re supposed to be thinking about as you make sure the parachute opens correctly, what you’re supposed to do during the several minutes it might take to float down to the ground, etc.

It’s pretty intriguing stuff — exactly what to do in a worst-case scenario, and frankly how to weigh the risk of death or injury versus the certainty of destroying a $40 million aircraft in the first place.

(Even that initial decision is standardized and committed to memory: basically, you learn to think about ejecting when you’re (a) in an out-of-control airplane, and (b) you’ve fallen below 10,000 feet.)

Now, neither you nor I is likely ever to eject from an F-14 Tomcat. (This is especially true since the F-14 is now retired, but you get the point.)

But, if you run an organization, you do face the possibility of a worst-case scenarios happening before you even have time to process them. And having thought through what you’ll do ahead of time is invaluable.

·         What do you do if, God forbid, a customer or an employee has a serious medical emergency? How do you get them help? What do you do for all your other other customers and employees who have likely just witnessed something traumatic?

·         Imagine a less than life-and-death emergency, but still important: a massive database failure or security breach, or a crucial supplier that suddenly cuts out and makes it impossible for you to fulfill orders. Who do you contact? How do you prioritize? What systems do you shut down immediately?

·         When do you “pull the ripcord,” so to speak? And if you do so, have you thought through ahead of time each and every little decision you’ll have to make under intense pressure and time constraints?

Nobody wants to think about these kinds of things. They’re not pleasant. But if you do the mental exercises ahead of time, and put together procedures for what you’ll do in the worst-case scenario — if you follow the Ripcord Rule, in other words — you’ll be much better prepared if the time ever comes.

And the people you’re leading will be grateful that you did.

(Here’s Captain Richardson’s story.)

How the World’s Best Leaders Use the ‘Ripcord Rule’ to Tackle Their Toughest Decisions | Inc.com

Topley’s Top 10 – January 5, 2023

1. Landmark Event….4000 Global Bonds with Negative Yield to Zero….The End of Negative Yielding Debt in Our Lifetime?

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank-A landmark event, especially as 2 years ago we had $18.4tn globally and over 4000 bonds with a negative yield. Will we ever see the 2014-2022 era again? Before this point most people would have thought negative-yielding debt was an inconceivable concept. While there is no value in buying negative yielding debt, especially in a fiat world where inflation will always likely be positive, you can’t rule out central banks having to buy large amounts of debt again in the future. However, for now this looks set to be the welcome end of an era as some value returns to global fixed income


2. Foreign Currencies Rally

Bullish Move …Euro-50 day thru 200day to Upside

Japanese Yen Closes Above 200 day Moving Average

www.stockcharts.com


3. Crypto is Not a Currency -Grid Comparing Crypto to Global Currencies.

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright


4. Final Sector Performance 2022-Consumer Discretionary Down Almost  -10% More Than Tech

From Jack Ablin-Cresset

https://cressetcapital.com/post/recap-2022-outlook-2023/


5. Consumer Discretionary-Americans Excess Savings Continue to Dwindle

The Daily Shot Blog Excess savings continue to dwindle, pointing to softer consumption ahead.

Morgan Asset Management Read full article

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


6. Homebuilder Stocks Resilient

XHB Homebuilder ETF Bullish Signal 50day thru 200day to Upside?

Longer-Term Weekly Chart-The ETF Never Broke 200 Week Moving Average


7. New Home Google Search 2021 vs. 2022 ..Big Year Over Year Search Declines.

Salt Lake home builders take notice of the massive shift from buying to renting.
As of October, Salt Lake had seen the biggest decline in new home search, & the least decline in single-family home rental search.
Biggest/least YOY search declines:
* New Homes: Salt Lake/DC
* Existing Homes: San Diego/Vegas
* Apts: W. Palm/Minn.
* SF rental: San Fran/Salt Lake(+2%)/

https://www.linkedin.com/in/johnburns7/


8. Byron Wien Famous 10 Surprises Predictions

The Ten Surprises of 2023-Byron Wien Blackstone

  1. Multiple candidates on both sides of the aisle organize campaigns to secure their party’s presidential nomination. There are new headliner names on the respective tickets for 2024.
  2. The Federal Reserve remains in a tug-of-war with inflation, so it puts the word “pivot” on the shelf alongside the word “transitory.” The fed funds rate moves above the Personal Consumption Expenditures price index and real interest rates turn positive, a rare phenomenon relative to the last decade.
  3. While the Fed is successful in dampening inflation, it over-stays its time in restrictive territory. Margins are squeezed in a mild recession.
  4. Despite Fed tightening, the market reaches a bottom by mid-year and begins a recovery comparable to 2009.
  5. Every significant correction in the market has in the past been accompanied by a financial “accident.” Cryptocurrencies had a major correction and that proved not to be a systemic event. This time, Modern Monetary Theory is fully discredited because deficits have proven to be inflationary.
  6. The Fed remains more hawkish than other central banks, and the US dollar stays strong against major currency pairs, including the yen and euro. This creates a generational opportunity for dollar-based investors to invest in Japanese and European assets.
  7. China edges toward its growth objective of 5.5% and works aggressively to re-establish strong trade relationships with the West, with positive implications for real assets and commodities.
  8. The US becomes not only the largest producer of oil, but also the friendliest supplier. The price of oil drops primarily as a result of a global recession, but also because of increased hydraulic fracking and greater production from the Middle East and Venezuela. The price of West Texas Intermediate crude touches $50 this year, but there’s a $100 tick out there sometime beyond 2023 as the world recovers.
  9. The bombardment, destruction and casualties in Ukraine continue for the first half of 2023. In the second half, the combination of suffering and cost on both sides necessitates a ceasefire and negotiations on a territorial split begin.
  10. In spite of the reluctance of advertisers to continue to support the site and the skepticism of creditors about the quality of the firm’s debt, Elon Musk gets Twitter back on the path to recovery by the end of the year.

The “Also Rans” of 2023

  1. Because of medical breakthroughs across the board, many people decide on a cryogenic burial, expecting to be defrosted when a cure for the disease that caused their demise is discovered. Funeral homes across the country advertise that “It’s Nice to Be On Ice.”
  2. A technology breakthrough in reducing the carbon emissions of coal-fired plants takes the edge off the climate / global warming scare. This lowers the political pressure on emerging markets to make a rapid transition to renewable energy sources.
  3. India begins to compete seriously to win/retain the manufacturing base that started looking for a new home after becoming increasingly uneasy with the uncertainty that has continuously surrounded US–China policies. The country initiates a campaign to attract global multinationals, focusing on its young population, relatively low income and growing consumer market, and prioritizing policies that incentivize investment in the auto, energy, pharma and tech sectors. Apple and Samsung are a proof of concept after successfully producing their respective flagship phones for global markets.

https://www.blackstone.com/insights/article/byron-wien-and-joe-zidle-the-ten-surprises-of-2023/


9. The End of Cash in Society Means the End of Bank Robberies

From Morning Brew Newsletter https://www.morningbrew.com/daily

Denmark did not have a single bank robbery last year. This could explain why.

Natalie Neysa AlundUSA TODAY

In a near cashless country, the number of bank robberies in Denmark remarkably dipped to zero last year, a new financial report shows.

In 2021, the Nordic country saw one bank robbery – down from 222 two decades ago, according to data from Finance Denmark, an industry group for lenders. 

Last year, it reported none.

Bank heists in the Scandinavian country have declined steadily since 2000, Michael Busk-Jepsen, director of digitalization at Finance Denmark, told USA TODAY Tuesday.

Increased camera surveillance, improved alarm systems and stronger cooperation with the police have helped to bring the number down, he said. In addition, beefed-up security, a reduce used of cash and a dramatic decrease in the number of Danish cashiers also helped.

Of the some 800 bank branches in Denmark, he said, less than two dozen still have staff handling cash deposits and cash withdrawals. Most customers use one of the approximate 2,000 ATMs in the country.

“And the reduction in the number of cashiers in Denmark is largely due to the fact that most payments in Denmark are made by payment cards or other digital payment options,” Busk-Jepsen said.

According to the Danish Central Bank, in 2021 only 12% of payments in physical shops in Denmark were made by cash. In 2017 the same figure was 23%, he said.

How many bank robberies were reported in the US?

Last year’s bank robbery numbers in the United States were not available as of Tuesday, but according to statistics from the U.S. Department of Justice, the Federal Bureau of Investigation reported 1,724 of them took place in 2021, up 224 from the year prior when the coronavirus pandemic hit.

What other countries are headed cashless?

Norway, Finland and New Zealand are countries closest to becoming cashless, followed by Hong Kong, Sweden, Denmark, Switzerland, the UK, Singapore and the Netherlands, according to research published by Merchant Machine.

Here’s how the U.S. compares with some other nations in the push to go cashless, according to a late November survey byYouGov Plc for Bloomberg that showed how frequently respondents said they rarely or never used cash in transactions.

  • United Kingdom: 57%
  • Canada: 55%
  • U.S. 47%
  • France: 44%
  • Italy: 28%

Natalie Neysa Alund covers trending news for USA TODAY. Reach her at nalund@usatoday.com and follow her on

Twitter @nataliealund. https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/2023/01/04/denmark-reports-no-bank-robberies-going-cashless/10983028002/?utm_campaign=mb&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_source=morning_brew


10. 4 New Year’s Resolutions You Should Make (and Keep) to Guarantee Your Success

By Gary Vaynerchuk | 

As the year comes to a close, people are naturally going to be talking about their New Year’s resolutions and setting goals for self-improvement. But want to know what I think you should really be focusing on in the new year? These four ways to further your career and be successful at whatever it is that you do:

1. Become a deep practitioner in something.

Whether you do it for your business or just for yourself as a hobby, practice something on a deep level. One of the reasons my agency VaynerMedia has grown to be such a leader in our industry is because I use social media every single day. I understand the trigger points that make things successful in a creative world. I also understand the context of the platforms like Snapchat and Instagram. There hasn’t been a single one of my more than 200,000 tweets that I haven’t sent myself.

So, whether it’s Instagram, Snapchat or something new, become a practitioner. Stop judging what people are doing or saying and just engage.

2. Audit your 7 p.m. to 2 a.m.

Back in the days of my first big keynotes and my first book, Crush It, I began to get obsessed with the time period between 7 p.m. and 2 a.m. I do not think that there is a more practical self-improvement goal or way to bring happiness and joy to your life, whether it’s financial or creative, than to really audit how you spend your time between 7 p.m. to 2 a.m.

I am quite practical about things; it might not be what people expect from me, but I am. That time between when the traditional work day ends and when you fall asleep is the white space for people to do great things around their work. Whether that’s advancing your career by staying in the office late, or going home and building out your cooking blog or SoundCloud account, use that time more wisely.

3. Practice self-awareness.

I went on this kick publicly for the 18 months and, personally, my entire life. I believe self-awareness is the greatest gift a person can have. Having tried to tackle finding self-awareness, I promise—if, out of this entire article, you make just this self-improvement goal a priority—you will grow happier and more successful. 

4. Eliminate complaining.

Looking at the negative, seeing the glass as half-empty and complaining are the absolute biggest wastes of time a human being can engage in. I highly recommend, whether it is through therapy or just kicking the habit, that you cut your complaining in half until you are no longer used to just doing it without thinking.

Systematically. Post-it notes. Listening to positive podcasts. Doing mediation. Whatever helps you complain less. It truly is one of the biggest roadblocks to success, both professionally and personally. I would be remiss not to have it on this list.

This post originally appeared on GaryVaynerchuk.com.

This article was published in December 2015 and has been updated. Photo by Inside Creative House/Shutterstock

https://www.success.com/4-new-years-resolutions-you-should-make-and-keep-to-guarantee-your-success

Topley’s Top 10 – January 4, 2023

1.Q4-Vanguard International Stock Index +13% vs. S&P +7.4%

www.yahoofinance.com


2. Don’t Follow the Most Crowded Trades….Nov 2022 MOST CROWDED


3.Most Crowded Long Dollar Trade…….Dollar ETF Straight Down Since November …Breaks 50day then 200day


4. Second Most Crowded Short China….MSCI China ETF +40% Since November Low

www.stockcharts.com


5. Classic Behavioral Finance…China Big Rally After Record Outflows

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading International investors pulled about $7.9 billion from China’s equity markets in October through the Stock Connect program, the second-largest monthly drawdown in the history of the trading link – Outflows picked up in recent days as global investors reacted negatively to Chinese President Xi Jinping’s cementing of power with a third term as the country’s paramount leader, WSJ reports.


6. Last Count MicroStrategy Owned 130,0000 Bitcoins

MSTR was first stock to make big crypto bet with its cash…breaking thru Covid lows….$1300 to $141

MicroStrategy Price to Sales Ratio 2010-2022 | MSTR. 12x Sales to 3x Sales 2 years

https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/MSTR/microstrategy/price-sale


7. Gold Rallied in December….Outperforming the Rest of Commodities.

Gold Vs. Commodity Index …50day thru 200day to upside.

www.stockcharts.com


8. U.S. GDP Survives Recessions and Keeps on Moving Higher

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/23/why-everyone-thinks-a-recession-is-coming-in-2023.html


9. EV Fleet Set to Reach 30% by 2035

Between 2030 and 2035, electric vehicles will make up 15% to 33% of the passenger vehicle fleet in Europe and the US, and EV charging will be truly mass market

Ryan Fisher

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-20/electric-vehicle-charging-investment-approaches-the-100-billion-mark?leadSource=uverify%20wall&sref=GGda9y2L


10. 3 Types of Soft Skills Employers Look for Today

Soft skills, like any other skills, can be mastered with enough practice.

KEY POINTS

  • When it comes to professionalism, employers look for someone who understands how their own actions affect the work as a whole.
  • Critical thinking requires a balance of keeping an open mind and seeking new solutions while mastering established best practices first.
  • Mastering the basics of teamwork is one of the best ways to set oneself apart as high-potential leadership material.

More and more employees these days are not used to conforming to the norms of the in-person workplace—nor do they necessarily think they should.

Following months, even years, of remote or hybrid work, many people do not realize how much “just doing their own thing” may make their attitude or behavior maladaptive in the office. Ironically, it is often those with the best technical skills who lack soft skills. Maybe they’ve gotten away with it for so long because they are so good at what they do. Maybe they think they are just not “good at” soft skills. Many more simply have no concept of the incredible power of the old-fashioned basics.

The good news is that soft skills, like any other skills, can be mastered with enough practice.

In a labor market where it is increasingly difficult to stand out based on technical expertise alone, what are the soft skills people would be wise to start building? After all, there are as many soft skills as there are definitions. These are the three top types of soft skills employers are looking for.

1. Professionalism

Professionalism is probably the most abstract of the types of soft skills, and certainly the most dependent on context. What professionalism means in one organization can be very different from what it means in another. In general, what most employers mean when they say they are looking for professionalism is someone who understands how they as an individual affect the work as a whole. That can mean anything from personal performance relative to broad standards, or how one’s behavior impacts the health of the team.

These are the most cited missing basics of professionalism:

·  Self-evaluation: Regularly assessing one’s own thoughts, words, and actions against clear meaningful standards; and one’s own performance against specific goals, timelines, guidelines, and parameters. 

·  Personal responsibility: Staying focused on what one can control directly—principally oneself—and controlling one’s responses in the face of factors outside one’s own control. 

·  Positive attitude: Maintaining and conveying a positive, generous, enthusiastic demeanor in one’s expressions, gestures, words, and tone. 

·  Good work habits: Wellness, self-presentation, timeliness, organization, productivity, quality, follow-through, and initiative. 

·  Interpersonal communication: Attentive listing, observing, and reading; perceiving and empathizing; effective use of words, tone, expressions, and gestures—verbal, written, and otherwise; one-on-one and in groups; in-person and remotely.

2. Critical thinking

Some people (and their managers) fall into the trap of believing their work doesn’t require critical thinking—to use the classic phrase, it’s not “knowledge work.” Whatever your job, knowledge work is not about what you do, but how you think about what you do. Some people understand this but end up reinventing the wheel. Critical thinking requires a balance of keeping an open mind and seeking new solutions while mastering established best practices first.

These are the core basics of critical thinking, no matter what type of work you do:

·  Proactive learning: Keeping an open mind, suspending judgment, questioning assumptions, and seeking out information, technique, and perspective; and studying, practicing, and contemplating to build one’s stored knowledge base, skill set, and wisdom. 

·  Problem-solving: Mastering established best practices—proven repeatable solutions for dealing with regular recurring decisions—to avoid reinventing the wheel. Using repeatable solutions to improvise when addressing decisions that are new but similar. 

·  Decision-making: Identifying and considering multiple options, assessing the pros and cons of each, and choosing the course of action closest to the desired outcome.

3. Teamwork

In today’s working environment of increasingly collaborative relationships, teamwork is a critical skill in every role in any organization. In fact, mastering these basics of teamwork is one of the best ways to set yourself apart as high-potential leadership material:

·  Appreciating context: Reading and adapting to the existing structure, rules, customs, and leadership in an unfamiliar situation. 

·  Citizenship: Accepting, embracing, and observing, not just the rights and rewards, but the duties of membership/belonging/participation in a defined group with its own structure, rules, customs, and leadership. 

·  Service: Approaching relationships in terms of what you have to offer—respect, commitment, hard work, creativity, sacrifice—rather than what you need or want.

·  Playing your position: Doing the part assigned (or relegated) to you to support the larger mission; coordinating, cooperating, and collaborating with others in pursuit of a shared goal; supporting and celebrating the success of others.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/navigating-the-new-workplace/202301/3-types-of-soft-skills-employers-look-for-today

Topley’s Top 10 – January 3, 2023

1. Asset Performance Summary Q4 vs. Full 2022

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank

2. Third Worst Year Ever for 60/40

Ben Carlson Blog

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2023/01/2022-was-one-of-the-worst-years-ever-for-markets/

3. Bull vs. Bear Market History

Mikko @Mikkelppolito Pessimists sound smart, optimists retire on beaches.

 

https://twitter.com/MikeIppolito_

4. Central Banks Bought 400 Tonnes of Gold by September 2022….More than Double the 10 Year Average

Wall Street Silver Twitter @WallStreetSilv

https://twitter.com/WallStreetSilv

5. Consumer Discretionary Stock ETF -41% from Highs….Broke to New Lows Post Xmas

www.stockcharts.com

6. Covid Infects 37m in One Day China

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-23/china-estimates-covid-surge-is-infecting-37-million-people-a-day?leadSource=uverify%20wall&sref=GGda9y2L

7. Eli Lilly Weight Loss Drug Could Become the Best-Selling Drug of All Time

NBC News A new weight loss drug could become the best-selling drug of all time. Who can afford it?In 2023, the FDA will likely approve Eli Lilly’s diabetes drug tirzepatide for weight loss — but there’s little indication insurers will widely cover the medication.

By Berkeley Lovelace Jr.

An Eli Lilly drug if approved for weight loss could become the best-selling drug of all time, but concerns are mounting about who will actually be able to afford it.

Experts are confident that the drug, called tirzepatide, will be granted approval by the Food and Drug Administration sometime next year. If that’s the case, it would join two other popular — and expensive — recently approved weight loss drugs on the market, Wegovy and Saxenda, both from the drugmaker Novo Nordisk.

Annual sales of tirzepatide could hit a record $48 billion, according to an estimate from Bank of America analyst Geoff Meacham. Another Wall Street analyst, Colin Bristow at UBS, estimated the drug would reach $25 billion in annual sales — a figure that would still surpass the record $20.7 billion set by AbbVie’s rheumatoid arthritis drug Humira in 2021.

Kelly Smith, a spokesperson for Eli Lilly, declined to comment on what tirzepatide will cost. Outside experts said it is possible the drugmaker could price it similarly to Wegovy, which carries a list price of around $1,500 for a month’s supply, and Saxenda, which costs about $1,350 for a month’s supply.

If the FDA confirms the drug’s effectiveness, a “fair” price for tirzepatide could be around $13,000 annually, or around $1,100 a month, said Dr. David Rind, the chief medical officer for the Institute for Clinical and Economic Review, a research group that helps determine fair prices for drugs.

The drugs have been shown in clinical trials to be highly effective for weight loss. All three drugs — which are given as injections — work in a similar way: They’re a class of drugs called GLP-1 agonists, which mimic a hormone that helps reduce food intake and appetite.

https://www.nbcnews.com/health/health-news/weight-loss-drug-affordability-rcna60422

LLY Chart Never Even Broke 50day 2021-2022

www.stockcharts.com

8. Honda Profits Fall a Record -33%

Japan’s Honda sees declining profits on semiconductor crunch by YURI KAGEYAMA

Honda Motor Co. cleans a Honda car displayed at its headquarters in Tokyo on July 31, 2018. Honda’s fiscal first quarter profit fell 33% from 2021 as a global computer chip shortage, a pandemic-related lockdown in China and the rising costs of raw materials hurt the Japanese automaker. Tokyo-based Honda Motor Co. reported Wednesday, Aug. 10, 2022, that its profit totaled 149.2 billion yen ($1.1 billion) in the April-June quarter, down from 222.5 billion yen ($1.7 billion) a year earlier. Quarterly sales slipped 7% to 3.8 trillion yen ($28 billion). Credit: AP Photo/Koji Sasahara, File

Honda’s fiscal first quarter profit fell 33% from last year as a global computer chip shortage, a pandemic-related lockdown in China and the rising costs of raw materials hurt the Japanese automaker.

Tokyo-based Honda Motor Co. reported Wednesday that its profittotaled 149.2 billion yen ($1.1 billion) in the April-June quarter, down from 222.5 billion yen ($1.7 billion) a year earlier. Quarterly sales slipped 7% to 3.8 trillion yen ($28 billion).

Honda kept its profit forecast for the full fiscal year through March 2023 unchanged at 710 billion yen ($5.3 billion).

The semiconductor shortage has hurt all the world’s automakers, including Honda, despite strong demand, and the manufacturers have been scrambling to secure alternative suppliers.

Honda, which makes the Accord sedan, Odyssey minivan and Civic compact, sold about 815,000 vehicles last quarter, down from 998,000 vehicles the same period a year earlier. Auto sales dropped in almost all regions around the world, including Japan, the U.S. and Europe.

“I ask for the understanding from all those who are still waiting for their vehicles and vow that our whole company is doing its utmost to make the deliveries even a day sooner,” Chief Financial Officer Kohei Takeuchi said.

Takeuchi said the semiconductor shortage curtailed motorcycle production as well as car production, adding to uncertainty about future prospects.

Honda said the recent lockdown in Shanghai was among the causes of the shortage in computer chips supply but declined to give specifics.

Although U.S. sales are potentially facing a dent from recession worries and other economic hardships, Takeuchi acknowledged he was more worried about the shortage problem and producing the cars customers were waiting for.

Takeuchi noted that motorcycle sales for the quarter, which grew to 4.25 million motorcycles from 3.88 million a year earlier, were going strong, especially in India. The cheaper yen and cost cuts helped maintain profitability overall, he added.

https://techxplore.com/news/2022-08-japan-honda-declining-profits-semiconductor.html

9. Keeping it Simple for Millennials with Peter Mallouk

10. Small Choices in 2023

Farnam Street Blog Small Habits Make a Big Difference-When we watch people make small choices, like ordering a salad at lunch instead of a burger, the difference of a few hundred calories doesn’t seem to matter much. At the moment, that’s true. These small decisions don’t matter all that much. However, as days turn to weeks and weeks to months and months to years, those tiny repeatable choices compound. Consider another example, saving a little money right now won’t make you a millionaire tomorrow. But starting to save today makes it more likely you will become a millionaire in the future.

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – December 29, 2022

1.Sector Leadership 2010-2022

Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


2. Natural Gas Futures in Europe Plunge 77% from Crazy Spike

by Wolf Richter  Record supply of LNG from the US and other sources. Record supply from Norway via pipeline. Conservation, power production shift… It adds up.

By Wolf Richter for WOLF STREET.

The price of natural gas futures in Europe continues to plunge off its crazy spike last summer. Dutch front-month TTF Natural Gas Futures – a benchmark for northwest Europe – traded today at €82 per megawatt-hour (MWh), down by 77% from the high on August 26, and back to where it had first been in September 2021 (data via Investing.com).

Demographic Trends: Here’s a look at fertility rates in advanced economies.

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/12/28/natural-gas-futures-in-europe-plunge-77-from-crazy-spike-storage-in-the-eu-above-5-year-average-in-germany-87-full/


3. Yields Tend to Fall After Steep Increases

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2022/12/27/history-says-10-year-treasury-yield-more-likely-to-fall/


4. Investing Prior to Final Rate Hike

Capital Group

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/pdf/shareholder/MFCPBR-090-1031015.pdf?sfid=1988901890&cid=80904210&et_cid=80904210&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=A-btn-LP-2-CISynCTA


5. The Famous Telsa Chart Finally Faced Reality…

Tesla Enterprise Value Greater than All Global Automakers Combined with 1/10th EBITA –

Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/12/28/animal-spirits-the-tesla-crash/


6. Fertility Slump in U.S.

Source: The Aspen Institute Economic Strategy Group Read full article

The US fertility rate remains below the replacement level.

Source: @jeffsparshott, @greg_ip

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


7. Annual Installations of Collaborative Robots Doubles Since 2019…Less People=More Robots

Barrons “Postpandemic, there are a lot of jobs that people have decided they don’t want to do,” says Jeff Burnstein, president of the Association for Advancing Automation, an industry trade group.  

Robots appear to be getting a pandemic lift. Global sales hit a record $15.5 billion in 2021 and are on track to grow 10% this year, to around $17 billion, according to the International Federation of Robotics, a trade group. More than 517,000 robotic units were installed globally in 2021, 31% above 2020’s total. Worldwide sales of robotic units will top 600,000 this year, the trade group estimates. 

https://www.barrons.com/articles/robot-jobs-51671667349?mod=past_editions


8. Retail Theft More than Doubles Post Pandemic

WSJ Although shrink is a perennial problem in retail, it really took off when the pandemic hit. In the five years leading up to 2019, retail shrink grew at a compound annual growth rate of roughly 7%, according to data from the NRF. In 2020, it jumped 47%, and rose another 4% on top of that huge jump in 2021. Some retailers, including Ulta Beauty and Target, have said that shrink has gotten worse again this year. “When times get tough, shrink goes up,” Ulta Beauty Chief Financial Officer Scott Settersten said on the company’s earnings call on Dec. 1. We’ve seen that in retail over a long period of time.” 

By Jinjoo Lee  https://www.wsj.com/articles/shoplifting-stores-problem-11671737792


9. All Cancelled Flights are Southwest

https://www.cnn.com/2022/12/27/business/southwest-airlines-service-meltdown/index.html


10. Stop complaining, says billionaire investor Charlie Munger: ‘Everybody’s five times better off than they used to be’

Tom Huddleston Jr.

Charles Munger at the Berkshire Hathaway Annual Shareholders Meeting in Omaha, Nebraska, April 29, 2022.

David A. Grogan | CNBC

Billionaire Charlie Munger thinks we should all be a lot happier.

Munger, the longtime investment partner and friend of fellow billionaire Warren Buffett, says he doesn’t understand why people today aren’t more content with what they have, especially compared to harder times throughout history.

“People are less happy about the state of affairs than they were when things were way tougher,” Munger said earlier this year at the annual meeting of the Daily Journal, the newspaper company where he’s a director.

The 98-year-old noted that he came of age in the 1930s, when Americans everywhere were struggling: “It’s weird for somebody my age, because I was in the middle of the Great Depression when the hardship was unbelievable.”

During that annual meeting, Munger complained that envy is a driving factor for too many people today. Before the early 1800s, there were thousands of years where “life was pretty brutal, short, limited and what have you. [There was] no printing press, no air conditioning, no modern medicine,” he said.

If nothing else, Munger’s sense of widespread envy in today’s world might be right on the money: Recent studies show that roughly 75% of people are envious of someone else in any given year. over 60% upside, analysts say

Social media sites like Facebook, Instagram and Twitter are especially effective at sparking feelings of envy or jealousy, often connecting us with people who only offer highly curated peeks into the positive developments in their lives.

At the meeting, Munger pointed to the work of Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker, who has argued that the quality of life around the world has improved dramatically over the past century or two, citing evidence such as longer life expectancies and reduced global poverty.

Critics of Pinker’s work say his views are overly simplified and ignorant of negative aspects of modern life, from growing wealth inequality to the ongoing existence of violence and political instability — factors that can still cause real suffering.

In 2019, Munger downplayed the effects of wealth and income inequality, and claimed that the politicians who were “screaming about it are idiots.”

Some politicians, like Vermont Sen. Bernie Sanders and Massachusetts Sen. Elizabeth Warren, have called for tax increases on the ultra-wealthy in recent years. Munger and his estimated net worth of $2.2 billion would likely be subject to those increases.

The billionaire has expressed skepticism about higher taxes on the wealthy in the past, even arguing last year that some inequality is a necessary aspect of a free market economy. At the Daily Journal’s annual meeting this year, he added that most people’s concerns over wealth inequality and criticisms of the extremely wealthy were “motivated” by envy.

“I can’t change the fact that a lot of people are very unhappy and feel very abused after everything’s improved by about 600%, because there’s still somebody else who has more,” Munger said.

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/27/charlie-munger-stop-complaining-about-wealth-inequality-life-quality.html

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 28, 2022

1. Tesla Buyers 5x More Common in Democratic Counties

From Barry Ritholtz Blog The table above contains the top 10 and bottom 10 Trump-voting NY counties in the 2020 election, showing the percentage of Trump voters, the population, the number of TSLA registrations, and critically, TSLA registrations per 10k population. The result:.  Adjusted for population, Teslas are ~5x more common in heavily Democratic counties than they are in heavily Republican counties. https://ritholtz.com/2022/12/owning-the-libs/

Tesla Breaks 2020 Lows


2. Top Holdings for Retail Investors …Average Investors Buying Tech on Way Down

https://www.linkedin.com/in/val%C3%A9rie-no%C3%ABl-2530228a/


3. Big Tech Market Cap Bigger than Central Bank Balance Sheets

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/


4. New Bankruptcy Filings…Nothing Yet

Tavi Costa Crescat Capital

@TaviCosta


5. ROKU…$500 to $39

www.stockcharts.com


6. Consumer Discretionary Sector Has Given Up All Its Gains Since May 2020

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab

https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizannsounders/


7. Largest Pharma Companies in World


8. Housing Permits Fall 30%….1.9M to 1.35m

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/PERMIT


9. Percentage of Home Sellers Changing Listing to Rental.

John Burns Real Estate

@RickPalaciosJr

https://twitter.com/RickPalaciosJr


10. Year-end moves for your financial strategy

Amy Theisen

Share:Investors have seen ups (inflation and interest rates), downs (stock and bond prices), twists and turns this year. One lesson from 2022 is that it’s important to focus on what you can control. This year-end checklist highlights actions you can take to help keep your financial strategy on track.

1. Review your goals and personal situation

  • Self-assessment – As you prepare for 2023, take the time to reflect on the year. Have your goals changed this year? Have your expenses increased with rising inflation? Talk with your financial advisor to ensure your plan captures your current goals, accurate expenses and appropriate time horizon.
  • Your comfort with risk – It can be easy to want to take more risk when markets are relatively calm, but shy away from it when markets decline, like we have seen this year. But it is important to ensure you’re taking the appropriate amount of risk to achieve your goals.
  • Your plan for the unexpected – A key part of planning is to plan for the unexpected, which can become much more valuable during volatile market and economic times. Review your insurance coverage and spending. Also, take a look at your emergency cash; we recommend having the equivalent of three to six months’ worth of living expenses on hand.
  • Beneficiaries, estate plan and insurance checkup – Do your beneficiary designations and estate plan still match your intentions? Generally, beneficiary designations on IRAs, 401(k) accounts and insurance policies supersede your will, so it’s important to align your beneficiaries with your estate strategy.

2. Make progress toward your goals while minimizing taxes

  • Retirement plan contributions – Don’t let the current market environment distract you from making progress toward your long-term goals. Consider maxing out on contributions to your retirement plan, health savings account (HSA) and IRA for 2022, including any catch-up provisions. If you’re not eligible to make a Roth IRA contribution or for a tax deduction on your traditional IRA contribution, consider a backdoor Roth contribution. A backdoor Roth contribution is when you make a nondeductible contribution to a traditional IRA and convert it to a Roth IRA. This strategy generally works best when you have little to no traditional IRA assets.
  • Roth conversions – If you’re in a lower tax bracket in 2022 or you want to take advantage of lower market values, discuss with your tax advisor if paying taxes today to convert some or all your IRA to a Roth IRA could help your long-term retirement strategy. This strategy could be particularly timely in years where we have seen declines, such as this one.
  • Required minimum distributions (RMDs) – Generally, anyone age 72 or older in 2022 must take an RMD from their retirement account by year-end to avoid the 50% penalty. If you turned 72 in 2022, you have until April 1, 2023, to do so; anyone age 73 or older must take their RMD by year-end. If you inherited an IRA, you may also need to take an RMD by year-end.
  • 529 plans – A 529 plan can help you pay for education expenses and possibly provide a state income tax deduction. Review your education funding goals to see if a 529 plan contribution is appropriate.
  • COVID-19-related distributions – If you took a COVID-19-related distribution (CRD) from a retirement account in 2020, you can return that money to an eligible retirement account for up to three years from the day after the CRD was received. Repayments of CRDs do not count toward the regular contribution limits. Work with your financial advisor to outline a strategy to repay these funds to your retirement account.

3. Give your portfolio a checkup

  • Portfolio balance – Your portfolio’s allocation was developed purposefully based on your long-term goals. Elevated volatility in both equity and fixed-income markets in 2022 might have caused your portfolio to drift from your intended asset allocation. Your financial advisor can help you rebalance if needed.
  • Portfolio positioning – Lingering inflation pressures, the Federal Reserve’s aggressive rate hikes and geopolitical uncertainty have contributed to driving bond yields higher and pushed equities into a bear market in 2022. Yet we believe a large amount of monetary tightening has already been priced in at a time when inflation may well have peaked. While increased volatility is likely to continue in 2023, the pullback in prices in both bonds and stocks has improved the future long-term return outlook in our view.
  • Asset class diversification – As the market’s focus swings between near-term uncertainties and longer-term opportunities, we expect leadership among asset classes and sectors to rotate, which means diversification remains critical. In addition to U.S. large-cap equities, enhance diversification with additional domestic and international asset classes. Defensive sectors have outperformed, but exposure to economically sensitive sectors can help position portfolios for a potential recovery. Appropriate allocation to bonds can help provide income and smooth out returns in times of equity volatility. Your financial advisor can discuss appropriate diversification based on your goals and comfort with risk.
  • Tax-loss harvesting – Losses within equities and bonds this year could be captured via tax loss harvesting and bond swaps. Recognizing capital losses can help lower your tax liability. Or if you’re in a lower tax bracket this year, it might be a good time to realize gains. Due to market volatility, some mutual funds may have rebalanced their portfolios, creating unexpected capital gain distributions that you may want to avoid. Work with your financial advisor and tax professional to review your situation and determine which strategies are right for you.

Before the curtain closes on 2022, talk with your financial advisor about these and other strategies that may help you stay in control of your strategy toward achieving your important long-term goals.

4. Maximize your impact

  • Charitable contributions – Since the standard deduction amount has increased, fewer individuals are itemizing their deductions. Consider “bunching” two or three years of charitable deduction to enable you to itemize deductions and potentially reduce your tax liability.
  • Annual gifts – You can make a $16,000 gift per person per year without incurring gift tax.
  • Gifting to loved ones or charity – If you’re planning to make a large gift in the next few years, speak with your estate attorney regarding the timing of the gift. The current estate tax exemption of $12.06 million per individual is scheduled to sunset at the end of 2025. After 2025, the exemption will be decreased by approximately 50%. It may seem counterintuitive, but when you are looking to reduce the size of your estate through large gifts, it can be advantageous to execute transfers of assets when markets are depressed to minimize the use of your estate tax exemption.

Amy Theisen

Amy Theisen is the Senior Strategist for the firm’s Estate and Legacy guidance. She is a member of the firm’s Investment Policy Committee Client Needs Working Group, which oversees the financial planning and advice for the U.S.

Amy has a master’s degree in accounting with a taxation focus from the University of Kansas.

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 27, 2022

1. How Did 2022’s Most Loved Stocks by Analysts Fare?

Bespoke Investment Group As we approach year end, today we looked at where analyst ratings stood for Russell 1,000 stocks at the end of 2021 to see how the most loved stocks at the start of the year ended up performing.  Looking at just stocks with coverage from at least eight analysts, the average Russell 1,000 stock had about 59% buy ratings at the start of 2022.

Sixty-three Russell 1,000 stocks began the year with at least 90% buy ratings, while 52 stocks had less than 20% buy ratings.  Those 52 stocks with less than 20% buy ratings are currently down an average of 10.7% YTD on a total return basis.  The 63 stocks with 90%+ buy ratings are down an average of 22.8%.

The 38 stocks below had at least 92% buy ratings at the start of 2022.  Of these 38, the 24 with 100% buy ratings are down an average of 32% YTD.  The biggest of the “100% buy” stocks is Amazon (AMZN).  At the start of 2022, all 59 analysts covering the name had a buy rating.  It’s down just under 50% YTD as of this morning.  Two of the 24 stocks with all buy ratings on 12/31/21 posted gains this year: Encompass Health (EHC) and Horizon Therapeutics (HZNP).  That’s a “batting average” of under .100 with roughly 28% of Russell 1,000 stocks in the green on the year.  Click here to learn more about Bespoke’s premium stock market research service.

As always, past performance is no guarantee of future results.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/how-did-2022s-most-loved-stocks-by-analysts-fare


2. Euro Natural Gas Prices Continue to Fall Even as Cold Front Hits

The Daily Shot Blog

https://dailyshotbrief.com/


3. China FXI Large Cap ETF …Covid Lockdown Over

FXI…Right on 200 day ….50 day turning upwards

www.stockcharts.com


4. Tesla Market Cap….$1.2 Trillion to $388B

From Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com


5. Silvergate-The Crypto Bank Roundtrip to Covid Levels

www.stockcharts.com


6. The Number of U.S. Children Below the Poverty Line -59% Since 1993

NYT Deal Book Real progress is being made in tackling child poverty. The number of children in America living below the poverty line has plummeted by 59 percent since 1993. As The Times’s Jason DeParle reported in September, “child poverty has fallen in every state, and it has fallen by about the same degree among children who are white, Black, Hispanic and Asian, living with one parent or two, and in native or immigrant households.” The improvements coincide with more generous state and federal subsidies for working families, and changes to welfare laws that make it easier for struggling households to apply for assistance programs.

https://www.nytimes.com/2022/12/24/business/dealbook/optimisim-in-2023.html

https://www.aei.org/articles/child-poverty-in-the-us-is-at-an-all-time-low-and-saying-otherwise-does-not-help-american-families/


7. Majority of Americans Think Social Media Bad for Democracy

Pew Research

https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/2022/12/13/striking-findings-from-2022/


8. A nutritionist shares the best snacks to bring on a plane to boost your immune system-CNBC

Monica Pitrelli@MONICAPITRELLI

Travelers have a host of pathogens to dodge this winter, including the “tripledemic” of infections caused by Covid-19, flu and RSV (respiratory syncytial virus).

But there are steps people can take to reduce their chances of getting sick, say health specialists at Spain’s SHA Wellness Clinic.

The key is to develop “a resilient immune system that can defend itself from attack by viruses and bacteria,” said Dr. Vicente Mera, SHA’s head of genomic medicine.

What to eat

“The most important thing is nutrition,” Mera said.

But drastic dieting isn’t necessary, he added.Rather, travelers can simply eat whole, plant-based foods, which can help decrease inflammation, he said.

Fiber in plant-based foods also helps the gut microbiome “fight pathogens that enter or are activated through the digestive tract,” he said.

Eating a nutrient-dense diet is the top recommendation from Melanie Waxman, an integrative nutrition specialist and eating coach at SHA Wellness Clinic.

That means eating “lots of vegetables, whole grains, fresh herbs, beans, sea vegetables, fruits, nuts, seeds and fermented foods,” she said.

What to pack on a plane

Waxman said travelers should snack on alkaline foods to combat acidity that is commonly caused by air travel. She recommended these easy-to-pack foods:

  • Toasted nori snacks: ”Great for travelling as they are light and easy to carry in small packs. Nori is alkaline and provides a good source of vitamin C, as well as omega-3 fatty acids, protein and minerals.”
  • Instant miso soup: “Contains all the essential amino acids … and restores beneficial probiotics to the intestines … great for flights and in hotel rooms as you only need to add boiling water to the sachet.”
  • Spirulina powder:“Packed with calcium and protein. It has a high chlorophyll content … is especially beneficial after spending hours in airplane cabins. The flavor can be strong so add it to a refreshing vegetable juice … [or take] as a capsule.”  
  • Plum balls:“A wonderful travel companion, as they are extremely alkaline, full of minerals that help increase energy, aid digestion, boost immunity and improve liver functions … the balls come in a container and are easy to pack in a cabin bag.”

Breakfast

Waxman recommends drinking one tablespoon of apple cider vinegar mixed with a glass of water before breakfast. The vinegar is “a powerful immune booster … full of probiotics,” she said.

For breakfast, a “wonderful” choice is oatmealtopped with berries, chia seeds and flax seeds, she said.

“Oats actually help the body produce melatonin more naturally,” she said. “Oats contain amino acids, potassium, B vitamins, magnesium and complex carbs … berries pack a punch of vitamin C, and the seeds provide extra omega-3 and protein.”

Jet lag

To combat jet lag, Waxman recommends taking more vitamin C.

She recommends eating sauerkraut, both before and after flying. “Fermenting cabbage causes the vitamin C and antioxidant levels to skyrocket,” she said.

Fresh vegetable juice is also great for immunity and jet lag recovery, she said.

Getting enough sleep

Sleep and immunity are closely linked, Mera said.  

“Restful sleep strengthens nature immunity,” he said, adding that poor quality, or quantity, of sleep increases the chances of falling sick.

People who average less than six hours of sleep a night, or 40 hours per week, have “a serious risk of illness,” he said.

Exercise — but don’t overdo it

Moderate exercise strengthens the immune system, Mera said.

But “30 minutes a day is more than enough,” he said. “Prolonged intense exercise can suppress the immune system.”

Examples of beneficial exercise include running, walking, swimming and cycling, he said.

Supplements, for some

Studies indicate that certain supplements — such as vitamin C, vitamin D, zinc, garlic, echinacea and green tea — may strengthen the body’s immune response, Mera said.

But, he said, they’re not necessary for everyone.

“It only compensates for nutrient deficiencies, which usually occur when nutrition is inadequate, or the immune system is very depressed,” he said.

Other recommendations

To strengthen the immune system, Waxman also suggests Epsom salt baths (“magnesium is easily absorbed through the skin”), using essential oils (“especially lavender, eucalyptus or tree tree oil”), drinking plenty of water and cutting back on alcohol, caffeine and sugar.

Mera added that relieving stress and anxiety is critical to immune health. He recommends meditation, yoga, tai chi and mindfulness to better manage emotions.

Philippa Harvey, head of SHA’s traditional Chinese medicine department, said travelers should start taking steps to strengthen their immune systems about a week before traveling.

“In TCM when someone is healthy and happy we say they have good qi, pronounced ‘chee’” she said.

She recommends eating foods that are in season, especially garlic and ginger in the autumn and winter.

She also recommends exercise and acupressure to stay healthy.

“Before we travel, a nice brisk walk in fresh air is the simplest solution,” she said.

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/26/how-not-to-get-sick-on-a-plane-pack-these-snacks-says-nutritionist.html


9. Labor Intensity of S&P 500 Down -70% Since 1980

CallumThoma Chart Storm S&P500 Labor Intensity: “In 1986, it took 8 employees to generate US$1 million in revenue. Today, the S&P 500 is 70% less labor intensive than it was in the 80s”

Source: @ISABELNET_SA (ChartStorm 20 June 2021)

https://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-24-december


10. 5 Things to Make You Smarter -Eric Barker

We can’t improve our genetics but a lot of our mediocrity is self-imposed. There are a number of prescription-strength things we can do to make sure we’re firing on all cylinders and making the best of what we have. We can’t do much to become dramatically smarter but we can do a lot to be less dumb.

Alright, it’s time to lift the zoning restrictions on your brain. Let’s get to it…

Get Your Sleep


I know, I know – that sounds obvious. But as Christopher Hitchens wrote, “Ah, please never forget how useful the obvious can be.” Because as obvious as it may sound, we just don’t do it. UC Berkeley sleep researcher Matthew Walker reports, “Two-thirds of adults throughout all developed nations fail to obtain the recommended eight hours of nightly sleep.”

Getting enough sleep is a cognitive cheat code. Meanwhile, sleep deprivation knocks the intellectual right out of you. Educational studies show missing an hour of sleep turns a sixth grader’s brain into that of a fourth grader. There’s actually a clear correlation between sleep and grades: “Teens who received A’s averaged about fifteen more minutes sleep than the B students, who in turn averaged fifteen more minutes than the C’s, and so on.”

And the old maxim “sleep on it” is true. You do make better decisions after a good night’s rest.

Well, I don’t get enough sleep, but I feel fine…

That is the slumber equivalent of a drunk saying, ‘Gimme the keys. I’m okay to drive.” In studies, sleep-deprived people consistently underestimate how impaired they are: “after just a few days, the four- and six-hour group reported that, yes, they were slightly sleepy. But they insisted they had adjusted to their new state. Even 14 days into the study, they said sleepiness was not affecting them. In fact, their performance had tanked.”

But isn’t there an easy magic pill?

Well, kinda: coffee and cigarettes. Caffeine and nicotine both boost brainpower, temporarily. (This must be how Cinderella felt.) But they’re a double-edged sword. Cigarettes, obviously, are mucho bad for your health. And while moderate amounts of caffeine are healthy, it can seriously monkey with your ability to sleep. (I am not a caffeine addict. I prefer the word “enthusiast.”) We think that college students who like to party get worse grades because of drinking, but studies show the majority of negative impact comes from daytime drowsiness due to caffeine and poor sleep.

So what else can we do to be less dumb?

Get Your Exercise


Believe it or not, your brain is part of your body. And what’s good for your body is good for your brain. Here’s a sentence for you: “Scientifically, on the current evidence, exercise is the best way to enhance your cognitive function.”

When you exercise it boosts BDNF (brain-derived neurotrophic factor) which helps you learn faster. How much faster? As much as 20%. In fact, cognitive control is measurably better after just a single exercise session.

And if you want to hold on to those precious IQ points as you age, there’s this: “An analysis of sixteen prospective studies including more than 160,000 individuals found that moderate levels of physical activity lowered the risk of Alzheimer’s by 45 percent.”

“Dumb jocks” aren’t looking so dumb anymore. So taking care of your body with sleep and exercise is important, but we can also stay smart by improving what we do with that gray matter…

Stay Calm


Your car can have the most powerful engine in the world, but if someone else grabs the wheel, you’re not going to get where you wanna go. Impulsive feelings can lasso you and hogtie your judgment. Even if you have a high IQ, if you’re caught in a Pigpen cloud of emotion, you’re going to make bad decisions. It’ll be puberty redux.

Staying calm is the séance that precedes the exorcism. Scientists refer to it as “arousal control.” How do we stay chill? When you start to get stressed, relax yourself with deep breaths. Teaching recruits to monitor their breathing helped increase Navy SEAL passing rates from 25 to 33 percent. They didn’t freak out, screw up or quit.

Whenever you know you have something challenging coming up, take the time to prepare. A feeling of control reduces stress and keeps our thinking clear. Sounds simple but it’s powerful. When I interviewed someone who defuses bombs for a living, what did he say was vital for staying calm and making the right decision? Always knowing what you need to do next and focusing on that.

Like I said, IQ isn’t everything. It’s great for simple straightforward decisions, but with complex decisions rational IQ-style thinking can backfire. With complex decisions the research shows going with your gut can often be the better choice. And if you’re an expert at something, definitely go with your gut.

Emotions can be useful. To make smart decisions we need to listen to them – but not be controlled by them.

Still with me or are you checking text messages? That raises another issue…


Focus


The internet is half enlightenment engine, half dehydrated concentrate of stupidity. Spend too much time on social media (the epicenter of modern tantrum culture) and you will end up theatrically troubled. It feels like your brain is having trash shoveled into it. What else has such a capacity to make us both simultaneously exhausted and overstimulated?

Neuroscience conclusively shows your brain can’t multitask. Yes, you may think you’re good at it but just like sleep, this is an area where you shouldn’t trust your perceptions. Shifting between tasks is not seamless for your brain. Your focus and attention take a hit every time you switch. Constantly bouncing around between tasks produces the equivalent of a 10-point IQ drop.

Meanwhile, what does research show the most productive computer programmers have in common? An environment free from distraction. So when you want to be at your best, silence your phone and distance yourself from all those attention burglars. “Batch” all email checking, texting, and social media into pre-designated times. Then turn off notifications. This allows your brain to hum at full capacity and increases the secretion of elbow grease to get good work done.

But what’s the most powerful and easiest way to get smarter? Well, it’s not even about you…
 

Ask For That Thing Called “Help”


Handling every challenge in life by yourself builds character (mostly through nightmares). Your education isn’t complete until you’ve learned to take a hint. When you’re unsure, get help.

You’re not in middle school anymore where getting someone else’s answers is called cheating. You can’t learn the smartest way to handle everything on your own. Ask for advice.

People are busy. They don’t wanna help me.

Wrong-amundo. The research says: “people underestimated by as much as 50% the likelihood that others would agree to a direct request for help…”

Fine, but they’ll be irritated and think I’m stupid.

No, that perspective is stupid. Wharton professor Adam Grant finds: “research shows that people who regularly seek advice and help from knowledgeable colleagues are actually rated more favorably by supervisors than those who never seek advice and help.”

Know what’s even better than just occasionally asking for help? Find a mentor. But does needing someone to guide you mean you’re not a genius? Quite likely the opposite…

For his book Creativity, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi interviewed over 91 of the most brilliant people in the world (including 14 Nobel prize winners). What did they have in common? By the time they were college age, almost every one of those earthshakers had an important mentor.” (To learn the best way to select and get a mentor click here.)

Okay, time to round it all up and learn the good news about the bad news regarding what happens to your smarts as you age…

Sum Up-Here’s how to get smarter:

  • Get Your Sleep: As a hard-working blogger and author, I assure you that the fact I sometimes get only 5-6 hours of sleep a night is the fine good for think when importantly function productive.
  • Get Your Exercise: What helps your body helps your brain. (If you’re the one person reading this who has friends insisting “You really need to exercise less to improve your health!” then feel free to ignore this.)
  • Stay Calm: We’re grown-ups – but often only theoretically. Impulsivity is considered a negative in research studies and on witness stands. Increase calm to increase smart judgment.
  • Focus: Things are rarely so bad that distractions can’t make them worse. You do not need the latest cultural software update from social media. I know singletasking sounds like something only elderly people do, like pinochle or saving money, but give it a try.
  • Get Help: Pre-masticated knowledge is often the best kind. That’s why you’re reading this. Ask for advice. Become the chimeric blend of the smartest people around you.

Do we become less intelligent as we age? The scientific answer is: yes and no.

The research shows there are two kinds of intelligence: fluid and crystallized. Fluid intelligence is raw processing power. Figuring things out with no knowledge. Crystallized intelligence is closer to expertise, based more on prior learning and information.

Fluid intelligence declines rapidly as we get older. In fact, it begins dropping at around age 25. Yeesh. But crystallized intelligence doesn’t even peak until age 60. It’s well known that top mathematicians and physicists do their best work in the first half of life. Meanwhile, great authors usually create their masterworks in the second half. (Fingers crossed.)

So as you age, focus on building skills and knowledge. Your processor may not be as fast but you can make up for it with a bigger hard drive. Become an expert at something deep and rich that you’re passionate about — and keep learning. You may not be as sharp as the young whippersnappers but if you focus on gaining more information about your field they won’t be able to keep up with you.

IQ isn’t everything. It’s just a measure of potential. It’s what you do with what you have that really matters. And, as P.J. O’ Rourke noted, maybe it’s a good thing we’re not John von Neumann:

“Smart people don’t start many bar fights. But stupid people don’t build many hydrogen bombs.”

https://bakadesuyo.com/blog/

Topley’s Top 10 – December 21, 2022

1. Asset Class Returns in Falling Dollar Environment

From Nasdaq Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


2. Bank of Japan Catches Market Off Guard

CNBC-Elliot Smith

– The Bank of Japan caught markets off guard by tweaking its yield curve control policy to allow the yield on the 10-year Japanese government bond to move 50 basis points either side of its 0% target.

-In its policy statement, the BOJ said the move is intended to “improve market functioning and encourage a smoother formation of the entire yield curve, while maintaining accommodative financial conditions.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/20/bank-of-japan-shocks-global-markets-with-bond-yield-shift.html

Japanese Yen to U.S. Dollar Straight Down 2020-2022 …Bounce in Last 2 Months

www.stockcharts.com


3. Short Interest in S&P Collapsing

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading JPM notes that Short Interest in SPY is collapsing near 2022 lows.


4. Follow Up to Yesterday’s Aerospace/Defense Chart….Raytheon Hiring 23,000 People.

Raytheon Still Has Labor Shortfall After Hiring 23,000 Workers

Raytheon Technologies is struggling to fill 13,000 job openings as labor shortages compound the disruption from supplier shortfalls, CEO Greg Hayes told a Morgan Stanley conference on Wednesday.

·   Company has already hired 23,000 workers this year

o    Has lost 15,000 to attrition

·   Annual sales expected to be at the lower end of forecast range due to supplier strains

o    Sees structural casting shortages crimping engine production through year end

o    Microelectronic chip shortages likely to linger through mid-2023

·   Predicts Airbus will produce A320neo at 65-jet monthly rate in 2025, below the planemaker’s target

https://news.bloombergtax.com/daily-tax-report/raytheon-still-has-labor-shortfall-after-hiring-23-000-workers?context=article-related

Raytheon 50day thru 200day to Upside

www.stockcharts.com


5. Crowded Airports with Travel Back ….JETS ETF No Bounce

Airline ETF Downward Channel Since Early 2021

www.stockcharts.com


6. E-Commerce Falls from 18.8% of Retail Shopping to 16.4%

WSJ By Isabelle Bousquette  Two years on, shoppers are returning. E-commerce is now 16.4% of all retail shopping, down from 18.8% at the height of the pandemic, according to the National Retail Federation. https://www.wsj.com/articles/retailers-rethink-in-store-tech-as-shoppers-return-11671233235?mod=tech_featst_pos3

RTH-Retail ETF 3 Lower Highs in a Row….But Another Chart that Never Broke Long-Term 200 Week Moving Average


7. Dogecoin Now Worth More Than Coinbase and Silvergate Combined.

https://twitter.com/GRDecter


8. More Solo Households in America than with Children for the First Time Ever


9. New electric car buying incentives kick in Jan. 1, and a lot has changed. Here’s an explainer.

Marketwatch By Sean Tucker

Only some Teslas will qualify; if you’re thinking of buying one, you should either wait or act really fast

Congress changed the rules governing electric car tax credits over the summer, but the changes didn’t immediately take effect. Some will kick in soon, while others will taper in over time. The evolving rules mean that the best time to buy an electric vehicle depends on everything from which car you want to your current income.

We’ll break it down for you.

What has changed, what will change

Before Congress passed the Inflation Reduction Act in August, federal EV tax credits were reasonably easy to understand. Buyers could claim a credit of up to $7,500 if they bought one of the first 200,000 EVs or plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHEVs) a manufacturer built.

Once a manufacturer hit that cap, the credit phased out over the remaining year.

Two manufacturers, General Motors GM, -0.23% and Tesla TSLA, -5.22%, had exceeded the cap. Buyers couldn’t qualify for a credit when buying one of their cars. Another — Toyota TM, -0.07% — crossed it during 2022, meaning buyers could still be eligible for part of the credit.

No other manufacturer had hit the cap, so all EVs and PHEVs from other manufacturers qualify today.

The act changes the rules radically. Broadly, it eliminates the manufacturer cap and introduces income and price limits instead.

That means buyers can again qualify for the credit when buying a GM, Tesla, or Toyota product. But only if they fall under income limits and the car falls under price caps.

Those rules take effect on Jan. 1, 2023.

Some vehicles that don’t qualify for a credit on Dec. 31 will be eligible on Jan. 1 — chiefly those made by GM and Tesla.

New income and price caps

Only individuals reporting adjusted gross incomes of $150,000 or less qualify for the discounts. The limit moves to $225,000 for those filing as head of household and $300,000 for joint filers.

The law also introduces price caps. The discount now applies only to cars priced under $55,000 and trucks and SUVs priced under $80,000.

That rules out many Tesla products. Only the least-expensive version of its Model 3 sedan, the Model 3 Standard Range, sneaks in under the price cap. Every Tesla Model Y SUV qualifies. No Model S or Model X makes it in under the price cap.

Factory location limits

Congress aimed the new regulations at getting more Americans into electric cars to cut greenhouse gas emissions. But it has other aims, too.

Lawmakers designed the act to boost North American manufacturing. Only EVs assembled in North America qualify for the credit. That rules out some popular models, like the Hyundai Ioniq 5, 2022 North American Car of the Year, built in South Korea.

The act also phases in a set of rules requiring manufacturers to mine critical battery components in the U.S. or from major trade partners. Those rules don’t kick in until 2024, so you don’t need to factor them into your buying decision today.

Automakers are working to adjust their supply chains to meet the requirements. But, according to the Alliance for Automotive Innovation (a major industry trade group), no electric car could meet the battery sourcing requirements today.

Tesla is offering a discount to shop before Jan. 1

Many Tesla shoppers have figured out that their car will qualify for a tax rebate if they wait to buy — so many that it may be causing problems for the company.

Tesla reports delivery figures quarterly. The company has had a rough quarter, with its stock price falling dramatically after CEO Elon Musk began devoting much of his time to running Twitter. There are signs it’s worried about an artificially low delivery number in its fourth quarter results because of all the customer-requested late deliveries.

That could benefit buyers.

Tesla rarely discounts its cars. But in December, it’s offering a discount of $3,750 on every Model 3 and Model Y if customers agree to take delivery in 2022.

For some buyers, waiting for the tax rebate in January is still the best move. But if you plan to buy a Tesla and your income will keep you from qualifying for the tax incentive, you could see a lower price by buying now.

Reasons to wait another year?

One last component of the law might affect your decision. Before and after Jan. 1, 2023, the rules allow you to take the $7,500 discount as a credit on your taxes.

On Jan. 1, 2024, dealers will be allowed to offer it as an upfront discount instead. Waiting another year might make sense for buyers who can’t easily afford to float the $7,500 until tax time.

Putting it all together

So, if you’re shopping for an electric vehicle, when should you buy it?

If you want a GM, Tesla, or Toyota product, you won’t be eligible for the $7,500 tax credit in 2022. You might be eligible in 2023 if your income and the car’s price both fit under the new caps. In that case, you should wait.

If you’re buying a Tesla Model 3 or Model Y, however, and either your income or the car’s price means it won’t qualify, act now and take Tesla’s discount offer.

See: The 2023 Kia EV6 is more than $17,000 cheaper than the Tesla Model Y. How do they compare?

If you want to buy an EV from another manufacturer, you might be better off acting before Jan. 1. Income and price caps won’t affect your purchase then, and many cars that qualify under the old rules won’t be eligible under the new ones because of where they build them.

This story originally ran on KBB.com. 

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/new-electric-car-buying-incentives-kick-in-jan-1-and-a-lot-has-changed-heres-an-explainer-11671130838?mod=home-page


10. Everything You Know About How to Sell Yourself Is Wrong, According to Wharton Psychologist Adam Grant

Whether you’re pitching a startup, making a speech, or applying for a job, don’t follow this common advice.

BY MINDA ZETLIN, AUTHOR OF ‘CAREER SELF-CARE: FIND YOUR HAPPINESS, SUCCESS, AND FULFILLMENT AT WORK’@MINDAZETLIN

Adam Grant. Photo: Getty Images

Vision. Passion. Confidence. Most of us–especially in the startup world–have heard over and over that we need these things to be successful. Whether you’re pitching a potential investor, selling a big customer, or even applying for a dream job, the more of these three things you have, the better–so conventional wisdom goes.

Adam Grant, Wharton psychologist, TED speaker, and best-selling author, says this is all wrong. In fact, he himself receives dozens of pitches every day, and he rejects many of them for leaning too hard on those three elements and being too light on things like data, asking for advice, and a desire to collaborate.

In an episode of his podcast WorkLife earlier this year, Grant actually invited a company founder who’d pitched him onto the show to discuss how these three elements led to her pitch being rejected–and she was both brave enough and wise enough to accept the invitation. The result is a fascinating conversation and some great lessons that can help all of us every time we pitch anyone–to invest, try our idea, buy what we’re selling, or even hire us.

Here’s what Jessica Holton, co-founder of the online relationship counseling startup Ours, learned from her conversation with Grant–and what we can all learn as well.

1. Don’t start by talking about your vision.

You have grand ideas about how the world would be a much better place if everybody could use your product, service, or ideas. For example, in her pitch, Holton told Grant her company’s goal was to “revolutionize relationship health.” 

“Why does relationship health need to be revolutionized?” Grant asked. “Where is the proof that it’s broken, that people are in pain, that they’re struggling with their relationships, that they don’t have the existing access to the solutions they need?”

Holton told him she’d gotten lots of advice to “sell a vision.” 

Grant responded: “That’s the first myth: ‘Lead with your bold idea!’ But research suggests that no one cares what you’ll create in the future until you convince them there’s something wrong with the present.” Many people suffer from “the curse of knowledge,” he added. Having studied a problem for months or years, “it’s so crystal-clear in your mind that you often forget to explain it to others.”

2. Preparation is more important than passion.

A second myth is that a great pitch must convey great passion, Grant said. Nearly every founder has heard this advice. “But in a study of a business plan competition, the amount of passion that founders showed had no bearing on whether judges decided to fund their pitches,” he said. “The founders who got investments were the ones who were rated as more thoughtful, logical, and fact-based.”

Passion is great, he added–no one is suggesting you should not be passionate about whatever it is you’re pitching. But doing your homework is a better path to success.

3. Don’t act like you have all the answers.

“We have the best team in the world to build a brand that makes relationship health accessible,” Holton wrote in her pitch. That sentence raised a big red flag for Grant, who found it self-aggrandizing. 

“Which takes us to our third myth–the key task in a pitch is to project confidence,” he said. He acknowledged that the question of expressing confidence is a loaded one for female founders seeking investment. “Research shows that investors typically ask male founders about upside potential (how will you win?) but female founders about downside risk (how will you make sure you don’t lose?),” he noted. “So, for better or worse, a lot of advisers told Jessica that it was critical to express confidence.”

What’s wrong with expressing total confidence? “Evidence shows that when people are considering working with you, they care at least as much about whether you’re collaborative as whether you’re capable,” Grant explained. “And I’ve found that one of the ways to signal that you’re collaborative is to talk about some of your shortcomings. It shows you’re receptive to input and open to learning.” 

I agree with Grant that talking about shortcomings could be tricky for female founders pitching investors if those investors tend to assume that women founders are less capable than men, even though the data suggests that the opposite is true. At the same time, whatever your gender, it’s smart to remember that in most pitching situations, part of what you’re selling is a relationship with you. Most investors won’t just send a check and then sit back and wait for results–they’re also offering their advice and their connections. And, of course, someone who hires you is likely to spend lots of time with you every day. So it’s a good idea to communicate that you’re eager to work with the people you’re pitching, and to learn from them. And to give them the sense that working with you will be a fun and collaborative experience.

In my new book Career Self-Care, which I’m honored that Grant endorsed, I explore how asking for help or advice when you need it is a sign of strength, not weakness. It’s something truly confident people are not afraid to do. If you’re pitching an investor or interviewing for a job, chances are you don’t just want money–you also want that person’s support, their insight, and their goodwill. Keep those things in mind during every pitch, and you’ll increase your chances for success.

https://www.inc.com/minda-zetlin/everything-you-know-about-how-to-sell-yourself-is-wrong-according-to-wharton-psychologist-adam-grant.html?utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=freeform&utm_source=linkedin

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 20, 2022

1. Year to Date TSLA -56% vs. S&P -19%

www.yahoofinance.com


2. Vanguard Energy ETF Broke 200 Day Twice Since Summer Only to Make More New Highs


3. S&P 500 Dividend Ratio Well Below Historical Mean

The S&P 500’s dividend ratio—the percentage of earnings that gets paid out in dividends—is around 30%, far below its long-term average of 50%, according to BofA Global Research.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/bonds-awful-investments-buy-them-51671057092?mod=past_editions


4. Apple Breaks Thru Lows Going Back to July

www.stockcharts.com


5. History of Purchasing Bonds Prior to Last Rate Hike.

Capital Group

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/2023-bond-market-outlook.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80900038&et_cid=80900038&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=A-btn-LP-2-CISynCTA


6. Investors are Net Overweight Bonds First Time Since April 2009

AndreasStenoLarsen

@AndreasSteno

https://twitter.com/AndreasSteno


7. Interest Rates Impact on Corporate Earnings

Advisor Perspectives Larry Swedroe Rising interest rates negatively impact corporate profits. Rising interest rates increase the cost of debt. The chart below demonstrates the positive impact on corporate profits of the four-decade long secular decline in interest rates. The dramatic rise in rates since the Fed began tightening policy will have the opposite effect.

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/articles/2022/12/19/fourth-quarter-2022-economic-review-and-outlook


8. IPO Market Raises Least Amount of Money Since 1990

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/ipo-slump-bankers-wary-2023-100000599.html


9. Disney Makes New Lows $200 to $86

www.stockcharts.com


10. Mark Cuban has 4 rules for making money—No. 4 is: ‘Know your s–t better than anyone else in the room’

Megan Sauer@MEGGSAUER

Mark Cuban says anyone can become a millionaire by following his four rules of success.

The 64-year-old investor, serial entrepreneur and owner of the NBA’s Dallas Mavericks says the strategy helped him accumulate his own wealth — a net worth of $4.6 billion, according to Forbes. He recently broke down his rules for GQ, noting that while they’re meant to help you earn cash, they’re really about being able to “control your own destiny.”

“If you want to be a millionaire, you can do it, but there’s a couple things you have to be able to accomplish,” Cuban said.

His first rule: “Find something you can be good at. Then, be great at it.”

To do that, you’ll probably need to study your subject relentlessly. Counterintuitively, you may also need to “cross-train” your brain by studying other topics of interest, too. Research published by the Association for Psychological Science last year noted that what separates Nobel Prize winners from national-level winners is often multidisciplinary experience.

Similarly, the research found that competitive athletes had “greater sustainability of long-term excellence” if they played more than one sport as a child. Those athletes didn’t immediately excel at their preferred sport, but showed a more consistent route to eventual mastery over time, the authors added.

Cuban’s second rule is “know how to sell.” His own sales career started early: At age 12, he sold trash bags door-to-door to earn money for new sneakers, he said.

The billionaire has previously given out advice on how to succeed at sales — by showing people how you can help them in the first couple of seconds of your pitch.

“Selling isn’t about convincing, it’s about helping,” Cuban told the School of Hard Knocks in a TikTok. “When you understand what people need and want, you put yourself in a position to help them,” he said. “Then you make good things happen, close deals and that’s how you create companies.”

Sales may not be a bad place for aspiring millionaires to start. In 2017, 15% of CEOs from the top 100 Fortune 500 companies started in sales, according to a survey from leadership consulting firm Heidrick & Struggles.

The third rule: “Be curious and always learning,” Cuban said.

Having a “lifetime learning mentality” correlates with both objective and subjective success — from the number of promotions you get to how happy you are in your job — according to a 2020 study from University of Waterloo finance and education researchers.

Lifelong learners can even save their employers money in the long run, study co-author Judene Pretti told UWaterloo’s “Alumni Know” podcast in April.

“As technology continues to move at the rapid pace it is, employers need their employees to … undertake learning and development to stay on top of what the latest technologies are,” Pretti said. “It isn’t a matter of needing to replace workforce. Instead, develop and grow the existing workforce.”

Lastly, Cuban’s fourth rule is his longest — and perhaps his most important, especially for aspiring entrepreneurs.

“When you walk into a room, you [need to] know your s–t better than anyone else in the room,” he said. “That’s when it’s time to start a company. Then, you can start to control your own destiny.”

Knowledge, of course, doesn’t guarantee success. Before Cuban started his first company, he quit or was fired from three consecutive jobs and slept on the floor of a three-bedroom apartment he shared with five roommates, he wrote in Forbes in 2013.

He touched on a similar subject in his 2011 book “How to Win at the Sport of Business,” writing that it “doesn’t matter how many times” you fail. “You only have to be right once” to be “set for life,” he added.

That lesson may be why Cuban seems confident enough in his four rules to stake his own livelihood on it. Even if he lost everything, he’d build himself back into a millionaire again, he told NPR’s “How I Built This” podcast in 2016.

“I would get a job as a bartender at night, and a sales job during the day, and I would start working,” Cuban said. “To be a billionaire, you have got get lucky … [but] could I become a multi-millionaire again? I have no doubt.”

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/18/mark-cuban-simple-rules-for-making-money-becoming-millionaire.html

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 19, 2022

1. Fed 2009-2021 vs. Today-Howard Marks Oaktree

From Howard Marks Letter

https://www.oaktreecapital.com/docs/default-source/memos/sea-change.pdf


2. 30 Year Treasury Bond Traded Close to 2008 Levels

www.stockcharts.com


3. Worldwide Defense Spending Going Up …Aerospace/Defense Stocks Outperform

Japan Doubled Defense Spending This Year

Rising defense spending is buoying defense stocks. (chart via @ycharts)

(nytimes.com)

https://abnormalreturns.com/2022/12/18/sunday-links-a-power-law-world/


4. U.S. Gross Crude Oil Exports at Record

https://dailyshotbrief.com


5. IPO ETF Makes New Lows Again

www.stockcharts.com


6. 2022 Housing Market is Not 2008 in One Chart

https://twitter.com/carlquintanilla/


7. China Vs. U.S. Global Trade Footprint 2000-2020….Staggering Chart

John Mauldin Blog From Blue to Red: Striking Supply Side Shift At the turn of the century, America was the dominant supplier for the world, but in just 20 short years, China has taken that title. And, despite the naysayers, the trend continues.In the last two decades, China’s trade with Latin America and the Caribbean has grown 26-fold, from $12 billion to $315 billion. It also overtook America as the top supplier in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, and South America.

The visual is truly staggering:

https://talkmarkets.com/content/currenciesforex/a-decade-of-roller-coaster-markets?post=377792


8. School of Quant: At $29,000, a Public NYC College Outclasses Princeton-Bloomberg

New York’s Baruch College offers a no-frills financial engineering course that’s feeding some of the world’s most elite global trading firms.

Heather Perlberg

Princeton has its Gothic spires, MIT its Great Dome. But for a no-frills lesson in 21st-century finance, head to a lackluster high-rise on Manhattan’s East 25th Street — AKA, Bernard Baruch Way.

Nine flights up, along scuffed linoleum hallways, a handful of math-loving graduate students consider equations that would make most people’s heads hurt. On the syllabus recently: three-dimensional volatility surface structures for options pricing models.

If you have to ask what those are, you probably don’t belong at the elite financial engineering program at Baruch College, part of New York City’s sprawling, 275,000-student public university system.

Call it Quant U.

Baruch, it turns out, has built a pipeline to Wall Street that rivals those at many richer, more prestigious institutions. Its faculty includes pros from the likes of Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and JPMorgan Chase & Co. Its students routinely graduate into six-figure jobs at big banks or, more likely, head to hedge funds such as Citadel and Millennium Management.

Similar top-rated programs at Princeton, MIT, Cornell and Carnegie Mellon? They’re good, yes — but Baruch bests them all, according to annual surveys by QuantNet, an online forum for financial engineers.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/features/2022-12-15/school-of-quant-at-29-000-an-nyc-college-outclasses-princeton?sref=GGda9y2L


9. Working-Age Population Decrease

Vanguard

https://corporate.vanguard.com/content/dam/corp/research/pdf/isg_vemo_2023.pdf


10. 3 Powerful Strategies for a Better Brain in 2023

Skip the diet resolutions and focus on your brain in the coming year. Austin Perlmutter M.D.

KEY POINTS

  • Limiting consumption of unnecessary, excessive, and stressful media may help improve brain function.
  • Having more close friends late in life is linked to a significantly lower risk for dementia.
  • Perpetually challenging one’s brain, even by simply exploring an opposing ideological perspective, can help keep it sharp and healthy.

At the end of each year, we find ourselves reflecting on accomplishments and struggles while looking ahead to what comes next. For many, this leads to resolutions around improving diet, getting more exercise, and becoming better at work or relationships. Yet far too often in the process of committing to these changes, we miss the fundamental significance of improving our brain health and function. With this in mind, consider skipping the fad diets and quick-fix strategies and instead focusing on your brain. Here are three powerful and science-backed strategies to power your brain for success in the coming year. 

1. Cut out unnecessary brain-draining media.

Our brains are incredibly energetically demanding, comprising 3 percent of our body weight but using 20 percent of our energy in a given day. Most of that energy is used by our neurons, and the amount of energy they use is directly related to how much they are being used. This means that our brain’s energy and function are a reflection of where we direct our focus. 

If you’re like the average adult, most of your focus is going to be on the media around you. American adults, on average, spend upward of 11 hours of their day on screens and listening to the radio. While there’s plenty of healthy and valuable content on our screens and airwaves, it’s also the case that media content (especially news) has grown increasingly negative and sensationalized. 

Stressful and polarizing media content activates stress-responsive parts of our brains and may increase the risk for mood issues as well as damage our brain health and function. To this end, limiting your consumption of unnecessarily stressful, draining, sensationalized, and polarizing media may do wonders for your brain health. And, at a very basic level, removing the unhelpful content frees your brain up to consume the healthier stuff.

2. Consume more of the good stuff: healthy relationships and sleep.

One of the most impactful areas of brain research speaks to the brain benefits of very simple daily habits. Besides the usual (and important) topic of eating right for brain health, here’s why relationships and sleep are fundamental for better brain health. 

Quality relationships are clearly fundamental to overall health as well as brain health. Loneliness, for example, is thought to be a risk factor for worse mental health. In a recent observational study of over 12,000 people, loneliness correlated with a 40 percent increased risk of developing dementiaover a 10-year period. On the other hand, having more close friends late in life is linked to a significantly lower risk for dementia, suggesting a protective effect of close interpersonal bonds. When taken together, this research speaks to the value of cultivating and maintaining close friendships. How to put it into practice? Consider setting a regular phone date, plan a trip to see loved ones, and prioritize date nights (and even group video chats). 

When considering lifestyle factors associated with better brain function and health, sleep is all too often ignored. Yet we now know that poor sleep is a risk factor for everything from dementia to depression to worse decision-making. Getting better sleep may be one of the most important strategies we have for quickly achieving better brain health. The unfortunate reality is that despite this science, most people neglect to prioritize sleep. 

A number of simple steps can be used to help improve sleep quality. These range from minimizing artificial light in the hours before bed to minimizing caffeine consumption in the afternoon. However, if sleep issues are severe or don’t respond to basic lifestyle modification, it’s likely a good idea to seek professional help with consideration for a sleep study or other testing. 

3. Challenge your brain daily.

How can we take steps to constantly move our brains toward a better state? One of the most powerful tools is to perpetually challenge our brains. This can be as simple as entertaining or exploring an opposing ideological perspective. So don’t just be adventurous with travel and new foods; consider opening up space for compassionate conversations with people who have different viewpoints. Another example is learning a new language or practicing an instrument. Even consistent word puzzles (Wordle anyone?) may help keep your brain sharp. 

When we challenge our brains, we may help form new connections between neurons through the process of neuroplasticity (a neuroscience term for the brain’s ability to reshape itself throughout our lifespans). Research has even indicated that regularly exercising our brains may help to slow down and even prevent certain aspects of cognitive decline.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-modern-brain/202212/3-powerful-strategies-for-a-better-brain-in-2023

 

 

 

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 16, 2022

1. S&P 500 Three Lower Highs

S&P Never Broke 200 Week Moving Average but we may be testing it again.

www.stockcharts.com


2. 50 Basis Points from the FED is Still Historically Aggressive.

Liz Ann Sonders -Schwab

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


3. Bonds Acting Like Bonds Again….Naz -3% and Bonds Up Yesterday


4. Emerging Market Currencies Cheap in Relation to Global Export Market Share

OakTree Capital

https://www.oaktreecapital.com/insights/insight-commentary/market-commentary/the-roundup-top-takeaways-from-oaktrees-quarterly-letters-4q2022


5. The Biggest Sources of Power by State

The Daily Shot Blog Food for Thought: Here are the biggest sources of electricity production in the US and Canada, by state/province:

Source: Energy Minute Read full article: https://dailyshotbrief.com/


6. Home Rental Companies Sitting on 200 Week Moving Averages.

American Homes for Rent

Invitation Homes

www.stockcharts.com


7. 30 Year Fixed Mortgage Dropping…7%+ to 6.31% Last

Y Charts

https://ycharts.com/indicators/30_year_mortgage_rate

XHB Homebuilder ETF +20% in Last 6 Months


8. Ukraine and U.S. Talking Patriot Missile System

https://militaryleak.com/2021/05/23/romania-to-receive-new-modernized-patriot-air-and-missile-defense-systems-in-2022/


9. EU Citizens Thoughts on Corruption


10. The simple brain hack that will make achieving your goals so much easier-Business Insider

As entrepreneurs, most of us are goal-driven, and we’ve learned how to set clear, juicy goals and then break them down into game plans of smaller projects and tasks. The challenge comes when it’s time for you and your team to actually to follow those game plans.

After the thrill of setting that awesome goal, comes the day-to-day work that’s often not so exciting. So how do you keep yourself and your team moving forward? How can you stay on track and consistently hit your daily, weekly, and quarterly goals?

One of the answers is in the simple brain hack that psychologists call “implementation intention.”

What the research shows

Peter Gollwitzer, a psychology professor at NYU, first coined the term in the 1990s. He realized that many people set goals, but not many achieved them because they didn’t take the action they needed to take. Dr. Gollwitzer showed that the difference wasn’t just motivation — as some people were highly motivated and still didn’t do what they needed to do — but people were much more likely to reach their goals by figuring out “pre-determined goal-directed behaviors” and turning them into habits.

Rather than just coming up with a strategy to achieve a goal and then breaking it down into tasks, Dr. Gollwitzer found that people were more likely to succeed if they trained their brains to choose to do the things that they needed to do by using “if-then” statements (you can also use “when-then” statements).

He and his colleagues ran over 400 studies using every type of goal: quitting smoking, voting, healthy eating, exercising, and even using condoms. All the studies showed that implementation intentions made a massive difference in the results people got.

Get to your goal using “when-then”

How does it work? For example, let’s say that you want to grow your business and getting lots of 5-star testimonials will help. So, you decide to get 100 testimonials this quarter (about eight per week), and you’ll get them by calling 20 past clients per week, just four every day.

Sounds simple, right? But this kind of project easily gets lost in the shuffle. You mean to do it; you know it’s important, but other things that seem more urgent pop up. Eventually, you might even forget about getting those testimonials completely.

With implementation intention, you start with the statement, “When ___, then I will ___.” You not only say what you’ll do, but also give it a specific time and place. In this case, you might say, “When I get to the office, and before I even look at my emails, I’ll call four past clients for testimonials.” This tells your brain exactly when to be ready to make the calls. It sets up your energy and focus. By doing it over and over, your brain is automatically triggered to sit down and make calls as soon as you walk into your office.

James Clear talks about this in his book “Atomic Habits.” He points out that setting up implementation intention keeps you from deciding whether to do something every single time. You don’t need to be super motivated that day, and you don’t need to use your willpower to get yourself to do it. You just do it because, after a while, it would feel weird not to do it, just like not brushing your teeth before bed would feel strange.

Overcome obstacles using “if-then”

Implementation intention also helps you pre-plan for obstacles you might encounter and helps get you through them. Say you know that your morning calls will often get interrupted by team members who need your input. You know something like this is bound to happen, so before it does, you figure out, “If ___ then I will ___.”

“If I get interrupted, I will ask the person (unless they are bleeding to death) to give me 15-20 minutes.” Or maybe you decide, “If I get interrupted in the morning, I will close the door and eat lunch at my desk to make my calls.” The strategy you use to handle the obstacle is up to you. The point is that you already have it figured out and know exactly how to stay on track despite anything that tries to get in the way.

Athletes have used this for years. Marathon runners know they’ll run into “the wall” at about 18 to 20 miles. Rather than getting blindsided, they figure out ways to handle it before the race. They’ll slow their pace and take some sports gel. They’ll pay attention to the cheering crowd or focus on a certain mantra. They don’t try to figure out how to deal with the wall when it’s happening. They have a plan, so it doesn’t throw them off their goal.

When I started coaching, I realized that many of my students hit a wall about three months in. They were learning and implementing different marketing strategies — but these strategies take some time, so they didn’t see any results yet. We learned to warn them ahead of time. “Hey, you might not see results for 4-5 months. That doesn’t mean you aren’t on track. If you’re doing the work, results will come soon.”

Then we help them with “if-then” strategies. “If you feel stuck or discouraged, then call in during office hours.” An implementation intention is a brain-hack tool that helps you take the steps you need to take, whether you’re feeling motivated or not. You set up the implementation intention by saying what you’ll do and precisely when you’ll do it, and you pre-plan how you’ll deal with obstacles to stay on track.

James Clear wrote: “Anyone can work hard when they feel motivated. It’s the ability to keep going when work isn’t exciting that makes the difference.”

Read the original article on Entrepreneur. Copyright 2022. Follow Entrepreneur on Twitter.

https://www.businessinsider.com/brain-hack-how-to-achieve-goals-long-term-motivation-2022-12

Topley’s Top 10 – December 15, 2022

1. Leveraged Loan Issuance was Record in 2021

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading LBO DEBT– The Federal Reserve’s most aggressive pace of interest rate increases in decades is set to trigger a surge of defaults over the next two years in the $1.4tn market for risky corporate loans, according to Wall Street banks and rating agencies.  Analysts across the industry forecast that defaults will at least double from today’s relatively low 1.6 per cent. But the disparity is stark, with some firms warning clients that anywhere from one-in-20 to one-in-10 loans could default next year, FT reports.  Leveraged loans typically finance companies with high debt levels and poor credit ratings


2. Vanguard-Probability of a Recession Chart

https://corporate.vanguard.com/content/dam/corp/research/pdf/isg_vemo_2023.pdf


3. Tesla Clean Close Below 200 Week Moving Average…..Big Drop in Price to Sales Ratio

Tesla Price to Sales Ratio 2010-2022 | TSLA  ….Still not cheap but Tesla Price to Sales Ratio Drops from 23.5x to 7.5x…Dropping down to 2014-2020 range.

https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/TSLA/tesla/price-sales


4. The Last Time Investors were this Underweight Stocks Relative to Bonds was April 2009

Ryan Detrick Carson Group The last time investors were this underweight stocks relative to bonds was April 2009. (BAC Global Fund Manager Survey) With further signs inflation is dropping quickly, this could be more fuel for the equity rally.

https://twitter.com/RyanDetrick


5. Northwestern Europe Cold Weather

Bloomberg ByJavier Blas https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2022-12-14/peak-oil-demand-is-nowhere-in-sight?sref=GGda9y2L&utm_content=view&utm_medium=social&utm_source=twitter&cmpid%3D=socialflow-twitter-view&utm_campaign=socialflow-organic


6. Only 8% of Americans have a Positive View on Crypto

CNBC Steve Liesman After a series of crypto-collapses, scandals and bankruptcies, Americans’ views on cryptocurrency have soured sharply, with the CNBC All-America Economic Survey finding a majority favoring strong regulation.

The survey shows 43% of the public with a negative view of cryptocurrencies, up from 25% in March. The percentage with a positive view plummeted to just 8% from 19%, and those who are neutral fell almost in half to 18% from 31%

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/07/just-8percent-of-americans-have-a-positive-view-of-cryptocurrencies-now-cnbc-survey-finds.html


7. Worst Bond Year Ever 2022…Back to Back Down Bond Years Very Rare

Ben Carlson Blog Consecutive down years in the bond market are even more infrequent than the stock market: In fact, before back-to-back down years in 2021 and 2022, the only other time this has happened in the past nine-plus decades was in 1955-1956 and 1958-1959 (which coincidentally was another time when rates rose from a low starting point).

Shockingly, if it holds, 2022 would be the worst year for 10 year treasuries in modern financial market history. The only other time we witnessed a double-digit loss on the benchmark U.S. government bond was in 2009.

How Often is the Market Down in Consecutive Years? by Ben Carlson  https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2022/12/how-often-is-the-market-down-in-consecutive-years/


8. Cancellations of Signed Housing Contracts Spike

Cancellations of signed contracts with individual buyers have spiked. According to a survey by John Burns Real Estate Consulting of homebuilders that account for roughly 20% of all new home sales, the cancellation rate spiked to 26% in October, up from a rate of 8% a year ago, and up from 11% in October 2019.

The cancellation rates topped out in the Southwest at 45%, up from a cancellation rate of 9% a year ago. In Texas, the cancellation rate spiked to 39%, up from 12% a year ago (chart via Rick Palacios Jr., Director of Research at John Burns, click to enlarge):

Found at Wolf Street Blog https://wolfstreet.com/2022/12/11/starting-to-be-housing-bust-2-for-homebuilders-new-single-family-houses/


9. 50% of 18-29 Year Olds Living with their Parents.

Quartz ByTiffany Ap

Nearly half of all young adults in the US ages 18 to 29 live with their parents, and this living arrangement is boosting the profits of luxury goods companies, according to Morgan Stanley.

The number of people moving back in with at least one parent spiked in 2020 at the height of the covid-19 pandemic to 49.5%, according to census data. It’s since edged down to 48% last year, but the rate is expected by the bank to remain there for 2022, even as people return to a hybrid work set up.

https://qz.com/nearly-half-of-americans-age-18-to-29-are-living-with-t-1849882457? utm_source=chartr&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_campaign=chartr_202212


10. 12 Questions to Ask Yourself If You Want to Reinvent Your Life in 2023

Trying to figure out what you want your life to look like? These questions can help. 

BY JESSICA STILLMAN, CONTRIBUTOR, INC.COM@ENTRYLEVELREBEL

As 2022 winds to a close, I think we can all agree on one thing — it’s been a weird year. With the worst of the pandemic (hopefully) behind us, many people have emerged blinking into the light from two years in survival mode, looked around, and wondered: What do I want to do with my life now? 

That confused determination to chart a new course is reflected in persistently high quit rates, ballooning interest in entrepreneurship and digital nomadism, a surge in labor organizing, and millions of posts, articles, and think pieces about just how many of us are reconsidering our priorities and our relationship to work. 

“It’s not easy to nail down a movement that spans striking nurses and unionizing strippers, Amazon warehouse workers and work-from-home Wall Street bankers,” writes Helaine Olen in The Washington Post. “But what’s increasingly clear is that the March 2020 decision to partially close down the American economy shattered Americans’ dysfunctional, profoundly unequal relationship with work like nothing in decades.”

In short, a whole lot of people out there are determined to reinvent themselves and their lives in 2023. Where should they start? There are life audits, articles from PhD organizational psychologists, and even whole books that promise to help guide you on the path toward reinvention. But one of the most thought-provoking resources I’ve stumbled across recently is a set of questions from Thought Catalog. 

The simple list of 31 questions is designed to get you thinking about what lights you up, what drains your energy, what’s holding you back, and where you ultimately hope to end up in life. You can check out the complete list here, but I’ve selected 12 of my favorite to get you started: 

If the obstacle of money was removed, how would my life look different?

What productive activities do I spend time doing for no other reason than they make me happy? (Bill Gates has recommended asking yourself a version of this question as well.) 

What traits and values do the people I most admire have in common?

How much money do I *really* need to be happy? (There are plenty of exercises and experts to help you zoom in on a number.)

How would I most like someone to describe me?

What things do I do only because it makes other people validate me?

What do I most look forward to each day?

When was the last time I felt a big rush of satisfaction?

What did I like doing when I was younger that I’ve lost touch with? (Reconnecting with these is a great way to fight back against exhaustion and impending burnout, according to experts.) 

Which habit do I most wish I could work on getting rid of this year?

What do I want to be remembered for?

What would I be most sad to have never tried? (This reminds me of Jeff Bezos’s famous regret minimization framework.) 

Give these questions a think and you’ll already be at least a few steps down the path to inventing a new you for the new year.

https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/12-questions-to-ask-yourself-if-you-want-to-reinvent-your-life-in-2023.html?utm_source=newsletters&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=IncThisMorning-Dec%2012,%202022&leadId=1548979&mkt_tok=NjEwLUxFRS04NzIAAAGIqnnI8dxjF4JXvoA2B22e3TeBbnn8MmtgZmsytbRWQbca8FuJHEC1qjI7bfpzpbBoEEHGIGHyQQG8MpQf0m6j2KlKw5WjpFWCE3d9Rkhe

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 13, 2022

1. VIX Volatility Index Technical Signal

Jessica MentonThe VIX, dubbed Wall Street’s fear gauge, measures market expectations of 30-day volatility and can serve as an important indicator of how investors are feeling. The so-called death cross pattern appears when the VIX’s short-term 50-day moving average slides below its 200-day moving average.

For individual stocks or indexes, a death cross is often considered bearish. But when it happens to the VIX it can be a hopeful sign for equities, according to Jeffrey Hirsch, editor of the Stock Trader’s Almanac, and Christopher Mistal, research director at the publication.

“Since the VIX is designed to measure near-term market volatility the lower it goes the better the S&P 500 usually performs,” Hirsch and Mistal wrote in a research note to clients. “Thus, a VIX death cross can be a bullish indication.”

Since 1990, there have been 35 death crosses for the VIX prior to the current one, according to the Stock Trader’s Almanac. On average, the S&P 500 has climbed 0.5% and 0.6% respectively one and two weeks following the formation.

With all that being said, equity traders are only confident in one thing over the next week: more turbulence.

Volatility has eased significantly, with the VIX falling below 20 at the beginning of this month after spiking as high as 34.53 intraday on Oct. 12. On Monday, however, it rose above 24 as investors brace for an important measure of consumer inflation on Tuesday, followed by the Fed’s rate decision a day later. Those key events will likely shape what’s ahead for a beaten-down stock market in 2023.

“This would suggest that the current VIX death cross is likely bullish in the near-term, but not a great indication much beyond two weeks,” Hirsch and Mistal wrote.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/vix-fell-death-cross-usually-205633380.html


2. Earnings Growth Lagged the Bottom of S&P by 6 Months.

Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture Blog Since 1950, we’ve found the trough in earnings growth lagged the bottom in the S&P 500 by about 6 months — earnings failed to lead the market 75% of the time

Source: TKer

https://ritholtz.com/2022/12/1o-monday-am-reads/


3. ETFS Now Surpassing Fixed Income Mutual Funds

Dave Lutz Jones Trading SWAPPING OUT– Worn down from record losses, investors have fled bond mutual funds en masse. But many aren’t quitting on bonds—they are just turning to exchange-traded funds – One main reason: taxes. Some investors sell beaten-down positions in bond funds to harvest tax losses. In many cases this year, investors have opted to put cash into similar ETFs to maintain bond exposure in their portfolios.

As long as the securities within the ETF aren’t nearly identical to those in the mutual fund, swapping the so-called wrapper around the holdings allows investors to stay invested, while capitalizing on tax benefits – “More sophisticated investors are employing tax strategies, as well as trading up in credit quality,” said WSJ


4. Muni Yields the Highest in 10 Years

Advisor Perspectives Muni yields are near the highest level in over a decade

Muni Outlook: Back in Vogueby Cooper Howard of Charles Schwab, https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/12/11/muni-outlook-back-in-vogue


5. Technology Capital Expenditures vs. Energy

https://privatebank.jpmorgan.com/gl/en/insights/investing/tmt/the-year-ahead-five-dynamics-that-matter?pid=&programName=20221209-NAM-NL-INV-Top%20Market%20Takeaways&utm_source=email-pb&utm_medium=Other-NA&utm_campaign=%20UPDATE%20WITH%20DATE%20OF%20SEND%20(Format:%20YYYYMMDD)TMT&utm_content=CTA&mkt_tok=MzkyLUhLQy04NzYAAAGIlwCyKXlKqEVk8Ms2aEPoKAHhD61RcxOEwc6d4988mCcwX0SXcW7L23iFM9_6li3T8-HWAZ6koe9eVwEA0ZkYk6uszY1ZU_kE-Zt5cVk3fUMW4A


6. NY Fed 1-Year Inflation Expectations Plunge At Fastest Pace On Record To Lowest Since 2021

BY TYLER DURDEN Zero Hegde With long-term inflation expectations (those 3-Years ahead or more) peaking more than a year ago, and even shorter inflation expectations – at least according to the NY Fed Survey of consumers – now sliding after hitting a record high 6.8% in June and dropping alongside 2Y breakevens which recently hit the lowest level in 2 years…

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/ny-fed-1-year-inflation-expectations-plunge-fastest-pace-record-slid-2021-levels


7. Gas Cheaper than One-Year Ago

The United States: A gallon of unleaded gasoline is now cheaper than it was 12 months ago.

Source: Daily Shot https://dailyshotbrief.com/


8. 1.7M Job Openings Per Unemployed Persons

Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/12/07/animal-spirits-a-bear-market-in-housing/


9. Eating 400 calories a day from these foods could raise your dementia risk by over 20%

By Nicole Lyn Pesce

More than half of the calories consumed by Americans come from this high-risk food group, which is associated with cognitive decline, cancer and heart disease

A growing body of research suggests that ultraprocessed foods like frozen pizzas and breakfast cereals high in sugars, fats and empty calories are bad for your health. Now, a new large-scale study presented at the 2022 Alzheimer’s Association International Conference in San Diego this week offers more evidence that people who get a high percentage of their daily calories from ultraprocessed foods are also at a higher risk of cognitive decline.

A team of researchers from the University of São Paulo Medical School in Brazil followed a diverse sample of more than 10,000 Brazilians for up to 10 years. The subjects filled out food frequency questionnaires to note how often they were eating foods including: unprocessed or minimally processed ingredients (e.g., whole foods like fresh, dry or frozen fruits, vegetables, whole grains, meat, fish and milk that underwent minimal processing, like pasteurization); processed foods (canned fruits, artisanal bread and cheese, and salted, smoked or cured meat or fish); and ultraprocessed foods (industrial formulations of processed food substances like oils, fats, sugars, starch, artificial flavors and colorings, but containing little or no whole foods).

The subjects also took cognitive tests up to three times a year, including memory tests and word-recognition tests, to monitor their cognitive functioning — mental abilities such as learning, thinking, reasoning, remembering, problem solving, decision making and attention. They also took regular verbal fluency tests to track their executive functioning — the mental skills that help an individual plan, monitor and successfully meet their goals.

The findings? Those who got 20% or more of their daily calories from ultraprocessed foods had a 28% faster rate of cognitive decline, and a 25% faster rate of executive-function decline, compared with the subjects in the study who ate the least processed foods. In other words, someone following a 2,000-calorie-a-day diet who consumed 400 of their daily calories from ready-to-eat frozen meals, processed meats, breakfast cereals and sugar-sweetened beverages each day saw a faster rate of cognitive decline.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/eating-400-calories-a-day-from-these-foods-could-raise-your-dementia-risk-by-over-20-11670350860?mod=home-page


10. Neuroscientist: ‘Bookend’ Your Days With Reading for a More Peaceful and Productive Life

Sometimes the most impactful daily routines are also easy and pleasant.

BY JESSICA STILLMAN, CONTRIBUTOR, INC.COM@ENTRYLEVELREBEL

Just about everyone agrees that how you start and end your days has an outsize impact on your mindset and productivity. Which is why the internet is jammed packed with complex morning routine prescriptions and tales of A-listers’ superhuman start-of-day rituals.

Far be it from me to criticize Tony Robbins’s morning ice baths or Tim Cook’s 3:45 a.m. wake-up time if these extreme routines work for them, but wouldn’t it be nice if there was an impactful routine out there that was also both easy and pleasant?

According to one Harvard-trained neuroscientist, there is, and it’s already in serious contention to be my New Year’s resolution this year. If you’re looking for more peaceful and productive days without any additional dawn hours discomfort, maybe you should consider adopting it too.

The most pleasant daily routine I’ve read about in a while

What’s this miracle tweak? Nothing more complicated than starting and ending your days reading a well-chosen book. On Ezra Klein’s podcast recently, Maryanne Wolf, a UCLA professor who specializes in how our brains learn to process written language, shared her simple morning and evening routine for a clear mind all day long (hat tip to Austin Kleon).

“I begin my day with meditation. And then reading at least 20 minutes a philosophical or theological or spiritual or sometimes political — something that will absolutely take me out of myself and center me, completely center my thinking. Slow it down. It prepares me for, if you will, clearing the deck of whatever detritus from the night or even the day before. And readying myself with a particular mindset for whatever the day brings,” she shares.

She begins the day with a book but she closes the day with one too, usually a classic essay by Montaigne or Marcus Aurelius. “They give me a kind of peace that I find in very few places,” she explains. “So I end and I begin each day with books.”

Why you should bookend your days with books

Counteracting the franticness of most of everyday life with the slower, deeper pleasures of reading something excellent has intuitive appeal. But there are plenty of more scientific reasons to think Wolfe might be on to something.

First among them is Wolfe’s own expertise. As a leading researcher into how reading affects our brains, she has written before about the way deep, focused reading trains us to be able to focus longer, wrestle with complexity, empathize with others, and appreciate subtle beauty. All of which are skills that can feel in danger of atrophying amid the hustle and bustle of daily life and our very online world.

But other experts have also noted how reading can reshape your days. Bill Gates, for one, claims to always read before bed. A variety of studies suggest this habit helps reduce stress and improve sleep.

Other recent research showed that people who take just a few minutes to reflect on their goals at the start of the day experience “a cascade of positive experiences during the day.” By choosing to read something that focuses her mind on larger questions of spirituality and meaning, that’s just what Wolfe’s morning reading does.

You might not have much appetite for Montaigne (though I personally found this book on his writings surprisingly compelling and readable, so don’t let the fact that he was a 16th-century philosopher scare you off). But just about everyone can find some sort of book to pick up in the morning and the evening that helps remind them of what they think life is truly about.

Not only will devoting 15 or 20 minutes to reading those books at the start and end of each day feed your mind and give you joy, but all the evidence suggests bookending your days with reading in this way will help you feel calmer, more rooted, and more genuinely productive all day long.

https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/neuroscientist-bookend-your-days-with-reading-for-a-more-peaceful-productive-life.html?utm_source=newsletters&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=IncThisMorning-Dec%2011,%202022&leadId=1548979&mkt_tok=NjEwLUxFRS04NzIAAAGIpVN64S2QomAH4IokOw7BrMUQioVqy__h2B5L0Wt2v3ZaLkVT5rm6NYwbv8tLds7mX-xeVhcoMnBOPtEK4NSZwSxI6V8XO6oErIplUeGU

Topley’s Top 10 – December 12, 2022

1. Equity Put/Call Ratio Highest in 20 Years?

A Contrarian Indicator -Investopedia

Contrarian investors use the put-call ratio to help them determine when market participants are getting overly bullish or too bearish.

An extremely high put-call ratio means the market is extremely bearish. To a contrarian, that can be a bullish signal that indicates the market is unduly bearish and is due for a turnaround. A high ratio can be a sign of a buying opportunity to a contrarian.

An extremely low ratio means the market is extremely bullish. A contrarian might conclude that the market is too bullish and is due for a pullback.

No single ratio can definitively indicate that the market is at its top or its bottom. Even the levels of the put-call ratio that are considered extreme are not set in stone and vary over the years.

Typically, investors compare current ratio levels to the average over some period of time to gauge if sentiment has changed recently. If the put-call ratio has fluctuated in a tight range and suddenly bumps higher, traders might see this as a sudden increase in bearish sentiment and make their moves accordingly.

https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/06/putcallratio.asp


2. Dow Industrials Chart Breaks Above August Highs

Industrials 50day approaching 200day to upside

 www.stockcharts.com 


3. History of Santa Rally in Down Years

Nasdaq Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


4. Reversion to Mean…Dividends Historic Average vs. 2010-2020

Capital Group-While dividends accounted for a slim 16% of total return for the S&P 500 in the 2010s, historically they have contributed an average 38%. In the inflationary 1970s they climbed to more than 70%. “When you expect growth in the single digits, dividends can give you a head start,” Wagner adds. “They may also offer a measure of downside protection when volatility rises, but it is essential to understand the sustainability of those dividends.”

Dividends have historically been a larger percentage of total return

Source: S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC. 2020s data is from 1/1/26 through 11/30/22. *Total return for the S&P 500 Index was negative for the 2000s. Dividends provided a 1.8% annualized return over the decade. Past results are not predictive of results in future periods

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/2023-us-market-outlook.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80895830&et_cid=80895830&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=A-btn-LP-2-CISynCTA


5. COMT Commodity ETF Breaking Below Early Fall Lows.

50day thru 200day to downside in October


6. Copper Miners Held 200 Week Moving Average in this Commodity Pullback

COPX still 10 points below highs but held 200 week average twice  

 www.stockcharts.com


7. Chinese Property Index Rallying

China: Property stocks are surging.

https://dailyshotbrief.com


8. FAANG Stocks Lost $3 Trillion in Market Value…..Weight in S&P 19.5% to 13%

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-10/investors-call-time-on-faang-stock-dominance-after-nasdaq-s-rout?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. Surging retail theft could force Walmart to close stores and raise prices, CEO Doug McMillon warns

By

Thomas Barrabi

Shoplifting has gotten so bad at Walmart stores that the retail giant may shutter locations in areas where local governments are taking a soft-on-crime approach, the company’s boss said.

CEO Doug McMillon, who has led Walmart since 2015, confirmed the retailer has experienced an increase in “shrink” — a term the retail industry uses to address losses related to in-store theft or fraud.

“Theft is an issue. It’s higher than what it has historically been,” McMillon said during an appearance on CNBC’s “Squawk Box” on Tuesday. “We’ve got safety measures, security measures that we’ve put in place by store location.

“I think local law enforcement being staffed and being a good partner is part of that equation, and that’s normally how we approach it,” McMillon added. “If that’s not corrected over time, prices will be higher, and/or stores will close.”

The Walmart CEO did not elaborate on how many stores could be in danger of closure, or where the closures might occur. The Post has reached out to the company for further comment.

Walmart has 4,720 stores in the US and 10,586 locations around the world.

has more than 10,500 stores around the world.Corbis via Getty Images

McMillon added that Walmart takes a “city by city” and “location by location” approach to how it handles shoplifting

Rite Aid bosses blame out-of-control NYC shoplifting for $5M revenue hit

 

“It’s store managers working with local law enforcement and we’ve got great relationships there for the most part,” he said.

Walmart’s top boss is the latest executive to warn of significant impact from what is often described as “organized retail crime.”

Last month, Target CFO Michael Fiddelke said shrinkage had already shaved $400 million from the company’s profits – with the final impact expected to rise to more than $600 million for the full year.

Target CEO Brian Cornell added that his company had “seen a significant increase in theft and organized retail crime across our business.”

As The Post reported in September, Rite Aid executives grumbled that shoplifting in New York City had contributed to “unexpected headwinds” and resulted in a $5 million year-over-year increase in shrink-related losses.

“I think the headline here is the environment that we operate in, particularly in New York City, is not conducive to reducing shrink just based upon everything you read and see on social media and the news in the city,” Rite Aid’s chief retail officer Andre Persaud during an earnings call at the time.

https://nypost.com/2022/12/07/retail-theft-could-lead-walmart-to-close-stores-raise-prices/


10. 10 Reasons Why I Am Addicted To My Sauna by Ben Greenfield

Hippocrates Health Institute Publication On Clearlight Infrared® Sauna

10 Reasons Why I Am Addicted To My Sauna by Ben Greenfield

I have a confession to make: I’m an addict. Every morning I wander to my basement gym, flip the power on my sauna, step inside, and sweat hard for thirty minutes. Knowing I can venture downstairs and enter a chamber that gives my body a myriad of benefits simply makes a sauna a daily must. There are many reasons I sauna and you should too – 10 scientifically proven reasons, in fact. In no particular order of importance, they are:

1. Heart Health and Longevity

JAMA Internal Medicine shows that regularly spending time in a sauna may help keep the heart healthy and extend life. Researchers from Finland tracked 2,300 men for an average of 20 years. They found that the more sessions per week men spent in the sauna, the lower their risk of sudden cardiac death and fatal coronary heart disease. The sauna also extended the life of participants with other illnesses, including cancer.

2. Detoxification of Chemicals and Heavy Metals

The skin is a major detox organ, and sweating through skin is a critical human detox function, yet most people don’t sweat enough. Because of this, we miss out on a major source of toxin elimination: the skin. To combat these effects, an infrared sauna helps to purify the body from the inside out, eliminating compounds such as PCBs, metals and toxins that are stored in fat cells, which can undergo lipolysis and release toxins upon exposure to heat.

3. Athletic Recovery for Pros and Weekend Warriors

Growth hormone is crucial for repair and recovery of muscles, and research has shown that two 20-minute sauna sessions elevated growth hormone levels two-fold over baseline. Two 15-minute sauna sessions at an even warmer temperature resulted in a five-fold increase in growth hormone. And two one-hour sauna sessions for 7 days has been shown to increase growth hormone 16-fold! For an additional recovery benefit, sauna also increases blood flow to the skeletal muscles, which helps to keep them fueled with glucose, amino acids, fatty acids, and oxygen, while removing by-products of metabolic processes such as lactic acid and calcium ions.

4. Arthritic and Muscular Pain Relief

In The Annals of Clinical Research Volume 20, research results show the benefits of sauna for relief of pain and increased mobility. Pain relief induced by a sauna was attributed to an increase in the release of anti-inflammatory compounds, as well as an increase in positive stress on the body, causing it to release natural pain-killing endorphins. More than 50% of participants reported relief of pain and an increase in mobility.

5. Muscle Gain and Fat Loss

Sauna can promote muscle growth and fat loss by improving insulin sensitivity and decreasing muscle protein catabolism. Intermittent hyperthermia has been shown to reduce insulin resistance in obese mice, and in this case insulin resistant diabetic mice were subjected to 30 minutes of heat treatment, three times a week for twelve weeks. The results were a 31% decrease in insulin levels and a reduction in blood glucose levels, both of which can contribute to an increase in muscle growth and an increase in weight control and fat loss. It has also been shown that a 30-minute intermittent hyperthermic treatment can cause a significant expression of something called ‘heat shock proteins’ in muscle, which is correlated with 30% more muscle regrowth after a week of immobilization. In other words, if you don’t exercise but you sauna instead, you can still maintain muscle!

6. Immune System Boost

The Journal of Human Kinetics investigated the effect of sauna on the immune system, specifically white blood cell profile, cortisol levels and selected physiological indices in athletes and non-athletes. After the sauna session, an increased number of white blood cells, lymphocyte, neutrophil and basophil counts was reported in the white blood cell profile, showing that sauna use stimulates the immune system. German medical research shows that saunas are able to significantly reduce the incidences of colds and influenza.

7. Skin Rejuvenation

When your body produces sweat via the deep sweating you experience in an infrared sauna, the rate at which dead skin cells are replaced can be increased. At the same time, heavy sweating helps to remove bacteria out of the epidermal layer of the skin and the sweat ducts. This pore cleansing also causes increased capillary circulation, which can give the skin a softer-looking, younger appearance. When you sweat, the movement of fluid to the skin delivers mineral-rich nutrients and also helps to fill spaces around the cells, increasing firmness and reducing the appearance of wrinkles. So by continually flushing waste through skin cells via the use of hyperthermia, you increase skin health, tone and color, and cleanse the pores.

8. Relaxation and Better Sleep

Researchers have found that a sauna can help provide a deeper, more relaxed sleep, relief of chronic tension, and relief of chronic fatigue issues, most likely due to a release of endorphins from the sauna. As endorphins are released into your body, they create a soothing, tranquilizing effect that not only helps to minimize chronic arthritic pain and other muscle soreness, but can also help with relaxation and sleep.

9. Increased Cardiovascular Performance

Research has shown 30 minutes of sauna treatment after exercise can cause an increase in oxygen consumption and red blood cell production. In temperatures of an infrared sauna, your skin heats up and core body temperature rises. Then, in response to these increased heat levels, the blood vessels near your skin dilate and cause an increase in cardiac output. So with regular sauna use, you are training your heart muscles and improving your cardiac output.

10. Increased Stress Resilience

Multiple research studies have shown that hyperthermia via the use of a sauna can prevent protein degradation and muscle loss by triggering the production of heat shock proteins. Heat shock proteins are then used by your cells to counteract potentially harmful stimulus, including environmental stress from pollutants, toxins, heat, cold, exercise stress and more. So, can you blame me? I’m addicted to my sauna and knowing these 10 benefits, I feel very good about myself when I walk out of my daily sauna session. If you’re up for the challenge, I’d recommend that for the next thirty days you try the Finnish practice of visiting a sauna four to five times a week for twenty to thirty minutes.

If you’re interested in an infrared sauna cabin for home, click here to view our range of full-spectrum saunas, far-infrared saunas, and outdoor saunas.

Share this post

https://infrared-sauna.com.au/blog/health-institute-saunas

 

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 09, 2022

1. 10 Year Yield -20% from Highs

10 Year Yield Closes Below 50day Moving Average

www.stockcharts.com


2. 10 Year Yield Higher Highs and Higher Lows Still Intact

Wolf Street Blog The 10-year yield closed at 0.52% on August 4, 2020, which marked the end of the 39-year bond bull market. Since then, the 10-year yield has risen sharply, with big surges followed by smaller retracements, followed by big surges, followed by smaller retracements, etc., adhering to the Wolf Street dictum that “Nothing  Goes to Heck in a Straight Line.” The 10-year yield, as it went up, marked higher highs and higher lows each time. And the current bear-market rally fits in nicely, and the yield could drop further, and it would still fit in nicely:

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/12/04/drop-in-10-year-treasury-yield-mortgage-rates-is-just-another-bear-market-rally-longer-uptrend-in-yields-is-intact-with-higher-higher-highs-and-higher-lows/


3. More Evidence of Inflation Falling…..Citi Inflation Surprise Index

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab


4. US Total Crude Inventories at 36 Year Low

@JavierBlas  US **total** crude oil inventories (both commercial and the Strategic Petroleum Reserve) have fallen to a 36-year low, dropping below the previous bottom set in 2001 |

https://twitter.com/JavierBlas


5. Exxon Best Performance in History…$50B Buyback

(Bloomberg) — Exxon Mobil Corp. raised its annual share buyback by about 10%, six weeks after the oil giant posted its highest profit in its 152-year history.

Exxon will now repurchase $50 billion of stock through 2024, expanding its previous plan of $30 billion through 2023, the Irving, Texas-based company said in a statement. The buyback will now include $15 billion of share repurchases this year, which would be the highest annual total since 2013, according to data compiled by Bloomberg.

“The runway on the buyback is likely to be well received, we think, as it provides visibility, relative to some peers that guide on a quarterly basis,” RBC Capital Markets analyst Biraj Borkhataria wrote in a note.

The shares jumped 2.1% to $105.83 at 9:44 a.m. in New York. West Texas Intermediate futures climbed 2% to above $73 a barrel. Exxon stock is up about 73% this year, which would be its best annual performance of the modern era if it holds through Dec. 31.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/exxon-lifts-share-buyback-50-145025690.html


6. The U.S. chip boom is just beginning

Matt Phillips, author of Axios Markets

Chip giant Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co.’s decision to triple its investment in Arizona is part of a national rush to re-shore key inputs for the American economy.

Driving the news: President Biden traveled to TSMC’s Arizona plant on Tuesday to bask in the glow of the announcement. The company — which by some measures manufactures over half the world’s chips — said the three-fold increase would bring its investment to around $40 billion.

  • TSMC says the plants will create more than 10,000 high-paying tech jobs, including 4,500 directly at the plants themselves.
  • “American manufacturing is back, folks,” President Biden said, speaking at the TSMC facility.

The big picture: The last few years of economic disarray — broken global supply chains, high inflation, Russia’s war on Ukraine, and growing trade and technology tensions with China — upended the system of globalization that emerged after the Cold War.

  • That global network required that people, commodities, capital and goods could — and would — always flow easily across borders.
  • But the onset of COVID generated a series of global government scrambles for essentials — first masks and vaccines, then semiconductors, and now oil and gas — that at times blurred the line between economic security and national security.

State of play: The disorder also highlighted the importance of developing domestic production of cutting-edge semiconductors, now sourced from a Taiwan that finds itself increasingly imperiled by an aggressive China.

  • The $280 billion Chips and Science Act of 2022 — signed into law in August — includes $52 billion in subsidies to coax companies into building production plants in the U.S.
  • Corporations have been receptive, in part because Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and China’s response to Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s visit this year “have really hammered home the fact that there is no guarantee of peace in the Taiwan Straits going forward,” says Chris Miller, a Tufts University history professor and author of the new book “Chip War: The Fight for the World’s Most Critical Technology.”

Context: TSMC’s announcement is just the latest in a string of high-profile investment plans from computer chip companies.

  • In early 2022, Intel announced it would spend $20 billion on a new chip production facility near Columbus, Ohio, and has plans to spend a similar amount building out plants in Chandler, Arizona.
  • Samsung Electronics has floated the possibility that it could follow a previously announced $17 billion investment in chip production in Austin, Texas, with up to $200 billion on 11 plants in the area, according to Bloomberg.

What they’re saying: The U.S. and European focus on boosting chip manufacturing, along with China’s simultaneous desire to lead global tech “all point to increased semiconductor capital expenditure in the coming decade,” analysts with S&P Global wrote in a recent research report.

The bottom line: In the aggregate, the reshuffling of the global chip market along national lines could be inefficient and costly as countries around the world rush to build, or rebuild, their own local supply of chips.

  • But in the U.S., it will make for good politics, offering shovel-ready photo ops for politicians at plants that promise good-paying jobs that, by definition, won’t be outsourced to China.

https://www.axios.com/2022/12/07/us-chip-boom-just-beginning-biden-tsmc


7. Weakening Dollar is Not Good for All International Companies

Capital Group Many European companies earn a substantial portion of their total revenue in dollars. In the health care sector, for example, French drugmaker Sanofi reported that currency effects boosted its sales by nearly 1 billion euros in the first half of 2022.

https://www.capitalgroup.com/advisor/insights/articles/2023-international-outlook.html?sfid=1988901890&cid=80891680&et_cid=80891680&cgsrc=SFMC&alias=A-btn-LP-2-CISynCTA


8. 967K Immigrants Naturalized at U.S. Citizens….3rd Highest Ever

Eric Finnegan-John Burns Real Estate –Good news for housing demand, labor supply, population growth… and of course, all those new US citizens.  In fiscal year 2022, 967K immigrants were naturalized as US citizens.  That’s the 3rd highest level – ever.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericfinniganl/


9. Who Is Viktor Bout, Arms Dealer in Swap for Brittney Griner?

Story by Valerie Hopkins and Alan Yuhas • 1h ago

Shortly after his conviction in 2011 on charges including conspiring to kill American citizens, the Russian arms dealer Viktor Bout relayed a defiant message through his lawyer as he faced the prospect of decades in prison.

Viktor Bout, a notorious Russian arms dealer, arriving at court in Bangkok in 2010. He was extradited and convicted of conspiring to kill Americans.© Nicolas Asfouri/Agence France-Presse — Getty Images

Mr. Bout, his lawyer said, “believes this is not the end.”

More than a decade later, Mr. Bout, 55, has been freed, despite serving less than half of his 25-year prison sentence. He was exchanged on Thursday for the American basketball star Brittney Griner, who had been imprisoned in Russia for 10 months.Russian officials had pressed for Mr. Bout’s return since his conviction by a New York jury on four counts that included conspiring to kill American citizens. Prosecutors said he had agreed to sell antiaircraft weapons to drug enforcement informants who were posing as arms buyers for the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia.

A mural in Washington depicting American hostages held abroad, including Paul Whelan, left, in July.© Patrick Semansky/Associated Press

The attorney general at the time, Eric Holder, called Mr. Bout (pronounced “Boot”) “one of the world’s most prolific arms dealers.” Mr. Bout become notorious among American intelligence officials, earning the nickname “Merchant of Death” as he evaded capture for years. His exploits helped inspire a 2005 film, “Lord of War,” that starred Nicolas Cage as a character fashioned after Mr. Bout.

He was probably the highest-profile Russian in U.S. custody and the prisoner Russia had campaigned the most vociferously to have returned. His return to Russia is likely to reignite the debate over the wisdom of engaging in prisoner exchanges for Americans the United States considers “wrongfully detained” — as was the case with Ms. Griner and is with another American still imprisoned in Russia, Paul Whelan, a former Marine.

In interviews with journalists, Mr. Bout has repeatedly denied accusations that he has worked for Russian intelligence agencies. But Mark Galeotti, an expert on Russia’s security services, said there were strong signs — Mr. Bout’s education, his social and professional networks, and his logistical skills — that he is a member, or at least was in close collaboration with, Russia’s military intelligence agency, known as the G.R.U.

“That is also the opinion of U.S. and other authorities — and it explains the reasons Russia has been so assiduously campaigning to get him back,” Mr. Galeotti, a lecturer on Russia and transnational crime at University College London, said in an interview in July. “All countries try to get their citizens out of rough jurisdictions, but it is clear that it has been a particular priority for the Russians in getting Viktor Bout back.”

Mr. Bout grew up in Dushanbe, the capital of Tajikistan, until his conscription into the Soviet military at age 18. After a term in the Army, he studied Portuguese at the Military Institute of Foreign Languages in Moscow, a common entree to Russian intelligence services, and eventually became an officer in the Air Force

The Soviet Union broke apart not long after Mr. Bout left the military. As Russia’s economy collapsed and criminal groups thrived, he moved to the United Arab Emirates and started a cargo company that grew to a fleet of 60 planes.

With military supplies of former Soviet states leaking onto the black market, his shipping empire delivered guns to rebels, militants and terrorists around the world, prosecutors said. In the new era of privatization in Russia, arms traffickers were able to use old Soviet-era social, military and business networks, and to also develop shell companies to hide transactions.

Mr. Bout was accused of selling weapons to Al Qaeda, the Taliban and militants in Rwanda. According to several investigations and his U.S. indictment, he and his associates flouted arms embargoes in Sierra Leone, the Democratic Republic of Congo and Algeria, where he sold weapons to both the government forces and the rebels fighting them.

His ability to avoid being captured added to his notoriety among Western intelligence officials. In 1995, the Taliban forced down one of his planes in Afghanistan and seized the cargo and imprisoned the crew. Mr. Bout and Russian officials somehow managed to get the crew out of the country: In 2003, he told The New York Times Magazine “they were extracted,” and in 2012, The New Yorker reported, he said they simply escaped.

U.S. authorities finally caught up with him in Bangkok in 2008. Mr. Bout met with undercover Drug Enforcement Administration agents he believed represented rebels from Colombia’s Revolutionary Armed Forces, or FARC, which the United States considered a terrorist organization until last year.

When the prospective buyers told him the weapons could be used to kill American pilots, Mr. Bout responded, “We have the same enemy,” prosecutors said.

Thai authorities arrested him on the spot. He was extradited to the United States in 2010 and two years later was sentenced to 25 years.

In the years since, Russian authorities have maintained Mr. Bout’s innocence and brought him up as a possible swap for other high-profile American and Ukrainian detainees held by Russia. He has been at the center of a Russian campaign, “we don’t abandon our own,” that has cast his arrest as unfair and politically motivated.

Mr. Bout’s exchange has been a priority for Russia “a matter of honor and a matter of ruthless pragmatism,” said Mr. Galeotti, the Russia expert.

Russian intelligence agencies “have inherited from the former Soviet K.G.B. a culture that makes it clear to its own agents — ‘we will get you back.’ That kind of loyalty to your own is really important when you are expecting people to put themselves potentially in harm’s way.”

It was unclear whether Mr. Bout’s return would further encourage Russia to arrest Westerners who can be traded; Moscow denies allegations that it intentionally arrests people to force an exchange.

Andrei Soldatov, a Russian journalist and expert on the security services who is a senior fellow at the Center for European Policy Analysis, said that while Mr. Bout had been the highest profile Russian prisoner in America, there were many more Russians in U.S. prisons, particularly for hacking.

The Russian authorities, Mr. Soldatov said, learned how to “create banks of hostages” in the early 2000s during a brutal war with the breakaway region of Chechnya, right after President Vladimir V Putin came to power.

“It was a lesson they never quite forgot,” said Mr. Soldatov. Referring to Russian security agencies, he said, “It makes total sense, from their point of view to do the same with the U.S.”

Ivan Nechepurenko contributed reporting.

Who Is Viktor Bout, Arms Dealer in Swap for Brittney Griner? (msn.com)


10. How to (Actually) Change Someone’s Mind

by Laura Huang and Ryan Yu

Summary.   Much of leadership boils down to turning adversaries into allies. In this piece, the authors discuss three persuasion strategies leaders can employ when faced with a disagreement in the workplace: the Cognitive Conversation, which is best for convincing colleagues…more

If you’re a leader, it’s likely that not everyone who works with you will agree with the decisions you make — and that’s okay. Leadership involves making unpopular decisions while navigating complex relationships with colleagues, partners, and clients. But often, you will need to get buy-in from these constituents, and therefore you will need to convince them to change their mind.

There is little friction involved in convincing people who are your natural supporters. But trying to change the mind of a dissenter, or a detractor, is a different story. How do you go about convincing someone who, for one reason or another, doesn’t see eye-to-eye with you? Someone who gives you a flat out “no”?

In the recent research we completed for Laura’s book, Edge: Turning Adversity into Advantage, we observed, and then interviewed, more than 60 leaders who were trying to convince business associates and other constituents to change their minds on a course of action that they initially disagreed with. The leaders who were most successful in overcoming others’ skepticism were those who diagnosed the root of the fundamental disagreement before trying to persuade. They first asked themselves, “What’s driving my detractor’s resistance?” These leaders often pinpointed which aspects of their arguments elicited the most pushback and the most emotional reactions. Then, depending on the answer, they approached the situation with one of the following three targeted strategies.

The Cognitive Conversation

When to use it: The detractor may be opposed to your argument because of an objective reason. If they’ve clearly articulated a logical set of objections, and they don’t appear to be hiding ulterior motives, approach them with a cognitive conversation. This is especially useful when the detractor is known to have a no-nonsense attitude and can easily set aside emotions in their decision-making process.

How it works: A successful cognitive conversation requires two things: sound arguments and good presentation. Take, for example, a situation where you are pushing to switch suppliers and you’ve found one whose materials and products are superior to the current supplier, whose products have been causing numerous downstream issues. But your colleague is in favor of sticking with your current supplier with whom he has a long-standing relationship. He expresses his resistance to your proposal by pointing out the higher prices the new supplier charges. You want to prepare sound arguments that disprove the detractor’s objections. In this instance, you might point out that the new supplier is actually less expensive in the long run, when you take into account all the additional production costs cause by the current supplier. You also want to use a logical framework and clear storyline to force the detractor to reassess their thinking. For example, you can emphasize that the decision is based on cost, quality, and service, but above all, cost and quality.

Be cautious about not introducing emotions into the discussion, which could give the impression that you and your detractor are not on common ground. For example, you don’t want to make it seem as if you believe your colleague’s relationship with the former supplier is irrelevant. The goal is to show the person that, on an objective and factual basis, their initial stance on the situation isn’t as reasonable as your argument. Be warned, these detractors are not easily swayed by broad generalizations. Be ready to mentally spar with them and come prepared with facts that back up each aspect of your overall argument.

The catch: Don’t assume that getting a “yes” from this type of detractor signals a conversion into an everlasting supporter. You may have persuaded them on this specific issue, but they may disagree with you again in the future. If that’s true, expect to have another cognitive conversation on that separate argument.

The Champion Conversion

When to use it: When the detractor isn’t easily persuaded through cognitive arguments, or when they harbor a grievance in your relationship with them, engaging in debates may be futile. Take, for example, a management decision where you’d like to promote a qualified individual who performed brilliantly under your supervision, but a counterpart of yours argues that your subordinates often get promoted over hers. Even if your promotion candidate is objectively more deserving, others may still feel resentment and refuse to provide support.

How it works: Don’t jump in and try to convince the other person. Instead, invest time in personally learning about and building rapport with them. Here, it’s not about arguments or presentation, at least initially, but understanding their perspective and why they might feel personally affronted. For instance, you might ask questions about her team, and which team members she feels have the most potential. Gradually convert this detractor into someone who is your champion or advocate, perhaps by shedding more light on the qualities that you value in individuals, both on your team as well as your counterpart’s team, or showing how you value her leadership style. By the time the decision must be made, try to make sure you’re both on the same page as to which qualities matter for promotion decisions and that you’ve clearly articulated how your candidate exemplifies those qualities.

The catch: No matter how much of a champion the other person becomes, don’t expect them to agree with a decision that’s fundamentally illogical. You can’t rely on relationship alone; your stance still needs to be backed by clear logic. Additionally, these types of detractors can easily sense if you’re trying to manipulate the situation to get them on your side. Authenticity is key: allow the other person to see who you are so that they can more fully understand your point of view.

The Credible Colleague Approach

When to use it: There are times when the detractor’s deeply-held personal beliefs make them fundamentally opposed to your proposal. Take, for example, a colleague who might disagree with you on the need to run a necessary clinical trial for a new product. Because they believe that the clinical trial might be harmful in some way or run counter to their values, they oppose the idea, even though the evidence shows that the benefits outweigh the harm. It’s sometimes tough to pinpoint where these personal beliefs stem from, but some combination of the person’s upbringing, personal history, and unspoken biases will, at times, make it seemingly impossible for them to accept a decision, no matter what logical or emotional argument you throw their way. In these situations, there isn’t much you can say or do to change their mind.

How it works: Rather than trying to argue with someone who seems resistant, bring in a credible colleague. A champion of your position from another part of the organization, whether they are a peer or superior, may be better-suited to convince this detractor. This forces the detractor to disentangle who you are from what your argument might be and evaluate the idea based on its objective merits. If you and the detractor are at an impasse, the credible colleague might just tip the scales in your favor.

The catch: Calling in an external supporter is a double-edged sword. While it can achieve the outcome you want, it may exacerbate your detractor’s opposition, especially if the detractor feels that the credible colleague has forced them to take your side. It’s critical to find the right colleague who can tactfully advocate for your position while maintaining a cordial relationship.

It’s not easy to have detractors, and it’s even harder to change their minds. The key is to understand the source of their resistance and use a targeted strategy that best resonates with your particular detractor. You’ll have a much better chance of getting a “yes.”

https://hbr.org/2020/07/how-to-actually-change-someones-mind?utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=hbr&utm_source=LinkedIn&tpcc=orgsocial_edit

 

Topley’s Top 10 – December 08, 2022

1. Average Short Interest Per Sector

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-december-6th-2022/


2. Average Earnings Contraction in a Recession -20%

Jack Ablin Cresset-The average earnings contraction over the last nine recessions (dating back to 1957) was nearly 20 per cent. That’s a far cry from the mid-single-digit profit growth analysts anticipate over the coming year.

https://cressetcapital.com/post/equities-brace-for-recession/


3. Europe Warmer Weather Lowering Gas Demand

Michael A. Arouet

@MichaelAArouet

https://twitter.com/MichaelAArouet


4. Natural Gas Chart Update

Nattie Gas…50day thru 200day to downside…trading below 200day since mid-October….approaching previous October lows


5. Much Talked About Chart…The Divide Between Price of Oil and Energy Stocks

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2022/12/01/the-great-divide-energy-sector-crude-oil/

www.stockcharts.com


6. NonTraded REITS $3.7B in Redemptions….12x Increase Over Last Year….Blackrock Gated Up Its Private REIT Withdraws

Investors are frantically pulling money out of real estate. Nontraded REITs saw $3.7 billion in redemptions in Q3. This is a 12x increase over last year.

Genevieve Roch-Decter, CFA

@GRDecter

https://twitter.com/GRDecter


7. Solar Capacity Will Overtake Coal in 2027

Here comes the sun

Renewables are set to become the world’s leading source of electricity generation by 2025, with solar power leading the charge, according to a new report from the International Energy Agency.
The global energy crisis, exacerbated by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, has hastened the need for countries to look beyond fossil fuels, with the IEA expecting the world to add twice as much renewable capacity from 2022-2027 than we managed in the 5 years previous.

Power shift
As we’ve recreated in the chart above (which omits nuclear energy), the IEA report estimates that by 2025, renewable resources’ share of the world’s power capacity is projected to hit 48%, overtaking coal and natural gas. By 2027, the growth translates into an extra 2,400 gigawatts of renewable power capacity — a figure that’s ~30% higher than what the IEA forecast last year.
Arguably the most important narrative shift is that the move to renewables is increasingly becoming less about environmental incentives. Indeed, in many cases renewables can be the most economical choice — the IEA report states that “despite elevated commodity prices, utility-scale solar PV is the least costly option for new electricity generation in a significant majorityof countries worldwide“. The profit motive can be an ugly one, but, when it starts to align with wider societal goals, change can happen quickly.Go deeper: read an executive summary of the IEA’s findings here, or dive into the full report.

www.chartr.com


8. The U.K. is 10 Years in Front of U.S. with Online Gambling.

Story by Gavin Finch, Harry Wilson and Ann Choi

https://www.bloomberg.com/graphics/2022-gambling-addiction-stories-how-uk-got-hooked-on-online-casino-betting/?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. 24 Million Homes Ripe for Remodeling

John Burns Real Estate Good news for remodeling:24 million homes will be “ripe” for major renovations and improvement projects by 2027.  The “Prime Remodel” years is the predictable stage in a home’s lifecycle when it undergoes a series of major improvement projects.  Before 2021, this “Prime Remodeling Years” cohort of homes had never topped 21 million

https://www.linkedin.com/in/ericfinnigan1/


10. If You Want to Be Smart, You Must Do This-Ryan Holiday

There are lots of smart people.

There are not a lot of people who can do this smart thing.

The poet John Keats called it “negative capability”—the mental fortitude to be able to entertain multiple contradictory ideas in your head at the same time. Or as F. Scott Fitzgerald famously wrote, “The test of a first-rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposing ideas in mind at the same time and still retain the ability to function. One should, for example, be able to see that things are hopeless, yet be determined to make them otherwise.”

The world is complicated, ambiguous, paradoxical, and contradictory. To make sense of it, to survive it, one must be able to balance conflicting ideas. To try to force everything into a simple box, or adhere to a simple theory? It just won’t work.

People will sometimes email me, “Ryan, Marcus Aurelius contradicts himself. Sometimes he says to zoom in and other times he says to zoom out.” Or they’ll point out that Seneca’s writings tell us to be aware of the dangers of the future and also never avoid anxiety and worry.” Or that they are confused because Law 3 in Robert Greene’s The 48 Laws of Power is “conceal your intentions” but Law 6 is “court attention at all cost.”

I’ve even gotten this about Discipline is Destiny which of course talks about being strict with yourself…and also not so strict with yourself. Is that a contradiction?

The answer is yes.

The famous lines from Walt Whitman are,

Do I contradict myself?

Very well then I contradict myself,

(I am large, I contain multitudes.)

Yes, Marcus Aurelius contradicts himself. Yes, the Stoics contradict themselves. Yes, Robert Greene’s laws of power contradict each other. Yes, I contradict myself.

Because the world contradicts itself. Because different situations call for different things. Because everything in life depends on context.

Look, even the premise that only a genius can manage negative capability is itself a little contradictory. Because you know who has no problem holding a bunch of conflicting ideas at the same time? Really dumb people!

So negative capability seems to follow the Midwit Meme curve.

So how do you cultivate the kind of negative capability Keats was talking about? Here are some thoughts:

[1] Read widely and from people you disagree with. One of the most surprising parts of Seneca’s writing is how often the avowed Stoic quotes Epicurus, the founder of the rival school, Epicureanism. The reason he was so familiar with Epicurus, Seneca wrote, was not because he was deserting the writings of the Stoics, but because he was reading like a spy in the enemy’s camp. That is, he was deliberately reading and immersing himself into the thinking and the strategies of those he disagreed with. To see if there was anything he could learn. Epicurus’s dictum was that “One sage is no wiser than another.” The Stoics believed this too—that we should actively pursue and engage with anyone who can be a source of wisdom to us, regardless of the school of thought from which that wisdom arose. Because if there is wisdom out there to be had, we’d be wise to avail ourselves of it.

[2] Study deeply. Marcus Aurelius chided himself “not to be satisfied with just getting the gist of it.” Instead, he said, “read attentively.” Go “directly to the seat of knowledge.” Seek out tutors and mentors. Linger, as Seneca said, on a small number of master thinkers, reading and re-reading their work. Go way beyond the “gist.”

[3] Put yourself in rooms where you’re the least knowledgeable person. Observe and learn. Ask questions. That uncomfortable feeling, that defensiveness that you feel when your most deeply held assumptions are challenged? Do it deliberately. Let it humble you. In my own education, I’ve always followed Marcus Aurelius’ rule: “go straight to the seat of intelligence.” He also writes, “Mastery of reading and writing requires a master. Still, more so life.” For me, Robert Greene was and is my master in writing and, more so, in life. Go straight to the sources of knowledge, people who have different perspectives and expertise, people who can help you see things from a new angle and to consider alternative viewpoints. Absorb as much as you can from them.

[4] Understand that timing and context are everything. Confucius was once asked for advice by a student, and in replying essentially urged him to wait and be patient. Later he was asked for advice by another student, and advised that student to not be patient and to solve the problem immediately. An observant third student noticed the seemingly contradictory nature of Confucius’ responses and asked him to explain. Confucius replied, “Ran Qiu is over cautious and so I wished to urge him on. Zilu, on the other hand, is too impetuous, and so I sought to hold him back.” Everybody is different. Every situation is different.

[5] Embrace epistemic humility. Epictetus reminds us that “it’s impossible to learn that which you think you already know.” To the Stoics, particularly Zeno, conceitedness was the primary impediment to wisdom. Because when you’ve always got answers, opinions and ready-made solutions, what you’re not doing is learning. The physicist John Wheeler said that “as our island of knowledge grows, so does the shore of our ignorance.” The point is the more you know the more you realize there is much more to know.

[6] Keep your identity small. This is a rule from the great Paul Graham. His point was that the more you identify with things—being a member of a certain political party, being seen as smart, being seen as someone who drives a fancy car or someone who belongs to this club or that ideology—the harder it is for you to change your mind or entertain new points of view. You want to remain a free agent.

[7] Don’t always have an opinion. It’s possible, Marcus Aurelius said, to not have an opinion. Practice the ability of having absolutely no thoughts about something. You should be able to have multiple ideas you’re working on in your head at one time, as opposed to a bunch of things you have strong opinions about.

[8] Flexibility is key. A colleague of Churchill once observed that Churchill “venerated tradition but ridiculed convention.” The past was important, but it was not a prison. The old ways—what the Romans called the mos maiorum—were important but not to be mistaken as perfect. Plenty of people have been buried in coffins of their own making. Before their time too. Because they couldn’t understand that “the way they’d always done things” wasn’t working anymore. Or that “the way they were raised” wasn’t acceptable anymore. We must cultivate the capacity for change, for flexibility and adaptability. Continuously, constantly.

It’s one of the greatest exchanges between Epictetus and a student. “Tell me what to do!” the student says. Epictetus replied, “you must understand how laughable it is to say, ‘Tell me what to do!’” The student is confused. Epictetus says, “What advice could I possibly give? No, a far better request is, ‘Train my mind to adapt to any circumstance.’ . . . In this way, if circumstances take you off script . . . you won’t be desperate for a new prompting.”

It would be nice if someone could show us exactly what to do in every situation. Indeed, this is what we spend a good portion of our lives doing: preparing for this, studying for that. Saving for or anticipating some arbitrary point in the future. But that’s not life. Life punches us in the face. It destroys our plans.

The Stoics did not seek to have the answer for every question or a plan for every contingency. Yet they’re also not worried. Why? Because they have confidence that they’ll be able to adapt and change with the circumstances. Rooted in the teachings of Epictetus, the United States Navy Vice Admiral and prisoner of war James Stockdale perfectly described this mental attitude when he said that to survive years of imprisonment and torture, he needed a paradoxical combination of optimism and realism. He needed to maintain unwavering faith that he would ultimately prevail, and at the same time, he needed to confront the brutal facts of his current situation. As Fitzgerald put it above, Stockdale needed to “be able to see that things are hopeless yet be determined to make them otherwise.”

Instead of looking for instruction, the Stoic cultivates skills like creativity, independence, self-confidence, ingenuity, and the ability to problem solve. They cultivate negative capability. They cultivate true genius.

In this way, they are resilient instead of rigid.

https://ryanholiday.net/if-you-want-to-be-smart-you-must-do-this/

Topley’s Top 10 – December 07, 2022

1. I Listen to a Lot of Podcasts and Below is Top Ranked Episode….2 of My Favorite Groups Discussing Current State of Markets

Compound and Friends Josh Brown and Michael Batnick Interview Jeff DeGraff of Renmac Research ..TONS of good information.

Click to Listen

https://thereformedbroker.com/podcast/


2. Big Technical Break….U.S. Dollar Closes Below 200 Day Moving Average.


3. Gold (GLD) Dollar Weakens…GLD Runs Up to 200 Day and Backs Away.

www.stockcharts.com


4. December S&P Seasonality

Dorsey Wright Around this time each year we like to emphasize just how strong, and often positive, the month of December has historically been. The image below summarizes these tendencies and reveals that since 1957 the S&P 500 (SPX) has posted a gain in December 78% of the time and returned 1.73% on average (1.68% median return). The month with the second most positive returns is November, with a batting average of 72%.


5. For 2023 Bear Market??…A lot of Financials Near Highs.

Interactive Brokers

SEIC-SEI Investments

JEF Jefferies Financial Group

www.stockcharts.com


6. 10-year chart S&P Up Double Lithium ETF (LIT) …..5 Year Chart Not So Much

5 Year Chart Lithium ETF (LIT) +85% vs. S&P +50%

www.yahoofinance.com


7. Global Real Wages Go Negative

ZEROHEDGE BY TYLER DURDEN-The global inflation crisis paired with lackluster economic growth and an outlook clouded by uncertainties have led to a decline in real wages around the world, a new report published by the International Labour Organization (ILO) has found.

As Statista’s Felix Richter reports, according to the 2022-23 Global Wage Report, global real monthly wages fell 0.9 percent this year on average, marking the first decline in real earnings at a global scale in the 21st century.

https://www.zerohedge.com/personal-finance/global-wages-take-hit-inflation-eats-paychecks


8. Amazon’s new robot is capable of handling millions of different products and could replace human workers

BYMATT DAY AND BLOOMBERG

Amazon.com Inc. has developed a robot capable of identifying and handling individual items, a milestone in the e-commerce giant’s efforts to reduce its reliance on the human order pickers who currently play a key role in getting products from warehouse shelves to customers’ doorsteps.

The robotic arm, tipped by a set of what appear to be retractable suction cup-like devices, is called Sparrow. In a company video released on Thursday, the machine autonomously grabbed items of different sizes and textures from a plastic tote and placed them in other receptacles. Amazon said the bot is capable of handling millions of different products.

Automating such tasks may look simple but has stumped Amazon roboticists for years. Machines at the company’s facilities have long lifted pallets, arranged tightly packed shelves and shuttled packages on conveyor belts. But Amazon also employs hundreds of thousands of workers, whose dexterity and intuition currently let them pick and pack items more quickly and more reliably than existing machines.

If widely deployed, robots like Sparrow could eventually render large portions of that workforce unnecessary, shifting the emphasis from employees who perform simple tasks that require little training, to a likely smaller cadre of technicians who supervise and maintain robotic systems. Amazon is the second largest private employer in the US behind Walmart Inc., with 1.54 million workers worldwide.

Amazon has for years been criticized for pushing its workers too hard in a relentless effort to get packages to customers quickly. Warehouse injuries exceed Amazon’s logistics peers, drawing the scrutiny of workplace regulators looking to ensure the company isn’t putting employees in harm’s way. Groups seeking to unionize these facilities are also pushing for improved safety and working conditions, along with higher pay.

“Working with our employees, Sparrow will take on repetitive tasks, enabling our employees to focus their time and energy on other things, while also advancing safety,” the company said in a blog post on Thursday. “At the same time, Sparrow will help us drive efficiency by automating a critical part of our fulfillment process so we can continue to deliver for customers.”

It wasn’t immediately clear how quickly or widely Sparrow would be deployed. The robot’s use could require a redesign of Amazon’s main warehouses, called fulfillment centers. They currently store most types of products on racks of mesh shelving that are likely incompatible with robotic arms like Sparrow.

Amazon has long aspired to mostly automate its warehouses. But the company has been sensitive to the perception that it plans to eliminate jobs. During a media event at an Amazon robotics research and manufacturing facility outside Boston, executives focused on the new types of roles increasingly automated facilities would require and said many frontline workers would be retrained for these higher-skilled jobs.

Sign up for the Fortune Features email list so you don’t miss our biggest features, exclusive interviews, and investigations.

https://fortune.com/2022/11/10/amazon-new-robot-sparrow-replace-human-workers/


9. All the Favorite Covid Google Search Words Traffic Imploding Except…”Remote Jobs”

Chartr.com

Here to stay

Last week we explored the topic of remote work. If you missed it, the short version of the story is that roughly half of all job applications on LinkedIn last month were for remote work positions, way more than the number of remote work positions actually available. That got us thinking about other pandemic trends, many of which haven’t stuck around in the same way.

A time in spaceData from Google reveals how online yoga, home workouts, the breadmaking boom and even searches for wine delivery all struggled to maintain their early 2020 momentum as life in America returned to something resembling “normal”.
Much to the chagrin of Zoom executives, far fewer people are searching for the video chat tool, making the company’s share price chart look oddly similar to the search trend presented above. Indeed, many of the lifestyle changes that could have lingered ended up being short-lived.

One hobby that has maintained some buzz is chess. Searches for “online chess” got a modest bump during the pandemic as competitive board game players turned to web versions of the ancient game to scratch their competitive itch. Then Netflix’s popular show The Queen’s Gambit came along and from there the game has made headlines a number of times — thanks in part to a cheating scandal. All told, daily user figures have quintupled to 5 million at Chess.com since 2020, according to the platform.

www.chartr.com


10. 3 Key Elements of a Fulfilling Life

Arash Emamzadeh-Psychology Today

  • The building blocks of a fulfilled life include resources (e.g., support), personal characteristics (e.g., curiosity), and life quality.
  • Cognitive and emotional evaluations include being free of regret, achieving self-development and other important goals, and leaving a legacy.
  • Sources of fulfillment include relationships, occupation, savoring life, recreational activities, and spirituality.

Correlates of a Satisfying Life-The following nine categories were the sources from which participants drew fulfillment.

  • Relationships and community: Sharing quality time with others.
  • Occupation: Living one’s calling.
  • Recreational activities: Music, exercise, enjoyment of small things, etc.
  • Learning: Meeting new people and exposure to new points of view.
  • Partnership: A loving romantic partnership.
  • Parenting: Raising children well.
  • Civic engagement: Working for a good cause.
  • Spirituality: Living spiritually.
  • Savoring: Enjoying every moment.

The biggest sources from which participants drew fulfillment were relationships and community and occupation. For instance, “I want professional fulfillment in a job where I add value to others through my skills.” (Female, age 32).

Antecedents of a Satisfying Life

The contextual aspects that facilitated a gratifying life:

  • Resources: Social and psychological resources, such as a sheltered (but not overprotected) childhood, social integration, social support, healthy self-connection, self-confidence, and effective problem-solving and coping skills. To illustrate, a 58-year-old male participant suggested fulfillment results from going “through life with confidence and self-assurance.”
  • Personal characteristics: Positive attitude, taking responsibility and showing initiative, positive traits (e.g., modesty, courage, persistence, curiosity), and acceptance. An example, for trait acceptance, was, “Being able to accept things in life that you would do differently today.” (Female, age 83).
  • Quality of life: Health, financial security and well-being, personal freedom, work/education opportunities, work-private life balance, and luck.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/finding-new-home/202212/3-key-elements-fulfilling-life

Topley’s Top 10 – December 06, 2022

1. Tech Leader Cloud Computing -50% YTD

WCLD Cloud Computing ETF

https://www.wisdomtree.com/investments/etfs/megatrends/wcld


2. Amazon Chart 50day thru 200day to Downside on Weekly Chart

AMZN bearish technical signal


3. FSLR +176% Since Signing of Inflation Reduction Act

First Solar Spike

www.stockcharts.com


4. Credit Suisse Stock Makes New Lows as Saudi’s Invest

Dec 4 (Reuters) – Investors including Saudi Arabia’s crown prince and a U.S. private-equity firm run by a former Barclays CEO have shown interest in investing $1 billion or more in Credit Suisse’s (CSGN.S) new investment banking unit, the Wall Street Journal reported on Sunday. https://www.reuters.com/markets/deals/credit-suisses-investment-bank-draws-interest-saudi-crown-prince-wsj-2022-12-05/#:~:text=Dec%204%20(Reuters)%20%2D%20Investors,Street%20Journal%20reported%20on%20Sunday.

Chart CS New Lows

Meanwhile Warren Buffett Invests in Jefferies ….2 Year Chart JEF +55% vs. CS -75%

www.yahoofinance.com


5. PKW Buyback ETF Another Chart Holding Above 200 Week Moving Average

Stocks with highest buybacks holding key technical level

www.stockcharts.com


6. The Average Price of a Used Tesla is Plummeting …-15% Since August

@Charlie Bilello The average price of a used Tesla is down nearly 15% over the last 90 days, $11.5k lower than the peak in July.

https://compoundadvisors.com/blog


7. Details on Americans Excess Savings

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank One of the reasons we’ve felt confident that the US economy wouldn’t slip into recession in 2022 and early 2023, even though we’ve been convinced that it will by the end of 2023, is the huge pool of excess savings and when they’ll be eroded.

Today’s CoTD comes from Matt Luzzetti’s 2023 Outlook for the US economy here. The first chart shows the consumer remains supported by a historically enormous $1.2trn stock of excess savings alongside the still strong labour market. However in our economists’ base case, two-thirds of that stock will be eroded by the middle of next year. If we’re correct about a recession starting in Q3, then the entire stock will be depleted by the end of that quarter.

As the second chart shows, most of the excess savings is concentrated in the top quartile even if this is the group seeing the largest erosion from the peak. However more importantly there is likely to be more erosion of the excess savings of the lower income households in 2023. They have the higher propensity to spend so will be less able to boost the economy over the next 12 months.

Larry Summers put it neatly in a Bloomberg TV interview over the weekend suggesting that, “At a certain point, consumers run out of their savings and then you have a Wile E. Coyote kind of moment”.


8. Changes in Road Deaths Since 1994

https://ritholtz.com/


9. Startup backed by Tesla investor promises $300,000 flying car by 2025: ‘This is not more complicated than a Toyota Corolla’

Tom Huddleston Jr. CNBC

Alef Aeronautics wants to start delivering its $300,000 Model A flying car to customers by 2025.

Source: Alef Aeronautics

The promise of a future filled with flying cars is nothing new. For decades, futurists have touted the dream of your car lifting off and soaring above a traffic jam.

So the most interesting part of a recent prototype announcement from Santa Clara, California-based Alef Aeronautics may not be the car itself, which Alef says will be able to take off into the air vertically and fly like a helicopter up to 110 miles on a single charge.

It’s the timing: The company says it plans to begin delivering the vehicles to customers by the end of 2025.

Alef’s Model A will cost $300,000 and presales are currently open, with interested customers able to pay just a $150 deposit to get on the waiting list, or $1,500 for a “priority” spot on the list. Alef says the company has been test-driving and flying its prototype since 2019, and the version it plans to deliver to customers will also have a driving range of 200 miles.

Alef CEO Jim Dukhovny tells CNBC Make It that the car is mostly intended to stay on roads, ideally only traveling through the air for short heights and distances to avoid specific obstacles. He refers to those moments as “hop” scenarios, “where the customer mainly uses the vehicle as a car, and only ‘hop’ over the obstacles when needed.”

In a statement in October, Dukhovny referenced “road conditions, weather and infrastructure” as potential reasons to briefly take flight.

It’s a bold concept. But for a flying car to actually appear on highways anytime soon, a lot needs to happen, experts say.


A challenging road to legality and mass production

The car’s design includes a carbon-fiber body with an open, mesh-like top that houses four propellers on each side. Once the car takes off vertically, the entire vehicle turns on its side, with the two-seat cockpit swiveling as well, allowing the propellers to steer it like an oversized flying drone.

As far as driving the vehicle, Alef says it is designed to adhere to automotive laws and regulations, making it “road legal,” according to the company.

Alef even has the backing of Tim Draper, a high-profile venture capitalist who was an early investor in both Tesla and SpaceX. His namesake Draper Associates Fund V invested $3 million of seed money in Alef in October.

Source: Alef Aeronautics

But Mike Ramsey, an auto and smart mobility analyst at Gartner, says Alef’s plans are “neat” — but contends that the company has “a tough road” ahead.

Mass production is a challenge for any car startup, and it’s often hard to get regulatory approvals to legally drive on public roads, much less fly over them, Ramsey says.

Ramsey notes that the Federal Aviation Administration has provided updated guidance on the requirements needed for ground vehicles to be legally allowed to take off and fly in public airspace. The FAA even reportedly gave another flying car concept, Samson Sky’s Switchblade, the go-ahead for flight testing in July.

But Ramsey is adamant that, even with more clarity from the FAA and other regulators, companies looking to get their flying car concepts certified still face a “major challenge.”

“The safety requirements that every [road] vehicle has to have, how you can make that work alongside the requirements you would need to make a flying vehicle legal would be pretty substantial,” Ramsey says.

Alef hopes to speed up its regulatory process by first seeking air certification outside of the U.S., specifically in Asia and Europe, Dukhovny says: ”[That] will not only help us build a safety record, but also will allow us to gather enough data to help with FAA certification process in the U.S.”

Dukhovny also plans to initially have the Model A certified as a Low Speed Vehicle (LSV), which would mean the car couldn’t exceed roughly 25 miles per hour on public roads. Alef would later seek full automotive certification, he adds.


‘That would be an incredible accomplishment’

The Model A isn’t Alef’s only bold plan: Dukhovny has also publicly announced his intention to build a cheaper version, called the Model Z, that sells for just $35,000 by 2030.

In October, Dukhovny told Reuters that the proposed Model Z would be “not more complicated than a Toyota Corolla,” and should therefore have a similar price range.

But it’s “not easy” to build a mass-produced vehicle — like the Corolla — much less turn one into a legal aircraft, Ramsey says.

“I would personally be very surprised if we have a flying vehicle like that ready for production in the next two years,” he adds. “That would be an incredible accomplishment.”

Not everyone agrees. Hugh Martin, CEO of transportation logistics startup Lacuna Technologies, told CNBC last year that he could envision commercially available flying cars as soon as 2024.

Major companies racing to be the first to put a flying car on the market include Fiat Chrysler and China’s Xpeng. Hyundai and Uber have been working on a flying taxi concept since 2020, and Hyundai subsidiary Supernal has announced plans to to launch a flying pod commercially by 2028.

But even if the cars are ready by then, regulatory approval could be a much lengthier process.

“Just the regulatory challenges are going to be pretty substantial,” Ramsey says.

Want to earn more and work less? Register for the free CNBC Make It: Your Money virtual event on Dec. 13 at 12 p.m. ET to learn from money masters how you can increase your earning power.

Sign up now: Get smarter about your money and career with our weekly newsletter

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/12/04/alef-aeronautics-startup-backed-by-tesla-investor-flying-car-by-2025.html


10. Why Emotional Intelligence Is in Decline

Less in-person interaction, lower societal empathy, and more. Madeleine A. Fugère Ph.D.

KEY POINTS

  • Emotional intelligence consists of four factors: well-being, self-control, emotionality, and sociability.
  • The cross-temporal meta-analysis included 70 studies with nearly 17,000 participants.
  • Three facets of emotional intelligence declined over time: well-being, self-control, and emotionality.
  • Access to technology was associated with decreased well-being and self-control.

New research appearing in the latest issue of the Journal of Personality by Khan and colleagues presents a meta-analysis showing declining levels of emotional intelligence in Western college-student samples in studies that were completed between 2001 and 2019.

What Is Emotional Intelligence?

Emotional intelligence is a complex construct consisting of four factors: well-being, self-control, emotionality, and sociability. The factor of well-being encompasses one’s positive self-evaluations, as well as feelings of happiness and optimism. The factor of self-control includes the ability to regulate one’s feelings, including emotions, stress, and impulses. The factor of emotionality involves relationship skills such as one’s ability to accurately perceive one’s own as well as others’ feelings and one’s capacity to experience empathy. The factor of sociability includes one’s ability to communicate effectively, exert influence over others, and build social networks (Khan et al., 2021).

The Current Research

The lead author of the present study searched for previous research using the Trait Emotional Intelligence Questionnaire, which was conducted between 2001 and 2019. The researchers also limited inclusion in the meta-analysis to those studies involving college student samples from the US, UK, Canada, and Australia. The present research included 70 studies with nearly 17,000 participants. The researchers then conducted a “cross-temporal meta-analysis” to examine changes in emotional intelligence over time, controlling for the age of the cohorts. They sought to determine “whether societal-level changes have coincided with changes in trait EI [emotional intelligence] in young adults.”

The Findings

The researchers found (when controlling for gender as well as the country where the study was conducted) that time was significantly negatively associated with three facets of emotional intelligence: well-being, self-control, and emotionality. Furthermore, the declines in emotional intelligence were “stronger as the proportion of females in the sample decrease[d].” The authors also conducted supplementary analyses showing that access to technology in each of the countries was “associated with lower levels of well-being and self-control.”

The Implications

The authors speculate that the rapid rise in young adults’ use of social media might be responsible for some of the declines in emotional intelligence. “In-person social interaction provides greater opportunity for emotional closeness and bonding compared to online communication, which is problematic if individuals are replacing in-person social interactions with online communication.” Changes in society over the past two decades may also be responsible for “generational decreases in empathy and increases in depression and anxiety symptoms” as well as “increases in mood disorders, suicide ideation, and suicide attempts.”

Although the design of the current study does not permit drawing causal conclusions, the authors speculate that social media increasingly “replaces in-person communication resulting in increasing loneliness… [and] facilitates social comparisons and peer envy.” The researchers propose that other factors such as academic stress or family instability may also drive these declines in emotional intelligence. “Pinpointing the causes behind declining levels of well-being, self-control, and emotionality is particularly important for the prevention of mental health issues.” The authors also note the possibility that “well-being may have declined over time as a consequence of declines in other facets of trait EI (e.g., self-control and emotionality).”

The Limitations and Future Directions

One limitation of the current project: Because many individual papers did not report the ethnic background of their participants, the current researchers were unable to explore ethnic background as a potential moderator of emotional intelligence. To address declining emotional intelligence, the researchers recommend implementing interventions that can improve trait emotional intelligence over the long term, noting that “these interventions were also successful in improving participants’ social relationships and employability.” The authors hope that their analysis “stimulates further research into investigating the causes of these alarming societal trends.”

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/dating-and-mating/202111/why-emotional-intelligence-is-in-decline

Topley’s Top 10 – December 05, 2022

1. History of Back to Back 5% Plus S&P Months

@RyanDetrick  Carson Research

Here’s another bullish takeaway from the recent strength. S&P 500 >5% back-to-back months. This type of persistent strength isn’t the sign of a bear market rally, but likely the start of a new bull. Previous 13 times it happened? Higher yr later every time and up 22.2% on avg.


2. VIX Volatility Index About to Break Thru August Lows

www.stockcharts.com


3. Global Bonds Up Almost 5% in One Month

JP Morgan Private Bank GLOBAL BONDS ENJOYED THEIR BEST MONTH OF PERFORMANCE SINCE THE GFC


4. Most Layoffs Coming From Tech

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Perhaps no surprise but a parabolic spike in job cut announcements in tech industry (update thru November)  https://www.linkedin.com/in/lizannsonders/


5. Bitcoin as Digital Gold?  2022 GLD (gold) -2.3% vs. BITO (Bitcoin) -63%

www.yahoofinance.com


6. Top Buyers of Russian Oil August 2022

Barrons The Murky Pricing Math Behind Europe’s New Oil Sanctions


By 

Avi Salzman

https://www.barrons.com/articles/europe-russia-oil-price-sanctions-51670034208?mod=past_editions&tesla=y


7.Home Prices Down But Still Sky-High

Bespoke Investment Group September numbers for home prices across the country were released by S&P CoreLogic Case Shiller this morning.  Below is a look at how much home prices are up since February 2020 just before COVID hit.  The National index is up 41%, while Tampa, Phoenix, and Miami are all up 63% or more.  At the lower end of the gains are Washington DC, Minneapolis, San Francisco, and Chicago with price increases between 27% and 31%.7. Home Prices Down But Still Sky-High

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/home-prices-down-but-still-sky-high

Blackstone Puts Up Gate on Giant Real Estate Fund

 Blackstone’s $69 Billion Real Estate Fund Hits Redemption Limit

  • Investment firm will restrict repurchase requests in December
  • Real estate fund has breached quarterly repurchase limits

Sridhar Natarajan and Dawn Lim

Blackstone Inc.’s $69 billion real estate fund for wealthy individuals said it will limit redemption requests, one of the most dramatic signs of a pullback at a top profit driver for the firm and a chilling indicator for the property industry.

Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust Inc. has been facing withdrawal requests exceeding its quarterly limit, a major test for the one of the private equity firm’s most ambitious efforts to reach individual investors. The news, in a letter Thursday, sent Blackstone stock falling as much as 10%, the biggest drop since March. 

“Our business is built on performance, not fund flows, and performance is rock solid,” a Blackstone spokesperson said, adding that BREIT’s concentration in rental housing and logistics in the Sun Belt leaves it well positioned going forward. This year, the fund has piled into more than $20 billion worth of swaps contracts through November to counteract rising rates.

The fund became a behemoth in the real estate industry since its start in 2017, snapping up apartments, suburban homes and dorms and growing rapidly in an era of ultra-low interest rates as investors chased yield. Now, soaring borrowing costs and a cooling economy are rapidly changing the landscape for the fund, causing BREIT to caution that it could limit or suspend repurchase requests going forward. 

Blackstone’s top executives have bet big on the fund. Bloomberg reported last month that President Jon Gray had put $100 million more of his own money in BREIT since July, as had Chief Executive Officer Steve Schwarzman, a person familiar with the matter said at the time.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-12-01/blackstone-real-estate-fund-tops-limit-for-redemption-requests?sref=GGda9y2L


8.Profit Margin Compression at S&P Retailers

Jack Ablin Cresset Capital Many retailers are offering steep discounts, even in the face of higher labor costs, to outrun the recession. The average discount for Black Friday deals this year was 30 per cent, according to The New York Times. Another challenge is that middle-class consumers are expected to spend 15 per cent more on “experiences,” such as travel, concerts and sporting events, this year compared to last year, according to a recent New York Times report. Some shoppers are already cutting back on discretionary purchases. Bottom line: We expect a strong Christmas selling season, but it will be at the expense of profit margins.

https://cressetcapital.com/post/retailers-race-against-recession/


9.Tesla Tractor Trailers Hit the Road

Morning Brew Blog

TRANSPORATION

Beep beep, your Tesla Semi is finally here

Francis Scialabba

Three years behind schedule, Tesla Semis will finally join their diesel-guzzling pals in boxing you in on the interstate. Last night, the automaker delivered its first electric semitrucks, which are expected to be more powerful and able to travel further than any EV currently whizzing down I-80.

The first company to get the trucks will be Pepsi, which was in the long haul for the long hauls. It ordered 100 trucks when they were first announced in 2017.

The industry is pumped for the Tesla Semi

Right now, electric trucks are limited by their range: Renault’s EV semi, for example, can only travel ~125 miles on a single charge. These electric trucks are used only for local and regional trips so they can charge at factories and distribution centers overnight.

But Elon Musk promised that his truck could drive 500 miles on a single charge, a feat that would change the game for adoption of heavy-duty EVs.

However, there are more speed bumps for EV semis than even an 18-wheeler can clear:

  1. Batteries in these trucks are extremely difficult and expensive to produce—especially right now as lithium, the main component of an EV battery, and other crucial minerals are in short supply.
  2. The amount of electricity required to power EV trucks is staggering. Seriously—the projected power needed to convert a single gas station into a charging station to support smaller EVs and semis by 2035 would be the amount a small town needs, according to a study from National Grid.

Unlike personal EVs, which have taken off in recent years, EV semitrucks are still on training wheels. If the Tesla Semi succeeds, it could be a big win for 1) the young commercial EV industry and 2) Tesla, which needs a boost after its stock plunged more than 50% this year and its CEO Musk got distracted fighting with Stephen King on Twitter.—MM

         

https://www.morningbrew.com/daily


10. Boldly Optimistic and Ruthlessly Pragmatic

It doesn’t matter who you are, the facts are the same. Marcus Aurelius was Emperor. Epictetus was a slave. Two different fates, but the same reality. Most of life, most situations are out of our control. All we can do is respond to them well. All we can do is endure them.

In December 1950, the United States was deep into the war in Korea. It seemed likely that the conflict would spiral out of control. What would happen next? What could one do? Was it hopeless? Whose fault was it? As Secretary of State, Dean Aiken struggled under this burden. He got a letter from his old friend, the foreign policy visionary George Keenan. It’s advice that bucks you up whether you’re fighting for the future of the free world, or just trying to make it through high school. And here it is:

“In international as in private life, what counts most is not what happens to someone, but how he bears what happens to him. For this reason, almost everything depends from here on out on the manner in which we Americans bear what is unquestionably a major failure and disaster to our national fortunes. If we accept it with candor, with dignity with the resolve to absorb its lessons and make it good by redoubled and determined effort, starting all over again, if necessary, along the pattern of Pearl Harbor, we need lose neither our self confidence nor our allies, nor our powers for bargaining. But if we try to conceal from our own people, or from our allies, the full measure of our misfortune, or permit ourselves to seek relief in any reactions of bluster or petulance or hysteria, we can easily find this crisis resolving itself into an irreparable deterioration of our world position, and of our confidence in ourselves.”

We’ve talked before about this kind of paradox in stoicism. The stoics were boldly optimistic and ruthlessly pragmatic. They always believed that they could endure the worst circumstances and they accepted the brutal facts of those circumstances. They saw the unquestionable major disaster and the unprecedented major opportunity.

As Ryan Holiday writes in Lives of the Stoics (which you can pick up at The Daily Stoic Store), Xeno loses his entire fortune in a shipwreck. But by bearing this with grace and fortitude, he was able to discover a philosophy that changed the world. Marcus was the leader of Rome through a series of crises that matched Truman’s: a war and a 15-year pandemic. Cato faced a republic on the brink of collapse. Seneca, Musonius Rufus, Agrippinus, Rutilius, and Helvidius, all were exiled.

These were difficult moments, but they bore them well with competence, dignity, candor, most of all unflappable perseverance. They might have temporarily bemoaned it, but they knew, as Epictetus knew, that becoming an Olympic class athlete takes sweat. So they stuck to it, just as you must.

https://dailystoic.com

Topley’s Top 10 – December 02, 2022

1. S&P Closes Above 200day Moving Average


2. History of S&P Below 200day for 6 Months

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading Looking at the previous 13 times (since ’50) it was beneath the 200dma for 6 mos or more and closed above showed only once did it move back to new lows.  Up avg 18.8% yr later and higher 12/13 times, Carson notes.


3. Another Large U.S. Arms Sale this Week $323M to Finland…Defense ETF New Highs

ITA-Aerospace and Defense ETF about to make new highs

www.stockcharts.com


4. International Outperformance EFA Developed International +13.2% vs. S&P +5% November

www.yahoofinance.com


5. MSCI China +25% November

https://www.google.com/finance/quote/MCHI:NASDAQ?  sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwj6zZi74tj7AhWJpXIEHVFsAgQQ3ecFegQIHBAg


6. Tesla Traded Down to 200 Week Moving Average

Tesla after 3 lower tops..almost hits 200week on long-term chart

www.stockcharts.com


7. Bitcoin Returns After Rolling One Month -20%

Not sure if this matters but here is the history

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


8. China Facing 11.58m College Grads this Year Looking for Jobs

My thought 18% Youth Unemployment Historically Equals Social Unrest

Bloomberg China’s Record Graduates to Pressure Youth Jobs Market in 2023

  • A record 11.58 million students will graduate next year: Gov
  • Youth unemployment rate hit all-time high this year on Covid

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-11-16/china-s-record-graduates-to-pressure-youth-jobs-market-in-2023?sref=GGda9y2L


9. Number Of Handgun Owners Carrying Daily Nearly Doubles In US

ZEROHEDGE BLOG BY TYLER DURDEN  A new study published in the American Journal of Public Health revealed the number of law-abiding Americans carrying a loaded handgun daily nearly doubled between 2015-19.

The study titled “Trend in Loaded Handgun Carrying Among Adult Handgun Owners in the United States, 2015‒2019” found the number of law-abiding US adults carrying handguns nearly doubled from 9 million in 2015 to 16 million in 2019.

“Proportionally fewer handgun owners carried handguns in states where issuing authorities had substantial discretion in granting permits,” the study’s authors said.

The authors claimed that very “little was known about the frequency and features of firearm carrying among adult handgun owners in the United States before this study. In fact, over the past 30 years, only a few peer-reviewed national surveys, conducted in 1994,1995, 1996, and 2015, have provided even the most basic information about firearm carrying frequency.”

Research firm Ipsos conducted the national survey between July 2019 and August 2019. Respondents were from firearm-owning households drawn from Ipsos’s Knowledge Panel, an online sampling pool of approximately 55,000 adults.

There was no explanation by the study’s authors for the rapid increase in daily handgun-carrying adults. But during the period, social unrest in Ferguson, Missouri, and Baltimore City, Maryland, as well as surging violent crime across certain metro areas, could be the reason behind the trend.

After all, an overwhelming number of respondents said they were carrying handguns for “personal protection.”

“And all of these increases happened before the Covid lockdowns and the “Summer of Love” where many US cities experienced massive rioting, violence and staggering increases in crime,” firearms blog Bearing Arms said. Much of this unleashed a tidal wave of law-abiding citizens panic buying guns, even to this day, for personal protection.

And then there’s this summer’s US Supreme Court’s NYSRPA v. Bruen ruling affirmed the right-to-carry applies outside the home, which forces states to stop arbitrarily denying carry permits to applicants who didn’t meet specific requirements. This ruling has allowed millions of gun owners to conceal carry if they take a two-day class and pass a background check.

Suppose the authors were to update the study for the pandemic years and the Bruen ruling. In that case, we believe the number of Americans packing heat has dramatically increased as the country is plagued with violent crime in progressively run cities.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/number-handgun-owners-carrying-daily-nearly-doubles-us


10. 10 things crypto people said at Thanksgiving this year

This article was written by Joe Weisenthal. It appeared first on the Bloomberg Terminal.

Well this is awkward for you. As Bloomberg’s Claire Ballentine notes, if you were preaching the gospel of crypto to your family at Thanksgiving last year, then this year you had a lot of explaining to do. Here are 10 things I’ve written that could have been said around the dinner table this year, that if nothing else, could salvage a few scraps of reputation and dignity.

1. “As bad as it seems right now, trust me, Mt. Gox was worse.” It doesn’t even matter that you weren’t around or even aware of crypto when that infamous exchange went down in early 2014. Nobody can really disprove the statement. And it gives you credibility about having a long-term perspective. You know the ups and downs.

2. “The collapse of FTX just validates… crypto.” This is really the key one that you have to keep arguing over and over again — that FTX and these other entities that went down this year were just traditional banks that had bastardized the vision of Satoshi Nakamoto. There was nothing “crypto” about them and it’s good that they’re gone. Next cycle, we need to move more and more activity on chain (just don’t bring up Luna!).

3. “Real crypto is working just fine.” Point to the various decentralized exchanges (like Uniswap) or lending platforms (like AAVE) that have continued to operate, without seizing user money. This is the future! And it works today. (Again, don’t bring up Luna.)

4. “Oh you want to mock crypto? I guess you’ve never had to make a payment in a developing market.” If the arguments about “real” crypto aren’t working, then you have to establish your moral superiority over your relatives. Talk about how privileged everyone else at the dinner table is for living in a country with a functioning banking and payment system. (Feel free to say this, even if you yourself have no personal experience with making payments in a developing market either.)

5. “Crypto already has numerous use cases, like stablecoins.” If anyone asks what crypto is, you know, used for (and someone will!) point out how there’s over $100 billion held in stablecoins on Ethereum alone, and how this is a better way of making payments than traditional apps. And if you want to appeal to the patriotic instincts of anyone at the table, argue that this crypto is covertly expanding global dollar supremacy by making USD holdable by anyone with a smartphone anywhere in the world.

There are some other things you can point to as “use cases” as well. Show how easy it is to post your Ethereum as collateral to get stablecoins. Ask them if they can do that with their Tesla shares on Robinhood. They can’t. Then sell some coins with a few clicks and ask them if they can do that on Robinhood. Oh wait, they can’t do that either because the market is closed on Thanksgiving. Checkmate!

6. “Of course crashes happen. But outside of just trading, crypto is changing culture and art.” This is where you bring in the influence of NFTs on art and music. Talk about how you’re all about supporting creators and how traditional models hurt artists and fans. Maybe say something about the Taylor Swift/Ticketmaster fiasco as evidence of the old business models being broken. How do NFTs solve the Taylor Swift problem? Unclear, but that’s for another conversation.

Of course, be careful. One piece of advice: Maybe acknowledge that the apes look dumb, just as a way to shore up your credibility on this point. If anyone does bring up the apes, point to some cool on-chain generative art or something like that.

7. “Crypto is going to change gaming.” This is the corollary to the art discussion. Point to the kids in the family that have left the dinner table to start playing video games. Gesture towards them and talk about how that generation is digital first, and will want to actually be able to own the items that they play with online. Owning their characters and so forth. Moving them from game to game. Acknowledge that the first generation of crypto games were not that fun, but that better gameplay is coming soon.

8. “Bubbles are a crucial part of the innovation process and often leave behind productive infrastructure in their wake.” This is tricky, but sophisticated. Point to the railroads that were left behind after the railway bubble in the 1800s. Point to the telecom infrastructure that was built amid the dotcom boom.

What’s the equivalent for crypto? Well there’s nothing physical you can point to that’s the equivalent of railroads or bandwidth. So your best shot is to talk about the accumulated knowledge gains that have been made in cryptography and computer science, as a result of all this speculation. Talk about zero-knowledge proofs, and how this privacy tech will have a profound, positive impact on how we use the Internet. Argue that any financial institutions, even TradFi ones, will benefit from having to cryptographically prove their solvency at all times.

You can even talk about Automated Market Makers, and how if you stipulate that right now they’re just being used for the trading of magic beans, that one day they can be used to trade equities or currencies without the need for a middleman. The code that’s been built up to support crypto trading is the infrastructure that will power a future golden age of financial markets.

9. “We needed a crash to weed out unhealthy speculators.” Maybe the line about bubbles being good and necessary is unconvincing. So instead talk about how crashes are good and necessary. Crypto is a long game, and it’s good for the ecosystem that the newbs and short-term pump and dumpers are out of the game. Now it’s time to build! And since you’re still here, arguing with family at Thanksgiving, then obviously you weren’t just in it for the quick buck. You’re one of the good ones, and in it for the long haul.

10. “It’s a mere 485 days until Bitcoin’s next halving!” It can’t possibly be priced in yet.

 

https://www.bloomberg.com/professional/blog/10-things-people-said-at-thanksgiving-this-year/?utm_source=Email&utm_campaign=628913&utm_medium=Newsletter&utm_content=CryptoNewsletterDec&tactic=628913&pchash=817213826%3A125698791

Topley’s Top 10 – December 01, 2022

1. Proxy for Risk…See If Softbank Breaks to New Lows

www.stockcharts.com


2. Bear Market?…Nasdaq NDAQ Approaching New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


3. Video Game Sales First Down Revenue Year in a Decade

NERD ETF $40 to $14

HERO ETF Global X Video Games and Esports $26 to $18

www.stockcharts.com


4. Vanguard Developed International ex-U.S. Closes Above 200day Moving Average


5. Tesla Price to Sales 23x to 8x

Macro Trends-Tesla price to sales chart.

https://www.macrotrends.net/stocks/charts/TSLA/tesla/price-sales


6. Tech Jobs on Ziprecruiter Went Up 87% in One Year…..Now Falling

Marketwatch Zoe Han

The number of job postings for jobs in the technology sector on ZipRecruiter peaked in May with more than 1.9 million jobs, up 87% from February 2020 just before the coronavirus outbreak was declared a pandemic.  But hiring started declining in June around the same time as the Fed’s first 75 basis point hike (one basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point, or 1% of 1%). In October, the number of job postings for tech jobs fell to 1.3 million.

Employers are seeking to fill fewer entry-level tech roles. On Nov. 15, only 2.7% of the active job postings for data engineers on ZipRecruiter were looking for “junior,” “entry-level” or “level I” candidates. Demand was even lower for enterprise resource development engineers (1.6%), software developers (1.2%), software engineers (0.8%) and systems engineers (1.8%). Instead, a large share of active job postings across those roles were seeking “mid-level” or “level II” candidates — 71% of the software-developer job postings and 48.6% of software engineers.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/tech-hiring-is-slowing-down-this-chart-explains-how-and-why-11669057738?mod=home-page


7. $8 Trillion…1/2 of Chinese GDP Collateralized by Land Values

The property downturn is a particular problem for China as local government debt – of which there is an estimated $8 trillion of outstanding, half of China’s GDP – is often collateralized by land values. Falling land values increase the chance of collateral calls, leading to the distressed sale of other assets, adding to deflationary dynamic.

China saw the largest rise in private debt since 2010 of any country in the world, with the private-debt-to-GDP ratio rising a dizzying 90 percentage points.

That has led to China’s debt service ratio, the ratio of its debt service repayments to private disposable income, to rise above 20%.

The BIS notes that DSRs of 20%-25% have preceded financial crises in other countries. Hong Kong’s DSR is even worse at over 30%.

One increasingly likely lever China will pull (and has been pulling) to ease the debt problem is allowing the yuan to weaken, and perhaps eventually dropping the fixed-rate exchange system altogether. Property easing measures and an eventual exit from Covid restrictions will help, but the debt problem is not going away.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/end-zero-covid-will-not-cure-chinas-deep-set-debt-problem


8. We have Showed this Chart Before but Now 3 Months in a Row of Falling Rents….Another Lagged Inflation Number

Housing costs 40% of CPI

https://www.apartmentlist.com/research/national-rent-data


9. The Pentagon fails its fifth audit in a row If the Defense Department can’t get its books straight, how can it be trusted with a budget of more than $800 billion per year?

Written byConnor Echols

Last week, the Department of Defense revealed that it had failed its fifth consecutive audit.

“I would not say that we flunked,” said DoD Comptroller Mike McCord, although his office did note that the Pentagon only managed to account for 39 percent of its $3.5 trillion in assets. “The process is important for us to do, and it is making us get better. It is not making us get better as fast as we want.”

The news came as no surprise to Pentagon watchers. After all, the U.S. military has the distinction of being the only U.S. government agency to have never passed a comprehensive audit.

But what did raise some eyebrows was the fact that DoD made almost no progress in this year’s bookkeeping: Of the 27 areas investigated, only seven earned a clean bill of financial health, which McCord described as “basically the same picture as last year.”

Given this accounting disaster, it should come as no surprise that the Pentagon has a habit of bad financial math. This is especially true when it comes to estimating the cost of weapons programs.

The Pentagon’s most famous recent boondoggle is the F-35 program, which has gone over its original budget by $165 billion to date. But examples of overruns abound: As Sens. Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.) and Jack Reed (D-RI) wrote in 2020, the lead vessel for every one of the Navy’s last eight combatant ships came in at least 10 percent over budget, leading to more than $8 billion in additional costs.

And another major overrun is poised to happen soon, according to a recent report from the Congressional Budget Office.

The Navy plans to expand its ship production in an effort to maintain an edge over China, with a particular focus on a new attack submarine and destroyer ship. The Pentagon has proposed three versions of this plan at an average cost of $27 billion per year between 2023 and 2052, a 10 percent jump from current annual shipbuilding costs.

But the CBO says this is a big underestimate. The independent agency’s math says the average annual cost of this shipbuilding initiative will be over $31 billion, meaning that the Navy is underestimating costs by $120 billion over the program’s life.

As Mark Thompson of the Project on Government Oversight recently noted, these overruns “shouldn’t come as a shock” to anyone who has paid attention to DoD acquisitions in recent years. “But it does suggest a continuing, and stunning, inability by the Navy to get its ducks, and dollars, in a row,” Thompson wrote.

So will the Pentagon manage to get its financial house in order any time soon? It’s possible, if a bit unlikely.

Despite the long odds, a bipartisan group of lawmakers led by Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) proposed a bill last year that could help make that happen. The legislation would cut one percent off the top of the budget of any part of the Pentagon that fails an audit. That means that, if the proposal had already passed, 20 of the agency’s 27 auditing units would face a budget cut this year.

Unfortunately, momentum around that bill appears to have fizzled out, leaving the Pentagon’s accountants as the last line of defense. Per Comptroller McCord, the DoD hopes to finally pass an audit by 2027, a mere 14 years after every other agency in the U.S. government blew past that milestone. That may coincide with another historical moment, according to Andrew Lautz of the National Taxpayers Union.

“[W]e could reach a $1 trillion defense budget five years sooner [than the CBO estimates], in 2027,” Lautz wrote.

Responsible Statecraft’s independent, authentic journalism promotes democratic accountability and poses a transpartisan challenge to militaristic foreign policy! Responsible Statecraft is the online magazine of the Quincy Institute(QI). Please help us lift up new voices of realism and military restraint with your 100% tax-deductible donation to the Quincy Institute in support of Responsible Statecraft. Donate here.

https://responsiblestatecraft.org/2022/11/22/why-cant-the-dod-get-its-financial-house-in-order/?utm_source=chartr&utm_medium=newsletter&utm_campaign=chartr_20221130


10. Cognitive Strategies of Elite Soccer Players and Athletes

Psychology Today Can time dilation explain soccer superstars Lionel Messi and Cristiano Ronaldo? Raj Persaud, M.D. and Peter Bruggen, M.D.

KEY POINTS

  • Perceptual time can appear to slow down in some instances and may have practical benefits.
  • Elite athletes deliberately train under more challenging conditions that they would normally endure.
  • Physical strength may compete with superior mental processing to determine who wins in sporting competitions.

Soccer is the planet’s most popular sport (outside of the USA), and the FIFA World Cup is therefore perhaps the largest mega-event in sports, possibly even surpassing the Olympics in worldwide fan interest.

Cristiano Ronaldo and Lionel Messi

Source: Fanny Schertzer

Arguably the two greatest soccer players of all time, Cristiano Ronaldo of Portugal and Lionel Messi of Argentina, are both playing in the current FIFA World Cup tournament in Qatar, representing perhaps the last opportunity to witness such a unique spectacle.

Theories as to why some elite athletes become practically unbeatable, invoke not just physical strength but also neuroscience and psychology.

How to Freeze Time

A research paper entitled, “Can Lionel Messi’s Brain Slow Down Time Passing?” suggests that elite competitors become outstanding at anticipating their opponent’s next move, before they make it.

The authors argue that the key reason why the Argentinian soccer star is difficult to stop is that he makes sure his adversaries don’t have enough time. This is because, so the argument goes, in Messi’s mind time passes more slowly.

These authors contend that if perceptual time for an elite athlete slows down, this enables them to see more of what is happening on the field of play. Paradoxically, if their sensory systems work faster, then more computations-per-second deliver a “wider bandwidth” for grasping events on the pitch.

The authors of a study entitled “Psychological and Neural Mechanisms of Subjective Time Dilation”, show how for any set period of time, certain events can be experienced as longer than others.

For example, they suggest you try this for yourself: Take a quick glance at the second hand of a clock or watch. Immediately, the tick will pause momentarily, and appear to be longer than the subsequent ticks. Yet, they all last exactly one second.

Suppose for athletes like Lionel Messi, on the field of play, they see the equivalent of the second hand as always running slower than their opponents?

Another study entitled, “Mastery in Goal Scoring, T-Pattern Detection, and Polar Coordinate Analysis of Motor Skills Used by Lionel Messi and Cristiano Ronaldo,” argues that it is the dynamic nature of superior skill that distinguishes the elite athlete; the player needs to perform the right action at the right time.

article continues after advertisement

Goal-scoring sequences were analyzed from the moment the player receives the last pass to the moment he scores a goal, and the conclusion of this investigation was that both players, Messi and Ronaldo, better anticipate the actions of their opponents, resulting in higher success in attacking.

In a paper entitled, “The Discovery of Slowness: Time to Deconstruct Gretzky’s and Messi’s Predictive Brains,” the Argentinian example, it is suggested, was preceded by the astounding case of ice-hockey star Wayne Gretzky.

Between 1979 and 1999, the Canadian ice hockey player broke numerous records. As he was not a particularly impressive physical specimen, when trying to explain how he differed from other players, it would appear that during a match, time could be said to “freeze” for him.

According to Gretzky, he considered ice hockey as a rather slow game. By weaving together his reading of immediate sporting predicaments, Gretzky often predicted what would happen next.

Being able to predict what is going to occur is not just useful for elite athletes, it is of everyday significance in our daily lives as well.

The authors of a study entitled, “Why am I Always Late? Modelling the Cognitive Mechanisms Underlying Anticipatory Timing Under Uncertainty,” give an example: imagine trying to swat a fly? This requires being able to predict precisely where the insect will be and when, given the fly usually moves faster than you can. In life, you are not just spontaneously reacting to some event, but rather you are frequently engaging in anticipatory timing, calibrating your actions for a scenario you figure is coming.

A lot of life is a kind of choreography, where if you are not good at anticipating the move of your protagonist, you are going to collide.

In their experiment, subjects viewed the motion of a ball and then had to predict where it would be when it was occluded from view for a while.

The authors found there was a link between people’s ability to correctly anticipate the ball, and some other key aspects of their lives, linked to time judgments, including their tendency to be late, the ability to plan ahead, starting and completing tasks on time.

article continues after advertisement

The results of this experiment suggested that generally becoming more aware of the passage of time, even as simple as glancing at a clock more often, could help improve anticipation, and this could have knock-on benefits to us in a wide variety of different areas of life, particularly if we have generally a problem with timing.

But what if you want to get as good as Lionel Messi with your visual reaction time? Can you make time slow down with training?

A study entitled “Sports Vision Training: A Review of the State-Of-The-Art in Digital Training Techniques” points out there is a long history of athletes purposefully practicing under tougher conditions than they would find in an actual match, in order to develop.

From the use of strobe lights in otherwise dark settings, to digitally controlled eyewear that can be used in natural practice situations, by intermittently disrupting vision, individuals are only allowed to see brief snapshots of their environment. They therefore train under tougher conditions, which include a disrupted visual experience.

The stroboscopic effect, the theory goes, produces better visual skills when athletes return to normal conditions.

The Takeaway

The recurring pattern in the lesson of how to become an elite athlete is to create tougher conditions than normal, and the body and brain grow and adapt in response to the challenge, becoming stronger and fitter.

Lionel Messi was diagnosed with a growth hormone deficiency as a child, and at five foot seven inches he remains one of the shortest players in the FIFA World Championship.

According to the sportstar.thehindu.com website, if we take a continental average, the European dominance in average height across teams at the current FIFA world cup is massive. The average height of European squads in Qatar is 183 cm. This drops to 180.9 cm for South American teams.

article continues after advertisement

The shortest squads in terms of average height will be from North America, with their average heights touching only 180.7.

But it appears that even in sport when physical reality like height can be very important, it is possible for psychological mechanisms to compensate.

Maybe time slows down for Lionel Messi because this is how he adapted over many years to compensate for his body being shorter, compared to all the other kids, who may now be taller.

Faster mental speed, for some, could be more than a match for slower physical growth.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/slightly-blighty/202211/cognitive-strategies-elite-soccer-players-and-athletes

Topley’s Top 10 – November 30, 2022

1. World Yield Curve Inverts

I am not familiar with this yield curve but first time in 22 years     From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading The average yield on sovereign debt maturing in 10 years or more has fallen below that of securities due in one-to-three years, according to Bloomberg Global Aggregate bond sub-indexes. That has never happened before based on data going back to the beginning of the millennium.

The Most Important Curve as we await Powell tomorrow?  He loves the 3m18m Curve – The last 2 times it inverted like it is now, the Fed has paused it’s hiking campaign.


2. This is Where We Got the August Sell Off

S&P Trades Back to 200day Moving Average


3. MegaCap Tech ETF Still Holding Above 200 Week Moving Average.

www.stockcharts.com


4. The Largest Holding in MegaCap Tech is AAPL….$550B in Buybacks Last 10 years

(Bloomberg) — Apple Inc. has shelled out more than $550 billion buying back its own shares over the past decade, more than any other US company, and the technology juggernaut shows no signs of slowing down.

“This is an aggressive bet that they made, something that Steve Jobs would have never done, and it’s paid off nicely for the company and its investors in part because the stock has done well during that period,” Munster said of the share repurchases.

Apple, the world’s largest company with a market value of almost $2.3 trillion, also is in a league of its own when it comes to share buybacks.

In two of the last five years, it has outspent the second-highest repurchaser by least $50 billion. It spent almost $90 billion last year, about equal to the market value of Citigroup Inc.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/apple-stock-buyback-bonanza-helps-113849830.html


5. Munis Just Had Best Month Since 1986

LPL Research

https://iplresearch.com/2022/11/29/munis-a-historically-defensive-asset-class-during-economic-downturns/


6. S&P Price to Sales Update…Not Sure What it Looks Like Minis FANG+

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab S&P 500’s price/sales ratio has come down significantly from peak … orange circles highlight where ratio was at major market lows in 2020, 2018, 2009, and 2002

www.linkedin.com/in/liz-ann-sonders-57a65619/


7. U.S. Household Debt to Service Ratio

Irrelevant Investor Blog

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/11/23/animal-spirits-a-confusing-year/


8. Forclosures Non-Existant Right Now

Wolf Street Blog-Foreclosures dipped in the third quarter and have been at ultra-historic lows since the mortgage forbearance programs, where delinquent mortgages were put on ice, and no longer counted as delinquent.  Most of the borrowers have now exited the forbearance programs, either by having the mortgage modified in some way, or by having sold the home and paid off the mortgage, which was easily possible amid the pandemic spike of home prices. The free pandemic money also helped.

Foreclosures, after ticking up for two quarters, ticked down again in Q3 to just 28,500 mortgages with foreclosures, thereby nixing the beginnings of a trend that had been forming. During the Good Times before the pandemic, there were about 70,000 mortgages with foreclosures, more than double the current number:

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/11/25/consumer-bankruptcies-foreclosures-delinquencies-and-collections-free-money-still-doing-the-job/


9. Gaslighting Word of Year

MorningBrew  Gaslighting “psychological manipulation over an extended period of time that causes the victim to question the validity of their own thoughts,”

YEAR IN REVIEW

‘Gaslighting’ is in everyone’s head

Photo Illustration: Dianna “Mick” McDougall, Source: Gyrgy Halmos/EyeEm/Getty Images

It’s 2022 and “gaslighting” is in: Merriam-Webster Dictionary chose it as its word of the year.

Interest in “gaslighting,” which the dictionary defines as “psychological manipulation over an extended period of time that causes the victim to question the validity of their own thoughts,” is at an all-time high. The term for your ex’s favorite activity was searched on Merriam-Webster’s website 1,740% more than in the previous year.

The sustained high volume of queries on m-w.com earned “gaslighting” its word of the year status, as the selection process is based solely on data, according to the brand.

While it may be the word of the moment, the modern definition of “gaslighting” dates back to the 1938 hit play Gas Light. The onstage thriller and its two screen adaptations chronicle a man’s diabolical attempts to convince his wife that she’s going insane by telling her that she’s imagining the dimming of the gaslights in their apartment.

The play made “gaslight” the verb it is today, though for a long time it was seldom used by anyone outside the psychology community. But starting in the 2010s, “gaslighting” steamrolled its way into common parlance.

Today, you’d be hard-pressed to find an internet rant about a bad relationship that doesn’t involve someone getting called out for being a “gaslighter,” and in some corners of the internet its imperative form frequently appears alongside the words “gatekeep” and “girlboss.”—SK

         

 

https://www.morningbrew.com/daily


10. Brett Arends’s ROI-These are the top 5 ‘financial regrets’ of Americans over 50 Marketwatch Brett Arends

There’s an old joke about a man in the Wild West who’s about to be hanged for some crime he had committed. As he is standing on the scaffold, and the hangman is placing the noose around his neck, the criminal tells the crowd, “this is going to be a real lesson for me!”

One of the great problems with retirement planning is that by the time we realize the big mistakes we’ve made it’s usually too late to do anything else. Those who have (for example) spent too much while young, and who then end up old and broke, can always say in their dotage “this has been a real lesson to me,” but how exactly is that going to help?

Which brings us to the question of what we can do to try to prevent those financial regrets, by taking the right decisions when we still have time to change our actions. This isn’t simply a challenge for each of us individually, but also one of public policy. How can we do more to encourage more and better retirement planning?

Economists Abigail Hurwitz of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Olivia Mitchell of the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton business school recently conducted a survey of older Americans on the subject of financial regret. They polled 1,764 Americans over the age of 50 through the University of Michigan’s ongoing Health and Retirement Survey. In the survey the average age was around 72.

What they found was interesting and useful.

Older Americans have five major financial regrets. One or two are quite surprising.
And those regrets increase, dramatically, when people are encouraged to think more about how long they are likely to live.

Let’s start with the regrets. In the survey, the No. 1 financial regret of older Americans, shared by a thumping 57%, was not having saved more for their retirement during their working years. And while you can’t save more if you don’t earn more, those looking back with regret also blamed themselves for “not planning ahead” and “living day to day.”

Second on the list, surprisingly: Not buying long-term-care insurance, to pay for a nursing home or similar. This was a regret by 40% of those polled. There is a widespread misapprehension, especially among non-retirees, that Medicare will pay for your stay in a nursing home. It won’t (except in narrow and quite brief exceptions). You’ll have to pay for it yourself. Medicaid will step in, but only when you have run out of money.

Third on the list, 37% of older Americans regret not working longer, while 23% regret claiming Social Security too early—that is fifth on the list.

You can start claiming at 62, and many do. But if you wait you will get more each month. Someone waiting till they are 70 to start claiming will end up getting checks that are nearly 80% bigger.

The two most powerful levers you can pull to improve your retirement prospects, even as late as your 60s, is to keep working for longer and to delay taking Social Security as long as possible.

Meanwhile at No. 4, a remarkable 33% of older Americans regretted not investing more in a lifetime annuity or similar product that would produce a guaranteed income for life.

As part of the survey, the researchers also gave some of the subjects objective information about longevity, showing them mathematically the chances that they would live to a ripe old age. The result? Financial regrets went up. In some cases, they went up a lot. “Healthy people given objective longevity information were 43% more likely to express regret about not having saved more,” Hurwitz and Mitchell report. Those given the objective data about survival probabilities “expressed twice as much regret about not having purchased LTC insurance, and 2.4 times greater regret for not having purchased lifetime income payments,” they write.

So if a key to preventing financial regret in old age is to think more, and earlier, about how long we’re likely to live, reflect on this: According to CDC data, among those who make it to 65, half can expect to live into their mid 80s and a quarter into their 90s. About 10% can expect to live to their mid-90s. And those numbers are rising. Which is great news — unless you run out of money.

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/these-are-the-top-5-financial-regrets-of-americans-over-50-11669688497?mod=home-page

Topley’s Top 10 – November 29, 2022

1. Risk Appetite at Lows

Dan StratemeierManaging DirectorEquities, Event Driven Strategies  How about these charts.   Thanks to Twitter and Fundstrat for consolidating them.


2. However Short-Interest Very Low

Goldman notes Short Interest remains very low..


3. Dividend Growers About to Break to New Highs

SDY Dividend Growers ETF

www.stockcharts.com


4. IBM Chart

Old Tech…50day thru 200day to upside

IBM Year to Date…+9.5% vs. S&P -16%

www.yahoofinance.com


5. IBM vs. AAPL 2022

This chart shows IBM rally vs. AAPL since August

www.stockcharts.com


6. Commodities +14% First Half 2022 vs. -3% Second Half

https://www.linkedin.com/feed/


7. Chinese Yuan to US Dollar Chart…Watch Break to New Lows

www.stockcharts.com


8. Cost of Owning Home vs. Renting Breaking to New Highs

WSJ-By Lori Ioannou

https://www.wsj.com/articles/mortgage-rates-renters-homes-11668797516?mod=Searchresults_pos1&page=1


9. Adaptive Reuse Apartments…Office to Apartments

NY Times By Michael Kolomatsky

Homes Became Offices, and Offices Became

Homes https://www.nytimes.com/2022/11/24/realestate/apartment-converted-adaptive-reuse.html


10. How to Be a Better Thinker, Innovator and Problem Solver

By Dan Gregory and Kieran Flanagan | November 15, 2022 | 2 

Cogs replaced hands, so to speak, during the U.S. Industrial Revolution, when businesses rushed to automate manual tasks. Now the technology rush is removing the cogs as we hurry to replace people with automated systems. With true artificial intelligence not too far away, the trend for less human involvement is set to continue into the future.

So it makes sense that business is evolving too, moving from a “doing” model to a “thinking” model.

As technology handles more tasks, mental agility has never been more important. If we want to future-proof our businesses—and ourselves—we need to be able to think, rethink and even unthink current processes. Like anything, coming up with solutions and new ways to see things takes practice.

Behavioral strategists Dan Gregory and Kieran Flanagan, authors of the 2014 book Selfish, Scared & Stupid, teach people in business how to become better thinkers, innovators and problem solvers. Here are their best tips to get your mind muscles working:

1. Ideas are a numbers game.

When brainstorming, you want the numbers on your side. This is the secret to the best creative and problem-solving minds on the planet. You have to generate enough options to get the obvious thinking out of the way. Like reps at the gym, you need to push through the easy and get to the difficult for the best results.

Your first ideas are obvious and thus first-level thinking. You need to go deeper than that to find gold. You must go beyond that first-level thinking to discover the unseen ideas which truly solve the problem.

Report Ad

2. Think in questions.

Train your brain to think in questions, not statements. The problem with statements is that they presuppose a solution and can stop you from thinking innovatively. In contrast, questions open up your mind, letting you find solutions. Asking for a shelf sticker that draws attention to a product, for example, is very different from questioning how to increase the noticeability of a shelf.

The first gives you exactly what you asked for, but the latter could lead to breakthrough ideas like new packaging or product designs, sound-activated point of sale or multiple products in new flavors.

3. Don’t come up with ideas. Come up with solutions.

You need a problem to solve. One of the biggest problems we see is people saying, “I need a great idea,” and then wondering why they can’t think of anything. We have never come up with a great idea in our combined 40-plus years in business, but we have come up with a huge number of innovative solutions.

Ideas solve problems (even those the market is unconscious of), and if you have not defined a problem, chances are you will not miraculously have any ideas that are useful. Spend time looking for problems that need solving rather than trying to think differently about nothing in particular.

4. Back yourself into a corner.

The tighter the corner, the more creative you seem to get. So much so that creative people have a mantra: “Grant me the freedom of a tight brief.”

The brain seems to work better under duress; perhaps our survival instincts kick in and adrenaline fuels us to find a way out. So find a problem and then add parameters until you feel a little panicked. Slight beads of sweat forming on your brow are perfect.

5. Collide ideas and thinking.

Your ability to think differently is crucial. A great way to do this is to get different inputs and inspirations from different people, places, industries and systems. If you want to become an agile thinker, you have to learn beyond your own role, read a lot, be interested in everything and look to other industries to see what they are doing.

The most successful patents often combine thinking or tech from different industries, and new product design can be as simple as colliding thinking. For example, putting use-by dates onto pillows as the Australian brand Tontine did is a food industry idea repurposed very successfully.

Are you ready to start working out and developing those idea muscles? You may be surprised at what you can do.

This article was published in May 2015 and has been updated. Photo by Ground Picture/Shutterstock

https://www.success.com/how-to-be-a-better-thinker-innovator-and-problem-solver/

Topley’s Top 10 – November 28, 2022

1. Dollar Value of Negative Yielding Debt $18 Trillion to $1.8 Trillion in One Year

Jack Ablin-Cresset Capital


2. Rates Rise….Margin Debt Collapses to Negative

Top Down Charts Blog Margin Called!  File under “things that look exactly like 00/01 & 08/09”.

Source:  @topdowncharts


3. EFA-International Developed ETF Closes Back Above 200 Week Moving Average.

Dollar weakens and international rallies….50day never crossed below 200day on chart.

www.stockcharts.com


4. Fertilizer Prices -40%

@Charlie Bilello Another big positive on the inflation front that hopefully continues: fertilizer prices peaked in late March and are down 39% since, now at the lowest prices since September 2021. This is great news given their high correlation to food prices.


5. Steel Stocks Not Acting Like Recession 2023 is a Lock

Reliance Steel New Highs

Steel Dynamics New Highs

www.stockcharts.com


6. Covid Stock…Beyond Meat Hit $240 at High….$12 Last


7. Covid Bubble Stock …RedFin Hit $90….$5 Handle Last

 www.stockcharts.com


8. Venture Money Flowing to Quantum Computing but Profits Decades Away

Barrons-Eric Savitz IDC last year estimated that the market for quantum computing services, mostly delivered by the cloud, could grow to $8.6 billion in 2027, up from $412 million in 2020, a compound annual growth rate of more than 50%. 

More tantalizing is a 2021 report from Boston Consulting Group that put the potential value creation from quantum computing at $450 billion to $850 billion—with $90 billion to $170 billion of that flowing to the quantum industry players. But investors will have to be patient—Boston Consulting Group doesn’t expect the industry to reach that scale until 2040 or later.

https://www.barrons.com/articles/quantum-computing-stocks-51669248235?mod=past_editions


9. Shoppers Expecting Big Discounts for the Holidays

From Nasdaq Dorsey Wright


10. Every Ordinary Moment is an Opportunity to Make the Future Easier or Harder

Tiny Thought-Farnam Street Blog

Something I try to teach the kids: Every ordinary moment is an opportunity to make the future easier or harder. 

When they engaged in ineffective behavior I used to ask them if what they were doing is going to help them get what they wanted. Now I ask them if they’re using gasoline or water. The visual is a powerful (and often humorous) way for them to pause and ask themselves if what they’re doing is making things easier or harder. 

Sometimes we pause a conversation or action, and I ask them, “if we wanted to pour gasoline on this, what would it look like?” their responses often give us something to laugh about. Then I ask them, “what would it look like to pour water on this?” Then I hit “unpause!” and step away. They rarely choose to add fuel to the fire. 

Here’s an example of how it plays out in real life. Last night my oldest stepped on the toe of his younger brother, which started to get heated as the youngest instinctively reacted. I walked by and said, “Pause! … I don’t want to know what happened. Just tell me, if you wanted to pour gasoline on this fire, how would you do it?” I listened and then followed up with, “if you wanted to pour water on this fire, how would you do it?” Then I said, “unpause!” and watched them both choose water as I walked away. 

With water or gasoline, you can start a fire, make it bigger, or put it out. The choice is yours. 

(Share this Tiny Thought on Twitter)

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – November 23, 2022

1. Last 30days…FANG -6% vs. SPY +7%

FANG+ vs. SPY Chart straight down……50day breaking 200 day to downside

www.stockcharts.com


2. Crude Oil Approaching Sept. Lows

Crude chart…50day went thru 200day to downside in September

XLE Oil Stocks Outperforming the Commodity….this chart is showing XLE performance vs. Crude Oil


3. Gas at the Pump Did Take Out Sept Low….$5 to $3.66

From Dave Lutz Jones Trading But Bespoke notes the AAA national average price of a gallon of gas took out its September low yesterday (before today’s big drop in oil prices). Should help November CPI. Down 10 cents/gallon MTD.


4. Only Stock Drawdown in History Where 20 Year Treasury Lost More than Stocks

I’ve shown the below chart multiple times documenting how this is the only year in history where in a top 20 drawdown for stocks, Treasuries (the risk-off asset) during that drawdown lost more (my hell).

But what if the drawdown isn’t over in stocks?

Can Treasuries still work? https://t.co/61QHWUK5Ek

https://t.co/QniopSFxPc

9:38 PM – 18 Nov 2022 

5. Crypto Stock Implosion Summary

Wolf Street Blog

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/11/21/i-agree-dont-graduate-crypto-let-it-burn-making-good-progress-on-its-own/


6. Kailash Concepts Charts on Cap Weighted Russell Large Cap Growth….30 Names Make Up 65% of Index

Sign up for trial https://kailashconcepts.com


7. GMO Latest 7 Year Real (inflation adjusted) Returns

GMO *The chart represents local, real return forecasts for several asset classes and not for any GMO fund or strategy. These forecasts are forward-looking statements based upon the reasonable beliefs of GMO and are not a guarantee of future performance. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and GMO assumes no duty to and does not undertake to update forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, which change over time. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in forward looking statements. U.S. inflation is assumed to mean revert to long-term inflation of 2.3% over 15 years.

Source: GMO

Found at Advisor Perspective

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/11/22/gmo-7-year-asset-class-forecast-october-2022


8. Unwinding the FED Balance Sheet

The Fed’s balance sheet is now down roughly $340 billion from the peak.

Source: Daily Shot


9. Qatar World Cup Spending vs. Historical Hosts…$220B vs. $12B

Soccer spend-The 2022 World Cup got underway yesterday as hosts Qatar lost to Ecuador in the opening game. Having reportedly spent $220bn on the tournament, Qatar’s focus for the competition may not strictly be based on soccer results.

What’s the score?FIFA’s decision to elect Qatar as the host nation led to allegations of corruption back in 2010 and criticism and controversy have hardly ceased since. With Qatar’s human rights record and its maltreatment of migrant workers and the LGBT community, many have accused the state of sportswashing; attempting to tidy their reputation via the World Cup. It’s been an expensive clean-up effort if that’s the case.

Qatar has gone all out, basically building a city to host the final and outspending every nation that’s held the tournament before them. All told, the state has reportedly shelled out a staggering $220bn to prepare for kickoff, though Bloomberg estimated that the true cost could be as high as $300bn. The US, by comparison, spent just $500m when they hosted back in 1994.  Even if we were to adjust for inflation, the American tally would be a drop in the ocean compared to the Qatar figures — which become even more mind-boggling when compared to the host’s relatively-small $180bn GDP figure.

www.chartr.com


10. The Lessons Never Change in the Stock Market

Liz Ann Sonders quotes from legendary investors

Edwin LeFevre

“Fear and hope remain the same; therefore the study of the psychology of speculators is as valuable as it ever was. Weapons change, but strategy remains strategy, on the New York Stock Exchange as on the battlefield.”

“The sucker has always tried to get something for nothing, and the appeal in all booms is always frankly to the gambling instinct aroused by cupidity and spurred by a pervasive prosperity. People who look for easy money invariably pay for the privilege of proving conclusively that it cannot be found on this sordid earth.”

“Speculators buy the trend; investors are in for the long haul; ‘they are a different breed of cats.’ One reason that people lose money today is that they have lost sight of this distinction; they profess to have the long term in mind and yet cannot resist following where the hot money has led.”

“Never try to sell at the top. It isn’t wise. Sell after a reaction if there is no rally.”

“…there is nothing new in Wall Street. There can’t be because speculation is as old as the hills. Whatever happens in the stock market today has happened before and will happen again.”

https://www.schwab.com/learn/story/songs-experience-reminiscences-strategist

Topley’s Top 10 – November 22, 2022

1. Median Price to Sales of Nasdaq 100 Cut in Half

@Charlie BilelloThe same can be said for the median company in the Nasdaq 100, which now has a Price to Sales ratio of 4.2x (down from 8.5x a year ago), the lowest we’ve seen since 2016. Not “cheap” but most definitely cheaper after the 35% decline in the past year.


2. Currencies 2022

State Street

https://www.ssga.com/us/en/intermediary/etfs/insights/should-gold-investors-fear-a-strong-us-dollar?WT.mc_id=social_etf-wgc_gold-web_us_lkdin_img_n_mf2_n_oct22&spi=6346d43d9efced1f20f6ca2c


3. Personal Savings Rate vs. Credit Card Growth

Hedge Fund Association Linkedin

https://www.linkedin.com/groups/44059/


4. U.S. Stocks Vs. International

Wisdom Tree Blog Andrew Okrongly  Breaking down to value and small cap

https://www.wisdomtree.com/investments/blog/2022/11/21/recent-us-equity-outperformance-vs-rest-of-world-not-just-large-cap-tech


5. COINBASE New Lows….-86% One-Year

COIN next run on the bank for Crypto space???

www.stockcharts.com


6. Tesla at 200 Week Moving Average

Tesla trades down to 200 week moving average….$125 Covid Lows 2020

www.stockcharts.com


7. U.S. Energy Consumption by Source …Breakdown of Renewables

Found at Nasdaq Dorsey Wright

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


8. Shrinking Costs of Alternative Energy Sources.

Bloomberg By Liam Denning

https://www.bloomberg.com/opinion/articles/2022-11-21/nuclear-power-it-s-now-or-never-for-a-revival?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. The Prius 237k Sales to 32k

Chartr.com New (old) model Toyota is updating the Prius, its pioneering hybrid model, some 22 years since the car first hit the US market. Now into its fifth generation, the Japanese carmaker’s iconic eco-friendlier vehicle is losing favor with climate-conscious consumers. Sales have fallen nearly every year since 2012 — when more than 230,000 vehicles in the Prius family were sold in the US.
Out of gasThe new Prius will launch in Japan, Europe, and North America in 2023 and comes with some enhanced climate credentials, like its 50% boosted EV driving range and improved solar power capabilities. However, with growing emphasis on (and consumer interest in) fully-electrified models, it’s not entirely clear where the Prius plugs into the market.
The company confirmed, for instance, that the new model would not be on sale in the UK due to waning demand, and it’s not just Britain either. US Prius sales could be on for their worst year since 2004, with just under 30,000 sold so far in 2022.
Toyota does have plans to become a little more Tesla by 2030, with a pledge to push 50% of its spending in the next 8 years into the battery electric vehicle game (where they only have one car at the moment). But they don’t seem ready to say goodbye to an old favorite just yet.

www.chartr.com


10. Want to sound more confident? Ditch these 10 phrases that make you look ‘insecure’ and ‘arrogant,’ say word experts

Kathy and Ross Petras, Contributors@KANDRPETRAS

We’ve all been there: You want people to think that you’re confident and capable, but somehow, you wind up saying the wrong things that create a sense of arrogance, which is rooted in insecurity.

As word experts and hosts of NPR’s award-winning podcast “You’re Saying It Wrong,” we’ve found ways to help you tread that fine line between looking confident and looking like you’re arrogant and insecure.

Here are 10 phrases to ditch if you want to sound more self-assured and likable, according to behavioral experts and psychologists:

1. “I don’t mean to brag, but …”

You don’t mean to brag? Then don’t. People who set up a statement with this phrase automatically signal that they are about to, yes, brag, which turns listeners off.

Plus, since bragging is one of the hallmarks of narcissistic behavior, you’re not coming off as confident, but just full of yourself.

2. “I already knew that …” (or “Doesn’t everyone know that?”)

The scenario: A coworker explains something to you, and you reply: “Of course. I already knew that.”

You might think this response makes you sound knowledgeable, but it actually sounds dismissive and arrogant. A simple “thanks” or “yes” is a better way to respond to someone’s explanation.

3. “I’m pretty sure that …” 

It’s fine to be sure about things, but don’t overdo it, especially if you’re actually not sure. Research shows that narcissists rarely use words like “maybe,” “guess” or “perhaps.”

Being confident enough to say that you don’t know something can be the best way to initiate trust in your judgment. It also makes others feel empowered to explain things to you.

4. “No offense, but ….”

This immediately sets up an adversarial conversation: You’re overtly indicating that you’re about to say something that could — and probably will — offend someone.

Sounding like you think you have the authority to critique others won’t win you any friends. To compound matters, it’s also textbook passive-aggressive behavior.

5. Overusing “I” (or “me)

When people hear a lot of “I’s” and “me’s,” there’s a strong chance they might think of you as self-centered or narcissistic.

Research shows that people feel more positive about other people who use inclusive words like “we” and “our team.” When writing emails or text messages, check to see how many of your sentences start with an “I.” Chances are there are more than you think.

6. “Oh, I’m just kidding!”

This is a passive-aggressive way of indicating that you think you know better. When you follow up a comment or criticism with a “just kidding” in an attempt to take the sting out of it, you’re not fooling anyone. You’re just insulting the other person.

It’s better to simply not say anything that has to be laughed off in the first place.

7. “You probably don’t know this, but …”

This phrase is practically guaranteed to irritate the listener. Again, you’re being dismissive of the other person’s knowledge or capabilities.

If you want to share information, share it without the obnoxious disclaimer.

8. “I’m surprised you’re having problems with this. It’s so easy!”

Maybe you really are surprised that someone can’t do or understand something, and maybe you really do think it’s so easy. But saying it out loud only makes you sound like a know-it-all.

It’s the same with phrases like “You couldn’t figure it out? It’s just common sense!” It’s common sense to not say phrases like this.

9. “You just don’t get it.”

Some people use this phrase when they’ve outlined an idea or plan, but their colleague says that it won’t work or that it isn’t great.

Studies show that narcissists rarely admit that their ideas might not be the right thing to do, and this kind of statement could make people suspect you are one.

10. “If I were you, I’d ….”

This is another “I know best” phrase, which can make you come off as arrogant instead of helpful. If you want to give advice, rephrase it to be supportive — rather than judgmental — by asking questions like, “Have you tried …?” or “What about …?

Communication patterns that turn people off

These aren’t phrases, but they are common communication mistakes we’ve seen that can make you look like a conversational narcissist:

Constantly interrupting

It’s rude to cut people off while they’re speaking. Maybe you’re eager to prove you know what they’re talking about; perhaps you think your input is needed and you can’t wait. Well, wait. It’s that simple.

Talking too much in general

Dominating a conversation by talking (and talking and talking) doesn’t make you look like an expert. It makes you look like you’re overly fond of your own voice, views and ideas.

Making everything about you

A colleague mentions that they are feeling burned out, and you immediately start talking about how burned out you feel lately.

Remember: It’s not always about you. Even if you think your empathy or input will win you points, you’re actually undermining yourself.

Kathy and Ross Petras are the brother-and-sister co-authors of the NYT bestseller ”You’re Saying it Wrong,” as well as ”Awkword Moments″ and “That Doesn’t Mean What You Think It Means.” They co-host NPR’s award-winning podcast ”You’re Saying It Wrong.” Their newest book, ”A History of the World Through Body Parts,” is a quirky history of things you didn’t learn through textbooks. Follow them on Twitter @kandrpetras.

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/11/20/want-to-sound-more-confident-ditch-these-phrases-that-make-you-look-arrogant-and-insecure-say-psychologists.html

Topley’s Top 10 – November 21, 2022

1. YTD Performance…Dow Jones Only Down -5.4%

LPL Research

https://iplresearch.com/2022/11/18/weekly-market-performance-markets-lower-following-last-weeks-solid-showing/


2. Energy Stocks-History of Sectors with 2 Years Outperformance.

Energy stocks -Mark Hulbert Marketwatch

 

Research shows that when a sector’s trailing two-year return soundly beats the U.S. market average, that sector takes a beating over the next two years

Oil and gas stocks are likely in a market bubble that’s vulnerable to popping.

That’s the conclusion when applying a formula from recent academic research into the predictability of stock market bubbles and subsequent crashes.

The research, which appeared in the Journal of Financial Economics, was conducted by Robin Greenwood and Andrei Shleifer of Harvard University, and Yang You of the University of Hong Kong.

The researchers found that the probability of a market sector crashing — defined as a drop of at least 40% over the subsequent two years — was correlated with its trailing two-year performance relative to the overall market.

The chart above provides the specifics, based on U.S. data back to 1926. Whenever an industry or sector outperformed the broad market by at least 100 basis points (1 percentage point) over a two-year period, there was a 53% chance it would drop by at least 40% over the subsequent two years. When the trailing two-year outperformance was at least 150 basis points (1.5%), those odds grew to 80%.

These findings are why the energy sector is so vulnerable. The Energy Select Sector SPDR XLE, -0.79%, for example, has beaten the S&P 500 SPX, +0.48%over the past two years by 153 percentage points. Assuming the future is like the past, the odds of the energy sector falling by 40% or more in the next two years are 80%.

On several prior occasions, I’ve applied this academic research to various assets, and it’s worked every time. Here’s a brief rundown:

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/energy-stocks-are-in-a-bubble-and-heres-when-theyre-likely-to-crash-11668503652?mod=home-page


3. High-Yield Party Returns to Emerging Markets Too Cheap to Ignore

Netty Ismail (Bloomberg) — Yield hunting is back in emerging markets with a force not seen for 17 years.

Most Read from Bloomberg

Investors are buying the bonds of some of the world’s poorest nations so fast that the risk premium on them is falling at the quickest pace since June 2005 relative to their investment-grade peers, JPMorgan Chase & Co. data show. And countries that were tottering on the brink of default just months ago — such as Pakistan, Ghana and Ukraine — are leading this high-yield rally.

Before this month, the most brutal selloff since the 2008 financial crisis already had emerging-market money managers talking about how cheap high-yield bonds were and how their underperformance against higher-rated debt was an unsustainable distortion. But the bonds continued to be shunned because of a surge in US yields driven by the Federal Reserve’s aggressive monetary tightening. It’s only now, with the prospect for a slower pace of interest-rate hikes, that investors are returning.

“Cheaper high-yield emerging-market bonds do look more attractive relative to investment grade,” said Ben Luk, a senior multi-asset strategist at State Street Global Markets. The recent rebound in commodity prices, especially oil, could also “generate greater cash flow and lower the chance of any sovereign default in the near term.”

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/high-yield-party-returns-emerging-170000920.html


4. Chinese Housing Surplus 30m Units

China: The housing surplus is massive.

Source: @business Read full article

The Daily Shot Blog https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-november-18th-2022/


5. Recession? October Retail Sales Strongest in 8 Months

JP Morgan Private Bank


6. LFP Batteries Could Make EV’s More Affordable for the Masses

5 FAST FACTS TO KNOW ABOUT LFP BATTERIES

Sep 30, 2022 by Katherine de Guia, Communications Specialist – New Power

The lithium iron phosphate (LFP) battery is breaking barriers in the electric vehicle (EV) market. It is poised to redefine battery manufacturing and EV sales in North America and Europe. It’s powerful, lightweight, and fast charging…but the LFP is actually nothing new.

1. An LFP is a lithium-ion battery.

The resurgence of the LFP battery and its role in the future of e-mobility leads many to beg the question: Which battery chemistry is best for electric vehicles, lithium iron phosphate or lithium-ion?

Because lithium-ion (Li-Ion) batteries are a rechargeable battery type that most people are likely familiar with, it seems like the logical selection. They’re used in many everyday items, like mobile phones, laptops and electric vehicles driving on the road today. But when discussing the pros and cons of each EV battery, it isn’t a contest between LFP and Li-Ion batteries.

The Li-Ion battery family contains different battery chemistries named after their cathode; LFP is part of that family. And while an LFP is a Li-Ion battery, not all Li-Ions are LFPs. Other lithium-ion batteries include the nickel manganese cobalt oxide (NMC) battery and the lithium nickel cobalt aluminum oxides (NCA) battery. Both are already utilized heavily in electric vehicles.

2. The “F” in LFP stands for iron.

Batteries are typically named after the chemicals used in the cathode, and an LFP battery uses a cathode material made from the inorganic compound lithium iron phosphate, with the formula LiFePO4. The “F” comes from “Fe,” the periodic table of elements chemical symbol for iron. Fe is derived from the Latin word for iron, ferrum. You may also see an LFP referred to as a lithium ferro phosphate battery.

3. LFPs can be charged to 100%.

Keeping an electric vehicle battery healthy is necessary if your EV wants to live a long, happy life. If your EV has an NMC or NCA battery, one of the easiest ways to do so is NOT charging the battery to 100% every today. This prevents accelerated calendar aging, the natural aging of a battery that will occur whether it is in use or not. Charging an NMC or NCA to 100% puts the batteries in an extreme state of charge. Because batteries turn chemical energy into electricity, a battery is inherently unstable when fully charged. Overall, it is considered best practice to avoid a very high and meager charge, with 80% being the standard battery capacity for an optimal lifetime.

However, LFP batteries are an exception to this charging standard. LFPs have 100% of their capacity available, meaning they can be fully charged without causing accelerated battery degradation. This is thanks to the battery’s cathode.

The phosphorus-oxygen bond in the LFP cathode is stronger than the metal-oxygen bond in other cathode materials. This bond hinders the release of oxygen and requires more energy and a higher on-set temperature for thermal runaway. This makes the battery more stable for being stored at full charge.

4. LFPs are a lower-cost option.

Electric vehicles are popular, and the demand for more companies to switch from internal combustion engines to batteries continues to increase. However, even as demand rises, building an EV still costs more than traditional diesel engines due to battery manufacturing.
Manufacturing NMC and NCA batteries require nickel and cobalt, two materials that come at a pretty penny to extract. The cost of buying both materials is expensive already. Still, the increasing nickel shortage and cobalt production being stretched to its limits pose a challenge to manufacturing NMC and NCA batteries and making them affordable for integration into EVs.

LFP batteries, on the other hand, currently bypass supply chain issues and inflated prices because nickel and cobalt aren’t needed for the cathode. An LFP’s cathode is made from earth-abundant materials. Lithium iron phosphate is a crystalline compound that belongs to the olivine mineral family. Because the olivine family is a primary component of the Earth’s upper mantle, LFP is more readily available for extraction at a lower cost.

5. 17% of the global EV market is powered by LFPs.

Lithium iron phosphate batteries first came to light in 1996, so it’s not surprising this battery chemistry is already present in the electric vehicle market. Discovered by John Bannister Goodenough’s research group at the University of Texas, LFP batteries gained recognition for their wide range of benefits. Even with advantageous characteristics, LFPs didn’t experience their first large-scale adoption until 10 years later, when they became the industry favorite for electronics.

LFP technology has improved over the years, and it can now be found in a broader range of applications, from motorcycles and solar devices to electric cars. Seventeen percent of the global EV market is already powered by LFPs, but this battery chemistry is poised to make its next big breakthrough with large-scale adoption in different on-highway applications like electric buses and electric trucks. LFPs are less energy dense, come with lower manufacturing costs and are easier to produce than other Li-Ion and lead-acid battery types.

The warnings of a lithium supply shortage threaten to cut the global EV sales forecast in 2030, but even that hasn’t appeared to slow the momentum of adopting LFP batteries into electric vehicles. LFP battery chemistry remains easier to produce and at a lower cost. Their efficient charging, lower cost of ownership, non-toxicity, long cycle life and excellent safety characteristics make them a crowd favorite for the future of electric transportation.
https://www.cummins.com/news/2022/09/30/5-fast-facts-know-about-lfp-batteries


7. This Doesn’t Read Well for the West and NATO

https://www.visualcapitalist.com/which-populations-feel-their-country-is-on-the-wrong-track/


8. Existing Homes Sales Approaching Covid Lows

Wolf Street

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/11/18/home-sales-plungee-investors-pull-back-too-princes-drop-8-4-in-4-months-active-listings-price-cuts-rise-further/


9. Masayoshi Son owes SoftBank $4.7bn as side deals go sour

Portfolio losses ratcheted up Japanese billionaire’s deficit to about $2.8bn from his Vision Fund 2 interest alone

Investors have raised concerns that Masayoshi Son’s mix of personal and company interests are a corporate governance risk. Reuters

Bloomberg

Masayoshi Son is now personally on the hook for about $4.7 billion on side deals he set up at SoftBank Group to boost his compensation, after mounting losses in the company’s tech portfolio wiped out the value of his interest in the second Vision Fund.

Over the years, the Japanese billionaire’s controversial personal stakes in SoftBank’s investments drew fire from investors, who pointed to the mix of personal and company interests as a corporate governance concern.

Mr Son, who owns a more than 30 per cent stake in SoftBank, has denied there was a conflict of interest and said it was remuneration for his investment expertise, in lieu of investment fees.

The move has backfired, enveloping Mr Son’s personal finances in the downside of the world’s biggest tech investor’s bets. He was down more than $4 billion on his side deals through to the June quarter, Bloomberg reported earlier.

Mr Son last week said he was stepping away from leading earnings calls, to focus on preparing chip designer Arm for a public listing — an event that would give SoftBank fuel to again pursue new investments. SoftBank will bide its time in a tech winter and pay down its debt, he and his lieutenants said.

SoftBank’s Vision Fund arm posted a $7.2 billion quarterly loss last week, driven by the declining value of portfolio companies such as SenseTime, DoorDash and GoTo. The company has been selling assets to raise cash and shore up its balance sheet, posting gains from selling a chunk of its stake in Alibaba.

“We need to go full-on defence,” SoftBank chief financial officer Yoshimitsu Goto said. “SoftBank is pessimistic on the outlook. We do not yet see the light.”

The 65-year-old Mr Son holds 17.25 per cent of a vehicle set up under SoftBank’s Vision Fund 2 for its unlisted holdings, as well as 17.25 per cent of a unit within its Latin America fund, which also invests in start-ups. He has a 33 per cent stake in SB Northstar, a vehicle set up at the company to trade stocks and derivatives.

Portfolio losses ratcheted up Mr Son’s deficit to about $2.8 billion from his Vision Fund 2 interest, and $252 million at the Latam fund, according to disclosures for the September quarter. His remaining deficit at SB Northstar was 233.6 billion yen ($1.6 billion).

The amount Mr Son owes SoftBank from his interests in Vision Fund 2 and the Latam fund rose about $750 million in the last quarter.

Mr Son’s interests in Vision Fund 2 and the Latam fund were structured so the billionaire didn’t pay cash up front for his 17.25 per cent stakes. He is obligated to pay 3 per cent on the “unpaid equity acquisition amount” until repayment, interest that has been wrapped into his liabilities.

There is no deadline for repayment and the value of Mr Son’s positions could improve in the future, and for SB Northstar, Mr Son has already deposited some cash and other assets. The founder would pay his share of any “unfunded repayment obligations” at the end of the fund’s life, which runs for 12 years with a two-year extension.

Mr Son has deposited 8.9 million of his own shares as collateral for Vision Fund 2, and another 2.2 million shares as collateral for the Latam fund, the company said in its disclosures. The stock will be released only once the receivables are settled.

Mr Son’s net worth stood at $12.7 billion after Thursday’s close of trading, after adjusting for his deficit from his interests in Vision Fund 2 and Latam fund, according to Bloomberg Billionaires Index.

https://www.thenationalnews.com/business/markets/2022/11/18/masayoshi-son-owes-softbank-47bn-as-side-deals-go-sour/


10. Harvard Study Reveals the 1 Thing That Makes Humans Happy. Why Are You Doing the Complete Opposite?

Is modern life making you miserable (and alone)? Science says so.

BY NICK HOBSON, CHIEF BEHAVIORAL SCIENTIST, APEX SCORING SOLUTIONS, BAD SCIENCES AT POTENTIAL PROJECT@NICKMHOBSON

 

Money can’t buy happiness. 

Well, that’s not entirely true. Having some money helps. But it’s certainly not the biggest contributor to our happiness and well-being. So what is? 

Before the big reveal, there are two things to consider. 

First, for some of us, we were dealt a good genetic hand. We are predisposed to being happier in life. Our temperamental “wiring” makes us less neurotic, more emotionally stable, and nicer people to be around.

Second, for some of us, we ended up in the right place at the right time (or the wrong place at the wrong time). German philosopher Martin Heidegger calls this “thrownness“, or Geworfen. This is the idea that our experience in life, from birth to death, is arbitrarily determined by where we’re thrown into the world. Born into a specific family in a particular culture or religion at a given moment in human history is a matter of pure dumb luck.

These two things, genetics and Geworfen, are outside our control. And they matter. But what matters just as much, perhaps more, is something that’s within our control: relationships. And even for those of us with less-than-ideal genes, thrown into a less than ideal environment, human connection is the trump card. So why are we forgetting to play it?

No man or woman is an island 

The Harvard Study of Adult Development, the longest-running study on happiness, has followed 724 men since they were teenagers in 1938, with participants coming from a range of socioeconomic backgrounds. The Harvard team has collected a wealth of data over the 74 years, collating all kinds of personal, psychological, and health indicators and outcomes, and asking their families about their mental and emotional health every two years.

“Personal connection creates mental and emotional stimulation,” says project director, Dr. Robert Waldinger, “and those things are automatic mood boosters, while isolation is a mood buster.”

Humans are an intensely social species. It’s literally a matter of life and death. In our ancestral past, if we suddenly became isolated and pushed out by the tribe, it would have meant our inevitable death. So, the behaviors responsible for ensuring social connection — and therefore success in life — would have had a strong selective pressure. They still do.

The genes of modern Homo sapiens still drive our social behaviors in service of connecting, building, and relating to our fellow humans.

Unfortunately, we’re not living that reality.

Modernity is getting in the way of our genes

Technology, and modern life more generally, “gets written down as the progress of man”, to quote my favorite folk singer, John Prine. But consider the unintended consequence of this futuristic world we live in: We are spending more time alone than we have in all of human history. And it’s making us terribly unhappy.

I hope the irony isn’t lost on you. We carry near infinite knowledge on a machine that fits in our front pocket, we fly into space, we enter into alternative realities … but we do all this with an increasing frown and furrowed brow. We’ve never been more advanced. We’ve never been more miserable.

Then (together) versus now (alone)

It’s estimated that early humans in hunter-gather societies would have spent the majority of their time with one another. They would have done basically everything together at every waking point — working, preparing food, eating. Even leisure time and moments of ritual celebration would have been a group experience.

Contrast this with modern humans. Nearly a third of people in so-called developed Western countries live alone. These people are truly alone for about 8-10 hours of the day, every day. For people who live with others, it’s about 5-7 hours every day. Take a look at this graph. As people get older, they spend nearly half their waking time alone.

Imagine for a second we could simulate the same graph but include in it the data from the remaining time period humans have existed. It would look drastically different. Apples and oranges.

We need to look to the future and be intentional about the societies and cultures we want to build. We need to facilitate the natural urge to connect, belong, and socialize. Our technologies, city infrastructures, governmental and corporate organizations, and the way we do business should always take into account the fact that we humans can survive only by connecting with each other. Our “metrics for success” should capture that. Otherwise, we’ll end up with an incredibly advanced society — with little happiness and humanity left.

https://www.inc.com/nick-hobson/harvard-study-reveals-thing-makes-humans-happy-you-doing-complete-opposite.html?utm_source=newsletters&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=IncTop10-Nov%2020,%202022&leadId=1548979&mkt_tok=NjEwLUxFRS04NzIAAAGINTAqEth4SU5OugACyrJVllFRwESTXVP1NTCeWZv1Ylcce-8mgLYAPabuh8nD_b1HO83IGo0OtoGJUpuIOggk0dbwEgusPIWwEMWKBAU

Topley’s Top 10 – November 18, 2022

1. Federal Tax Revenue was 19.6% of GDP Last Fiscal Year…Highest on Record

It’s important for investors to recognize that even if the Democrats end up with narrow control of the House, they are unlikely to raise taxes in the next couple of years.  Federal tax revenue was 19.6% of GDP in the fiscal year that ended September 30.  That’s the highest on record with the exceptions of the peak of the first internet boom in 2000 and World War II.

Brian S. Wesbury – Chief Economist Firsttrust  Microsoft Word – w111422 – Democrats Overperform (ftportfolios.com)

https://www.ceicdata.com/en/indicator/united-states/tax-revenue–of-gdp


2. Bitcoin Breaks Off from Tech Stocks.

Crypto and Tech Stocks stopped moving together on FTX news….This chart is BITO (bitcoin etf) compared to QQQ…straight down

One Month Performance….QQQ +11% vs. Bitcoin -15%

www.yahoofinance.com


3. Ten Year Treasury Yield Closes Below 50Day Moving Average

Short Treasury Bond ETF is TBF….It Never Broke Above RED Long-Term Downtrend Line Dating Back to 2008 GFC

www.stockcharts.com


4. Extreme Inversion of Yield Curve Tends to Coincide with Peak Fed Funds Rate

Percy Allison Jefferies LLC The yield curve is extremely inverted (2 year minus 10 year yield is -65bps) implying, based on historical precedent, that the odds of a 2023 recession are high (corroborated by ISM New Orders & Prices Paid/Inventories). A deeply inverted yield curve also tends to coincide with a peak in the Fed Funds Rate. We assume a 50bp hike in December in the chart below.

Source: Jefferies Trading Desk

Percy Allison Jefferies LLC


5. Vanguard Total International Stock ETF Rallies Right Back to 200 Day

Vanguard International hits resistance at 200day….interesting 50day never closed below 200day on downside

www.stockcharts.com


6. Most Crowded Trades….Long Dollar by Far the Largest


7. The U.S. Needs Battery Plants….8 of 10 Largest Battery Plants in China

WSJ By Stephen Wilmot

Koch Teams With Startup to Build Giant Battery Factory in Georgia – WSJ


8. American Credit Card Balances Reversed Quickly from Covid Lows

American household debt has hit a new high, with the collective tab rising $351bn in the latest quarter, taking the total owed by households to more than $16.5 trillion. There’s not many comparisons to give that number context, but its roughly 5x the size of the UK economy, or just shy of 7x what Apple is worth.

Credit or debit?Though mortgages are still by far the biggest source of debt, the collective credit card balance was the category that grew fastest on a relative basis. All told, household credit card debt grew 15% year-on-year, the largest annual jump for more than 20 years. A group of Federal Reserve researchers, hardly known for their sensationalist exaggeration, said that the increase “towers over the last 18 years of data”.
With over 500 million accounts open in the US, credit cards are a staple of consumer spending — more than 190 million Americans have at least one account, and 13% reported having five or more cards.

The concern for the economy is that consumers will find themselves owing more, at a higher interest rate, and may struggle to make payments. The good news is that, per The New York Fed, delinquency rates so far have only risen very modestly — and in a historical context remain low — suggesting that people are making payments on time.

www.chartr.com


9. Interesting International Home Ownership Data

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank Adrian Cox and Galina Pozdnyakova in my team have just produced a report on global housing as part of my team’s 101 series aimed at simplifying big important topics for generalists. Today’s CoTD shows the proportion of homes by ownership status for a selection of countries. There are some interesting extremes in the data. Italy has a very low ownership by mortgage with only 10.8% owned with a mortgage and 60.8% of housing stock owned outright without one. This hints at a more traditional multi-generational family ownership structure. Spain is not too dissimilar. English speaking and Nordic countries are much more likely to have mortgages as the highest form of home ownership. Germany and Switzerland have the highest amount of renters in the sample.

The report shows that the hottest markets in recent years are in countries with the highest household debt ratios to GDP hinting at leverage fuelled gains. It also shows the maturity split of mortgages issued in recent times. For example virtually all Finnish and Norwegian mortgages issued in the last year or so have been variable with a fixed rate of no more than 12 months but virtually all new US mortgages have been long-term fixed.

Every market is different so it’s impossible to put a one-size fits all valuation framework on global housing but this report will hopefully give you some basic facts to understand the major differences. The table on p.19 puts it all together and shows which markets might be most at risk going forward. See here for the full report.


10. 5 Reasons Fear Can Make You Better

By Patti Johnson | August 27, 2013 | 0   The fear of not being good enough, smart enough or successful enough can be debilitating. In my last blog, I talked about why it’s so helpful to know your “go-to” fears so you can learn to anticipate and manage them.

In certain situations, fear can also be expected. It is, for example, a normal part of starting any change. In fact, I have been studying people who made the decision to start a change. Many of them had some fears, but those fears didn’t stop them from acting. One new business owner told me that she was afraid at times, but she wanted to reach her goal so badly that she just accepted the fear and kept going. We often think of fear in a negative way, but fear can be a very positive force, one to signal that you are changing and growing. It can:

  1. Be a sign that you are doing something that’s important to you
  2. Indicate that you are learning something very new
  3. Confirm that you are outside of your comfort zone
  4. Give you creative energy and ideas
  5. Cause you to act on something that you know is important

Ask anyone who has begun major changes in their work or life, and there is always some fear and discomfort. That is part of it. When I started my business, my fear of failure was absolutely a motivator and I did my best to use it to my benefit—at least most days. The reality is that if it were easy, you would have already done it. Progress is more likely to happen once you begin managing and using your fear to your advantage.

There is also a different kind of fear—the fear of being successful. Recently, a friend said to me, “I’ve realized that I’m not afraid of failure. I’m afraid of success.” We begin to wonder, what if the new business takes off? What if I get the new job? What if I get the book contract? Can I do it? Our own self-doubt can trip us up not only in our ability to get there, but in wondering what happens if we do.

I am reminded of one of my favorite quotes of all time from Marianne Williamson: “Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure. It is our light, not our darkness, that most frightens us. We ask ourselves, ‘Who am I to be brilliant, gorgeous, talented, fabulous?’ Actually, who are you not to be?” Even fear of success can get in our way.

Accept that the fear factor is a natural part of starting down a new path. Know and accept your “go-to” fears so you are ready for them when they appear. Find the positives of fear and don’t aim to go around or avoid it. If you accept and embrace some of your fear, it can work for you—and it just might be a sign that you are ready to start a change that has been waiting for you.

Report Ad

This article was published in August 2013 and has been updated. Photo by Dragon Images/Shutterstock

https://www.success.com/five-reasons-why-fear-can-make-you-better/

Topley’s Top 10 – November 17, 2022

1. No Fund Outflows at All

Callum Thomas Chart Storm Flow With the Go:  Fund flows show outflow no-show.

Source:  @ISABELNET_SA  https://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-13-november


2. History of S&P Below 200 Day Moving Average LPL Research

https://i0.wp.com/lplresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/11/Chart-.png?ssl=1


3. Schwab Traders Favorite Longs

Still, traders “have their eyes open on a few different sectors and categories” that they feel are poised to do well, Metzger said, noting that they are bullish on value stocks and fixed income, as well as energy, healthcare, utilities and consumer-staples sectors.

By  Christine Idzelis

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/whats-in-among-bearish-stock-market-traders-and-whats-out-according-to-charles-schwab-survey-11668516776?mod=home-page\


4. Sentiment Indicator Hit Extreme Levels

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Better Breadth Unlike the summer rally, the rip higher in stocks late last week came in response to inflation data that was actually better than expected. It was also aided by the drop in bond yields and the continued retreat in the U.S. dollar. In addition, there are now 56% of S&P 500 stocks trading above their 200-day moving averages vs. 51% at the mid-August high—at which point the index was 330 points higher than it was as of Friday’s close. We continue to believe the average stock will do well relative to the largest cap stocks (i.e., equal weight will continue to outperform cap weight).

The rally was also aided by quite dour investor sentiment conditions leading into last week. We have been pointing out the better (contrarian) environment for stocks—at least as it related to attitudinal measures of sentiment. Last week’s “crypto carnage” (more on that below) was a likely trigger for behavioral sentiment measures finally falling into line with attitudinal measures.

SentimenTrader’s Panic/Euphoria Model, which is a blend of attitudinal and behavioral sentiment indicators, recently inflected higher from a historically low reading, as shown below. As the accompanying table highlights, although equity market performance was mixed historically in the near-term after similar inflections; it was universally strong a year later.

A little less panic

https://www.schwab.com/learn/story/swing-swing-wild-week


5. Tech Rallying the Last 2 Weeks but Vanguard Energy ETF Hit New Highs

Energy Still Leading Sector

www.stockcharts.com


6. Cintas Corporation Would Seem to be Very Tied to Economic Cycle…..It is not Acting Like Recession 2023.

Cintas about to make new highs……One of the best S&P stocks for last 25 years.


7. Taiwan Semi Big Move Higher but Still not Even Back to Early Sept Highs


8. More on LA Ports…Quietest Month Since 2009

Zerohedge LA Port Head Says October Was ‘Quietest’ Month Since 2009

BY TYLER DURDEN About a year ago, there was a massive queue outside two of America’s biggest ports, located on the West Coast. Now, the ports are coming to a crawl during the peaking shipping season, ahead of the busiest shopping period of the year.

There’s no longer a massive amount of container ships outside the ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach, California, which handle 40% of all cargo containers entering the country.

According to Gene Seroka, head of the Port of Los Angeles, the backlog has all but dissipated. In an online briefing, he said the Port of LA had the quietest October since 2009. 

Together, LA and Long Beach are the main seaport gateway into the US economy from China. The quietest October since the GFC is sign retailers and manufacturers have slowed or stopped ordering from overseas due to either high inventories or collapsing demand.

Seroka’s comment Tuesday is another piece to the puzzle of an emerging global slowdown:

We predict in May that an inventory glut, i.e., the reverse bullwhip effect, would cool the booming freight market. It’s peak shipping season — retailers have already canceled overseas orders as freight companies reduce shipping capacity ahead of Black Friday and Christmas.

Companies across the board are bloated with inventories. This can be shown in the inventory-to-sales ratio, reaching multi-decade highs — forcing importers to reduce shipments from overseas suppliers.

LA Port Head Says October Was ‘Quietest’ Month Since 2009 | ZeroHedge


9. The “Smartest” Funds in World Suffer FOMO ….Big Private Equity and Pensions Buying FTX at Top

From Irrelevant Investor Blog Michael Batnick

https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/11/16/animal-spirits-the-crypto-blow-up/


10. The Collapse of British Empire

Scott Galloway–As they gained territory and resources, each empire continued to expand. Brits in 1910 had witnessed six decades of growth. With each land grab came greater stores of resources, more coffee and molasses to import to their island. This created new markets and business opportunities to fund more land grabs. And the wheel turned.

However, from the British Empire to the Qing Dynasty to the Ottomans, they all have one thing in common: They all fall.

https://www.profgalloway.com/hubris/

Topley’s Top 10 – November 16, 2022

1.ETF Traders Bet Big Against Tech Rally

Dave Lutz Jones Trading PAIN TRADE– ETF traders just placed a record wager against the big comeback in tech stocks – As the Nasdaq 100 Index soared late last week, some $658 million was funneled into the ProShares UltraPro Short QQQ exchange-traded fund (SQQQ). That’s the largest-ever inflow for a product that aims to deliver three times the opposite performance of the US benchmark for major technology companies.


2. One Inflation Figure Not Coming Down Yet….Residential Energy Prices

https://twitter.com/LizAnnSonders


3. Year Over Year CPI International Markets.

Cresset-Jack Ablin

How to Prepare for Endemic Inflation | Cresset Capital


4. Emerging Markets Rally Off Falling Dollar….

EEM ETF approaching resistance levels from Summer

This chart shows emerging markets vs. the U.S. dollar…straight down since end of 2020


5. Crypto Bank Silvergate Capital….$220 to $35

www.stockcharts.com


6. Broker Dealer ETF Jumps 25% on Mystery Whale Investment ….$211M Mystery Bet on Monday

Bloomberg Wall Street ETF Gets $211 Million Mystery Inflow, Most Since 2008

-IAI sees its second-biggest inflow in off-exchange transaction

-ETF focused on broker-dealers, exchanges is up 25% since June

BySam Potter  https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-11-15/wall-street-etf-gets-211-million-mystery-inflow-most-since-08?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


7. S&P Rallies Back to 200Day

www.stockcharts.com


8. How Australia became the world’s greatest lithium supplier

By Royce Kurmelovs10th November 2022

As demand soars for electric vehicles and clean energy storage, Australia is rising to meet much of the world’s demand for lithium. While this helps reduce the need for fossil fuels, it raises another question – how can we source lithium sustainably?

Roughly a three-hour drive south of Perth, Western Australia, off the South Western Highway and behind the historic mining town of Greenbushes, the land beyond the town’s primary school falls away to reveal a deep, grey scar.

This is the site of an old tin mine known as the Cornwall Pit. At roughly 265m (870ft) deep, the terraced wall of the pit represents a century’s worth of work that began in 1888 when a pound of tin was lifted out of a nearby creek. When the surface-metal was scoured from the landscape, methods changed eventually giving way to open-cut mining in the host pegmatite vein – an igneous rock with a coarse texture similar to granite.

In 1980, another metal was found at Greenbushes which, at the time, didn’t give the mine owners much pause for thought. Lithium, a soft, silvery-white reactive alkali metal, was considered more of a geological oddity.

A small-scale mining operation began in 1983, extracting lithium for use in niche industrial operations like glass making, steel, castings, ceramics, lubricants and metal alloys. It wasn’t until decades later when the existential risk posed by climate change became widely understood, and governments began talking about replacing the estimated 1.45 billion petrol cars worldwide with electric vehicles, that the reserves at Greenbushes began to be seen in a very different light.

Today the Cornwall tin pit is closed for business, and Greenbushes has become the largest lithium mine in the world.

Demand for lithium could grow to more than 40 times current levels if the world is to meet its Paris Agreement goals

In less than two years, prices for Australian spodumene – a lithium-rich raw material that can be refined for use in laptop, phone and EV batteries – has grown more than tenfold. According to Benchmark Mineral Intelligence, spodumene sold for $4,994 (£4,300) a tonne in October 2022, up from $415 (£360) in January 2021. By 2040 the International Energy Agency expects demand for lithium to grow more than 40 times current levels if the world is to meet its Paris Agreement goals.

This has sparked claims of a new lithium-rush and Australia has positioned itself to be the world’s go-to supplier. Which begs the question, as the world reaches for this metal in an attempt to help with decarbonisation – how sustainable is lithium mining?

=In 2021, the lithium mined at Greenbushes alone accounted for more than a fifth of global production – and it is expected to grow. In 2019 the mine’s owners Talison Lithium received permission to double the site’s size in an A$1.9bn ($1.2bn/£1.1bn) expansion that, when complete, will cover an area 2.6km (1.6 miles) long, 1km (0.6 miles) wide and 455m (1,490ft) deep. At 310m (1,020ft) high, the tallest building in London, The Shard, could be comfortably buried inside.

While Greenbushes is Australia’s largest lithium mine, contributing 40% of the 55,000 tonnes of lithium mined in the country in 2021, there are several others close behind. In total, there are four other hard-rock lithium operations in Western Australia’s legacy mining regions around Kalgoorlie in the east and the Pilbara in the state’s far north. A sixth – the only lithium mine outside Western Australia – is an open-cut mine near Darwin in the Northern Territory, which began operation in early October 2022. Two other mines are in planning with other proposals at various stages of development.

https://www.bbc.com/future/article/20221110-how-australia-became-the-worlds-greatest-lithium-supplier


9. Ukraine Invasion Updated Map.

Russia only taking poor and working class as soldiers

The Daily Shot Blog Food for Thought: Lastly, here’s a look at where are Russia’s newest soldiers coming from. 

Source: The Economist Read full article


10. A brain expert shares his 7 ‘hard rules’ for boosting memory and fighting off dementia

Marc Milstein, Contributor@DRMARCMILSTEIN

SHAREShare Article via FacebookShare Article via TwitterShare Article via LinkedInShare Article via Email

caracterdesign | Getty

The average human brain shrinks by approximately 5% per decade after the age of 40. This can have a major impact on memory and focus.

What’s more, brain disorders are on the rise. In 2020, 54 million people worldwide had Alzheimer’s disease or other dementias, and that number is expected to grow.

But serious mental decline doesn’t have to be an inevitable part of aging. In fact, certain lifestyle factors have a greater impact than your genes do on whether you’ll develop memory-related diseases.

As a neuroscience researcher, here are seven hard rules I live by to keep my brain sharp and fight off dementia.

1. Keep blood pressure and cholesterol levels in check

Your heart beats roughly 115,000 times a day, and with every beat, it sends about 20% of the oxygen in your body to your brain.

High blood pressure can weaken your heart muscle, and is one of the leading causes of strokes. Ideally, your blood pressure should be no higher than 120/80.

Cholesterol is critical to your brain and nervous system health, too. The American Heart Association recommends getting your cholesterol levels measured every four to six years.

2. Manage sugar levels

Blood sugar is the primary fuel of the brain. Not enough of it, and you have no energy; too much, and you can destroy blood vessels and tissue, leading to premature aging and cardiovascular disease.

Keep in mind that sugar isn’t enemy, excess sugar is. It’s easy for grams of sugar to add up, even if you think you’re being careful — and usually, sugar will sneak in through packaged foods.

Where is the sugar hidden? Look for these in the ingredients list:

·    Dextrose

·    Fructose

·    Galactose

·    Glucose

·    Lactose

·    Maltose

·    Sucrose

And be wary of any product that includes syrup, such as agave nectar syrup or high-fructose corn syrup.

3. Get quality sleep

Studies show that people with untreated sleep apnea raise their risk of memory loss by an average of 10 years before the general population.

For most people, a healthy brain needs somewhere between seven and nine hours of sleep a night.

My tips for memory-boosting, immune-enhancing sleep:

·    Keep a consistent bedtime and wake-up schedule.

·    Turn off devices one hour before bedtime.

·    Do something relaxing before bedtime, like listening to soft music or doing mindful breathing exercises.

·    Go outside and get in natural sunlight as soon as you can after waking up.

4. Eat a nutritious diet

One way I keep things simple is to have most, if not all, of these items in my grocery cart:

·    Fatty fish like salmon

·    Avocados

·    Nuts

·    Blueberries

·    Cruciferous veggies like arugula, broccoli, Brussels sprouts and collard greens

When food shopping, I ask myself three questions to help determine whether something is good for my brain:

1. Will it spoil? In many cases, perishable is a good thing. The additives and preservatives that keep food from spoiling wreak havoc on your gut bacteria.

2. Are there tons of ingredients in that packaged food? And for that matter, can you pronounce the ingredients? Or does it look like the makings of a chemical experiment? Also avoid anything where sugar is one of the first few ingredients.

3. Do you see a rainbow on your plate? The chemicals that give fruits and vegetables their vibrant colors help boost brain health.

5. Don’t smoke (and avoid secondhand and thirdhand smoke)

Smokers have a 30% higher risk of developing dementia than non-smokers. They also put those around them at risk: Secondhand smoke contains 7,000 chemicals — and at least 70 of them can cause cancer.

Then there’s thirdhand smoke, which is not actually smoke. It’s the residue of cigarette smoke that creates the telltale smell on clothing or in a room. That residue alone can emit chemicals that are toxic to the brain.

6. Make social connections

In a recent study, people over the age of 55 who regularly participated in dinner parties or other social events had a lower risk of losing their memory. But it wasn’t because of what they ate, it was the effect of the repeated social connection.

To lessen isolation and loneliness, you can also boost brain chemicals like serotonin and endorphins by performing small acts of kindness:

·    Wish others well or check in with somebody.

·    Give a compliment without expecting anything in return.

·    Make a phone call to somebody you don’t usually reach out to.

7. Continuously learn new skills

Maintaining a strong memory is not all about brain games like Sudoku, Wordle and crossword puzzles.

Learning skills and acquiring information are much more effective ways to make new connections in the brain. The more connections you make, the more likely you are to retain and even enhance your memory.

When you think about learning something new, approach it the way you would with fitness training. You want to work out different muscles on different days. The same goes for the brain.

Over the course of this week, try cross-training your brain by mixing mental activities (learning a new language or reading a book) and physical learning activities (playing tennis or soccer) .

Marc Milstein, PhD, is a brain health expert and author of “The Age-Proof Brain: New Strategies to Improve Memory, Protect Immunity, and Fight Off Dementia.” He earned both his PhD in Biological Chemistry and his Bachelor of Science in Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology from UCLA, and has conducted research on genetics, cancer biology and neuroscience. Follow him on Twitter and Instagram.

A brain expert shares his 7 ‘hard rules’ for boosting memory and fighting off dementia (cnbc.com)

Topley’s Top 10 – November 15, 2022

1. Biggest One Day Decline of 10 Year Yield Since GFC

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank -After last week’s downside surprise in US CPI, we saw some of the biggest daily market moves in years. In fact, as today’s chart of the day points out, the daily decline in the 10yr real Treasury yield on Thursday was the second-largest since the GFC and behind only the initial Covid move in March 2020.

 


2. Wisdom Tree Weekly from Jeremy Siegel.

If CPI used up to date housing data…core inflation would be zero

https://www.wisdomtree.com/-/media/us-media-files/documents/resource-library/weekly-commentary/siegel-weekly-commentary.pdf


3. Lumber at 25 Year Low

From Trading Economics Lumber 25 Year Low

https://tradingeconomics.com/commodity/lumber

www.stockcharts.com


4. Follow Up on Dollar Technical Breakdown Last Week….All International Charts on Watch List

EFA Developed International vs. S&P…Will it Bottom?


5. Barrons Stat on Tech Historical Bear Market Rallies

BTIG in Barrons For example, the Nasdaq 100NDX +1.82%  (NDX) gained 7.49%. Of the 20 largest NDX daily gains since 1990, 16 of them happened either between April 2000 and May 2002, or in October 2008, none of which marked the end of those bear markets

Stocks Rallied Dramatically. It’s Still a Bear Market | Barron’s (barrons.com)


6. Non-Profit Tech Led the Rally Last Week


7. Coffe Prices Go On List of Falling from Highs.

www.stockcharts.com


8. ‘FTX Has Been Hacked’: Crypto Disaster Worsens as Exchange Sees Mysterious Outflows Exceeding $600M

FTX officials appeared to confirm rumors of a hack on Telegram, instructing users to delete FTX apps and avoid its website.

By Cheyenne Ligon, Sam Reynolds, Sam Kessler, Nikhilesh De, Reilly Decker

FTX bought the naming rights to the Miami Heat arena in March 2021. (Danny Nelson/CoinDesk archives)

The collapse of FTX, already one of the most spectacular disasters in financial history, worsened as hundreds of millions of dollars were drained from the cryptocurrency exchange hours after it filed for bankruptcy.

More than $600 million was siphoned from FTX’s crypto wallets late Friday. Soon after, FTX stated in its official Telegram channel that it had been compromised, instructing users not to install any new upgrades and to delete all FTX apps.

“FTX has been hacked. FTX apps are malware. Delete them. Chat is open. Don’t go on FTX site as it might download Trojans,” wrote an account administrator in the FTX Support Telegram chat. The message was pinned by FTX General Counsel Ryne Miller.

Hours later, Miller disclosed in a tweet that FTX US and FTX.com had been moving all their digital assets to cold storage because of the Friday bankruptcy. “Process was expedited this evening – to mitigate damage upon observing unauthorized transactions,” he said.

Many FTX wallet holders reported $0 balances in their FTX.com and FTX US wallets. FTX’s API appeared to be down, which could account for this. According to on-chain data, various Ethereum tokens as well as Solana and Binance Smart Chain tokens exited FTX’s official wallets and moved to decentralized exchanges like 1inch. Both FTX and FTX US appear to be affected.

The transfers occurred on the same day that the firm filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. after apparently losing – or misappropriating – billions of dollars in user funds. Suspicions – which are conjecture at this point – circulated online about whether, rather than an outside attack, someone inside the company might’ve been responsible.

On Twitter, members of the cryptocurrency community quickly began to speculate that the outflows could have been coordinated by a member of Bankman-Fried’s inner circle, pointing out that the simultaneous and sophisticated hacks of FTX and FTX US are indicative of a potential inside job. Twitter sleuth ZachXBT tweeted Friday night that “multiple former FTX employees confirmed to me that they do not recognize these transfers.”

Around midnight Eastern time, FTX’s login portal was unavailable (though the site was still online) giving users a 503 error when they attempted to log in. A 503 error happens when the server is unavailable, commonly because it’s down for maintenance or unavailable for access.

‘FTX Has Been Hacked’: Crypto Disaster Worsens as Exchange Sees Mysterious Outflows Exceeding $600M (coindesk.com)


9. We Shall See…..

FTX’s bust and crypto crash come with two silver linings

Brian Sozzi. Follow Sozzi on Twitter @BrianSozzi and on LinkedIn. Read this and more market news on the go with Yahoo Finance App.

Let’s look at the bright side of the FTX-driven crypto crash to kick off what will likely be another long week for the industry.

There are probably two positives worth considering here.

First, the crypto crash has not spread over into the stock market. The S&P 500 is up 5.9% in the past five trading sessions compared with a 19% drop for bitcoin. Why is this you ask? Simple. The rout is not as huge as the headlines suggest.

“We think Bitcoin and ETH remain a too small part of the market to cause broader financial market contagion, with a total crypto market cap size of $890 billion vs $41 trillion for U.S. equities,” Citigroup digital asset analyst Joseph Ayoub said in a note to clients. “The FTX shortfall is still relatively small in comparison to other crypto events, such as Luna ($40 billion lost) or market cap losses in public tech names.”

So there’s that.

And two, what has happened with FTX should ultimately set the groundwork for a more stable crypto market over time (hopefully). Maybe that means less booms and busts, which is a positive for investors. There are a couple reasons for that, such as regulators coming in next year with new guardrails and the washout removing froth (maybe fewer crypto events in the Bahamas with Lambos parked outside for the Gram) and bad actors (we’re looking at you, SBF).

What we have witnessed in the past week is a flush out and it’s all good — even if there is pain to be had today.

“This should be a wake-up call that what you thought was worth something is actually not worth anything,” said Mizuho analyst Dan Dolev on Yahoo Finance Live.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/ft-xs-bust-and-crypto-crash-come-with-two-silver-linings-103045894.html


10. 10 Signs Your Employees Aren’t the Right Fit For Their Jobs

Find the job that’s right for you.

BY LAURA GARNETT, PERFORMANCE STRATEGIST AND AUTHOR, THE GENIUS HABIT@GARNETTL

Hiring the right talent and helping those people thrive in their positions is one of the biggest challenges any leader, CEO, or founder has, especially since job hopping has become the norm. You not only need to find incredibly smart people, you also need to make sure they stick around, rather than jump to the next best thing around the corner. 

The single most important key to this is to make sure that your people are in the right roles for who they are. Often, performance issues are misdiagnosed. If you have someone on your team who’s not working enough, who isn’t performing the way that they should, or who seems bored and disengaged, the issue isn’t always a matter of that person’s ability. Sometimes, it’s a matter of fit. If a job isn’t aligned with someone’s strengths, values, and personality-;it’s pretty impossible for them to succeed. 

How can you tell whether your employees are in the right roles? It’s often incredibly subtle, so you need to pay attention. For starters, look for these 10 signs. 

  1. They are often bored or disengaged, and you regularly get the sense that their head isn’t in the game.
  2. They just can’t master the tasks they’re assigned, despite lots of feedback as to how to do them better or differently.
  3. They often don’t share their ideas with you or other colleagues. Or, when they do, what they have to offer feels completely off base and unhelpful.
  4. They seem to be struggling with confidence. They rarely participate in group discussions or share their perspective with others.
  5. You can visibly notice that they get frustrated easily.
  6. What is needed for them to perform does not seem to be aligned with their personality or strengths.
  7. You’ve had a sneaking feeling for a while that something just isn’t working.
  8. They communicate that they don’t feel valued, despite feeling that you’ve done everything you can to make them feel valued.
  9. Despite efforts to provide feedback, coaching, and support, their performance doesn’t shift.
  10. They’ve approached you saying that they aren’t happy with the work they’re doing or that they would like a different role.

If you see several of these signs in one of your employees, it’s time to make a change. Navigating transitions are always difficult, but know that you can start the conversation with empathy and compassion. 

When you realize that someone on your team isn’t in the right role, ask them to tell you more about who they are, what they’re best at, and what they ultimately want out of their career. It could be that there is another place in the business that they could contribute to that would be a better fit for both of you. 

Or, if not, then knowing that they aren’t right for your company is a great thing. It won’t only be good for your business, it’ll ultimately be a positive shift for that person’s career. After all, no one wants-;or can succeed at-;a job that isn’t the right fit for them.

https://www.inc.com/laura-garnett/10-signs-your-employees-arent-right-fit-for-their-jobs.html?utm_source=linkedin&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=freeform

Topley’s Top 10 – November 14, 2022

1. Ten-Year Treasury Yield Broke Above Trend Line from 1982

The red line in chart is trendline going back to 1982….See X’s breaking above

www.stockcharts.com


2. Dollar Breaks 50day on downside and Copper Makes Run at upside 200day….China is 70% of Copper Demand

www.stockcharts.com


3. Two Cali Gambling Votes Fail to Pass

Geoff Zochodne Covers.com As of around 8:00 a.m. E.T. on Wednesday, results showed that both Proposition 26 and Proposition 27 had been defeated. With 94.5% of precincts partially reporting, Prop 26 had been approved by 29.9% of voters, while Prop 27 had only 16.6% support, meaning both were well short of the 50% they needed.

Prop 26 aimed to bring in-person sports betting to racetracks and Native American casinos in California. Prop 27, meanwhile, would have permitted statewide online sports betting via tribes and licensed gambling companies.

https://www.covers.com/industry/us-midterm-election-sports-betting-ballot-results-november-2022

Dow Jones Gambling Index -50% Correction from Highs

www.stockcharts.com


4. CPI Shelter 40% of Inflation Numbers

Charlie Bilello But CPI Shelter continues to be a lagging indicator, as the real-time housing data has been moving in the opposite direction…

a) Rents are up 5.8% year-over-year, the smallest rate of increase since May 2021.

​b) Home prices are up 3.2% year-over-year, their slowest growth rate since the start of the pandemic.

​At some point, Shelter CPI will start reflecting this new data, but we don’t appear to be there just yet. There remains a considerable gap between reported and actual housing inflation that will likely be closed in part by continued increases in Shelter CPI.


5. Employment Cost Index Rolling Over.


6. Diesal Fuel Below Highs but Still Up Over 100% Since 2021

Y Charts

https://ycharts.com/indicators/us_retail_diesel_price


7. Japan Equities 2022 Currency Hedged vs Unhedged Year to Date Massive Spread

DXJ Hedged vs. EWJ Unhedged

www.yahoofinance.com


8. Financial Sector ETF +20% in One Month

Bespoke The Financial sector ETF (XLF) has been on fire since its intraday low of $29.59 on October 13th, which was the day of the hotter than expected September CPI report.  From that low point on 10/13, XLF is up 20.2%.  As shown below, the ETF is currently at the very top end of a wide sideways range that has been in place over the last six months.

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/banks-and-brokers-on-fire


9. Three Million World Cup Tickets Sold


10. Discipline is Often a Carefully Created Environment

Tiny Thought-Farnam Street

Eventually, everyone loses the battle with willpower; it’s only a matter of time. Consider my parents. Neither of them smoked when they joined the armed forces, but it didn’t take long for them to join their smoking co-workers. At first, they resisted, but as the days turned into weeks, the grind of saying no when everyone else was saying yes wore them down. Decades later, quitting proved nearly impossible when they turned to willpower. Everyone around them smoked. The very same force that encouraged them to start was preventing them from stopping. They were only able to kick their habit when they changed their environment. They had to find new friends whose default behavior was their desired behavior.

What looks like discipline is often a carefully created environment to encourage certain behaviors. What looks like poor choices is often someone trying their best to use willpower to go against their environment.

The people with the best defaults are typically the ones with the best environment. Sometimes it’s carefully chosen, and sometimes it’s just plain luck. Either way, it’s easier to align yourself with the right behavior in the right environment.

The way to improve your defaults isn’t by willpower but by creating an artificial environment where your desired behavior becomes the default behavior.

Joining groups whose defaults are your desires is an effective way to create an artificial environment. If you want to read more, join a book club. If you want to run more, join a running club. If you want to exercise more, hire a trainer.

Your environment will do a lot of the heavy lifting for you if you align it with where you want to go.

https://fs.blog

Topley’s Top 10 – November 11, 2022

1. History of 5% Up Days

The S&P 500 gained more than 5% today, the best day since April 2020. This was the 23rd >5% day since 1950. Most tend to happen in clusters, but higher 27.6% a year later and up 90.9% of the time is a nice takeaway. @ryanDetrick

Ryan Detrick LPL Research https://twitter.com/RyanDetrick/status/1590821274863153152/photo/1


2. Peaks in Fed Policy and Stock Market Performance.

Jennifer Wright Edward Jones Are we getting closer to a peak?  While monetary policy tightening phases can be painful for stock and bond market returns, we may be closer to the end of the Fed’s rate-hiking campaign than the beginning. Market expectations currently call for the Fed’s final rate hike to occur at their February 2023 FOMC meeting. Historically, when the Fed’s policy rate peaks, market performance is quite strong in the 12 months that follow: Since 1980, S&P 500 returns during this period have averaged about +15%.

While every cycle is unique, given the negative returns and sentiment this year, markets may certainly welcome a potential pause in Fed tightening.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jennifer-k-wright-cfp%C2%AE-cpwa%C2%AE-944384a/


3. Three Lower Highs in U.S. Dollar.

Dollar showing some short-term bearish signals….3 lower highs purple arrows….close below 50day

www.stockcharts.com


4. Average Performance of Commodities During Rising and Falling Dollar Environments

Dorsey Wright The graph below shows the average performance of four ETFs representing different areas of the commodities complex, copper (industrial metals), energy, gold (precious metals), and agriculture.

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


5. Small Cap Energy About to Breakout to New Highs?


6. Disney Breaks to New Lows on Chart…-53% from Highs.

DIS chart 50day thru 200day to downside

www.stockcharts.com


7. Why It is Tough for Interest Rates to Go Much Higher? $965m per day in Interest Payments on Government Debt

https://www.statista.com/chart/28393/us-public-debt/


8. New Home Cancellations increased Sharply in Q3

“Significant shift in market conditions” CalculatedRisk by Bill McBride

https://calculatedrisk.substack.com/p/new-home-cancellations-increased-5b3  Found at Abnormal Returns Blog www.abnormalreturns.com


9. Magazine Cover Curse

https://twitter.com/GRDecter


10. These 5 Foods Will Nourish Your Metabolism & Bolster Mental Health

mbg Founder & Co-CEOBy Jason Wachob

You may be familiar with the gut-brain connection, but according to Harvard psychiatrist Chris Palmer, M.D., author of Brain Energy, truly understanding metabolism is the key to resolving mental health issues. “Metabolism is a process our cells use to break down the products of food, turn it into energy used to maintain or grow cells, and it involves the management of waste products,” he explains on this episode of the mindbodygreen podcast. “Metabolism is fundamental to the definition of life.” He even suggests that mental disorders are metabolic disorders of the brain.

And once you start to connect the dots, you may be able to reach the root of your mental health concerns, whatever they might be. “You can start to understand why neurotransmitters might be dysregulated. You can understand why hormones might be dysregulated. You can understand why vitamin and nutrition deficiencies can cause mental illness,” he adds. And ultimately, you can start to understand just how important a balanced diet is for your mental well-being.

Sure, a healthy metabolism depends on so much more than what you eat, but assessing your diet is a solid place to start. Here, Palmer shares his top grocery staples for a balanced mood.

almon.

First up on Palmer’s list? Wild-caught, sustainably sourced salmon, which is rich in omega-3 fatty acids to enhance both metabolic and brain health. Ample amounts of omega-3s in the body have been linked with healthy blood pressure and circulation; by lowering blood pressure, research shows they may even reduce the risk of CHD (coronary heart disease)1.

In terms of mental health, ​​one study shows that omega-3 fats can decrease stress2, and another demonstrates that diets rich in omega-3 fatty acids can help promote a healthy emotional balance and positive mood. All that to say: You may want to load up on omega-3-rich staples, like salmon, mackerel, anchovies, sardines, and herring (commonly referred to as SMASH).

2. Eggs.

Palmer also considers eggs a great addition to your brain-healthy plate (assuming you can tolerate them). Eggs, you see, are rich in choline, the precursor chemical for acetylcholine, one of the most fundamental neurotransmitters3 that’s important for our nervous systems. (And for what it’s worth, eggs also provide some omega-3s).

3.Low-carb veggies.

“I would definitely encourage low-carbohydrate vegetables,” says Palmer. “Spinach, broccoli, asparagus…Those provide fiber, which can be really helpful and beneficial to most people’s guts.” By feeding the healthy microbes in your gut, you inherently support mental health, too, thanks to the gut-brain axis4.

Not to mention, a meta-analysis of eight studies5 found that leafy green vegetable consumption significantly reduced the risk of cardiovascular disease by 15.8 percent—so consider them a major winner for heart and mental health.

4.Olive oil.

To round out his grocery list, “I would probably go with some type of pure, healthy fat,” says Palmer. “If I had to choose just one, it would probably be olive oil.” High-quality olive oil is brimming with polyphenols, which contain powerful brain-protective antioxidants; the monounsaturated fats in olive oil can also help support healthy cholesterol6. And if you’re at all concerned about increasing longevity, you should know that a study published in the Journal of the American College of Cardiology found that consuming more olive oil, particularly in place of other fats, may lead to a longer life.

5.Avocado.

But why choose just one healthy fat? “I love avocado,” says Palmer. “I eat avocado all the time.” Not only do the nutritious green globes have tons of fiber, but they also have magnesium, which has shown to be helpful for depression7.

The takeaway.

According to Palmer, a metabolic approach to mental health is crucial for getting to the root of the issue and optimizing well-being for your whole body. They say any food that’s good for your heart is also great for your brain—and with Palmer’s growing research, we can understand exactly why.

5 Foods That Will Nourish Your Metabolism & Reduce Anxiety | mindbodygreen

Topley’s Top 10 – November 10, 2022

1. History of Rising and Falling Rates

Ben Carlson If you look at the historical data, rising or falling interest rates don’t have nearly as much of an impact on stock market performance as you would think:

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2022/10/which-asset-class-is-more-attractive-right-now-stocks-or-bonds/


2. Stocks Vs. Investment Grade Bonds 10 Years

JP Morgan

https://privatebank.jpmorgan.com/gl/en/o/raising-the-standard-in-private-banking?utm_source=jpmwm-sem-google&utm_medium=all-exact&utm_campaign=us-en-banking-acq&utm_content=bankaccountdesktop-na&c3api=3432,106135134440,kwd-823671394043&gclid=CjwKCAiAvK2bBhB8EiwAZUbP1JLMyD0LVOfT03p-LD_tKzs0q8aw0RYEiNSdAFl06JX3Ls537FKXbBoCEnoQAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds


3. Overnight Lending Rate…Zero to 4% YTD

What is SOFR? The Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) is intended to replace the US dollar London Interbank Rate (US LIBOR) in future financial contracts. SOFR was selected by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (ARRC) chaired by the New York Federal Reserve in 2017.

SOFR is the average rate at which institutions can borrow US dollars overnight while posting US Treasury bonds as collateral. Similar to a mortgage rate, SOFR is a secured borrowing rate in the sense that collateral is provided in order to borrow cash. SOFR differs from US LIBOR in that the latter is a rate for unsecured borrowing (where no collateral is posted).

Major central banks globally have taken on similar reforms to replace their US LIBOR equivalents with more reliable rates.

https://www.sofrrate.com/#:~:text=Latest%20SOFR%20rate&text=The%20resulting%20overnight%20LIBOR%20fallback,fixed%200.00644%25%20overnight%20fallback%20spread.


4. Rising Rates vs. Software Stock Valuations

Yahoo Finance Brian Sozzi·Anchor, Editor-at-Large

The below charts from Battery Ventures sheds light on why household name tech companies are trimming the fat — and how many are doing so.

Chart 1: Valuation has compressed across software stocks as interest rates have risen.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/meta-and-salesforce-layoffs-big-tech-165954504.html

Salesforce.com -54%…50day thru 200day to downside on weekly chart


5. Venture Capital $539B in Cash

CHARTR BLOG There’s a common refrain in entrepreneurial circles that some of the best companies are built in the toughest of times — now those tougher times appear to be coming.

Keep your powder dryThe last decade has seen record investments from venture capital investors to startups, but things are starting to turn. The latest data from PitchBook reveals that venture capital (VC) investment in 3Q 2022 was down ~$90bn, more than 50% on the same quarter last year.

Though investors wrote smaller checks in the third-quarter, VC funds are actually still awash with cash. Data from Preqin, reported on by the WSJ, shows that VCs are sitting on an astounding $500bn+ of raised cash that is not yet invested, known as dry powder in the VC world.

Choosers can’t be beggarsVCs are understandably cautious about future investments. High-profile unicorns like Robinhood, Rivian and Doordash have been crushed in public markets, and VCs are becoming increasingly selective on the companies they back, as sentiment has pivoted from “growth-at-all-costs” to “stuff-that-makes-money”.

The flip side of the coin is that for founders building genuinely innovative companies, with a sustainable business model — or at least a credible path to one — there’s still some $500bn of capital sitting on the sidelines, waiting to be put to work.

www.chartr.com


6. Microstrategy the CEO who Loaded Up on Bitcoin

$1100 to $170….back at Covid lows

www.stockcharts.com


7. Tangible vs. Intangible Assets in S&P 500 1975-2020

Jonathan Baird

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/


8. Bloomberg Crypto Index -75% from Peak

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-11-08/asia-set-for-cautious-open-ahead-of-vote-results-markets-wrap?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


9. Way More Subways Stores than McDonalds.

Visualizing America’s Most Popular Fast Food Chains (visualcapitalist.com)


10. How Great Leaders Use the 3 Laws of Influence to Be Remarkably Persuasive, Backed by Considerable Science

Science reveals how to make facts, logic, and reasoning even more convincing.

BY JEFF HADEN, CONTRIBUTING EDITOR, INC.@JEFF_HADEN

Our boss Ron could talk us into just about anything. He could convince us to stay two hours over, even when there was only 10 minutes left in our shift and we were already mentally clocked out. He could convince us to give a new job changeover process our all, even if it appeared hopeless on paper.

He could convince us to change shifts, change roles, work in other departments… when he asked, we did it.

That seems odd, looking back. Factory floors are rarely hotbeds of supervisor/employee cooperation. Implementing any change usually takes time, with compromise typically skewed heavily towards take, not give.

Plus, as the best-performing crew in the plant we were great to be the supervisor of — anyone put in charge of us would automatically receive outstanding performance evaluations — yet really hard to actually supervise: We knew what we were doing, and treated bosses accordingly.

Hold that thought.

Some people are unusually persuasive. They influence — in a good way — the people around them. They make people feel a part of something bigger than themselves.

In fact, almost every successful person I know is extremely good at persuading other people. Not through manipulation or pressure, but by describing the logic and benefits of an idea to gain agreement.

And by taking advantage of a little science.

The Law of Timing

According to research published in Leadership Quarterly, people tend to be much less charismatic when they’re at a relatively low point in their circadian rhythms, and much more charismatic when they’re at a relatively high point. In non-researcher-speak, morning people are more charismatic early in the day, while night owls are more charismatic later in the day.

Ron was a classic morning person, and whether purposefully or intuitively, he nearly always proposed a change or sought agreement and buy-in within the first couple hours of a shift.

That’s when he felt most enthusiastic and energetic. That’s when he was most “on,” and he took advantage of it.

He also knew his audience. Our crew was made up of morning people, and it didn’t take a neuroscientist — or a chronotype survey — to determine our collective tendency. We all got to work before the shift started to get a jump on the day. When given the choice between coming in early to work overtime or staying later, we always chose to come in early.

We were easy to convince in the morning, and research shows why. Morning people perceived a speaker to be more charismatic when they viewed a videotaped presentation in the morning; morning people who viewed the same video later in the day found that person to be less charismatic.

The same held true for night owls; the same speaker was judged to be significantly more charismatic when viewed in the afternoon or evening than in the morning.

Want to persuade? Want to inspire and motivate? First consider your circadian rhythm. Think about the time of day you feel most energetic and enthusiastic, at least in broad terms like morning or afternoon. Then think about the people you want to inspire and motivate.

While it’s unlikely they’re all either larks or night owls, odds are more fall in one camp than the other. Then do your best to line up your tendency with theirs.

The Law of Speed

According to a study published in Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, people who talk at a relatively fast rate are generally perceived to be more credible and intelligent than people who speak more slowly.

Since speed implies certainty — and Ron was usually nothing if not certain — talking fast often made him more persuasive.

But not always. As with any communication, the nature of your audience also matters. According to a study published in Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin:

  • If your audience is likely to disagree with you, speak faster.
  • If your audience is likely to agree with you, speak slower.

Why?

  • When your audience is skeptical, speaking faster gives them less time to come up with objections or counterarguments.
  • When your audience is inclined to agree, speaking slowly gives them time to mentally weigh in with a few of their own thoughts, and at least partly convince themselves. (It’s easy to persuade someone of something they already feel makes sense.)

When Ron thought we would be skeptical, he was fairly rapid-fire. But when he knew we were likely to agree, he slowed down. He gave us time to nod our heads. To say to ourselves, “Yep, that makes sense, and here’s why.”

Because he knew that what mattered most was how we received his message.

Not the way he wanted, through habit or intention, to deliver it.

The Law of Volume

I know what you’re thinking: Facts, logic, and reasoning should win the day — not seemingly manipulative strategies like considering the time of day or adjusting your rate of speech.

But if you truly believe in your decision, idea, or proposal, it only makes sense to do everything you can to help you persuade others to join you.

And besides: People don’t mind a little “manipulation.” As the authors of a 2019 study published by the American Psychological Association write:

Communicators engaging in paralinguistic persuasion attempts [i.e., modulating their voice to persuade] naturally use paralinguistic cues that influence perceivers’ attitudes and choice.

Rather than being effective because they go undetected, however, the results suggest a subtler possibility. Even when they are detected, paralinguistic attempts succeed because they make communicators seem more confident without undermining their perceived sincerity. Consequently, speakers’ confident vocal demeanor persuades others by serving as a signal that they more strongly endorse the stance they take in their message.

Further, we find that paralinguistic approaches to persuasion can be uniquely effective even when linguistic ones are not. A cross-study exploratory analysis and replication experiment reveal that communicators tend to speak louder and vary their volume during paralinguistic persuasion attempts, both of which signal confidence and, in turn, facilitate persuasion.

I know that’s a lot, so let’s unpack it. Talking louder makes you seem more confident. Talking softer makes you seem more competent and warm. The combination is extremely powerful.

Even if people know you’re doing it on purpose.

Take Ron. I still remember the time he wanted us to work two months of night shift in a row rather than one. When he listed the objective reasons why the change made sense — WIP leveling, utilizing open equipment, component timing, etc. — he spoke fairly loudly. He had total command of the facts, and he showed it.

But when he talked about the impact on us, he spoke so softly we had to lean forward to hear him. “Look,” he said. “I know this is a lot to ask. Doing two months of nights will suck. I wish there was another option. But we’re in a bind, and we need you. Be honest, there’s a lot of pressure on me to make this happen, so I need you, too.”

Did we feel manipulated? A little, maybe. But we didn’t care. We knew the situation. Just as importantly, we trusted Ron. We knew he needed to convince us, and we were OK with that.

Because persuading and convincing isn’t a game to be won or lost. The best outcome is when both sides agree because they genuinely agree, not because one side feels pushed or forced.

So make sure you use your powers of persuasion to help people objectively understand why they should be convinced. Do that, and they are much more likely to persuade themselves, which means their agreement will result not just in buy-in, but also in action.

Because persuasion without action is persuasion at all.

It’s just a lot of talk.

Topley’s Top 10 – November 08, 2022

Fact for the day…The Afghan war lasted nine years. It resulted in the death of 15,000 Russian soldiers. In eight months in Ukraine, Russia has already lost 71,000 lives. One thousand died in a single day last week. 

1. S&P 500 Ex-Top 10 Tech Names Historical Chart

Dan Stratemeier Managing DirectorEquities, Event Driven Strategies Jefferies LLC


2. Bond Volatility Index +110% One Year.

https://www.google.com/search?q=move+index+chart&rlz=1C1CHBF_enUS898US898&oq=move+index+chart&aqs=chrome..69i57j35i39j0i22i30l4j0i390l4.2728j0j7&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8


3. 20 Year Treasury Year to Date -13% More than S&P 500

20 Year Treasury -35% YTD  vs. S&P 500 -22%

www.yahoofinance.com


4. Euro Stoxx Large Cap Stocks Nowhere for 20 Years

https://www.google.com/finance/quote/FEZ:NYSEARCA?sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwiS_IOKoZz7AhWUmYkEHRaEDQUQ3ecFegQITxAg


5. Shale Unemployment Back to 2005 Levels.

From The Daily Shot Blog https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-november-7th-2022/


6. FED Looking at $3.9 Trillion in Balance Sheet Shrinkage

Barrons By Lisa Beilfuss  Markets are on two counts oblivious to the significance of QT, says Solomon Tadesse, head of quantitative equities strategies North America at Société Générale. His model says that if the Fed is to bring inflation back to its 2% target, then some $3.9 trillion in balance-sheet shrinkage must accompany a policy rate of at least 4.5%. That amount of QT, he says, is equivalent to an additional 4.5 percentage points of tightening.

Why Higher Interest Rates Won’t Solve the Inflation Problem https://www.barrons.com/articles/fed-rate-hikes-inflation-quantitative-tightening-51667598316?mod=past_editions


7. Central Banks Bought Double the Previous Record of Gold Last Quarter

But, as we detailed earlier today, central banks bought 399 tons of bullion in the third quarter, almost double the previous record, according to the World Gold Council.

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/gold-market-roiled-mystery-buyer-waves-300-tonnes


8. Residential Real Estate Stats

JP Morgan Guide to the Markets

https://am.jpmorgan.com/us/en/asset-management/adv/insights/market-insights/guide-to-the-markets/


9. How Russia Pays for War

Found at Barry Ritholtz The Big Picture 10 Sunday Reads – The Big Picture (ritholtz.com)


10. The Fundamental Difference Between Decisions and Actions: Why Jeff Bezos Says Your Goal Is to Make 3 Good Decisions per Day

Because most ‘decisions’ shouldn’t be open to consideration, much less deliberation.

 

BY JEFF HADEN, CONTRIBUTING EDITOR, INC.@JEFF_HADEN

 

Jeff Bezos. Photo: Getty Images

You probably feel like you make dozens of decisions every day, especially when the buck stops with you. Whether to expedite shipping on an order. Whether to send a certain email. Whether to address an employee’s questionable behavior.

And definitely on a personal level, because that’s when the buck always stops with you. Whether to get up and going or hit the snooze button. Whether to ditch the food you packed and go out for lunch instead. 

But those aren’t really decisions, because you already know what to do. Nearly everything we “decide” already has an answer.

Going to miss the delivery date? Expedite the shipping. Need to make sure something is clear? Send the email. Want to build a better team? Address the behavior now; performance issues almost never take care of themselves.

The same is true for personal “decisions.” The nine minutes of sleep you get after hitting the snooze button isn’t restorative sleep; you’re better off setting your alarm for nine minutes later. (Or going to bed earlier.) The food you packed is — or should be — an integral part of your healthy lifestyle; going out for lunch when you didn’t plan to is almost never better for you. (If only because you’ll feel guilty later for having given in to temptation.)

That’s the beauty of processes and routines. Rules aren’t restrictive. Rules are liberating, because rules free you up from having to make “decisions.” Instead of wasting mental energy and willpower on “choosing,” all you have to do is act. 

Over time, those actions become habits. Then you definitely don’t need to make a decision, because habits are effortless. (In both good and bad ways, obviously.)

So what happens when you strip out all those “decisions”?

Three Great Decisions

As Jeff Bezos says, you don’t get paid to make thousands of decisions every day. You get paid to make a small number of high-quality decisions. 

As Bezos wrote for Fast Company:

You need to be thinking two or three years in advance, and if you are, then why do I need to make a hundred decisions today? If I make three good decisions a day, that’s enough, and they should just be as high quality as I can make them.

Warren Buffett says he’s good if he makes three good decisions a year, and I really believe that.

Clearly there’s a huge difference between making three good decisions per day, and three good decisions per year. Yet that difference is also easy to explain.

Launching a startup, like starting anything from a relatively blank slate, requires making seemingly countless decisions. Infrastructure, branding, pricing strategies, marketing strategies–everything is up in the air. It’s impossible, as Bezos says, to “work in the future” when you haven’t figured out the present. 

But you’ve made a decision; you no longer have to “decide.” Barring evidence that decision was wrong and needs to be revisited, all you have to do is act. With time, the number of decisions you need to make every day should rapidly decline.

Which means you can focus all that mental energy on making strategic, rather than tactical decisions. You can focus on making decisions that set the course for the next months, or even years. To start a business, or not. To launch a new product line, or not. To open a new location, or not.

To take your life — health, education, relationships, etc. — in a new direction, or not.

Making fewer “decisions” frees you up to think about the things that will make the biggest difference in your professional and personal life.

Think of it that way, and you really don’t need to make more than three good decisions a year.

Especially if those decisions help you become the person you want to b

The Fundamental Difference Between Decisions and Actions: Why Jeff Bezos Says Your Goal Is to Make 3 Good Decisions per Day | Inc.com

Topley’s Top 10 – November 07, 2022

1. Year Over Year Change in Yields Fixed Income

JP Morgan

https://privatebank.jpmorgan.com/gl/en/insights


2. Opening of New Retail Brokerage Accounts Goes Negative

From Callum Thomas Chart Storm Broke Brokerage Accounts:  For a while there folk couldn’t open brokerage accounts fast enough… now they are walking away as the get rich quick dreams turn to get poor quick nightmares. A good reminder that “get rich quick” is often a false promise, and at best a treacherous expedition.

Source:  @Lvieweconomics via @SnippetFinance

https://www.financialsense.com/contributors/callum-thomas


3. Software Stock Correction Approaching -50% from Highs

IGV Tech Software ETF $440 to $240..trading below 200 week moving average

www.stockcharts.com


4. Gold vs. Rest of Commodity Index

Gold poor inflation hedge especially with strong dollar…this chart compares GLD to broad commodities ETF COMT…straight down

www.stockcharts.com


5. Gold Miners -50% Correction

Junior Gold miners chart…50day thru 200day to downside on weekly chart

www.stockcharts.com


6. The Rise of Quant Investing

www.chartr.com


7. The Musk Empire

https://www.businesstoday.in/latest/corporate/story/twitter-tesla-spacex-a-look-at-elon-musks-growing-empire-331306-2022-04-26


8. America’s 10 fastest-growing population centers

Madalyn Mendoza-Axios

Axios on facebook

Axios on twitter

Axios on linkedin

Axios on emailTechnology jobs and the rebound in tourism are fueling a reshuffling of America’s population centers, according to an October report by a nonpartisan think tank affiliated with the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

Driving the news: The American Growth Project by the Kenan Institute of Private Enterprise, a business policy think tank, found that the top 10 fastest-growing cities in the U.S. are moving the “center of gravity” for economic activity away from the East Coast, Kenan executive director Gregory Brown tells Axios.

  • The San Francisco Bay Area, Austin, Seattle, Raleigh and Durham, Dallas, Denver, Salt Lake City, Charlotte, New Orleans, and Orlando make up the top rankings.

Why it matters: These are America’s next boomtowns — if local leaders find ways to capitalize on burgeoning industries, Brown says.

  • These cities will need to invest in infrastructure, such as housing, plus education and job training to fuel their growth potential, according to the report.

The methodology: Researchers built the list by weighing factors that included county-level employment rates and economic output for each city.

The intrigue: Brown points to No. 2 Austin as an example of what could be on the horizon for lower-ranked cities.

  • In two years, the median home value there grew from $349,156 to $566,479, according to the research.
  • “It’s going to be a big change over the next few years for people who live [in the 10 cities] to see how you suddenly become a much bigger, more vibrant city,” Brown says.

Zoom in: A strong tech industry, buoyed by pandemic gains for companies like Zoom, secured the top two spots for the San Francisco Bay Area and Austin — for now.

  • Hiring freezes and declining real estate trends could be “worrisome” for San Francisco and evidence that Austin’s labor boom may have peaked, the research says.

Yes, but: Younger residents are contributing to stable growth prospects for cities like Seattle (No. 3) and Denver (No. 6).

  • The report notes that Seattle, home to Amazon and Microsoft, is a leader in clean energy, which researchers believe attracts young job seekers.
  • Millennials are helping drive Denver’s economy, with researchers pointing to a separate study that found 71% of people who lived in Denver at age 16 stayed or had returned by age 26.
  • Meanwhile, a rebound in tourism and hospitality in the past year helped push Orlando and New Orleans into the top 10.

Go deeper: Dallas is growing really fast

https://www.axios.com/2022/11/05/fastest-growing-cities-us


9. Increase in Active Home Listings….Still Well Below Pre-Covid

NYT_Active listings were up nearly 27 percent in September, compared to September 2021, but still 40 percent below September 2019, before the pandemic. Stephanos Chen

https://www.nytimes.com/2022/11/04/realestate/housing-market-interest-rates.html


10. The Best Breakfast for Your Brain

Psychology Today Two powerful ways to upgrade your first meal of the day. Austin Perlmutter M.D.

KEY POINTS

  • Most typical breakfast foods are high in sugar and carbs that may damage metabolic health and brain wellness.
  • Replacing breakfast foods rich in added sugar and highly processed carbs with healthy fat, protein, and fiber supports brain health.
  • One can add in sources of key brain-boosting foods for an extra shot of brain health support each morning.

 

You’ve heard it before: “Breakfast is the most important meal of the day.” But the reality is that for most people, what we call “breakfast” is far from optimal for our health. Due to a combination of marketing, misleading health advice, and our modern-day schedules, most of the foods that pass as breakfast are in fact the very things that are linked to worse overall wellness of our bodies and brains, and may in fact contribute to a higher risk for developing brain and mood disorders.

So what should we be eating for our first meal of the day? Here are two great ways to help improve your breakfast quality to optimize brain health:

1. Replace added sugar and highly processed carbs with healthy fat, protein, and fiber

Over the years, we’ve been fed a number of unhelpful pieces of advice about what constitutes a “healthy diet.” One of the clearest examples relates to our breakfast. The distortion here is as follows: Eating a sugary, refined carbohydrate meal first thing in the morning is somehow “healthy,” even though these are the exact types of meals that may leave us hungry and throw our metabolic health into disarray. This is incredibly important, as poor metabolic health is increasingly shown to map onto our risk for brain issues like dementia.

In the United States, the most common breakfast choice for people who regularly eat breakfast is cold cereal. And while this is an incredibly convenient option, most cold cereals are primarily highly processed carbohydrates, low in fiber, fat, and protein, and often accompanied by added sugar. The combination of highly processed carbs and added sugar is unfortunately the predominant theme in breakfast, with muffins, danishes or bagels/toast, pancakes, and waffles representing common examples. What about breakfast bars and granola? They may sound healthy, but they’re often packed with added sugar.

How should we counter the issues represented by conventional breakfasts? Look to bring three elements into your meal whenever you can. These include fiber, protein, and healthy fat. Great examples of protein sources include Greek yogurt, eggs, tofu (if you eat soy), protein powder, and nut butters. Healthier fat sources include olive oil, nut butters, seeds, and avocado. And great sources of fiber include chia seeds, vegetables, and beans. Some great on-the-go options are nuts, Greek yogurt, and protein shakes (look for one without much-added sugar). If you’re craving waffles, pancakes and muffins, try looking for artisanal whole-grain (or non-grain flours) that may be higher in protein and fiber, e.g., buckwheat and almond flour). Similarly, if you want cereal, look for brands that focus on fiber, protein, and minimal added sugar.

2. Add in these four brain-boosting foods

In addition to making changes to the general composition of your breakfast, you may want to consider adding in some specific foods that are linked to brain wellness because they’re rich in key brain health nutrients like omega-3 fats, plant nutrients, fiber, and certain vitamins and minerals. To this end, some of the foods that may best support a healthy brain include the following.

  1. Extra-virgin olive oil is packed with plant nutrients and healthy fat and is linked to better brain health. It makes a delicious drizzle on top of eggs and other savory breakfasts!
  2. Coldwater fish like salmon, mackerel, anchovies, sardines, and herring (the SMASH fish) are packed with key omega-3 fats shown to be connected to better brain function.
  3. Dark leafy greens like chard, kale, spinach, and collard greens are rich in plant nutrients, vitamins, and minerals, as well as fiber that may support a healthier brain.
  4. Nuts and seeds are great sources of omega-3 fats as well as fiber and key vitamins and minerals. These are an amazing addition to a brain-healthy breakfast. Walnuts, chia seeds, and pumpkin seeds may be especially excellent choices.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-modern-brain/202211/the-best-breakfast-your-brain

Topley’s Top 10 – November 04, 2022

1. History of 3 Month to 10 Year Yield Curve Inversion

By Barry Gilbert LPL Research

https://iplresearch.com/2022/11/01/how-markets-respond-to-yield-curve-inversions/#more-25984


2. Previoius Technology Stock Peaks

Jonathan Baird The accompanying chart illustrates 3 major peaks in the valuation of tech-related shares versus the S&P 500, the most recent being in the second half of 2021 which signaled the end of the last bull market. The previous two events proved to be major turning points for stock markets.

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/


3. Fed Terminal Rate Now Above 5%

ZeroHedge Terminal rate expectations ended the day at new cycle highs (above 5.10%) and rate-cut expectations shifted hawkishly…

Odds of 75bps. In December

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/powell-pulls-rug-out-euphoric-fomc-statement-reaction-terminal-rate-jumps


4. Another Sentiment Indicator at Lows ..CEO Business Confidence


5. Two Day Sell Off but VIX Going Down

 VIX $33 down to $25

www.stockcharts.com


6. Earnings Beat Rate Shrinking

Liz Ann Sonders Schwab Even with the lowered bar, the “beat rate” (percentage of companies exceeding consensus expectations) continues to weaken relative to the historic highs during the first half of last year. As shown below, 73% of companies have beaten expectations to the collective tune of only 4% (also well down from more than 20% at the start of last year).

Descending beats

As shown below, after a brief lift toward positive territory, the Citi U.S. Earnings Revisions Index sank again into negative territory. We continue to believe the path of least resistance for earnings estimates for the remainder of this year and into at least the first half of next year is lower.

Negative net revisions

Source: Charles Schwab, Bloomberg, as of 10/21/2022.

Citi U.S. Earnings Revisions Index measures the number of equity analyst revisions upgrades (positive) and downgrades (negative).

https://www.schwab.com/learn/story/disappearing-act-earnings


7. Job Changers Getting Big Raises

Wolf Street To beat CPI inflation that has been raging at 8% to 9% this year, workers have to change jobs; if they’re not changing jobs – the loyal employees who stick it out through thick and thin – well, they might appreciate the pay increases, but they’re just falling further behind.

Job Openings just starting to roll over

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/11/02/wages-soar-by-7-7-but-job-hoppers-boost-their-pay-by-15-2-leveraging-this-historically-tight-labor-market/


8. Number of Veterans in Congress

The Daily Shot Blog Food for Thought: Lastly, here’s a look at the share of military veterans in Congress.

Source: Pew Research Center Read full article

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-november-2nd-2022/


9. Blockbuster Video Passed on Buying Netflix for $50m

ENTERTAINMENT

‘Blockbuster’ comes to Netflix

Netflix released its newest original comedy, Blockbuster, today. The show is about the last remaining branded video rental store—which feels a little personal, since Netflix helped stamp out its once-dominant competitor.

At Blockbuster’s peak, the movie rental chain had 9,000 stores and raked in $6 billion in annual revenue, mainly from our 10 Things I Hate About You late fees.

But in the late ’90s, Blockbuster passed on the chance to buy Netflix for $50 million. Not a great call, since the company is now worth over $120 billion.

Instead, Blockbuster partnered with Enron to create its own video-on-demand platform. In 2001, the chain abandoned the project, thinking the future of the industry would still involve blue-carpeted video rental stores. Over the next decade Blockbuster couldn’t keep up with Netflix and filed for bankruptcy. As of 2018 only one store, more of a shrine to the way things were than an actual business, remains in Bend, Oregon.

And now…Netflix, the once scrappy underdog that defeated Blockbuster, is back to hustling as it strives to set itself apart from other streaming services. The company rolled out its first ad-supported tier today to juice flagging subscriber numbers.—MM

         

 

https://www.morningbrew.com/daily


10. A Sense of Urgency

​The Daily Stoic

In the kitchen at Per Se, one of the best restaurants in the world, there is a sign. All it says is: A Sense of Urgency. That’s what a great chef, a great service staff, a great organization has. A great person needs it too.

Yet far too many of us lack this. In Meditations, Marcus Aurelius chides himself for acting as if he’s going to live forever, as if he has unlimited time. “You could be good today,” he writes, “instead you choose tomorrow.” He tells himself he needs to concentrate like a Roman and do the task in front of him as if it was the last thing he was doing in his life. In short, he needs to attack everything with a sense of urgency.

We all do. We say we’re doing it, that we’re working on something. But are you? Where is the progress that proves it? It seems more like you’re acting like you have forever, that the customer isn’t all that important, that it doesn’t matter if the food gets cold. You need to hurry up.You need to get after it.

Not with frenzy or haste, but with all deliberate speed. With purpose. With the concentration of a Roman, the clarity of a person who understands that tomorrow is not a guarantee. People, progress, your destiny–it’s waiting on you. It demands a sense of urgency.

https://dailystoic.com/

Topley’s Top 10 – November 03, 2022

1. Total Gas Taxes vs. Profits.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading Sully at CNBC notes it Wasn’t just in the 80s: an oil profits tax was also floated in 2006 by senators upset with prices.   It went away.  Tax Foundation notes how much DC makes off oil taxes (this is from 2006, when idea was floated)


2. QQQ (Tech) vs. XLE (energy) Round Trip

@hmeisler  Helene Meisler

https://twitter.com/hmeisler


3. October 8th Best Performance Ever for S&P

Dorsey Wright On a total return basis, October 2022 was the 8th best performing October going back to 1928 with a gain of 8.10% TR.SPXX. It leaves a level of excitement when investors see a positive return and know that the seasonally strong period for the market is just around the corner. But if this sounds like deja vu, you wouldn’t be alone – as 2021 had a similar positive October. Outside of that, not too many similarities can be drawn from 2021 to 2022. Additionally, market performance during the month of October has historically been like the off-and-on girlfriend; when it’s good, it’s good; when it’s bad, it’s bad. November on the other hand doesn’t quite illicit as many mixed feelings because historically the month is among the better months in the year, both when looking at median and average returns. Going back to the beginning of 1928 (the days of the S&P 90), November has registered a median return of 1.74%, which improves to roughly 2.25% when looking at performance since the debut of the S&P 500 debuted in 1957 – making it the best performing month of the year.


4. With 7% Mortgage Rate Only 133,000 Households in the Country Could Save Money on Re-FI

By Ben Eisen WSJ

Rocket Mortgage Stock Post IPO


5. Another Favorite Fed Indicator….PCE Deflator

KEY TAKEAWAYS

  • Personal consumption expenditures is a measure of consumer spending.
  • PCEs are one measure that is reported by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, along with personal income and the PCE Price Index in the Personal Income and Outlays report.
  • PCEs include how much is spent on durable and non-durable goods, as well as services.
  • The PCE Price Index is the method used by the Federal Reserve to measure inflation.
  • The PCEPI is based on prices from all households, corporations, and governments, along with gross domestic product (GDP).

https://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/pce.asp

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/DPCERD3Q086SBEA


6. Yield Curves Summary

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank

Regular readers will know I’m the biggest card carrying, paid-up member of the US yield curve fan club in so far as it predicts US economic cycles. The yield curve divides opinion as a common refrain in recent years is that the back-end has become so distorted (e.g. QE or saving glut) that a YC inversion doesn’t signal a recession but instead financial repression or demand > supply, and should thus be heavily discounted.

However, I’ve kept my strong faith in the YC as I think the reason it works is through influencing behaviour and animal spirits. I therefore care less about why it inverts, simply that it does.

If I offered you say 4.5% on 2yr treasuries, or gave you the option of taking duration risk at around a 4% yield at the long end (plus maybe a spread), or a 1.72% dividend on the S&P 500, the front end is surely very competitive. You can extend this analysis to decision-making throughout the economy. So, in my opinion, animal spirits slowly drain as the YC flattens and arguably get even more intense as it inverts.

When the 2s10s inverted back in March, another reason for the “this time is different” argument was that yield curve measures that used 3-month money, including the Fed’s preferred forward spread (the gap between the 18-month forward, 3-month yield and the spot 3-month yield) were at historically steep levels and showed no signs of alarm. However, the problem was that with the Fed way behind the curve, these measures were always going to flatten aggressively in 2022. In addition these measures have a much shorter lead time to recession than 2s10s. So plenty of time to catch up.

Last week the 3m-10yr spread inverted for the first time this cycle and the forward spread is not far behind. So with the Fed about to tighten again tonight and then continue for at least a few more meetings, all three measures are soon likely to invert.

See Matt Luzzetti’s updated piece last week here for what this all implies for the latest recession models. All of the yield curve measures support the view of a US recession by mid next year. Also see our chart book from March entitled “The yield curve inverts. What happens next?”


7. Private Markets Returns by Strategy

ANDREW SCHARDT-HAMILTON LANE

What’s It Worth? | Hamilton Lane


8. Back of Napkin Math on Twitter’s New Model

Chartr.com
The blue tick biz-Pulling a number of trusted Tesla employees over to help, as well as advisors from other tech circles, Musk now appears to be pursuing a “freemium” model for Twitter. On Tuesday he tweeted “Power to the people! Blue for $8/month“, confirming that a subscription model, in which users could pay $8-a-month for a “verified blue tick”, is in the offing — with employees given a very tight deadline to launch the new feature or else be fired.

As details emerge on what the new Twitter will look like, we thought we’d explore what it might mean for the business. Some napkin math suggests that Twitter would struggle to run if only reliant on paid users, especially if the company uses some of the revenue to reward content creators, as Musk has suggested.

If every single currently-verified user signed up to pay, but no others, that would be worth a paltry $40m a year to Twitter. If the company successfully convinced 10% of their 229m active users to pay the proposed $8-a-month charge, they’d generate ~$2bn in revenue — a much more substantial sum, but still less than half of the $4.5bn they made in ad revenue last year. Even in a leaner version of Twitter, it’s hard to see a future without ads.

www.chartr.com


9. Massive Surge in Home Improvement Spending….Homeowners Locked in Below 4% and they are not Moving.

Bespoke Investment Group

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/the-closer-jolts-construction-spend-ism-lmi-11-1-22


10. 6 Pathways to Receptivity That Can Help You Learn and Grow

Nicole Leatherman Chopora Blog

Receptivity — or open-mindedness — requires more cognitive effort than dogmatism. Receptivity asks you to welcome uncertainty and information you may not align with, which isn’t always easy.

Our brains generally crave certainty and routine. Certainty rewards the brain with a feeling of “everything is in order and, therefore, OK.” By contrast, the more ambiguity or uncertainty, the more the brain’s amygdala — the neural system for processing fearful and threatening stimuli — lights up. Although that may sound like something to avoid, being open to it is an opportunity.

Personal growth happens in the space of curiosity and openness. Compassion for yourself and others ignites, and judgment, hatred, and ignorance extinguish. As you begin to discover more about yourself and the world around you, life becomes less restrictive, more enjoyable, and filled with adventure.

The following pathways can help you begin your journey to becoming more receptive.

Remove Distractions

Researchers have found that humans spend around 47 percent of their waking hours not fully paying attention to what’s happening right in front of them. Oftentimes, the reason you lose focus is because you’re looking to escape some kind of discomfort, such as anxiety or boredom. But sometimes the very thing you want to escape is the uncomfortable thing you need to embrace in order to grow.

Remove whatever is distracting you so you can fully focus on whatever you’re working on in your personal growth journey. For example, if you’re reading this article on your laptop, close all other tabs and put your phone on silent for the next few minutes.

Train in Uncertainty

Zen master and author, Leo Babauta, describes training in uncertainty as “pushing into discomfort when you want to run to comfort.” It can be larger, such as visiting a country that feels unfamiliar and experiencing new customs. Or it can be something smaller, like introducing yourself to someone new at a party even if you’re feeling shy. The practice is to observe the urge to avoid something and then choose to do it anyway.

When it comes to walking into unfamiliar territories, what often holds you back is the fear of failure or something bad happening. But what if it turns out great? Trying new things helps you vanquish fears and allows you to expand your mind, creativity, and experiences.

Seek Out Credible Opposing Views

Confirmation bias is the tendency to search for, interpret, favor, and remember information in a way that confirms or supports your beliefs or values. Swiss author Rolf Dobelli, who wrote “The Art of Thinking Clearly,” describes confirmation bias as the mother of all misconceptions because it can make you less likely to engage with information that challenges your views. An example of this is a study of 376 million Facebook users that found that many of the subjects preferred to get their news from a small number of sources they already agreed with. This is problematic because it can lead to people forming inaccurate and biased impressions of others, which could then lead to miscommunication and/or conflict.

One way to combat confirmation bias is to actively seek out credible opposing views. This could mean regularly reading a credible news source you don’t usually read or attending a webinar led by a speaker who shares different views than you. Exploring different points of view may not change your views, but the exposure to differing views could at minimum help you learn more about why those opposing views exist.

Meditate in Open Awareness

There are two main categories of meditation: focused attention and open awareness. Focused attention meditation, or concentrative meditation, is when you focus your attention on a single mantra — a repeating word or phrase — or an object.

In open awareness meditation, instead of concentrating on something, your attention is open and remains aware of everything that is happening without judgment toward yourself. Some things that you may focus on during this type of meditation are thoughts, feelings, memories, sounds, smells, and bodily sensations.

Open awareness meditation can be especially beneficial for creating pathways to receptivity, as it slowly excavates limiting beliefs and makes space for those that help you move forward and experience new things.

Practice Other Grounding Techniques

Meditation is among the well-known grounding techniques, which are methods to calm the mind and come back to the present moment. A calm mind is an open mind.

If you’re in an environment — a crowded corporate office or a busy grocery store — where meditation feels less accessible, there are a handful of other grounding techniques you can try such as breath counting or counting objects in the room. For the latter, choose a category of objects and count every object in one category before moving on to the next. For example, start with windows, then move on to doors, then pieces of furniture, then pictures, and so on.

Other alternative grounding techniques include spelling the weather and savoring a scent, which you can read more about in this article here.

Be in Nature

Research suggests that being in nature comes with many physical and mental benefits. A series of experiments studied the potential impact of nature on people’s willingness to be open, generous, and trusting toward others. After being exposed to more beautiful nature scenes, researchers found that the effects of nature corresponded to increases in positive emotion. In another experiment, participants were assigned to walk in a forest or urban city center. Results showed that those who walked in forests had significantly lower heart rates and less anxiety than those who walked in urban settings.

It’s much easier to be receptive, learn, and grow when you feel healthy and calm. There are many pathways to get there, be it through nature, meditation, or any of the other aforementioned avenues. Whichever you choose, enjoy the journey.


Develop deep awareness by exploring the five layers of being in Understanding You, a five-part program with Jasmine Hemsley, available now in the Chopra App.

https://chopra.com/articles/6-pathways-to-receptivity-that-can-help-you-learn-and-grow

Topley’s Top 10 – November 02, 2022

1. Investors Pulled $8B from Chinese Equity Markets in October….Second Largest Drawdown in History

Dave Lutz at Jones Trading International investors pulled about $7.9 billion from China’s equity markets in October through the Stock Connect program, the second-largest monthly drawdown in the history of the trading link – Outflows picked up in recent days as global investors reacted negatively to Chinese President Xi Jinping’s cementing of power with a third term as the country’s paramount leader, WSJ reports.


2. Covenant Lite Loans 90% of Leveraged Loan Issuance …. Covenant-lite loans do not include maintenance covenants, which require borrowers to meet regular financial tests.

Not my expertise but interesting data

S&P Global Market Intelligence.-Covenant-lite deals exceed 90% of leveraged loan issuance, setting new high

More than 90% of U.S. leveraged loans issued this year have been covenant-lite, a new record, further marking a two-decade-long transformation of the asset class in which nearly all newly issued loans have shed lender protections that once had been standard.

More broadly, some 86% of the $1.3 trillion in outstanding U.S. leveraged loans are covenant-lite, according to the S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index. Likewise, that is a record.

The trend is worth noting because of the potential recovery levels. Covenant-lite facilities recover less than traditional term loans with maintenance covenants, an LCD analysis shows.

The trend toward covenant-lite debt in the syndicated loan market may also partly explain the rise of private credit loans. Private credit loans typically still offer lenders covenant protections, market sources say.

https://www.spglobal.com/marketintelligence/en/news-insights/latest-news-headlines/covenant-lite-deals-exceed-90-of-leveraged-loan-issuance-setting-new-high-66935148


3. Occidental Petroleum +150% …S&P Best Performer YTD…Buffett #1 Holder

https://money.cnn.com/quote/shareholders/shareholders.html?symb=OXY&subView=institutional


4. Norwegian Cruise Line +50% this Month


5. Big Cap Tech Chart Update

Vanguard Mega Cap ETF Holds Above 200 Week Moving Average

FANG Plus Stocks hard close below 200 week moving average

www.stockcharts.com


6. AAPL Chart…Better than Rest of Large Cap Tech But…

AAPL…3 attempts at new highs fail……trading below 50week….well above 200 week

This chart compares AAPL to the FANG Plus index….AAPL outperforming

www.stockcharts.com


7. Powell Favorite Yield Curve is 3 Month to 18 Month

Powell’s Favored Curve on Cusp of Inversion as Pivot Hopes Swell-Garfield Reynolds and Alice Gledhill, Bloomberg News

(Bloomberg) — Bonds rallied amid fresh warnings that a recession is inevitable as the US central bank convenes for a two-day meeting expected to result in a fifth-straight outsized rate hike.

The yield on 10-year Treasuries fell as much as 12 basis points to 3.93%, compared to a peak of 4.34% last month, the highest since 2007. Traders are looking ahead to ISM manufacturing data for further clues on the state of the US economy before the Federal Reserve sets policy on Wednesday, when another three-quarter point hike is a near-certainty. German 10-year yields fell 10 basis points to 2.04%.

The rush for bonds comes as Chair Jerome Powell’s favored portion of the yield curve — the difference between where three-month rates are now versus where they are expected to be in 18 months’ time — is on the cusp of inverting, with the spread between the two tumbling to less than 0.2 percentage points Tuesday from 2.7 percentage points in April.

An inverted yield curve is a key warning sign for many investors that a recession is coming as the market begins to price in an end to tighter policy and braces for lower rates in the future to soften the blow of a looming slowdown. Many closely-watched spreads in the Treasury market have already flipped below zero.

“Policy rates are entering restrictive levels while there have been some soft patches of economic data of late,” said Frances Cheung, a Singapore-based rates strategist at Oversea-Chinese Banking Corp. “At some point, the Fed needs to move to smaller rate hikes, and this may happen at the December FOMC meeting.”

In March, Powell downplayed the significance of two-year yields rising above 10-year rates — an often-cited harbinger of recession. He argued traders were looking at the wrong metric and that the shorter-end measure gives a clearer read because “if it’s inverted, that means the Fed’s going to cut, which means the economy is weak.”

Global markets have been roiled this year by an increasingly-hawkish Fed arguing that it needs to quash sky-high inflation even at the risk of a so-called hard landing for the economy. Its conundrum looks to be intensifying as robust inflation and labor-market data contrast with signs of weakness in other parts of the US economy.

That debate is also being reflected by Fed pricing. Money markets have fully priced a 75 basis point increase this week, according to contracts tied to central bank dates. Still, bets on yet another jumbo hike in December are wavering and are about 10 basis points lower than they were in mid-October.

Another widely-followed yield curve — the gap between three-month and 10-year Treasuries — inverted last week for the first time since March 2020.

Earlier on Tuesday, Australia’s central bank raised interest rates by a quarter-percentage point, pivoting away from outsized hikes last month.

–With assistance from James Hirai, Aline Oyamada and Elizabeth Stanton.

(Adds RBA decision in last paragraph, updates moves.)

https://www.bnnbloomberg.ca/powell-s-favored-curve-on-cusp-of-inversion-as-pivot-hopes-swell-1.1839843#:~:text=(Bloomberg)%20%2D%2D%20Bonds%20rallied%20amid,fifth%2Dstraight%20outsized%20rate%20hike.


8. Adjustable Rate Mortgages (ARMS) Jump from 3% of Mortgages to 12% in One Year

Zerohedge–ARMs, which had their reputation as a risky loan product cemented with the housing crisis of ‘08, are seeing renewed demand. Buyers are rightfully suspect of these loans with the crisis in recent memory, but ARM applications are still on the rise. They now comprise about 12% of total mortgage applications, up from 3% at the start of the year. Though this is fairly low in absolute terms, the recent spike has brought ARM applications to their highest level since 2008: nothing to sniff at.

BY TYLER DURDEN HTTPS://WWW.ZEROHEDGE.COM/MARKETS/SPIKING-RATES-AND-PLUMMETING-AFFORDABILITY-HAVE-PRICED-LOW-INCOME-HOMEOWNERS-OUT-MARKET


9. Americans Enthusiasm About Mid-Terms Down

STORY HIGHLIGHTS BY MEGAN BRENAN

  • 49% have given elections a lot of thought, down from 54% in 2018
  • 46% more, 42% less enthusiastic about voting than in prior midterms
  • Democrats have enthusiasm edge; partisans tied on thought

https://news.gallup.com/poll/404240/americans-thought-enthusiasm-midterms-down-2018.aspx


10. It Took Warren Buffett 2 Sentences to Give the Best Advice You Will Hear Today

It’s good for your personal development and even better for your teammates and co-workers.

 

BY MARCEL SCHWANTES, INC. CONTRIBUTING EDITOR AND FOUNDER, LEADERSHIP FROM THE CORE@MARCELSCHWANTES

At 92, billionaire investor Warren Buffett is still going strong. His sound investing advice is certainly full of wisdom; his practical life and career tips provide even more value.

Warren Buffett understands that there are limiting behaviors and bad habits that hold us back from achieving our full potential. Buffett said, “I see people with these self-destructive behavior patterns. They really are entrapped by them.”

He advised graduating students at the University of Florida to learn and practice good habits early on in their career: “You can get rid of it a lot easier at your age than at my age, because most behaviors are habitual,” said Buffett.

One self-destructive behavior to get rid of

The digital era is causing a slow degeneration in our ability to communicate and solve problems faster. Specifically, we’re losing the part of communication that doesn’t even require speaking words: active listening.

The inability to demonstrate active listening skills is dangerous and something to get rid of both interpersonally and organizationally.

With technology and social media ruling our lives, we are becoming less opportunistic in developing our active listening skills and less socially aware of its effect on business as a competitive advantage. Truth is, a work environment challenged by poor listening practices is, in Buffett’s words, at risk of self-destructing.

As you develop professional relationships and move up the ranks in your career path, consider these three reasons for putting active listening at the forefront of your personal and professional development.

1. Active listening is the gateway to providing solutions to problems

People driven by their own egos have a hard time detaching from their own inner voices to consider other voices. People you can trust in the workplace, however, are present and in the moment. They don’t need to talk over others to get their point across. The biggest distinction of a good team player or leader is the ability to listen with the intent to remove obstacles from other people’s paths. When people listen intently, they hear peoples’ objections, anxieties, and fears. They also hear solutions to problems.

2. Active listening cuts through conflict

Let’s accept the fact that some conflict is unavoidable where human beings are involved. Rather than being passive-aggressive and conflict-avoidant, people operating in integrity and problem-solving mode courageously run toward the eye of the storm. They are keenly aware that cutting through conflict with active listening skills to understand the other person is a much faster solution to resolving an issue than the negative consequences of running away from conflict.

3. Active listening connects people and builds trust

Active listening at its best is having the ability to listen intuitively to the other person’s story, ask questions, and conduct conversations with their needs in mind. This is a key differentiator of the best colleagues and co-workers — listening to serve. It’s also fast becoming a rare and forgotten skill. Good colleagues and co-workers don’t dominate the conversation by talking only about themselves or the task at hand. They listen to find ways to connect with and help their teammates. Having your colleagues’ best interests in mind builds trust and gives the whole team an edge in getting stuff done when it matters most.

In closing, people underestimate the power of active listening. When a person feels that they are listened to, it goes directly to their self-worth. When someone demonstrates that they care about the concerns of the other person and that they understand their perspective, it validates that individual. In the end, developing a culture of active listening drastically improves communication and leads to high performance. This is really good for business.

When Every Minute Matters: Saving Time With HR Technology | Inc.com

Topley’s Top 10 – November 01, 2022

1. FAANG Plus Revenue Slowdown is not Just META

@Charlie Bilello Netflix posted a 5.9% increase in revenue growth in Q3, the slowest in company history.

Google and Microsoft saw their slowest growth rates since 2020…


2. Total Share of Russian Gas to Europe 45% to 14%

Chart Shows by Cubic Feet Per Day

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russia_in_the_European_energy_sector


3. M2 Money Supply Not Growing Compared to CPI

@carlquintanilla

MORGAN STANLEY: Last year, “when money supply (M2) was growing by 27%Y .. it was crystal clear that 2.6%Y inflation was likely to explode higher. Fast forward to today .. M2 is now growing at just 2.5%Y .. the seeds have been sown for a sharp fall next year .. look out below.”

https://twitter.com/carlquintanilla


4. Another Way of Looking at Collapse of Shipping Costs

@Mayhem4Markets

https://twitter.com/Mayhem4Markets


5. Nasdaq Biotech Index.

One chart that did close below 200 week moving average….and 50 day thru 200day to downside

www.stockcharts.com


6. Early Stage Investment Rounds…-20% Y over Y but still over 1000 deals funded

Crunchbase Blog

https://news.crunchbase.com/quarterly-and-annual-reports/na-startup-funding-declines-q2-2022-monthly-recap/


7. Top 10 Countries for Start Ups …U.S. Dominates…China Nowhere on List

Start Up Rankings

https://firstsiteguide.com/startup-stats/


8. October 2022 US Labor Market Update: Job Posting Declines Are Sharpest Among Pandemic-Era Leaders

The pullback in job postings is less concerning once you know where it is concentrated; the largest declines are occurring in previously strong hiring sectors such as Software Development and Loading & Stocking.

Nick Bunker

 Key Points:

  • Sectors with previously robust hiring plans are leading the decline in job postings on Indeed this year, a sign demand for workers could remain solid even as hiring appetites fade.
  • The US labor market remains hot with strong demand and relatively low levels of joblessness, leading to strong nominal wage gains for workers.
  • Job postings on Indeed were 48.8% above their pre-pandemic baseline as of October 21, signaling vigorous hiring intentions. New job postings, those that have been on Indeed for seven days or less, also reflect a healthy appetite for new hires, coming in at 55% above their Feb 1, 2020 level.
  • Strong wage growth has been driven by the high level of competition for hires, although the gains for many have been negated by inflation.
  • Workers are still quitting their jobs at rates above those seen before the pandemic, but layoffs remain near two-decade lows.

Spotlight: The pullback in job postings is less concerning once you know where it’s concentrated 

A bar chart titled “Tech-related job sectors are leading 2022’s job postings decline.” With an axis from 0% to -30%, Indeed charted the decline in job postings by occupational sector from December 31, 2021 to October 21, 2022. The five largest declines were in Software Development, Human Resources, Marketing, Mathematics, and Scientific Research & Development.

Several sectors related to the production (Production & Manufacturing), transportation, and storage (Loading & Stocking) of goods have also experienced notable downturns in postings.

October 2022 US Labor Market Update: Job Posting Declines Are Sharpest Among Pandemic-Era Leaders (hiringlab.org)


9. Housing Costs vs. Income

Marketwatch Emma Ockerman

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/this-chart-shows-the-widening-gap-between-renters-wages-and-their-housing-costs-heres-what-can-be-done-to-help-11667223225?mod=home-page


10. 9 Ways to Be a Better Communicator

By YEC | October 24, 2022 | 0 

Some people have an innate ability to command a room. They know how to get their point across in a group without barking orders or dominating the conversation—they are good at talking and listening.

But good communication skills don’t grow overnight; good communication takes planning, preparation and consistent practice. So, we asked the Young Entrepreneur Council (YEC) for their 9 best tips to be better at communicating. Which one will you try first?

1. Give a valuable takeaway.

Whether you’re giving a talk or participating in a group discussion, decide on one thing that will really deliver value—an actionable item that people can walk away with. This is especially important when we have to speak up to critique or correct an idea that’s going around, because when you’re not adding value, it’s no longer constructive criticism; it’s just dissenting.

—Nathalie Lussier, AccessAlly

2. Be a good listener.

Being a good listener is key. Don’t go in with the sole objective to just speak. As the conversation goes on, listen and respond, incorporating your points into the response. People are more willing to listen if they believe they’re being listened to.

—Alex Lorton, Cater2.me

Report Ad

3. Pick an opportune time to speak.

The best way to ensure your voice is heard in a group is to pick your spots, meaning find a gap within the conversation to speak, no matter how many people are involved. By selecting the most opportune time to speak, you can ensure that you have the attention of the group and can get your entire message across without being interrupted.

—Russell Kommer, eSoftware Associates Inc.

4. Be the unifying voice.

Discussions can often drag on and turn circular. By stepping in and first unifying all the best thoughts, you get people to calm down. Once they’ve calmed down, you can insert your point and it will resonate with people. The more influential people are, the more important this becomes.

—Raoul Davis, Ascendant Group

5. Keep your responses succinct.

Keep it simple when responding in groups. This shows you have respect for others’ time. A long, drawn-out answer to a question is not only inconsiderate, but you lose their interest in what you have to say. Short, snappy answers that get right to the heart of the issue will help get your point across—and be remembered in the process.

—Nicole Munoz, Start Ranking Now

6. Don’t be the person who needs to comment on everything.

You’ll be respected more in a group if you have a reputation for kicking in only when you have something important to say. It’s easy to tune out the people who make some reflex comment on almost any situation, but someone who rarely talks usually catches attention when they have something to say.

—Matt Doyle, Excel Builders

7. Cut the fluff.

When speaking in a group, you need to make the most of the small amount of time you are given to speak. This means you need to get straight to the point. In a group setting, anyone who is long-winded will lose the attention of the group and slow the progress of the conversation. Always cut the fluff.

—Patrick Barnhill, Specialist ID Inc.

8. Prepare ahead of time.

Public speaking is hard for anyone, and most of us don’t communicate on the fly as well as we’d like. You are much more likely to provide a strong and memorable contribution if you take the time to sort out your points and practice them first. The difference is noticeable. Think closely about what you’re trying to communicate and how that could best and most briefly be said.

—Adam Steele, Loganix

9. Smile.

Be positive. If you smile and nod along as other people speak, they will be positive about opening up and letting you speak as well. If they see that you aren’t listening to them, but are impatiently waiting for your turn to speak instead, they won’t pay you any respect.

—Yoav Vilner, Walnut.io

This article was published in September 2016 and has been updated. Photo by SDI Productions/IStock

Topley’s Top 10 – October 31, 2022

1. History of U.S. Dollar Rallies

https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathanbaird88/ Jonathan Baird


2. Energy Stocks Allocation of Cash 2022

CALLUM Thomas Chart Storm . Energy Cash:  Energy companies are finding it too hard + too risky to invest in capex, so the best bet in their book is to just return those energy-shock cash-windfalls to investors.

Good for shareholders.

Maybe not so good for consumers — likely makes energy transition a bumpier road (still need a lot of oil and gas even if you do eventually get to carbon-zero).

Source: @WallStJesus


3. History of U.S. Housing Starts During Fed Policy Tightening

SOURCE: BLACKROCK


4. Housing —It’s Not 2008

Barrons Housing is a real asset, and if it is going to crash, we will need to see a crash in the level of M2—a measure of the monetary supply that includes currency, deposits, and shares in retail money-market mutual funds, he says.  By 

Lisa Beilfuss

Don’t Expect Home Prices to Crash. The Housing Market Is More Resilient Than It Looks. https://www.barrons.com/articles/home-prices-crash-housing-market-51666988277?mod=past_editions&noredirect=y


5. Stocks that Make Money Having a Big Month…One Month–Dividend Growers +10 vs. IPO ETF Flat

www.yahoofinance.com


6. $50Billion Allocated 2022 to Dividend Funds

Advisor Perspectives-The record $50 billion allocation bonanza so far this year is notable in a world where even cash-like Treasuries are offering income-hungry investors the highest yields in over a decade — giving defensive strategies like dividend funds a run for their money. At least in theory.

Yet demand for steady income in stocks is booming as money managers bid up companies with a history of paying out profits to shareholders, hoping that will cushion gut-wrenching losses across the broader market.

All told, the cash flowing into dividend-focused exchange-traded funds is already running 25% higher than the record haul secured in 2021, with positive inflows every month so far this year.

SCHD Schwab U.S. Dividend ETF

Income-Hunting Investors Are Fueling a $50 Billion ETF Bonanza-by Emily Graffeo, . https://www.advisorperspectives.com/articles/2022/10/27/income-hunting-investors-are-fueling-a-50-billion-etf-bonanza


7. Oaktree Comments on High Yield Bond Market

HIGH YIELD BONDS MAY BECOME INCREASINGLY ATTRACTIVE DUE TO THEIR QUALITY AND PRICE-If global economies continue to weaken, high yield bonds may become more attractive than loans due to their higher average quality and lower dollar price as well as borrowers’ stable interest costs. While credit fundamentals in the high yield bond market will likely decline if negative economic trends accelerate, these fundamentals are coming down from a fairly high level. That’s because quality in the high yield bond market has improved significantly in the last ten years. More than 52% of the market is now rated BB (the level just below investment grade), ten percentage points higher than in 2012. Additionally, the lowest rating category (CCC and below) now represents only 11% of the market, five percentage points less than in 2012.12 (See Figure 5.) For comparison, less than one-quarter of loans are rated BB, while the vast majority are rated B, meaning a larger percentage are at risk of being downgraded into the lowest rating tier.13

Figure 5: Quality Has Improved in the U.S. High Yield Bond Market

Source: ICE BofA US High Yield Constrained Index, as of September 30, 2022

https://www.oaktreecapital.com/insights/insight-commentary/market-commentary/performing-credit-quarterly-3q2022


8. The U.S. Treasury is Going from Making $100B Last Year to Losing $80B this Year

Bloomberg

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-10-25/fed-is-losing-billions-wiping-out-profits-that-funded-spending?sref=GGda9y2L


9. Ukraine has taken delivery of its first mine-clearing machine, which was made by a British company and cost almost $500,000

The Armtrac 400 is made by a British company. UNITED24

  • Ukraine received its first mine-clearing machine, the Armtrac 400, which was made by a UK company.
  • Deputy prime minister Mykhailo Fedorov said Ukraine was fundraising for another.
  • It is designed to clear paths through minefields and has a motorized system to detonate mines.

Ukraine has taken delivery of its first mine-clearing machine, which was made by a British company. 

Since the invasion in February, Ukraine and Russia have used landmines in four regions: Donetsk, Kharkiv, Kyiv, and Sumy.

Human Rights Watch says there’s no way to quantify the casualties or humanitarian impact of landmine use since the war began.

President Volodymyr Zelenskyy set up an initiative called UNITED24 to attract donations from around the world. Funds raised through the initiative have allowed Ukraine to buy an Armtrac 400 for the Kharkiv region, which is no longer occupied but remains contaminated with mines.

The mine-clearing vehicle was developed and manufactured by Armtrac, based near Cambridge, England.

Robin Swanson of Armtrac told Insider that Ukraine first expressed an interest in the machine in April. 

It was sent out to Poland in September and was moved to Ukraine earlier this month. The managing director, Stephen Brown, went to Ukraine to train about seven operators.

https://www.businessinsider.com/ukraine-got-first-armtrac-400-mine-clearing-machine-british-made-2022-10


10. The Importance of Self-Discipline

Matthew Kelly Our culture often prescribes instant gratification as a cure for our deep desire for happiness. As a result we often fall into the trap of believing that we would be happy if we could just do what we feel like doing right at any given moment.

Our insatiable appetite for instant gratification tends to lead us farther and farther away from character, virtue, integrity, wholeness, and our authentic self. Coupled with our untamed affinity with instant gratification is our mistaken notion that freedom is the right or ability to do whatever we want. I meet people all the time who tell me they want to start their own business. When I ask them why, I expect to hear that they want to do something they are more passionate about or because they want to be involved in more meaningful work. But the most common response I get is that then they won’t have a boss telling them what to do. High school students are always complaining about the limitations placed on them by parents and teachers.

Do we really believe that a life without structure or discipline will yield the happiness we desire? Besides, how successful do you suppose your business would be if you just did whatever you wanted whenever you wanted to? What sort of financial shape would you be in if you bought whatever you wanted, whenever you wanted it? How good would your health be if you ate as much as you wanted, of whatever you wanted, whenever you wanted it? How healthy would your relationships be if you did what you felt like doing only when you felt like doing it?

A life without self-discipline doesn’t lead to happiness—it leads to ruin. Every area of our life—physical, emotional, intellectual, spiritual, professional, and financial—benefits from self-discipline.

Does that mean we should never engage in instant gratification? No. But it does mean that we cannot allow instant gratification to guide and direct every decision. We need to move beyond the notion that discipline is someone else telling us what to do and celebrate the self-discipline that liberates us. How much discipline is enough? The answer depends on how happy you want to be, and for how long you want that happiness to last.

https://www.matthewkelly.com/post/the-importance-of-self-discipline

Topley’s Top 10 – October 28, 2022

1. Q3 2022 Quarterly Letter

American investors had nowhere to run in 2022 as a stock and bond combination experienced the worst drawdown in modern market history. Bonds had the worst start to a year since 1777 offering no protection against the stock market’s -25% correction…FULL LETTER HERE

2. 30 Year Treasury Yield Ticks Down for First Time Since August

3. Big 5 Tech Stocks Followed Increase in Fed Balance Sheet for a Decade.

Marketwatch By Barbara Kollmeyer

His below chart is a consolidation of that reversal in valuations and falling liquidity:

THEFELDERREPORT.COM https://www.marketwatch.com/story/why-valuation-reversals-for-big-tech-companies-may-just-be-getting-started-11666867582?mod=home-page

4. Market Cap History of Meta $1T to $250B

https://companiesmarketcap.com/meta-platforms/marketcap/

5. Vanguard Energy ETF About to Break Out

See it clearly on point and figure chart

www.stockcharts.com

6. Commodity Price Grid Since Peak and Year Over Year

Exhibit 1 – Change in Commodity Prices Since Peak and YoY

Dan StratemeierManaging DirectorEquities, Event Driven StrategiesJefferies LLC

7. Building Material Costs Coming Down

John Burns Real Estate Devyn Bachman

https://www.linkedin.com/in/devyn-bachman-09820034/

8. Performance of Gold Last 3 Recessions

State Street When each recessionary period ended, the US dollar retreated. Yet gold saw continued support as recessionary concerns lingered. In fact, gold saw a bull run in the aftermath of each of the last three recessions, as show in Figure 4. The COVID-19-led recession ended on April 30, 2020, with the price of gold closing at US$1,687/oz. Gold appreciated to US$1,769/oz by April 2021 and to US$1,897/oz by April 2022.11 A weakening dollar initially following recent recessions has had a positive impact on the price of gold since investors around the world can buy it at a cheaper price.

Figure 4: Gold’s Performance Following Most Recent Three Recessions

https://www.ssga.com/us/en/intermediary/etfs/insights/should-gold-investors-fear-a-strong-us-dollar?WT.mc_id=social_etf-wgc_gold-web_us_lkdin_img_n_mf2_n_oct22&spi=6346d43d9efced1f20f6ca2c

9. Ratio of Chinese to U.S. Wages Closing in on Even

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank Many of the findings chime with the macro themes I’ve discussed over the last few years. One of the striking slides that I replicate in today’s CoTD shows a key link between inflation and corporates. It shows the heady growth in the number of companies discussing nearshoring, reshoring and supply chain decoupling in their corporate documents. It also shows the ratio of US to Chinese wages over time.

Cheap global labour, especially from China, has in my opinion, played a huge part in keeping inflation relatively well behaved in recent decades. But going forward, the incremental cost savings from Chinese outsourcing will be lower due to more equalised wages. There is no alternative country with similar scale for large numbers of corporates to consider. Meanwhile, the likely continuation of deglobalisation will certainly be felt on corporates’ bottom line as relations between the US and China continue to sour.

10. Why I No Longer Mind Losing an Argument Vitaly Katsenelson

The first time I read Dale Carnegie’s How to Win Friends and Influence People was in 1990. I was living in Russia; the Cold War had just ended. Capitalist American books suddenly became very popular. Carnegie’s was one of the first to be translated into Russian and was “the book to read.” Everyone wanted to be a capitalist, and this book was supposed to make me a better one. I decided, however, that it was stuffed with disingenuous fluff — that it taught the reader how to not be authentic; it turned you into a fake.

Thinking back, at the time I read it, that book had no chance of getting through to me. I was a product of the Soviet system. We were Seinfeld’s Soup Nazi “No soup for you” nation. Teachers who were kind and inspired students were considered weak. I remember two teachers in my school who were considered virtuosos. Neither one smiled. They rarely praised and were never afraid to insult their students for getting an answer wrong. But they were highly regarded because they knew their subjects well and thoroughly subjugated their students.

Here is how Carnegie puts it: “When dealing with people, let us remember we are not dealing with creatures of logic. We are dealing with creatures of emotion, creatures bristling with prejudices and motivated by pride and vanity.”

If we were computers and had no emotions, then my Soviet teachers would have been right that knowledge is the only thing that matters. Then teaching (communicating) would be just data transfer from teacher to student. But if you have something you think is worth uploading to others, they have to be willing to download it. This is where the wisdom of Carnegie comes in. If we were computers, the way data was packaged would be irrelevant — the content would be all that mattered. However, because we are human, the way we package our content is paramount if the other side is to be willing to receive it.

Criticism is futile because it puts a person on the defensive and usually makes him strive to justify himself. Criticism is dangerous because it wounds a person’s precious pride, hurts his sense of importance and arouses resentment.

There is a person I work with (she is probably reading this, so I have to tread lightly). She has a task she does for me on a regular basis. She is a very diligent and hardworking person, but occasionally she makes a mistake. Pre–Dale Carnegie, I would criticize her. Not anymore. Now I start with praise — how she does a great job, how sometimes I wish I could match her attention to detail — and only then do I lightly mention her mistake. Everything I say about her work is absolutely true — she’d detect a lie. The data upload is the same — she made a mistake — but I package it differently. The result is that she has been making a lot fewer mistakes and the quality of our working environment has improved.

As an investor, I am constantly involved in arguing and debating with others. I debate ideas with my partner, Mike, and with my value investor friends. Mike and I often disagree — which is awesome, because if we always agreed, one of us would be extraneous. But this quote from Carnegie’s book changed how I debate: “You can’t win an argument. You can’t because if you lose it, you lose it; and if you win it, you lose it. Why? Well, suppose you triumph over the other man and shoot his argument full of holes and prove that he is non compos mentis. Then what? You will feel fine. But what about him? You have made him feel inferior. You have hurt his pride. He will resent your triumph.”

Carnegie provides this advice: “Our first natural reaction in a disagreeable situation is to be defensive. Be careful. Keep calm and watch out for your first reaction. It may be you at your worst, not your best. Control your temper. Remember, you can measure the size of a person by what makes him or her angry. Listen first. Give your opponents a chance to talk… Look for areas of agreement. When you have heard your opponents out, dwell first on the points and areas on which you agree.”

I used to feel I had to win every argument. I patted myself on the back when I did. Now I wish I hadn’t.

Twenty-five years later I wish I could turn to my 17-year-old self and say, “Read this book slowly; pay attention; this is the most important thing you’ll ever read. It will change your life if you let it.” Unfortunately, due to the lack of a time machine, I can’t do that, but I can encourage everyone around me, including my kids, to read this very important book.

Carnegie’s book will turn anyone into a better businessperson or capitalist because it will help you to understand other people better. But more important, this book will make you a better spouse and a better parent.

P.S. I wish I’d reread Dale Carnegie’s book before my oldest child was born. I would have made fewer mistakes as a parent. I’ve been very good at trying not to criticize him and emphasizing his achievements. But I have not been careful enough in selecting his teachers. When Jonah was younger he liked to play chess, and we played together at least once a day. We got him a bona fide Russian chess teacher. He was a 70-something-year-old engineer, a brilliant chess player, Moscow champion. But he was tough. Rarely smiled. Emphasized the negatives (when Jonah made a wrong move) and underemphasized the positives (when Jonah made the right move).

He was actually a genuinely good person, and he probably would be a good teacher for an adult – like me. But Jonah required a teacher that inspired, that poured water on the small seed of interest he had in chess. Instead, after a year, Jonah lost interest and quit playing chess.

Here is another example. My daughter Hannah had a Russian language teacher (the wife of Jonah’s chess teacher). The wife was not much different from the husband – emotionless and tough. Hannah studied Russian for a year and made little progress. She was scared, intimidated. Dissatisfied with her lack of progress, we changed teachers. Hannah’s new teacher is a beam of light and excitement. When she comes to our house she brings joy (and candy). After every lesson Hannah gets candy. Hannah’s Russian leaped forward. She got to the point where she started to read and memorize poems in Russian. She participated in her first “Russian poetry jam.” She looks forward to every lesson, not just because of the candy but because her new Russian teacher figured out a way to make Hannah feel good about herself when studying Russian – that is Dale Carnegie 101.

https://contrarianedge.com/ima-is-not-for-everyone-im-fine-with-that/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 27, 2022

1. 10 Year to 3 Month Yield Curve Inverts…

Marketwatch By Vivien Lou Chen

Campbell Harvey, the Duke University finance professor who pioneered the use of bond-market yield curves as a predictive tool, said the 3-month/10-year spread needs to stay below zero through December in order for him to be confident that a recession is on the way.

“A one- or two-day inversion is not enough,” Harvey said via phone on Wednesday. “Just because it inverted yesterday and today is not sufficient to go on the record and say it’s flashing ‘code red,’ but it’s definitely ‘code orange.’ “

Still, he said, the significance of the moves on Tuesday and Wednesday is that “the countdown is on,” and the Federal Reserve’s need to keep hiking interest rates in order to contain inflation “is driving the yield curve in ways that are also potentially pushing the economy off the cliff in terms of a recession.” https://www.marketwatch.com/story/recession-ahead-this-bond-market-indicator-is-flashing-a-code-orange-warning-11666803770?mod=home-page


2. U.S. Dollar Pulls Back to 50 day

Close below 50 day would be first negative technical signal for dollar

www.stockcharts.com


3. Current Rolling 12 Month Performance of Dollar Only Happen 6x Since 1975

From Dorsey Wright Except for Energy – by way of U.S. Equities and Commodities – not many absolute trends in 2022 have been more dominant than NYCE U.S. Dollar Index Spot DX/Y. Through Monday’s close, DX/Y has rallied 17% in 2022 and if the calendar year’s action were to end today, it would be the first time since 2014 – when DX/Y gained 12.5% – that the Dollar has had a double-digit return. From a rolling 12-month performance perspective, DX/Y is hanging around the 20% mark recently for only the sixth time going back to 1975 and the last time was in July 2015.

https://www.nasdaq.com/solutions/nasdaq-dorsey-wright


4. Current Central Bank Balance Sheets

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading The European Central Bank is expected to start the delicate process of shrinking its balance sheet this week after eight years of bond purchases and generous lending more than quadrupled its total assets to €8.8tn. The shift would mark an intensification of the ECB’s efforts to remove monetary stimulus and cool inflation – Policymakers must proceed with caution or risk a UK-style bond market sell-off that would add to the economic problems facing the region, FT reports.


5. U.S. Micro Cap Stocks Trade Back to Covid Lows

U.S. Micro Cap Stocks Trade Back to Covid Lows

S&P Global….Microcap 50% of holdings financials and healthcare

https://www.spglobal.com/spdji/en/indices/equity/dow-jones-us-micro-cap-total-stock-market-index/#data


6. Frontier Markets Pull Back to Covid Lows

Frontier markets are smaller than emerging markets…Way oversold on chart

Frontier Markets 50% financial stocks

www.etf.com


7. U.K Stocks Trading at Steep Discount to World

The Daily Shot Stock valuations remain near record lows relative to global peers.

Source: @marketsjoe Read full article

https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-26th-2022/


8. Facebook Revenue Growth

@Charlie Bilello


9. Cash and Wine Outperformed in 2022

Chartr Investing in fine wines and rare spirits has been a staple of elite investors for years – and it’s easy to see why. From 3Q-20 to 3Q-22 the flagship Liv-ex 1000 wine index has gained nearly 40%, substantially outperforming stock markets.

www.chartr.com


10. Why Facts Don’t Change Our Minds

written by JAMES CLEAR

DECISION MAKING LIFE LESSONS

The economist J.K. Galbraith once wrote, “Faced with a choice between changing one’s mind and proving there is no need to do so, almost everyone gets busy with the proof.”

Leo Tolstoy was even bolder: “The most difficult subjects can be explained to the most slow-witted man if he has not formed any idea of them already; but the simplest thing cannot be made clear to the most intelligent man if he is firmly persuaded that he knows already, without a shadow of doubt, what is laid before him.”

What’s going on here? Why don’t facts change our minds? And why would someone continue to believe a false or inaccurate idea anyway? How do such behaviors serve us?

The Logic of False Beliefs

Humans need a reasonably accurate view of the world in order to survive. If your model of reality is wildly different from the actual world, then you struggle to take effective actions each day.

However, truth and accuracy are not the only things that matter to the human mind. Humans also seem to have a deep desire to belong.

In Atomic Habits, I wrote, “Humans are herd animals. We want to fit in, to bond with others, and to earn the respect and approval of our peers. Such inclinations are essential to our survival. For most of our evolutionary history, our ancestors lived in tribes. Becoming separated from the tribe—or worse, being cast out—was a death sentence.”

Understanding the truth of a situation is important, but so is remaining part of a tribe. While these two desires often work well together, they occasionally come into conflict.

In many circumstances, social connection is actually more helpful to your daily life than understanding the truth of a particular fact or idea. The Harvard psychologist Steven Pinker put it this way, “People are embraced or condemned according to their beliefs, so one function of the mind may be to hold beliefs that bring the belief-holder the greatest number of allies, protectors, or disciples, rather than beliefs that are most likely to be true.”

We don’t always believe things because they are correct. Sometimes we believe things because they make us look good to the people we care about.

I thought Kevin Simler put it well when he wrote, “If a brain anticipates that it will be rewarded for adopting a particular belief, it’s perfectly happy to do so, and doesn’t much care where the reward comes from — whether it’s pragmatic (better outcomes resulting from better decisions), social (better treatment from one’s peers), or some mix of the two.”

False beliefs can be useful in a social sense even if they are not useful in a factual sense. For lack of a better phrase, we might call this approach “factually false, but socially accurate.” When we have to choose between the two, people often select friends and family over facts.

This insight not only explains why we might hold our tongue at a dinner party or look the other way when our parents say something offensive, but also reveals a better way to change the minds of others.

Facts Don’t Change Our Minds. Friendship Does.

Convincing someone to change their mind is really the process of convincing them to change their tribe. If they abandon their beliefs, they run the risk of losing social ties. You can’t expect someone to change their mind if you take away their community too. You have to give them somewhere to go. Nobody wants their worldview torn apart if loneliness is the outcome.

The way to change people’s minds is to become friends with them, to integrate them into your tribe, to bring them into your circle. Now, they can change their beliefs without the risk of being abandoned socially.

The British philosopher Alain de Botton suggests that we simply share meals with those who disagree with us:

“Sitting down at a table with a group of strangers has the incomparable and odd benefit of making it a little more difficult to hate them with impunity. Prejudice and ethnic strife feed off abstraction. However, the proximity required by a meal – something about handing dishes around, unfurling napkins at the same moment, even asking a stranger to pass the salt – disrupts our ability to cling to the belief that the outsiders who wear unusual clothes and speak in distinctive accents deserve to be sent home or assaulted. For all the large-scale political solutions which have been proposed to salve ethnic conflict, there are few more effective ways to promote tolerance between suspicious neighbours than to force them to eat supper together.”

Perhaps it is not difference, but distance that breeds tribalism and hostility. As proximity increases, so does understanding. I am reminded of Abraham Lincoln’s quote, “I don’t like that man. I must get to know him better.”

Facts don’t change our minds. Friendship does.

The Spectrum of Beliefs

Years ago, Ben Casnocha mentioned an idea to me that I haven’t been able to shake: The people who are most likely to change our minds are the ones we agree with on 98 percent of topics.

If someone you know, like, and trust believes a radical idea, you are more likely to give it merit, weight, or consideration. You already agree with them in most areas of life. Maybe you should change your mind on this one too. But if someone wildly different than you proposes the same radical idea, well, it’s easy to dismiss them as a crackpot.

One way to visualize this distinction is by mapping beliefs on a spectrum. If you divide this spectrum into 10 units and you find yourself at Position 7, then there is little sense in trying to convince someone at Position 1. The gap is too wide. When you’re at Position 7, your time is better spent connecting with people who are at Positions 6 and 8, gradually pulling them in your direction.

The most heated arguments often occur between people on opposite ends of the spectrum, but the most frequent learning occurs from people who are nearby. The closer you are to someone, the more likely it becomes that the one or two beliefs you don’t share will bleed over into your own mind and shape your thinking. The further away an idea is from your current position, the more likely you are to reject it outright.

When it comes to changing people’s minds, it is very difficult to jump from one side to another. You can’t jump down the spectrum. You have to slide down it.

Any idea that is sufficiently different from your current worldview will feel threatening. And the best place to ponder a threatening idea is in a non-threatening environment. As a result, books are often a better vehicle for transforming beliefs than conversations or debates.

In conversation, people have to carefully consider their status and appearance. They want to save face and avoid looking stupid. When confronted with an uncomfortable set of facts, the tendency is often to double down on their current position rather than publicly admit to being wrong.

Books resolve this tension. With a book, the conversation takes place inside someone’s head and without the risk of being judged by others. It’s easier to be open-minded when you aren’t feeling defensive.

Arguments are like a full frontal attack on a person’s identity. Reading a book is like slipping the seed of an idea into a person’s brain and letting it grow on their own terms. There’s enough wrestling going on in someone’s head when they are overcoming a pre-existing belief. They don’t need to wrestle with you too.

Why False Ideas Persist

There is another reason bad ideas continue to live on, which is that people continue to talk about them.

Silence is death for any idea. An idea that is never spoken or written down dies with the person who conceived it. Ideas can only be remembered when they are repeated. They can only be believed when they are repeated.

I have already pointed out that people repeat ideas to signal they are part of the same social group. But here’s a crucial point most people miss:

People also repeat bad ideas when they complain about them. Before you can criticize an idea, you have to reference that idea. You end up repeating the ideas you’re hoping people will forget—but, of course, people can’t forget them because you keep talking about them. The more you repeat a bad idea, the more likely people are to believe it.

Let’s call this phenomenon Clear’s Law of Recurrence: The number of people who believe an idea is directly proportional to the number of times it has been repeated during the last year—even if the idea is false.

Each time you attack a bad idea, you are feeding the very monster you are trying to destroy. As one Twitter employee wrote, “Every time you retweet or quote tweet someone you’re angry with, it helps them. It disseminates their BS. Hell for the ideas you deplore is silence. Have the discipline to give it to them.”

Your time is better spent championing good ideas than tearing down bad ones. Don’t waste time explaining why bad ideas are bad. You are simply fanning the flame of ignorance and stupidity.

The best thing that can happen to a bad idea is that it is forgotten. The best thing that can happen to a good idea is that it is shared. It makes me think of Tyler Cowen’s quote, “Spend as little time as possible talking about how other people are wrong.”

Feed the good ideas and let bad ideas die of starvation.

The Intellectual Soldier

I know what you might be thinking. “James, are you serious right now? I’m just supposed to let these idiots get away with this?”

Let me be clear. I’m not saying it’s never useful to point out an error or criticize a bad idea. But you have to ask yourself, “What is the goal?”

Why do you want to criticize bad ideas in the first place? Presumably, you want to criticize bad ideas because you think the world would be better off if fewer people believed them. In other words, you think the world would improve if people changed their minds on a few important topics.

If the goal is to actually change minds, then I don’t believe criticizing the other side is the best approach.

Most people argue to win, not to learn. As Julia Galef so aptly puts it: people often act like soldiers rather than scouts. Soldiers are on the intellectual attack, looking to defeat the people who differ from them. Victory is the operative emotion. Scouts, meanwhile, are like intellectual explorers, slowly trying to map the terrain with others. Curiosity is the driving force.

If you want people to adopt your beliefs, you need to act more like a scout and less like a soldier. At the center of this approach is a question Tiago Forte poses beautifully, “Are you willing to not win in order to keep the conversation going?”

Be Kind First, Be Right Later

The brilliant Japanese writer Haruki Murakami once wrote, “Always remember that to argue, and win, is to break down the reality of the person you are arguing against. It is painful to lose your reality, so be kind, even if you are right.”

When we are in the moment, we can easily forget that the goal is to connect with the other side, collaborate with them, befriend them, and integrate them into our tribe. We are so caught up in winning that we forget about connecting. It’s easy to spend your energy labeling people rather than working with them.

The word “kind” originated from the word “kin.” When you are kind to someone it means you are treating them like family. This, I think, is a good method for actually changing someone’s mind. Develop a friendship. Share a meal. Gift a book.

Be kind first, be right later.

FOOTNOTES

https://jamesclear.com/why-facts-dont-change-minds

Topley’s Top 10 – October 25, 2022

1. Ten Year Returns on AGG (bond index) .60 Basis Points Per Year

AGG wipes out 10 years of gains

https://www.google.com/finance/quote/AGG:NYSEARCA?sa=X&ved=2ahUKEwizqLSCvvn6AhXWhIkEHZLkAJwQ3ecFegQILBAg&window=MAX

2. Five-Year Break Even Inflation Rate Drops the Most in 20 Years

Found at Irrelevant Investor Blog https://theirrelevantinvestor.com/2022/10/12/animal-spirits-a-tough-break/

3. Lowest Percentage of Positive Days in S&P Since 1974

https://lplresearch.com/2022/10/19/fewest-up-days-since-1974-as-volatility-continues/

4. Chinese Internet ETF Breaks Thru All Support

www.stockcharts.com

5. Record Drop in Chinese Companies Listed in the U.S.

Bespoke Investment Group

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/the-closer-china-collapse-lumber-lagging-auto-wo-ems-pmis-cot-10-24-22

6. History of 8% One Day Drops in China Markets

JP Morgan Still, he may be on to something this time. Prior to Monday, there have been only 13 times when the MSCI China Index tumbled at least 8% over the past three decades. The index rebounded in 11 out of those 13 occasions in the the next five days, and advanced 10 times in the following 60 days. In fact, since 1998, the hit ratio for the next 60 days is 100%.

From Zerohedge https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/jpmorgans-bullish-stock-call-backed-history

7. Rest of World Passing China as U.S. Trade Partner

https://ritholtz.com/2022/10/weekend-reads-538/

8. The U.S. House Reelection Rate is 95%

No Mercy No Malice Scott Galloway@profgalloway
The U.S. House reelection rate in 2020 was 95%. The mortality rate for Americans the (average) age of our representatives is approximately 2%. Meaning, with a two year term, it will soon be a coin flip whether they were voted out or left the rotunda feet first. The result: A daily occupation of our nation’s capital (and our capital) by a group that is a cross between The Golden Girls and The Walking Dead. Our leaders are too old.

https://www.profgalloway.com/churn/

9. France Putting 5 Nuclear Reactors Back Online

French state energy firm EDF said on Saturday it was postponing plans to bring five halted nuclear reactors back on stream, potentially putting more upward pressure on energy prices as winter approaches.

French state energy firm EDF said on Saturday it was postponing plans to bring five halted nuclear reactors back on stream, potentially putting more upward pressure on energy prices as winter
approaches.

France generates some 70 percent of its electricity from 56 nuclear reactors but 30 are currently offline, either for routine maintenance or because of corrosion in some emergency cooling systems.

Workers are striking at several nuclear plants where reactors have been shut down for maintenance.

The industrial action is part of a wider pay dispute in the French energy sector, where a strike by refinery workers has led to fuel shortages for motorists.

EDF is due to hold initial talks with unions on Tuesday.

While the strikes at EDF will have no impact on the general public for now, they could affect the timetable for bringing some reactors back on stream, Claude Martin, a representative for the FNME-CGT union, told AFP on Friday.

He said the halts in maintenance work, plus go-slows by workers that have reduced power output at functioning reactors, would primarily effect EDF’s finances.

The heavily-indebted company, which is being fully renationalised by the government, said in September that a drop in electricity generation due to problems with its reactors would sap its operating profit by €29 billion ($29 billion) in 2022, worse than previously forecast.

“I can confirm there is industrial action,” an EDF spokeswoman told AFP on Saturday. “It might have an impact on the timetable for restarting generation at some plants … It might also lead to a temporary drop in power output at certain reactors that are currently functioning,” she said.

Delays in restarting the reactors in question could last between one day and nearly three weeks.

Faced with concerns over winter energy shortages, President Emmanuel Macron vowed on Wednesday to get all but 11 of the country’s nuclear reactors back up and running by January 2023.

Problems with energy supply due to the state of the nuclear fleet have been compounded by prolonged drought, which has drained dams and reduced the country’s ability to generate electricity from hydropower.

Power grid operator RTE said in September it hoped pressure on the network could be reduced by “widespread efforts” to save energy.

https://www.thelocal.fr/20221015/frances-edf-delays-bringing-nuclear-reactors-back-on-stream/

10. Be in Good Position

Insight-Farnam Street

Charlie Munger on getting what you want:

“The safest way to try to get what you want is to try to deserve what you want. It’s such a simple idea. It’s the golden rule. You want to deliver to the world what you would buy if you were on the other end.”

Tiny Thought

One of the most overlooked opportunities in life is how you are positioned when circumstances hit.

Good positions create options, while bad positions reduce them. You don’t have to be an expert decision-maker to get better results, you only need to put yourself in a good position. Anyone looks like a genius when all the options are good.

If you’re forced to do something because you need to and not because you choose to, things quickly spiral from bad to worse.

The person in the good position eventually takes advantage of the person in the poor position. As one example, many people bought the biggest and most expensive house they could afford over the past five years. In an environment of low-interest rates, a booming economy, and house price increases that rival investments that didn’t seem like a bad idea at the time. Things change quickly. The very same person now might find themselves forced to sell their house at the worst time. Another person — one who didn’t go all in on a house — is thinking about buying today to take advantage of the opportunities.

Good positions are expensive, but poor ones cost a fortune. Spend less time worrying about maximizing your immediate results and more time maximizing your ultimate results. Giving yourself options in the future always appears suboptimal in the moment. Putting yourself in a good position for tomorrow means paying today. This might mean a lower return, living below your means, or sitting on the sidelines when everyone else is having fun.

Poor positioning kills more dreams than poor decisions. Decisions matter, but it’s easier to make good decisions when all your options are great.

Good positions allow you to master your circumstances rather than be mastered by them.

(Share this Tiny Thought on Twitter) https://fs.blog/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 24, 2022

1. Americans Buying Bonds and Cash….Private Bank Clients Buying

The Daily Shot Blog

https://dailyshotbrief.com/

2. Cumulative Flows into Money Market Funds

Callum Thomas Chart Storm More on Cash: Retail, upon witnessing both stocks and bonds melting down, (where possible) have piled into cash funds — where the nominal return is positive, and real return is still beating most other assets…

(n.b. as a guess, the insto draws probably = rebalancing + redemptions)

Source: @unusual_whales

https://chartstorm.substack.com/

3. U.S. Bond Market Still the Safe Haven

“While anything seems possible these days, especially scary scenarios, we would like to point out that even as the Fed is withdrawing liquidity” by raising the fed funds rate and continuing quantitative tightening, the U.S. is a safe haven amid challenging times globally, the firm said. In other words, the notion that “there is no alternative country” in which to invest other than the U.S., may provide liquidity to the domestic bond market, according to its note.

YARDENI RESEARCH NOTE DATED OCT. 21, 2022

FROM MARKETWATCH

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/mounting-fear-is-that-something-else-will-break-along-the-way-stock-market-investors-look-ahead-to-pce-inflation-data-amid-fed-overtightening-worries-11666443109?mod=home-page

4. The Cost to Hedge with Options Falls Back to Mean

Bloomberg Elena Popina Judging by the ominous pronouncements from Wall Street luminaries, every trader under the sun should be prepping for fresh turmoil in the world’s biggest stock market.

Yet hedging for doom and gloom is falling out of fashion fast, thanks to a historic equity rout that’s already erased $13 trillion in market value this year and flushed out both retail and institutional investors.

In the options marketplace, the relative cost of contracts that pay off if the S&P 500 Index sinks another 10% has collapsed to the lowest since 2017. Appetite for bullish wagers is on the rise. And the popular Cboe Volatility Index is sitting far below multi-year highs even as equity benchmarks plumb bear-market lows.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/13-trillion-stock-crash-traders-123243360.html

5. S&P Hit 85% of Median Recession Drawdown

JP Morgan Stocks seem to be reflecting the most economic damage. The S&P 500’s year-to-date decline (-23%) represents roughly 85% of the median historical drawdown that coincided with a recession. Thanks to the exorbitant rise in yields and ~70bps in IG spread widening this year (credit spreads are ~185bps today), high quality bonds are also reflecting 76% of the pain of what you would expect to see in your typical recession—just another data point to add to the opportunity now for core bonds. High yield spreads, meanwhile, have remained relatively sanguine. From here, we expect high yield credit spreads to widen a bit further.

Market metrics: Where are we going from here | J.P. Morgan Private Bank (jpmorgan.com)

6. Huge Earnings Week

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading MS Notes that 45% of the SPX reports this week. Looking at ETFs, 64% of the XLK (Tech), 54% XLI (Industrials), 53% of the QQQs, 51% XLE (Energy) and 42% IYR (REITS) report.

7. Some Russians drafted to fight in Ukraine say nobody is in charge and they don’t know what they’re doing there: report

Business Insider Sophia Ankel

  • A group of Russian soldiers in Ukraine complained to the Ministry of Defense, The Insider reported.
  • In a Telegram video, the men said they have no equipment and were thrown into a field “like dogs.”
  • Putin declared a mobilization last month, but some draftees said they get no training or equipment.

Russian soldiers drafted to fight in Ukraine say they have no ammo, no commanders, and don’t know what they are doing on the battlefield.

The claim came from a six recently-drafted men in a video circulated on Telegram, which featured in a report by the independent Russian outlet The Insider.

(The Insider is a Russian news outlet and has no affiliation with Insider.)

In the footage complained directly to the Russian Ministry of Defense about their lack of direction and equipment.

The group, per the report, said they were from Russia’s Krasnodar region and had been called up towards the beginning of the mobilization announced by Russian President Vladimir Putin on September 21.

After training, the men said, “it turns out that we’re somewhere in the fields of Ukraine and they just threw us out into the field like dogs,” according to The Insider.

They also said they were only equipped with uniforms and were given some AK-47s and bayonets – but no ammunition.

“There is no information, no command, we’re on pins and needles, as we don’t know where our people are and where [the enemy] is,” one man said in the video, The Insider reported.

“No radio, no ammo, not a fucking thing. No medical supplies either,” he added. “I’d like to show this to our authorities … Do you consider this normal?”

Insider was unable to independently verify the video.

The report comes more than a month after Russian President Vladimir Putin announced a partial mobilization of his country’s military reservists.

It tallies with other reports pointing to poor training and equipment issues among mobilized Russians.

Marina Miron, an honorary research fellow at the Centre for Military Ethics at King’s College London, told Insider’s Sinead Baker last week it was likely that “some of those mobilized have been sent to Ukraine without any guidance or training whatsoever.”

Last week, Putin said that around 16,000 mobilized men had already made it into combat in Ukraine. Many experts have concluded the men are effectively being used as cannon fodder.

Lack of equipment is also an issue in the Russian military, with one draftee telling The Guardian last week that he was made to buy his own gear.

“They gave us absolutely no equipment. The army has nothing,” the draftee told The Guardian.

https://www.businessinsider.com/drafted-russians-say-they-have-no-officers-or-ammunition-report-2022-10

8. U.S. Providing Most of Aid to Ukraine

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/where-most-aid-ukraine-comes

9. China Population Growth Goes Negative

China has one of the biggest aging problems in the world.

High parenting costs and lack of access to public services such as childcare and education have disincentivized couples from having children. China’s zero-COVID policy has also played its part, limiting social opportunities and adding to financial and employment insecurities.

A Deep Dive Into The Chinese Economy by Carl Tannenbaum, Ryan Boyle, Vaibhav Tandon of Northern Trust, 10/22/22

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/commentaries/2022/10/22/a-deep-dive-into-the-chinese-economy

10. The 6 Essential Traits of Good Character, According to Jim Rohn

By Jim Rohn | October 18, 2022 | 5

The following are what I believe to be the basics of good character. Miss one of these, and you’ll find a weak link in your character—one that might be your leadership’s undoing.

1. Integrity

Integrity is a good catchword that is similar to character but provides us with a different way of looking at the ideas of character. The root of integrity means “whole” or “undivided,” and that’s a terrific way to help us understand what integrity is—an undivided life. For example, you don’t act one way in one situation and another in a different situation. Living this way will build trust in your followers.

Another use of the word integrity that provides insight for us is when the word is used in regard to a physical structure. A wall or a building that is strong and has no cracks is said to have integrity. The same could be said for great leaders.

2. Honesty

It is regularly said that honesty is the best policy, but I would add that honesty is the only policy for great leaders. Think about it. Why do people hedge the truth? Usually for a few basic reasons: They are either afraid of the ramifications or they are trying to hide something. Either way, a lack of honesty results in the destruction of the trust of those who follow you. Even if you tell them the truth, knowing you have lied to others will destroy the trust they had in you. They will find themselves thinking, If he will lie to them, will he lie to me?

I’ve never understood what people hope to accomplish by being dishonest. Eventually people come to know that you’re not honest in your dealings, and that is what you become known for. Your reputation is what your leadership is based on. When we’re honest and live transparently before our followers, they’re able to see us for who we are and make the decision to follow us.

3. Loyalty

People of good character are loyal. They have a “stick-to-it” attitude when it comes to others. Anybody who knows human nature knows that people fail. It’s just a matter of time, no matter how talented someone is. A person of good character stays with their friends even in the down times. Anyone can be friends with others when times are good, but people of good character stay with their friends when they need them most. How this translates into making you a good leader is this: People want to follow a leader who will stretch them beyond where they are now, but who’ll also allow them to try—and to fail. When we are loyal to our followers, they’ll be loyal to us and make every effort to succeed on our behalf and on behalf of the organization. There are few things that strengthen the leader-follower bond more than when a leader shows loyalty to a follower in needReport Ad

4. Self-sacrifice

Lee Iacocca became a legend when he said he’d bring Chrysler back from the brink of bankruptcy and would take only a dollar a year in pay. This was a classic example of a leader sacrificing for their followers. It also showed his understanding of and empathy with the average line worker. As a result, the workers of Chrysler rewarded him with an incredible following as they built Chrysler into one of the world’s leading car companies.

What is it about self-sacrifice that breeds followers? Followers don’t mind putting in the hard work. They don’t even mind a leader making more money or reaping benefits from their work. What followers do mind, though, is when the leader is using them for personal gain. People of good character don’t use other people, period. So when a leader shows sacrifice of personal gain, it says to the followers that they are willing to come alongside them—and followers reward that almost universally. A person of good character shows that they can give up personal gain for the good of the whole.

5. Accountability

People of good character don’t mind accountability; that is, the act of allowing others to have a say in your life, to speak to you straight about your life and conduct. In fact, they welcome it. The brutal truth is that we have blind spots and need other people to be close to us so we can advance down the road of success. The need for accountability doesn’t prove lack of character. Rather, it proves the presence of character. The person of good character knows this and invites others to speak into their life.

Followers grow tired of leaders who will have nothing to do with accountability. They don’t mind leaders who make mistakes, but they do mind leaders who don’t take responsibility for their mistakes by being accountable. When we allow ourselves to be held accountable, our followers know that we are serious about keeping our own house in order, and thus will do a good job in leading the rest of the organization.

6. Self-control

The ability to make decisions—good decisions—about what we will and will not do with our actions is at the core of what we become in regard to our character. There will be plenty of options to participate in things that are not moral. Everybody has temptations, but a person of good character knows to exercise self-control over their choices. When people don’t exercise self-control, they sabotage their ability to lead. People lose respect for them and will follow less, if at all. Self-control is the ability to choose to do the things we should, and to refrain from doing the things we shouldn’t. When we exhibit self-control, we again build trust in our followers. They respect us and want to follow us.

Adapted from the Jim Rohn Guide to Leadership

This article was published in October 2016 and has been updated. Photo by Fernanda_Reyes/Shutterstock

https://www.success.com/rohn-6-essential-traits-of-good-character/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 19, 2022

1. Netflix Breaks Out of 3 Months Sideways Pattern

NFLX sideways pattern broken to upside with earnings

www.stockcharts.com


2. Less Than 25 Days Supply in the Strategic Petroleum Reserve

@JamesHMackay

https://twitter.com/JamesHMackay


3. Gasoline Prices

by Jill Mislinski

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/dshort/updates/2022/10/18/weekly-gasoline-price-update


4. Bond Crash….Lost Decade for Core Bonds

LPL Research

https://ipresearch.com/2022/10/18/a-lost-decade-for-core-bons/


5. EU ramps up Russian LNG purchases by 50% this year as Moscow cuts off natural gas pipeline supplies

  • The EU ramped up its purchases of Russian LNG this year, as Moscow slashes gas supplies via pipeline.
  • Imports of Russian LNG totaled 15 billion cubic meters through September, up 50% from last year.
  • Europe is scrambling to replace slashed pipeline flows through LNG purchases, which have allowed Moscow to pull in hefty amounts of cash.

The European Union has ramped up its purchases of Russian liquefied natural gas this year, while Moscow has slashed pipeline flows.

The EU’s imports of Russian LNG totaled 15 billion cubic meters through September of this year, up 50% from a year ago, Tim McPhie, the European Commission’s spokesperson for climate action and energy, told reporters on Friday, according to Russian news outlet Kommersant.

Still, Russia’s share of total EU LNG imports dipped to 17% from 20% a year ago, as Europe has sharply increased its purchases from other parts of the world.

The EU’s overall LNG imports soared 66% to almost 88 billion cubic meters through the first nine months of the year. 

European countries have been snapping up LNG cargoes from the US and Qatar recently as they scramble to build up inventories ahead of winter while Russia slashes pipeline gas flows.

Over the summer, Moscow began cutting deliveries via Nord Stream 1, then completely cut them off last month. Then earlier this month, explosions underwater blew open leaks in the pipeline in a likely act of sabotage.

Russia still supplies some pipeline natural gas to Europe via other pipelines, but not much: flows have been reduced from 350 million cubic meters at the start of the year to 70 million cubic meters, according to the most recent estimates from Kommersant. 

While LNG has helped make up for lost pipeline supplies, it comes with its own complications. LNG differs from pipeline gas in that it is largely imported overseas through tankers, and needs to be regasified before being used for energy.

Dozens of ships are circling the coast of Spain and other European countries as they wait to offload LNG cargoes, according to Reuters. The number of ships arriving outpaces the number of regasification terminals that can accommodate them.

In addition, increased LNG competition this year with Asian customers has ramped up prices and tanker rates dramatically. LNG ships now cost a record $400,000 a day, and Europe can no longer rely on cheap US LNG as supply continues to grow tight, a Texas-based LNG firm warned.

Meanwhile, Russia has been pulling in large amounts of cash through LNG sales, which are on track to reach a record high for the year, according to data from Bloomberg.

https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/commodities/europe-energy-crisis-eu-russian-lng-fuel-energy-prices-high-2022-10


6. Office Leases Signed Annually

@chasingthevig

https://twitter.com/chasingthevig


7. Half of Airnub Listings Have Been Added Since 2020


8. Personal Savings Rate Down and Consumer Credit Up

@Charlie BilelloThe answer: they are saving less (lowest savings rate since 2008) and borrowing more (highest increase in consumer credit since 2011).

Needless to say, this trend cannot go on forever, which is why bringing down the rate of inflation remains critical to the long-term health of the economy.


9. Americans Trust in Media Still at All-Time Lows

STORY HIGHLIGHTS

  • 34% have a “great deal” or “fair amount” of confidence in media
  • 38% with no trust at all outpaces great deal/fair amount for first time
  • 70% of Democrats, 14% of Republicans, 27% of independents trust media

Gallup BY MEGAN BRENAN https://news.gallup.com/poll/403166/americans-trust-media-remains-near-record-low.aspx


10. 6 steps to self-acceptance

Psychology Today Karyl McBride Ph.D.

1. Make a commitment to work on self-acceptance. This simply means you decide to address your level of self-acceptance and work on it. To begin, notice your self-talk and whatever you are beating yourself up for. Keep a self-acceptance journal and write down the messages you are sending yourself.

article continues after advertisement

2. Assess and work on any past trauma. If you have trauma in your past, take note of it and write about it in your journal. Try to identify any trauma you have experienced and begin to process it. You may need to do this with a therapist.

3. Determine your own value system. Take an inventory of what you believe in and what you don’t believe in. Write down your most important values and why you want to live by those values. Your value system may include some of what you were taught growing up, but you may also make the conscious decision not to include some of what you were taught to believe in your family of origin. Your value system should only include what is right for you.

4. Use your adult self to correct the negative messages you are sending yourself. Using your paternal or maternal adult self, speak to your inner child and correct the negative messages you’re sending yourself. Write to your inner child and talk to him or her as you would talk to any small child. Explain why the messages are wrong and decide how you want to correct them. For example, if the message is “I am not good enough,” explain to your inner child why you are good enough.

5. Forgive yourself for mistakes and failures. Make a conscious decision to offer yourself forgiveness. We can’t blame ourselves for things we didn’t know or weren’t aware of before, even if we are aware of those things now. It’s important to learn from our mistakes, but it is never helpful to keep punishing ourselves for regrets we may have.

6. Accept imperfection. No one is perfect, and no one can be perfect. Ask yourself: Who do I think I am that I have to be perfect, but I don’t expect others to be? Learn to accept yourself for all of who you are: your strengths, weaknesses, mistakes, and all.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-legacy-distorted-love/202112/6-steps-self-acceptance?collection=1180927

Topley’s Top 10 – October 18, 2022

1. Last Week We Hit A Record Low Amount of Retail Investors That Say They Invest in Financial Markets

From Callum Thomas Chart Storm The Rise and Fall of Retail Investing: Bespoke’s survey of consumers showed a record low % that say they invest in financial markets.

Probably reflects a combination of bad market performance and less money to invest as the bad macro crunches consumers…

Source:  @bespokeinvesthttps://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-9-october-624


2. Ben Carlson Excellent Stats Always on Blog…..History of Bear Market Bottoms-Economic Signals Different on Every Bottom.

Highly Recommended Wealth of Common Sense Blog

I wish it was easy but there are no all-clear signals to tell you when the dust is going to settle. Just look at various fundamental indicators at the bottom of every bear market since 1945:

If you look at interest rates, valuations, inflation rates and dividend yields for every one of these bottoms there isn’t much consistency.  You could try to use the economy as a tell for the stock market but good luck with that.

https://awealthofcommonsense.com/2022/10/what-a-stock-market-bottom-looks-like/


3. Valuation Expansion in Tech Sector vs. Earnings Growth and Dividends

Jack Ablin Cresset Capital Between 2011 and 2021, the technology sector delivered a cumulative 760 per cent return to investors, or about 24 per cent annualized. Of that, 620 percentage points was attributable to valuation expansion, leaving 140 per cent, or about 9.1 per cent annualized, attributable to earnings growth and dividend yield. As we have pointed out repeatedly in our research, it’s unlikely investors will have the luxury of valuation expansion over the next 10 years.

https://cressetcapital.com/post/q3-earnings-will-show-damage-from-rates-inflation-dollar/


4. Dollar Yen Spread Hitting 42 Year High

Zerohedge BY TYLER DURDEN–Japanese Prime Minister Fumio Kishida is stepping up the rhetoric against a weaker yen, suggesting that policy makers may be willing to step into the markets yet again. Japan’s “yentervention” is doomed to failure.

As Bloomberg’s Ven Ram notes, it is important to prepare appropriate action on the yen, Kishida has told parliament, as USD/JPY hovers not too far away from the psychologically significant 150 level. In fact, into the close the USDJPY spiked above 149, a new post-1990 high for the pair.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/japanese-jawboning-wont-stop-yens-explosive-downward-spiral-testing-150dollar


5. Tesla Finally Gets the -50% Pullback

Wolf Street Blog

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/10/15/tesla-shares-get-halved/


6. The Federal Reserve Posted its First Operating Loss in a Decade

Bloomberg ByTracy Alloway @tracyalloway

The Federal Reserve is posting its first operating loss in years as interest rates soar and demand for US bonds craters.

Fed data show the central bank reporting earnings remittances due to the US Treasury of negative $2.9 billion as of Oct. 5.

It’s a stark, though not unexpected, turn of events for a central bank which made billions in extra interest income from its expanding balance sheet in the years since the financial crisis. Of course, the Fed isn’t a “normal” investor. It cannot go bankrupt and any operational losses stemming from its vast portfolio of bonds will simply mean it remits less money to the US Treasury.

But it does highlight the dramatic shift in the economic environment and could make for uncomfortable optics at a time when the Fed is already under pressure to bring down inflation. The central bank has ramped-up its fight against higher prices, paying added interest on bank reserves and through programs like the reverse repurchase agreement facility, better known as the RRP, as it attempts to dampen demand.

Source: FRED, St Louis Fed

“The Fed’s interest expense — the interest it pays banks and RRP counterparties — increases with each rate hike,” says Joseph Wang, a former trader on the central bank’s open markets desk and the founder of the Fed Guy blog. “The 75 basis point September rate hike pushed the Fed into an operating loss. With expectations for a ‘higher for longer’ Fed, the operating loss is likely to significantly increase in the coming months.”

As Wang explains, the move to an operating loss is notable because it so rarely happens. In the years since the global financial crisis, the US central bank earned more than $1 trillion in interest income that it remitted to the US Treasury. 

And while losses are likely to be uncomfortable for Fed policymakers who will have to answer awkward questions about it, it’s not expected to have a major effect on monetary policy.

“This isn’t something to be concerned about because it doesn’t have a meaningful impact on monetary policy and is likely temporary,” Wang adds. “The Fed cannot go broke, and the operating loss will go away when the Fed cuts rates during the next downturn. The optics of a money-losing Fed aren’t good, though.”

For more in-depth analysis of what this means for the Fed, check out this article from earlier in the year.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-10-10/it-s-official-the-fed-s-in-the-red?sref=GGda9y2L&leadSource=uverify%20wall


7. Momentum Builds for Creating a Treasury Bond Buyback Program

Alexandra Harris

(Bloomberg) — The long-simmering idea that the US government should stand ready to buy back Treasury securities from investors to improve market functioning is moving closer to reality.

While the Treasury Department has carried out buybacks in the past — most recently between 2000 and 2002 — and while its industry advisers since then have urged it to consider establishing a program, steps taken in that direction last week were more than experts anticipated.

Liquidity metrics for the US government debt market are approaching crisis levels after a year of steep losses for bonds caused by rising inflation and Federal Reserve interest-rate increases, and with the central bank simultaneously cutting some of its holdings, the situation may worsen. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen expressed concern about it last week.

https://finance.yahoo.com/news/momentum-builds-creation-treasury-bond-174307311.html


8. Checking a lot of Charts…..AA Alcoa $94 to $34 Since April

http://www.stockcharts.com/


9. Jim Reid Comments on Philly Fed Index

Jim Reid Deutsche Bank-Positives week last week was a bit of a struggle at times but I hope you appreciated the attempt to put a more positive spin on what is a fairly bleak outlook over the next 12 months (in my opinion), notwithstanding any countertrend rallies etc. Ultimately though much hinges on the question of if, when and how deep a US recession is.

On this theme, we first showed a version of this chart back in Q2 to highlight how if history was to believed, the US wasn’t yet close to a recession even though we fully expected one in 2023.

Since this data was first collated in the late 1970s, we have needed at least 5 US states to be seeing negative monthly activity for 7 successive months for a recession to start. Up to April we had no states showing negative activity. We crossed our 5 state threshold in June and jumped to 16 states seeing negative activity in August (the last print). So if we stay above 5 until December then the conditions for a recession will have been met. So we will be keeping an eye on this for the next few months.

Interestingly for 25 months post September 1984 we had more than 5 states with negative activity without a recession. However this perhaps shows the lag of monetary policy. The first of these 25 months marked the peak of a hiking cycle that saw rates go from 8.5% to 11.75% over the preceding 18 months. However from that point on rates were progressively slashed to trough at just under 6% at exactly the time growth returned to at least 45 states again.

So back then a recession was likely avoided by a big Fed pivot. That’s probably the main way a US recession can be avoided in 2023. But given the lags and last week’s CPI print, this looks very unlikely at this stage.


10. Psychology Says You Can Actually Sell Anything, So Long as You Use These 4 ‘Hidden’ Switches

Mastering the art of persuasion is a necessity when it comes to setting up a successful business. Here’s how to tap into the human psyche and turn potential customers to actual ones.

BY PETER YANG, CO-FOUNDER, <A HREF=”HTTPS://WWW.RESUMEGO.NET“>RESUMEGO</A> AND <A HREF=”HTTPS://WWW.MOCK-INTERVIEW.ORG“>MOCK INTERVIEW</A>@THEPETERYANG

The most knowledgeable and renowned marketers in the world view marketing not as an “art form,” but rather as an exact science. This is because marketing, like science, has been researched to death, experimented with since the dawn of time, and studied to the point where we can predict exactly what will and will not work.

I’ve been obsessed with the art of persuasion and marketing all my life, and this obsession has led me to study the very best out there–from Robert Cialdini to Seth Godin to Gary Vaynerchuk. After learning from these marketing gurus, as well as applying and experimenting with different marketing techniques myself for over a decade, I can tell you that there isn’t a product in the world that can’t be sold if you are able to simply flip four key switches that lie hidden within the human psyche.

1. Solution Switch: Show that your product is the answer to their problems.

People do not buy products. They buy solutions. And if you can convince your customers that your product is the solution to whatever problems they might be having, you’ll spark their interest and turn on the most important switch necessary to making a sale.

Take, for example, a sales video designed for an internet business. As an online entrepreneur, what is it that makes purchasing a sales video from someone such an exciting prospect for your website? Is it the creativity and wittiness that’s embedded within a memorable sales video? Or the extra care and effort that’s put into making it? It’s neither of these things, of course, because the real excitement doesn’t have anything to do with the features of the video but rather the leads and potential customers that the sales video can generate. So don’t market your product. Market the source of your customer’s excitement.

2. Trust Switch: Become an authority figure.

Trust is a necessary component of making a sale, and whether it’s consciously or subconsciously, all customers want to know that they’re buying from a legitimate source. The key to flipping a customer’s trust switch is to convince her that you’re an authority figure–someone who is trusted as an expert on the subject at hand.

To illustrate just how powerful the trust switch can be, think about the last time you visited a doctor and ask yourself why it is that you, and almost everyone you know, trust your doctors. It’s because when it comes to health and medicine, doctors are viewed as the ultimate authority figures. So when doctors tell us we should take such and such medication to fix such and such health problem, we listen to them because we trust them–not because we necessarily understand the medical reasoning behind their suggestions. This very fact highlights why trust is such a powerful persuader. The moment we trust someone as an authority figure, we are sold on anything he tells us.

3. Likability Switch: Befriend your customer.

We resonate with those who share our beliefs and ideologies, and we have trouble relating to those who don’t. Similarly, customers prefer to buy from people they like. It’s the whole reason why PR nightmares like the BP oil spill and the United Airlines overbooking incident are always followed by a noticeable decline in business, and it’s also why companies love to publicize their charitable acts of philanthropy.

The likability switch works on a high level with regards to a company’s image, but it’s even more potent when applied at the customer level. Customers want to feel that you’re truly out to help them and that you’re listening to what they have to tell you. This often means trying to understand your customers and tailoring your product or service to solve their unique problems. By befriending consumers and building strong relationships with them, you elevate yourself above the rest of the competition because customers see you not as a greedy corporate identity, but as a friend.

4. Evidence Switch: Customers need proof, not promises.

People are often skeptical about whether or not they’ll actually realize the benefits they hope to get from their purchase. It’s this uncertainty that puts them on edge, as it can be very difficult to ascertain the quality and effectiveness of what you’re trying to sell before actually making a purchase. In the back of their minds, customers are asking themselves a lot of questions: Will taking this marketing course really make me a master salesman and triple my income? Will buying this new outfit really impress all my friends? Will paying for this professional résumé writing service really double the number of interviews I get?

This is where you come in. Provide potential consumers with logical reasoning, quantitative data, or customer testimonials that validate what they were hoping to be true to begin with. Give them hard evidence proving that they will reap all the benefits they desire from your product, and you will easily win them over as eager customers.

https://www.inc.com/peter-yang/psychology-says-you-can-actually-sell-anything-so-long-as-you-use-these-4-hidden-switches.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – October 17, 2022

1. S&P and Nasdaq Largest Reversals from 52 Week Lows ….Thursday was 5th largest intra-day reversal ever for S&P and 3rd largest for Nasdaq

Sentiment Trader

https://twitter.com/sentimentrader


2. S&P Price to Earnings Ratio History.

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-10-13/big-hedges-50-charts-okay-earnings-behind-the-stock-bounce?srnd=premium&sref=GGda9y2L


3. Vanguard Total Stock Market Index Sitting on 200 Week Moving Average.

www.stockcharts.com


4. Homebuilder ETF Tests 200 Week Moving Average for Second Time.


5. Owners Equivalent Rent is the Number WE Need to Come Down. (35% of CPI)

Business Insider-While food and gas prices are no longer surging at the extraordinary rate seen earlier this year, housing costs have taken their place. Owners’ equivalent rent — which measures how much rent would need to be paid to substitute an owned home as a rental property — soared 6.7% in the year through September, the Bureau of Labor Statistics said Thursday. That’s up from the prior month’s pace of 6.3% and the fastest rate since data collection began in 1984.  The measure captures just how expensive shelter has become for buyers and renters alike. Soaring interest rates have ripped through the housing market in 2022, driving mortgage rates to highs not seen since the peak of the mid-2000s housing bubble. That’s made homes much less affordable for most buyers, as monthly payments on home loans are now far larger than they were just one year ago.

That’s bled into the rental market, too. Demand for rental properties has rallied as Americans shy away from buying, leading costs to soar at apartments and rental homes, too. For those who don’t own their home and haven’t locked in a low mortgage rate, shelter is as expensive as it’s ever been.

Ben Winck, Alcynna Lloyd, and Madison Hoff 

https://www.businessinsider.com/are-home-prices-rising-housing-inflation-cpi-september-rate-hikes-2022-10


6. Inflation Summary Since 2020

www.chartr.com


7. F-150 Highest Selling Car in America…Price Chart

Wolf Street The chart below shows the MSRP for each model year of the F-150 XLT (red, left scale), and the Camry LE (purple, left scale), and the Consumer Price Index for New Vehicles (green, right scale). We’ll get to the details and numbers in a moment:

years of real-world price increases compared to the CPI for New Vehicles.

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/10/12/tge-wolf-street-real-world-new-vehicle-price-index-f-150-xlt-camry-le-models-fords-trucks-price-shocker/


8. South Korea Semiconductor Exports Index

Jack Ablin Cresset Capital

https://cressetcapital.com/post/strong-dollar-feedback-loop-hurts-top-and-bottom-lines/

Semiconductor Index Hard Close Below 200 Week

www.stockcharts.com


9. SOFR Overnight Lending Rate ZERO to 3% in 7 Months …..$80 Trillion in Notional Debt Tied to SOFR

What Is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)?-The Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) is a benchmark interest rate for dollar-denominated derivatives and loans that is replacing the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). Interest rate swaps on more than $80 trillion in notional debt switched to the SOFR in October 2020. This transition is expected to increase long-term liquidity but also result in substantial short-term trading volatility in derivatives. https://www.investopedia.com/secured-overnight-financing-rate-sofr-4683954

Y Charts

https://ycharts.com/indicators/sofr


10. The Stockdale Paradox

The Daily Stoic-We’ve talked before about the so-called Stockdale Paradox—the blazing determination inside Admiral James Stockdale that allowed him to believe that, despite his imprisonment and torture, he would not only survive but thrive because of his experience. There’s something similar in Meditations where Marcus Aurelius, reflecting on the plague and the wars and the troubles that beset his reign, actually says to himself, “It’s fortunate that this happened to me.”

The Stoics always believed they could find a way. But it’s important to understand where this was coming from, lest we confuse resilience with naivete or worse. In a recent episode of Ramit Sethi’s wonderful podcast, one of the guests explained how his father, despite having to raise his kids in a trailer while making $30,000 a year, inspired his kids to believe that everything was going to be OK, that they’d get through it, that they would find a way. This was a wonderful and important lesson, except now as an adult working as a mortgage broker, the man seemed remarkably naive about the potential vulnerability of his industry to the turbulence of the economy. What if the market turns, he was asked. “I trust that my company will take care of me,” he said. Wasn’t he concerned that he had so little in the way of savings or emergency funds? No, he said, it’ll all work out. My company will take care of me.

The word for this attitude is not “Stoic,” it is Panglossian, a term derived from the novel Candide by Voltaire. A Stoic believes that they’ll find a way through no matter what happens, yes, but they are also realistic. They try not to depend on things outside their control.

When asked who fared worst in the North Vietnamese prison camp, Stockdale singled out one group: the optimists. They were convinced they’d be rescued soon. They were convinced it was going to be over any day now. Ramit’s mortgage broker guest went one step further, he was a fantasist. He dreamt of a reality that simply didn’t exist. We cannot be so naive or excessively optimistic or wishful, as to place our fate in the hands of others. Like the Stoics, we must never expect, or hope, or believe that anyone is coming to save us. Because it’s the expectation, the entitlement, the naivete that crushes us.

https://dailystoic.com/

Topley’s Top 10 – October 13, 2022

1. 10 Year UK Bonds Have Returned to Average

Jim Reid-For “positives only” week part 2 we look at the most topical global government bond market at the moment – namely Gilts.

Although there is a lot of uncertainty in the UK (LDI unwinds, BoE support commitment, terminal rate, fiscal and inflation outlook etc.), let’s look at the one big positive for Gilts and that is the rapid repricing.

As recently as 2020, 10yr Gilts were trading at 0.08% and 10 months ago were below 0.70%, the former being the most expensive in the 322 years we have data covering UK government borrowing costs. These levels flew in the face of everything you could possibly learn about long-term valuations and long-term inflation.

Fast forward to now and the rapid correction has left 10yr UK Gilt yields at around their long-term average of 4.5% for the first time since 2007, after the second largest annual correction in history behind only 1974.

While the reasons we got here are negative, at least some yield is returning to developed markets and will thus help future returns.

Is it enough? Maybe average isn’t enough but as this is “positives only” week the fact that we can have a conversation about whether value is returning is in itself a huge positive after years of there being none whatsoever.


2. FX (Currency) Volatility Hits Covid Levels

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading–As the G7 Financial ministers gather, FX Volatility and Dollar Strength have to be a big factor for discussion – The communique following this week’s meeting in Washington of G7 finance ministers and central bank governors is likely to repeat a long-standing commitment to market-determined exchange rates, European Union and UK officials told MNI.   “if the U.S. could be persuaded to add an expression of concern over dollar strength, it would fall short of a signal of intervention, for which there is little support in the G7, including in Brussels” Sources said


3. WSJ-Thousands of Government Exec Branch Employees Trading Stocks with Conflicts.

WSJ-Thousands of officials across the government’s executive branch reported owning or trading stocks that stood to rise or fall with decisions their agencies made, a Wall Street Journal investigation has found.

More than 2,600 officials at agencies from the Commerce Department to the Treasury Department, during both Republican and Democratic administrations, disclosed stock investments in companies while those same companies were lobbying their agencies for favorable policies. That amounts to more than one in five senior federal employees across 50 federal agencies reviewed by the Journal.

The Journal obtained and analyzed more than 31,000 financial-disclosure forms for about 12,000 senior career employees, political staff and presidential appointees. The review spans 2016 through 2021 and includes data on about 850,000 financial assets and more than 315,000 trades reported in stocks, bonds and funds by the officials, their spouses or dependent children.

WSJ  By Rebecca Ballhaus, Brody Mullins, Chad Day, John West, Joe Palazzolo and James V. Grimaldi

Federal Officials Trade Stock in Companies Their Agencies Oversee – WSJ


4. XCEM Emerging Markets Ex-China 2 Yr Return -6% vs. EEM (including China) -24%

Columbia Ex China ETF huge outperformance post Covid and Xi

www.yahoofinance.com


5. U.S. Government Re-Set Regarding Chinese Semiconductor Market Doing Serious Damage to Stocks

Lam Research -60% from highs…Back to Covid shutdown lows

www.stockcharts.com


6. BYD Unit Sales Pass Tesla but Stock Down -45%

Investor's Business Daily

https://www.investors.com/news/tesla-stock-vs-byd-stock-comparing-ev-stocks-tsla-byddf/?src=A00220

BYD Stock -45% from Highs

www.stockcharts.com


7. Post-Covid Dropoff in Personal Computer Shipments.

Chartr.com On again, off againWhether they were devices for distraction, work-from-home workhorses, or school-assigned study tools, personal computers were a hot commodity during the pandemic, with nearly 350 million shipped in 2021 — a near 10-year high.As workers and students returned to normality, however, so did the figures for PC shipments. Indeed, waning sales and supply chain issues have blighted the industry this year with shipments falling in every quarter, most recently down 15% in Q3 according to new data from the IDC’s device tracker.

Peak PC?Despite slightly different shipment counts, analysts from IDC and Gartner agree that this year’s drop offs are the most-extreme since data began to be collected in the mid-90s, regardless of which way you cut the figures.
As we split our time between various-sized screens, with smartphones and tablets becoming increasingly powerful, it’s not outlandish to say we might have seen “peak PC” even if shipment volumes are still above pre-pandemic levels. The industry isn’t in shut down mode just yet, but it is running a little slower than it did last year.

www.chartr.com


8. China Loan Growth Spike After 2 ½ Years of Negative Growth

China: Loan growth surged last month as the central bank injected liquidity into the banking system.

Source: Bloomberg  Read full article

The Daily Shot https://dailyshotbrief.com/the-daily-shot-brief-october-12th-2022/


9. U.S. Mortgage Rates Hit 16 Year High

Lisa Abramowicz

@lisaabramowicz1

https://twitter.com/lisaabramowicz1


10. 5 Steps to Detoxify a Toxic Work Culture, According to New MIT Research-INC.

INC.  A cutthroat culture will cost you employees (and money). Here’s how to change that.

BY JESSICA STILLMAN, CONTRIBUTOR, INC.COM@ENTRYLEVELREBEL

Back when just about every business pundit out there was scratching his or her head trying to figure out the causes of the Great Resignation, a team of MIT researchers decided to take a more data-driven approach. They combed through more than a million Glassdoor reviews, collating employee complaints with attrition rates to pin down what was driving people out the door. 

The conclusion after all this number crunching was clear: for the type of workers that use Glassdoor at least, a toxic culture was the top reason to quit. 

Your toxic or unethical culture is costing you big time. 

“A toxic corporate culture is by far the strongest predictor of industry-adjusted attrition and is 10 times more important than compensation in predicting turnover,” claimed the authors, defining toxicity as “failure to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion; workers feeling disrespected; and unethical behavior.”

The diagnosis was clear, but what about the prescription? It’s one thing to know you really, really shouldn’t tolerate a toxic culture if you want your employees to stick around and thrive in an incredibly tight labor market. It’s another thing to actually understand how to change your toxic culture. 

Clearly some follow-up research was needed, and it’s just been published in the MIT Sloan Management Review. The lengthy article is a must read if you suspect your culture could use some improvement, but the bottom line is that three common sense factors drive toxic cultures: bad leadership, workplace norms, and work design. 

How to detoxify your company culture 

That’s not hard to believe (nor particularly surprising). The more useful part of the article comes when the authors drill down and begin offering specific advice for how leaders can start to detoxify their cultures. Again, the article offers a lot more detail, but here are the first five steps suggested by the research: 

  1. Quantify the benefits. You have a lot on your plate as a leader but as we’ve all heard a thousand times “what gets measured, gets managed.” That goes for culture too. “Keep cultural detox on the agenda by explicitly linking cultural improvements to bottom-line benefits, such as lower attrition or employee health care costs,” the researchers advise, adding: “To be clear, leaders should address cultural toxicity because it’s the right thing to do, but quantifying the benefits can help keep culture detox a priority for top teams that are being pulled in many directions.” 
  2. Publicly report progress. It’s chaotic and demanding at the top. Don’t expect good intentions to be enough to drive change. Create some external accountability and you’re more likely to get the job done. “Top teams can invite external pressure to stay the course by publicly reporting progress against their cultural aspirations (rather than simply posting a list of core values on the corporate website),” suggest the researchers. That might mean publicly disclosing Equal Employment Opportunity Commission diversity data, for example. 
  3. Model good behavior. Employees will ignore what you say and simply copy what you do. Employees “tend to discount lofty statements about abstract values. Instead, they closely observe what leaders do for signals about what behavior is encouraged, expected, and tolerated,” say the researchers. “When leaders act consistently with core values, however, it is one of the most powerful predictors of how positively employees rate their corporate culture.” 
  4. Seek out honest data. One of the perils of leadership is becoming insulated from bad but important news. ”In a survey of 16,000 managers across nearly 500 companies, top executives were 24% more likely to say that they addressed unethical behavior quickly and consistently compared with how well middle managers thought the C-suite dealt with unethical actions,” the researchers report. So look for ways to get unvarnished feedback on how you’re progressing, including from sources like Glassdoor. 
  5. Coach your managers on how not to be toxic. There isn’t a huge amount of evidence showing coaching can eliminate toxic behavior (true jerks may simply have to be fired or at the very least not promoted), but the authors suggest it’s worth a try. They also cite research that suggests reminding managers about the negative impacts of bad behavior and being crystal clear about what constitutes toxicity encourages them to act in ways that help employees stick around and thrive. 

There are no magic bullets or overnight successes when it comes to something as tricky as overhauling your culture. But this MIT research suggests detoxifying a toxic workplace isn’t a hopeless task either (just ask Satya Nadella). 

Bad norms can’t be eliminated by just removing a few bad actors or writing down new values, but they aren’t somehow part of the water you drink or the air you breathe either. Leaders can turn around a toxic culture as long as they think strategically and follow through with commitment. 

https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/5-steps-to-detoxify-a-toxic-work-culture-according-to-new-mit-research.html

Topley’s Top 10 – October 12, 2022

1. VIX No Spike Yet…2008 and Covid Had Big VIX Spikes.

https://www.macrotrends.net/2603/vix-volatility-index-historical-chart

www.stockcharts.com


2. Crash Confidence Indicator from Robert Shiller …First Time I Saw this Indicator.

Marketwatch Mark Hulbert  

@MktwHulbert

 

(Because this chart can be confusing, care needs to be exercised when viewing it. The chart does not show the percentage of investors who think a crash is probable. It instead shows the percentage who believe that this probability is low. So lower values on the chart indicate that crash anxiety is more widespread, and vice versa. For example, the 22.8% current reading for individual investors means that 77.2% believe there’s a greater-than-10% probability of such a crash.)

To appreciate the strength of this contrarian indicator, consider the data in the table below. It contrasts the average S&P 500 SPX, -0.04% total real-return in the wake of either the 10% of months when crash anxiety was highest or the decile when that anxiety was lowest. The differences are significant at the 95% confidence level that statisticians often use when assessing whether a pattern is genuine.

Crash confidence index readings: Fear of crash is… Average S&P 500 total real return over subsequent 12 months Average S&P 500 total real return over subsequent 2 years (annualized) Average S&P 500 total real return over subsequent 5 years (annualized)
Lowest 10% of historical readings Highest 25.6% 19.5% 15.3%
Highest 10% of historical readings Lowest 5.6% 6.6% 6.1%

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/robert-shiller-created-an-index-that-shows-investors-fear-of-a-stock-market-crash-heres-what-its-saying-now-11665470643?mod=home-page


3. Bloomberg AGG Bond Index Worst Year Ever….-10% Worst Than Second Worst Year Ever.

Double Line Research


4. Intel and Cisco Charts Back to 1999 Tech Bubble Levels…..20 years of FLAT Performance.

These leaders of Internet bubble never regained highs again, maybe a lesson to Millennials on chasing the last bull markets winners (FAANG).

Trading View Charts   https://www.tradingview.com/symbols/NASDAQ-CSCO/


5. International Bond Index Breaks to New Lows.

www.stockcharts.com


6. QQQ New Lows and Hard Close Below 200 Week Moving Average


7. Software ETF New Lows.

www.stockcharts.com


8. 100% Electric Vehicles = 11% Of New Vehicle Sales Globally!

And 15% of new vehicles sold across the world have a plug. By

José Pontes

Global plugin vehicle registrations were up 60% in August 2022 compared to August 2021, reaching 847,000 units. This is the best result ever for an off-peak month (as in, not the final month of a quarter). So, expect not only that Q3 will be the best quarter ever for plugins, but also that September will provide the mother of all record months! I expect September will be the first time the world reaches one million plugin vehicle registrations in a month. With China (surely), the USA (likely), and Europe (maybe?) posting record months in September, expect the end of Q3 to be another time of celebration.

Year to date, the plugin share grew to 13% (9.2% BEV). That’s all great, but the internet loves lists, so here you go: The top 20 electric car sales leaders!

https://cleantechnica.com/2022/10/02/100-electric-vehicles-11-of-new-vehicle-sales-globally/   Found at Bespoke Investment Group https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/posts/think-big-blog/bespoke-brunch-reads-10-9-22


9. Five Ideas That Will Reshape Capitalism’s Next Century

From Advisor Perspectives  By  Adrian Wooldridge,

The Harvard Business Review is celebrating its 100th birthday with a fat book of its most influential and innovative articles and an electronic fanfare of videos, charts and online articles.

HBR was founded 14 years after its mothership, the Harvard Business School, to provide the fledgling discipline of business with a bit of academic heft. The new discipline faced a lot of sneering from the Brahmin establishment who ran Harvard in those days for lacking academic rigor as well as social cachet. Wallace Brett Donham, HBS’s dean from 1919 to 1942, hoped that the review would address one of these complaints by pioneering a “theory of business” based on rigorous research and capable of teaching fledgling businessmen sound judgment. Without such a theory, he wrote in the inaugural issue, business would be “unsystematic, haphazard, and for many men a pathetic gamble.”

Donham’s brainchild succeeded beyond anybody’s wildest dreams. HBR articles launched billion-dollar management ideas, such as re-engineering or asset-lite management, that changed entire industries. The few Brahmins who remain in Harvard look out from their little cubby holes at the business school across the river and gnash their teeth with envy. A magazine that was once described by one of its editors as being written by people who can’t write for people who can’t read is now a bible of corporate America.

Which is why the current volume is such a disappointment. The brief introduction makes a few interesting points— notably that the magazine’s focus has shifted from the tangible aspects of management, such as how to allocate financial resources or organize production, to more intangible subjects such as how to get the most out of your workers or enthrall your customers. But it fails to tackle any of the hard questions. Why is a discipline that is supposed to make business less of a haphazard gamble subject to so many fads and indeed frauds? And how does HBR explain its role in promoting ideas such as re-engineering or companies such as Enron? The HBR doesn’t necessarily owe us humility, but it does owe us introspection.

The collection includes some great articles which it’s nice to have in one place (two of my favorites are the articles that bookend the collection, Peter Drucker on managing oneself and Gary Hamel and C.K. Prahalad on strategic intent). But it also contains some inexplicable gaps. How can you produce a collection of the most interesting and innovative articles in the HBR without including Michael Jensen’s “the eclipse of the public corporation,” an intellectual tour de force which defined an era? In general, the collection is ludicrously heavy on current preoccupations (such as authenticity) and light on yesterday’s passions (globalization as well as private equity). The book eschews chronological organization without embracing any thematic alternative that I could work out.

The extras are even more variable in quality. HBR asked some leading thinkers to speculate about what’s next for some big topics. Some of what they had to say was interesting (Ram Charam on the future of organizations); some was merely platitudinous (Marcus Buckingham on what a “good job” would look like). Where the package hit its nadir is about the future of management. HBR asked “a panel of global experts” what management will look like in the next 100 years. The answer that came back from each of the experts was almost identical: Management will become cuddlier and less command-and-control. Sut I Wong of the Norwegian Business School says that management will be all about “empathy.” Frederic Frery of ESCP Business School says that management will/should “forget about the art of war and focus instead on the art of seduction.” Rachel Spivey, the head of Google’s Stay & Thrive team, says that the future will be “all about fostering a direct, transparent and empathetic approach to management.”

What twaddle! I suspect the empathy-first approach that dominates today’s business schools will not survive the next five years intact let alone the next 50 or 100, or else will simply become so ossified that nobody outside a tiny clique will listen to it. Today’s focus on inclusion and empathy was dictated by the peculiar combination of a prolonged bull market on the one hand and the shock of the societal rifts exploited and widened by the Trump presidency. The focus will shift significantly in the future as recent preoccupations, notably diversity, become bureaucratized, and companies desperately adjust to the fracturing of the global economy, the rise of Asia and the long-term decline in productivity.

It would be churlish for me to be so brutal about the HBR panel’s predictions without offering some alternative predictions of my own (and with them my head, at least metaphorically, for anybody who wants to chop it off). I think that business life over the coming decades will be dominated by five great trends that will reshape management just as dramatically as did world wars, whether hot or cold, or the invention of the computer.

The return of a wartime economy

Vladimir Putin’s invasion of Ukraine has inaugurated a new era in business affairs, not just because it has forced business to respond to Russia’s immediate aggression but also because it has forced it to wake up to China’s geostrategic ambitions. President Xi Jinping will be further emboldened if, as is widely expected, he is effectively made president for life in the National Congress of the Chinese Communist Party. Competition between China and the West for resources, ranging from food, fish and water to rare earths, will only intensify as the world shifts to battery power and the war in Ukraine continues to threaten grain supplies.

So far most of the great initiatives have come from governments, particularly from the US government. President Joe Biden has passed a CHIPS Act to reduce dependence on Chinese semiconductors. Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen has sung the praises of “friend-shoring.” Businesses are still playing catch-up — belatedly creating new supply chains in India or Vietnam to supplement their existing ones in China for example.

They will surely become more proactive as they adjust to a new world in which military spending is an increasingly powerful driver of the global economy and potential conflict an ever-present danger. A growing number of start-ups will shift their focus from consumer goods to military supplies. High-tech companies will follow the example of Palantir Technologies Inc. and challenge the power of companies such as Lockheed Martin Corp. and General Dynamics Corp. that were born before the digital age. Indeed, in the longer term a military-digital complex will likely replace the old military-industrial complex. Companies of all description, whether or not they are formally part of the digital-industrial complex, will beef up their political risk departments to pay more attention to military and strategic risks. Frederic Frery mocks the bad old days when “business strategy was often taught by military officers who looked to generals such as Sun Tzu and Carl von Clausewitz for management insights.” In fact, companies will turn to military men and women, schooled in hard realities at West Point and on the front line, for leadership and advice.

The great knowledge-worker cull

First, they came for the agricultural workers. Then they came for the industrial workers. Now they are coming for the knowledge workers. The great labor relations theme of the rest of the current century is that intelligent machines will do for workers by brain what dumber machines did previously for workers by hand — destroying their jobs, suppressing their wages, battering their psyches and generally driving them to the margins of society.

Techno-optimists like to put a positive spin on the march of the machines. Knowledge workers will become more productive by working with machines rather than against them, they said; machines would stop at the most sophisticated jobs — making leaps of imagination of thinking profound thoughts — thereby leaving human beings to do what they do best while the grunt work is taken care of by computers. Don’t believe a word of it.

Intelligent machines have already moved on from jobs that simply involve processing lots of data (compiling tax returns or reading medical charts or searching for the best value stocks) to jobs that require what used to be regarded as “the human touch.” Machines can produce plausible-sounding news reports. IBM Corp. and the Baylor College of Medicine have developed a system called KnIT (“knowledge integration toolkit”) that scans the medical literature and generates new hypotheses for research problems. Software regularly outperforms humans in predicting the outcome of court cases ranging from patent disputes to landmark Supreme Court rulings.

The great problem of management will shift inexorably from how to manage knowledge workers (who will be progressively “outplaced”) to how to manage the marginalization of knowledge workers. Ever more senior figures who have spent their lives celebrating technological progress and decrying Luddism will find themselves surplus to requirements (imagine the howl from columnists as columns are automated!) Ever more university graduates will find themselves working in the bowels of the service economy. And ever more university departments, having profited briefly from the academic arms race, will have to close as potential students realize that no number of qualifications will save them from the knowledge-worker cull.

Disappointed brainworkers have always provided combustible fuel for revolutions in the past: Look at the role that alienated intellectuals played in driving the Russian revolution or downwardly mobile graduates played in the rise of Nazism in Germany. From a social point of view, the next wave of technological progress is likely to prove the most disruptive yet.

The rise of the trillion-dollar trust fund baby

In the next decade or so we will see the birth of a new kind of baby: trillion-dollar trust fund babies who are destined to inherit fortunes that are bigger than the GDPs of small countries or the stock-market valuations of large companies.

These trillion-dollar trustafarians are the product of two trends. The first is the return of giant fortunes that are comparable with those of Rockefeller and Carnegie. The second is a concerted campaign from the right, particularly in the United States, to reduce or even abolish the inheritance tax (which conservatives have brilliantly rebranded “the death tax”). “Only morons pay estate tax,” was the proud boast of one of Donald Trump’s economic advisers, Gary Cohn, of a tax that, for 35 years after 1941, stood at 77%. Over the next 25 years about half of the $72 billion that will be passed from one generation to another will come from the richest 1.5% of households.

The rise of the trillion-dollar trust-fund baby will put yet more strain on the meritocratic idea that is the rocket fuel of capitalism. How can you talk about equality of opportunity when some people inherit fortunes that outstrip the endowments of entire universities? And how can you laud the work ethic when we have an ever-expanding permanent leisure class?

The rise of trillion-dollar babies will further tilt the overall economy away from wealth creation and toward inheritance curation: Why risk your hand at entrepreneurship when you can have a highly remunerated career as a “money-butler” to the super-rich, either as a lawyer devising ever more elaborate trusts, a political consultant lowering the inheritance tax still further or a private banker making giant fortunes even bigger still.

The next frontier of competitive advantage: genetics

The West has understandably remained nervous about exploiting the potential of genetic science since the horrors of the Holocaust. That is likely to change in the coming decades — indeed genetic science may be for the next 40 years what computer science was for the past 40 years.

There are lots of reasons for this. Genetics has been advancing at an astonishing rate since the sequencing of the human genome, not just as an abstract science but as a set of technologies. The unease engendered by the memories of the 1940s is fading. Genetic screening for abnormalities is now commonplace, and is sometimes followed by the termination of pregnancies. The fashion for enhancing your body with computer parts is spreading from university-based sub-cultures into wider society. What will really tip the balance, however, will be China, which has already tolerated the selective abortion of millions of female fetuses, and where researchers sparked controversy by editing the genome of a human embryo. Notwithstanding the subsequent official condemnation of that work, China will surely be tempted to exploit the military, and perhaps the commercial, possibilities of genetic science.

This will put a series of profound questions at the heart of business (and create a thriving sub-discipline in management ethics). What limits should the West place on genetic research? Should we impose tighter limits on the IVF industry? Or should they be free to sell, in effect, genetically superior offspring? Should insurance companies be given access to DNA tests that predict an individuals’ potential to fall ill? And should regular companies be able to select their employees based on “polygenic scores,” based on computerized surveys of thousands of genetic differences that predict their ability to thrive in their jobs? Can the West retain its focus on individual rights in the face of an economic and military competitor which might use genetic screening to discover and even create superior human beings? Or will further abandoning liberal individualism be just another price we have to pay in order to remain competitive?

The new road to serfdom

The great clarion call of market societies is freedom: freedom to exchange the fruits of our labor in the marketplace for goods and freedom to express our views in the marketplace of ideas. Yet there is a growing risk that we are losing our freedoms not only to a new generation of intellectual censors but to watchers who monitor our every move. Friedrich A. Hayek warned that the road to serfdom was being paved by the state — and certainly the Chinese government has led the way to our current dystopia with its construction of the world’s most elaborate surveillance society. But the great free marketeer failed to reckon with the opportunism of the private sector. Internet giants grow fat by sucking up information about our spending habits and selling it to third parties. Corporations increasingly used spyware of various kinds to monitor their workers ever more closely and sanction them if they paused in their productivity.

If the road to hell is paved with good intentions, the road to serfdom is paved with minor conveniences. Consumers wanted the “free services” that Google and its fellow surveillance capitalists offered (smilers with knives underneath their coats, to borrow a phrase from Chaucer). So, they gave them the right to spy on their lives. Workers wanted the convenience of being able to work from home. So, they allowed their employers to monitor their productivity from afar.

Can capitalism be revamped so that we can reclaim our lost freedoms without losing the benefit of our improved capacity to, say, fight crime or improve productivity? We need a new generation of management thinkers to devote themselves to thinking about this subject. Should we allow individuals to charge companies to use their data? Or should we go for the opposite approach and simply nationalize the IT giants on the grounds that private entities should not be trusted with such intimate knowledge? But alas at present the few people with the intellectual firepower and technical expertise to answer these questions either work for the IT companies themselves or for think tanks that depend on Silicon Valley money.

The best management gurus have played an outstanding role not only in identifying business problems but also in helping to solve them. Peter Drucker persuaded his readers to take more responsibility for “managing themselves” in order to cope with the disappearance of jobs-for-life and the extension of life expectancies. Michael Jensen arguably delayed the onset of the recent stagnation by unleashing the creative force of leveraged buyouts and private equity (though for a contrary view see Nicholas Lemann’s excellent Transaction Man). Clay Christensen helped young companies to take advantage of disruptive new technologies that changed the way that businesses operated.

During its first 100 years, the Harvard Business Review has been an invaluable bridge between the management theory industry on the one hand and the broader business public on the other. That bridge will be needed more than ever, given the tendency of academics to turn in on themselves and as businesses obsess over the long term. But in order to succeed, HBR will have to be more honest about why it has made such glaring mistakes in the past. It will also have to broaden its current somewhat blinkered focus — not only giving space to a wider range of voices on fashionable topics such as corporate social responsibility but also looking to the darker forces all too likely to transform business in the century ahead.

Bloomberg News provided this article. For more articles like this please visit bloomberg.com.

https://www.advisorperspectives.com/articles/2022/10/10/five-ideas-that-will-reshape-capitalisms-next-century


10. 5 Ways Our Intuition Leads Us Astray

We are not programmed to see the world in an objective manner. KEY POINTS– Frank T. McAndrew Ph.D.

  • Many people feel very confident about following their intuition.
  • We easily fall into predictable cognitive traps when we blindly follow intuition and disregard new information.
  • We can become more socially effective by becoming aware of the limits of our intuition.

I frequently encounter people who pride themselves on their intuition. They humbly, and sometimes not-so-humbly, brag about their ability to quickly size up social situations and other people, and then make snap judgments. At the beginning of a new academic term, I have occasionally had excited students tell me how much they look forward to my class because they “know people” or are “good with people,” and they are confident that this will serve them well in pursuit of good grades in psychology courses.

I am always polite when these conversations take place, but such comments raise red flags signaling that the individual I am talking to probably is not as astute in social situations as they think they are. “Going with your gut” and believing that taking some time to process new information about others is unnecessary reflects a naivete about how we think.

Becoming aware of the limitations of our intuition and the cognitive traps that it can lead us into is essential for making us as socially effective as we can be. Knowing that intuition can lead us astray will not completely protect us from our cognitive biases, but it may make us more cautious about the conclusions we draw and more willing to change our minds as new information comes to light.

Why would our intuition be designed to ever steer us wrong?

Evolution Has Not Designed Our Minds to See the Social World Objectively

Natural selection has ruthlessly shaped our perceptual machinery to accurately decode what is going on in the physical world around us. People who could not tell where the edge of the cliff was or whether the animal at their feet was a kitten or a rattlesnake did not do very well. Modern humans who cannot be sure if a vehicle is approaching as they cross a busy street would be at a similar disadvantage. Consequently, our perceptions about the physical world are usually pretty reliable.

On the other hand, seeing the social world in a totally objective fashion may not have always been advantageous. Being acutely aware of our own shortcomings or being realistically pessimistic about our future could undermine our ability to persevere in the face of hardship and place us at a disadvantage in competition with others who saw themselves and their futures through more rose-colored glasses. Similarly, too easily finding fault with our in-groups could undermine loyalty and lead to ostracism from the group, which would have been tantamount to a death sentence in our prehistoric ancestral environment.

article continues after advertisement

And so, we came to see the social world in ways that were advantageous to us rather than as it actually is. Psychologists have identified a long list of cognitive biases that can get us in trouble; here are five that are pervasive:

We Confuse Observations with Inferences

When I lecture about this in my classes, I frequently hold up a piece of chalk and ask my students what they can tell me about it just by looking at it. Frequent responses include, “it is white,” “it will break if you drop it,” “it is cylindrical,” and “you can write with it.” Not all of these statements are observations. Seeing the object as cylindrical and white are observations, but believing that it will break if it falls or that you can write with it are inferences that are drawn on the assumption that the object is, in fact, a piece of chalk. If the object turns out to be a small piece of white plastic or a cigarette, the inferences would lead to incorrect predictions.

In this same way, we may confuse behaviors and traits that we have actually observed in ourselves and others with assumptions that we are making, and blurring this distinction can lead to misguided social decisions.

Confirmation Bias

When we believe that something is true, we work very hard at finding evidence that we are correct. It does not come naturally for us to try to disprove our beliefs by seeking contradictory evidence. Consequently, we notice and easily remember things that confirm our beliefs but gloss over stuff that contradicts them. A person who believes that a full moon results in all sorts of crazy behavior will say, “Ah-Hah!” and vividly remember incidents that fall in line with that belief, but that same individual is likely to ignore all of the times when weird stuff happens in the absence of a full moon or when there is a full moon and nothing unusual occurs.

We carry this same bias into social situations. The information that we process about other people is guided by our stereotypes of groups and our first impressions of individuals, and we are just as motivated to preserve these illusions as we would be to preserve our belief in the behavioral effects of the full moon.

In other words, we take unfair advantage of coincidences to protect our view of how the world and other people work.

Hindsight Bias

Psychology can be difficult to study because many of the conclusions drawn by researchers seem like common sense to us and we convince ourselves that this was something we already knew. So, students skimming through the textbook see information that sounds right and the upcoming test looks easy because they lull themselves into thinking that we are simply covering stuff that they already understand.

article continues after advertisement

The problem is that we all have been exposed to common bits of folk wisdom that are floating around and there are different bits of wisdom available to explain almost anything. Social psychologists have sometimes referred to this common wisdom as “Bubbapsychology.” The word is derived from an old Yiddish word for grandmother, Bobe, and it is psychology that everyone’s grandmother already knows to be true, so why bother doing research on it?

A classic example of this is the contradictory beliefs about what draws people together in romantic relationships. We all know that “opposites attract,” but we also know that “birds of a feather flock together.” Thus, a student forced to choose between these two alternatives on a multiple-choice test in a social psychology class may be in trouble if they are relying on bubbapsychology rather than on what they have learned through careful study of the textbook.

The Power of the Particular

We evolved in a world where we, or at least one of our relatives, knew everyone who mattered to us. Our ancestors had to cooperate with each other for success against out-groups, but they also had to recognize that these same in-group members were their main competitors when it came to dividing limited resources.

The cognitive skill that delivered the greatest payoff in this world was remembering details about individuals: Who was a reliable, trustworthy person, who was a cheater, and who would be a reproductively valuable mate. There was little need for thinking statistically about large numbers of unknown others, and, to this day, we like stories about individuals. The nightly news is usually a series of tales about particular people: the scandals of celebrities, the suffering of hurricane victims, and the wrangling of politicians.

Because of this, we find ourselves strongly persuaded by individual examples, and we give these a lot more weight in our deliberations than abstract but potentially more accurate information.

The Fundamental Attribution Error

One of the most durable of our cognitive biases is the fundamental attribution error. This is our tendency to hold other people more accountable for their actions than we should by attributing their behavior to internal motives or personality traits while disregarding the influence of situational constraints and other external forces on their behavior. As a result, we tend to praise and blame people more than we probably should in situations where their behavior results in good versus bad outcomes.

Curiously, we only do this when we are judging others. When explaining the causes of our own behavior, especially when it leads to bad outcomes, we are much more likely to use expressions such as “I really didn’t have much choice” or “I was just doing what I was told” to make sense of what happened.

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/out-the-ooze/202210/5-ways-our-intuition-leads-us-astray

Topley’s Top 10 – October 10, 2022

1. 5-Year Breakeven Inflation Rate Back to 2.5%

https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/T5YIE

2. Last Time Sentiment was this Bearish was October 1990

@charliebilello Why Fear is Good

Given the losses outlined above, it should come as no surprise that investor sentiment has soured. Bears outnumbered Bulls by over 43% in a recent AAII Sentiment Survey.

With data going back to 1987, the only times we’ve seen sentiment more bearish than today was in October 1990 (-20% bear market that bottomed in Oct 1990 w/ a recession in 1990-1991) and March 2009 (week of the lows).

Historically, fear has been good to long-term investors who’ve embraced it as we’ve seen above-average forward returns following bearish sentiment extremes. We observe the opposite after periods of extreme greed (high percentage of bullish investors), where forward returns are well below average. This is not to say that stocks can’t go lower (they most certainly can), but that the risk/reward is much better today than it was at the start of the year.

3. P/E Ratios of World Markets

Europe hits single digit forward P/E ratios

Barrons -Jack Hough

https://www.barrons.com/articles/strong-u-s-dollar-invest-foreign-markets-51665173738?mod=past_editions

4. Covid Favorite Domino’s Pizza -45%….Gives Back All of Post Covid Gains.

Domino’s Pizza breaks below 2021 support

www.stockcharts.com

5. Another Fast Food Stock Makes Move to Full Robotics….Robot to prepare 350 meals per hour.

Barrons Chipotle Mexican Grill CMG –1.87% CMG-NYSE
by Stifel
In July, the company revealed a stake in Hyphen—a robotics company that has developed an automated make line. We believe that Chipotle may be nearing a point where it could start testing Hyphen’s flagship product, The Makeline. The Makeline has the potential to be a transformational innovation that could largely automate Chipotle’s make line, significantly improving throughput and unlocking meaningful labor efficiencies. The Makeline assembles orders via a conveyor system at the bottom of the unit while still allowing employees to interact with guests to select their ingredients. The Makeline can prepare 350 meals per hour, or about three times Chipotle’s peak pre-Covid throughput levels. Based on our checks, we would not be surprised if the company announces stage-gate testing in select stores as early as next year. Price target: $1,750. https://www.barrons.com/articles/chipotle-stock-could-heat-up-here-comes-a-speedy-robo-burrito-maker-51665190986?mod=past_editions

www.stockcharts.com

6. Chinese Companies Make Up 56% of EV Battery Market

Chinese Dominance

Despite efforts from the United States and Europe to increase the domestic production of batteries, the market is still dominated by Asian suppliers.

The top 10 producers are all Asian companies.

Currently, Chinese companies make up 56% of the EV battery market, followed by Korean companies (26%) and Japanese manufacturers (10%).

The leading battery supplier, CATL, expanded its market share from 32% in 2021 to 34% in 2022. One-third of the world’s EV batteries come from the Chinese company. CATL provides lithium-ion batteries to Tesla, Peugeot, Hyundai, Honda, BMW, Toyota, Volkswagen, and Volvo.

These Are The Top 10 EV Battery Manufacturers In 2022 | ZeroHedge

7. The Future of NYC Office Space? Trending back toward 40% occupied.

Bloomberg The stickiness of flexible work arrangements could reduce the value of New York’s office buildings by about $50 billion, according to a new study from the National Bureau of Economic Research. By
Matthew Boyle

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2022-10-04/working-from-home-is-sticking-as-return-to-office-stalls?sref=GGda9y2L

8. Homebuyer Demand Collapse in One Chart

@nickgerli1

https://twitter.com/nickgerli1

9. Top U.S. Business Schools Report A Dramatic Decline in MBA Applications

The most prestigious B-schools across the U.S. are seeing fewer applicants as prospective students forego grad school to stay in a hot job market.By Alexandra Tremayne-Pengelly

Business School and other top MBA programs are seeing an application decline.

Top business schools across the U.S. are experiencing a steep decline in MBA applications.

The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania reported a 13% drop in MBA applications for the 2024 cycle, while Harvard Business School saw applications fall by more than 15%, according to a Wall Street Journal report.

Meanwhile, applications for business schools at Yale University, New York University and the University of Chicago dropped by 10% or more. And they fell by 20% at UCLA’s Anderson School of Management, according to Crain’s Chicago Business.

A competitive job market and a waning interest in longer master’s programs have led to the decrease in applications, which rose during the Covid-19 pandemic as universities extended deadlines and waived certain requirements.

Top U.S. Business Schools Report A Dramatic Decline in MBA Applications | Observer

10. 5 Red Flags That Someone Is Not Fit to Lead People

People leave managers, not companies.

BY MARCEL SCHWANTES, INC. CONTRIBUTING EDITOR AND FOUNDER, LEADERSHIP FROM THE CORE@MARCELSCHWANTES

As an executive coach, I do a lot of listening to managers worried about losing good employees. People-oriented managers understand what they need to do to get the best out of people. I’m not concerned about them.

I am concerned about managers being promoted into leadership roles when they have no business being there. Leadership is demonstrated through competence, not attitude, confidence, or charisma. It takes ability and skills.

That’s why the single biggest decision any organization will make is whom they name manager. When you name the wrong person manager, nothing fixes that bad decision.

We’ve all heard this tune play like a broken record: People leave managers, not companies.

So what have I seen over the course of 20 years that proves, beyond a shadow of a doubt, that someone is not fit to lead?

1. Managers who look after only themselves

These managers aren’t concerned with fulfilling the company mission or aligning team goals to organizational objectives. It’s about their individual performance and getting that annual bonus. Managers with this attitude are playing for the name on the back of the jersey and are concerned only about their own accomplishments and how they look to their superiors.

2. Narcissistic tendencies

This manager often belittles a team member’s work and might even ridicule staff at meetings. When he needs something from you, he may become threatening. At his most toxic, he will make you doubt yourself and your ultimate value to the company.

3. Treating people like numbers

In top-down power structures, employees are considered to be objects or expenses rather than assets; there is little concern for their happiness or well-being since the motive for hiring them was purely productivity and profit. In these pressure-cookers, there’s little evidence of leaders displaying compassion and empathy in seeing employees as valued human beings. As a result, you’ll encounter high levels of stress, turnover, absenteeism, and burnout.

4. Too much control

The work environment is overbearing and stifling because managers want control over all decisions. Such managers distrust the team, so tasks rarely get delegated to others. There’s hardly room for group discussion or input because the management style is autocratic, which limits creativity and the team’s desire to learn new things.

5. Taking the spotlight from the team

The team puts together a wonderful product and the client is happy with the results. And then it happens: The manager takes all the credit. No praise for the team, no celebration of everyone’s success, no recognition of team members for their contributions. This type of manager will steal the light and thunder away from the team, which is a total employee-engagement killer.

https://www.inc.com/marcel-schwantes/5-red-flags-someone-is-not-fit-to-lead-people.html?cid=sf01003

Topley’s Top 10 – October 07, 2022

1. 2000-2021 Returns…S&P Not the Winner.

JP Morgan Guide to the Markets

https://am.jpmorgan.com/us/en/asset-management/adv/insights/market-insights/guide-to-the-markets/?gclid=Cj0KCQjw-fmZBhDtARIsAH6H8qi8JUsh8a2jMW-dL7i9oVNRYNU1duITvfMD4z-MSZU8krg_Ws_nR9waAoyoEALw_wcB&gclsrc=aw.ds


2. Presidential Cycle Stock Market Seasonality

Dan Stratemeier Managing DirectorEquities, Event Driven Strategies-Jefferies


3. Rally in Market Happen without Stock Buybacks and Retail Investor Buying.

From Dave Lutz at Jones Trading.

This rally has been occurring with nearly 70% of companies are in the “Buyback Blackout” ahead of Earnings

And without retail participation – According to AAII survey results, retail investors are selling in size to raise cash for the first time since the COVID crash.


4. PKW Buyback ETF Holding 200 Week Moving Average

www.stockcharts.com


5. Carmax -55% …No More Used Car Price Inflation

www.stockcharts.com


6. Canadians Own 32% of American Farmland

Noah Wicks

https://www.agri-pulse.com/articles/17107-foreign-interests-keep-buying-us-acreage-with-focus-on-southwest


7. Solar Power and Batteries Account for 60% of Planned New U.S. Electric Generation

From Barry Ritholtz Blog

https://ritholtz.com/2022/10/10-thursday-am-reads-405/


8. Sequencing Human Genome Getting Cheaper and Cheaper.

CHARTR.com Nobel efforts Svante Pääbo, a Swedish scientist, has won the Nobel Prize for his reconstruction of a full genome for Neanderthals and other extinct hominins. Pääbo’s prize, officially the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine, carried a 10m Swedish Kronor prize (~$920k USD) and was the first of the six awards to be announced this week. The impressive work, which saw Pääbo pioneer methods to extract and analyze DNA from Neanderthal bones, is experimentation that will hopefully get easier over time, as the cost of genome sequencing continues to fall.

Indeed, Illumina — a company which has some 80% share of the global gene sequencing market — unveiled two new sequencing instruments this week. The company claims these tools will bring the cost of sequencing a full genome to less than $240 and give the company capacity to sequence ~20,000 genomes a year, up from 7,500. Tell those numbers to a scientist from the year 2000, when one human genome sequence would cost close to $100m, and they’d likely laugh you out of the lab.

The whole gene

What about that $99 at-home DNA test kit you bought online? That only takes a snippet, usually around 0.02% of your DNA, using clues to predict your disease risks and ancestry.

Whole-genome sequencing, on the other hand, provides 4,000 times more data on your DNA than at-home tests, and is likely to lend a hand in major medical breakthroughs. The process helped the speedy creation of vaccines for Covid-19, can help the early detection of disease outbreaks, identify inherited disorders and even characterize genetic cell mutations in cancer patients.

www.chartr.com


9. RANKED: Alaska, New Mexico and Tennessee top the list of states with the highest rates of murder, rape and other violent crime, while Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont have the lowest, study says

  • Alaska has the highest violent crime rates: 837.8 per 100,000 people
  • The Last Frontier has more men and more heavy drinkers than elsewhere in the U.S. 
  • Lawmen are spread thin across the vast 665,000 square mile territory
  • Indigenous people also make up 19.6 percent of the state’s population
  • Low-crime states like Maine and Vermont benefit from ‘social safety nets’, experts say
  • Still, most crime is ‘hyper-concentrated’ in rough parts of a city, says expert Rafael Mangual

By JAMES REINL, SOCIAL AFFAIRS CORRESPONDENT, FOR DAILYMAIL.COM

RANKED: Alaska, New Mexico and Tennessee have highest rates of murder, rape and other violent crime | Daily Mail Online


10. 8 Foods That Contribute to Anxiety and Depression

… and how to limit or avoid products that can jeopardize mood.

 

KEY POINTS  Susan McQuillan

 

  • Some foods are likely to affect your levels of anxiety and depression more than others.
  • Commercially processed foods can negatively affect your mental health.
  • Common junk foods are the worst offenders; they contain too much sugar or unhealthy fats, and are nutritionally depleted.

 

When university and medical school researchers from North and South America* set out to explore the theory that processed foods contribute to poor mental health, they found ultra-processed foods (UPF) to be the worst offenders. Ultra-processed foods are commercially prepared convenience food products that contain little to no whole food ingredients, often lack essential nutrients, and often contain additives, such as flavorings, colorings, and other products that make the food more appealing to consumers. In other words, they in no way resemble the original food sources from which they are made.

UPF products are generally quick and easy to prepare or ready to eat out of their packaging, and they are often less expensive than whole foods, especially when they are available from generic or store brands. That helps explain why more than 70 percent of all packaged foods sold in the United States are deemed UPF, and those food products represent around 60 percent of all calories consumed in this country.

Upon review of self-reported, nationally representative dietary records of more than 10,000 men and women age 18 and older, the study authors were able to name the eight UPFs most commonly consumed. These include:

  • Sugar-sweetened drinks
  • Reconstituted meat products
  • Packaged snack foods
  • Chips
  • Breakfast cereals
  • Cookies
  • Cake
  • Bread

The researchers also collected data from the participants to measure three specific mental health symptoms: general mild depression, number of anxious days, and number of mentally unhealthy days. They found that those participants who reportedly consumed the most UPFs had a significantly higher rate of mild depression and reported significantly more anxious and mentally unhealthy days.

Previous research has found that food additives used in UPF, such as artificial sweeteners and emulsifiers, are linked to changes in the brain, increased inflammation, and altered metabolism. Other studies have found that people who lack essential nutrients in their diet and consume large amounts of food high in sugar are at significantly higher risk of developing depression and anxiety than those who eat a healthier diet, such as a Mediterranean-style diet that’s higher in natural, nutrient-rich, and less processed foods, such as seafood, vegetables, olive oil, legumes, and nuts.

article continues after advertisement

*Researchers are affiliated with Charles E Schmidt College of Medicine at Florida Atlantic University, University of Sao Paulo, University of South Carolina Department of Medicine, Georgetown University Medical Center, and University of Kentucky College of Medicine.

Facebook image: Flotsam/Shutterstock

LinkedIn image: Trzykropy/Shutterstock

https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/cravings/202208/8-foods-contribute-anxiety-and-depression

Topley’s Top 10 – October 05, 2022

1. Q3 Final Performance Grid

From Nasdaq Dorsey Wright www.dorseywright.com

2. Hedge Funds are Record Short

3. Midcap and Small Cap Forward P/E Back to 2008 Levels.

Ed Yardeni –S&P still high…Mid/Small back 2008

https://twitter.com/yardeni

4. Historical October Lows in Market

Callum Thomas Chart Storm

https://chartstorm.substack.com/p/weekly-s-and-p500-chartstorm-2-october

5. 30 Worst Performing Stocks in Russell 1000

Bespoke Investment Group

https://www.bespokepremium.com/interactive/research/think-big-blog/

6. Since 2000 The Average Move on the 10 Year Treasury During Major Moves Higher is 1.8%……We Moved 3.4% Since August 2020

LPL Research

https://lplresearch.com/2022/10/04/raising-our-10-year-treasury-yield-year-end-forecast/

7. Global M2 Money Supply has Decreased $4Trillion

Morgan Stanley Chief Equity Strategist Mike Wilson -M2 for the “big four” economies: the U.S., China, the eurozone and Japan, peaked in March 2021, and thereafter, has decreased by $4 trillion, according to Wilson’s data.

Tracking the rate of change in the money supply for these economies is important, Wilson said, since it tends to be correlated with lower equity prices, as the chart below shows.

MORGAN STANLEY

https://www.marketwatch.com/story/stocks-will-continue-falling-even-after-fed-pivots-warns-morgan-stanley-strategist-who-predicted-bear-market-11664821513?siteid=yhoof2

8. 97% of Stocks were Positive 3 of Past 5 Trading Days

This stock market comeback is unprecedented by one measure

Alex Harring@ALEX_HARRING
KEY POINTS

  • Susquehanna noted that 97% of S&P 500 stocks are up for the third time in the past five trading days.
  • It is the first time since at least 2000 that the broader market index has seen such strength at the stock level.

Traders work on the trading floor at the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in Manhattan, New York City, U.S., May 20, 2022.
Andrew Kelly | Reuters

The S&P 500 has done something it hasn’t in at least two decades, according to Susquehanna.

Chris Murphy, Susquehanna’s co-head of derivatives strategy, noted that 97% of S&P 500 stocks are up for the third time in the past five trading days. It marks the first time since at least 2000 that the broader market index has seen such strength at the stock level.

Investors watch the 97% marker because the index typically pulls back after a day with that percentage of its components up, Murphy said.

He also noted that prior to last week, this week marked the first time since Aug. 25, 2015 that 97% of S&P 500 components were up in two of the previous five trading days. After that, the S&P 500 rebounded about 13% before hitting a new low six months later, he said.

The relief rally seen this week follows a difficult last month and quarter for the stock market, as the major indexes slid and jittery investors grew increasingly concerned about the Federal Reserve’s interest rate hikes and the probability of an incoming recession.

Through the week’s first two trading sessions, the S&P 500 is up more than 5%. Tuesday was the best day for the S&P 500 since 2020.

—CNBC’s Michael Bloom contributed to this report.

https://www.cnbc.com/2022/10/04/this-stock-market-comeback-is-unprecedented-by-one-measure.html

9. Wolf Street-Office Space Major Cities

Commercial real estate advisory Savills today released the first batch of its Q3 quarterly office market reports on the major markets in the US, 12 markets in total. Houston tops the list in terms of the largest share of vacant office space on the market, with an availability rate of 30.7%. San Francisco is second with 28.9%, and shooting higher. A big issue is sublease space. This is space for which companies are still paying rent to the landlord, but they’re not occupying it, and instead they’re trying to find sublease tenants for it to help defray the expenses of that space. These companies will price their sublease space aggressively since they don’t have to make a profit on this office space, but just want to lower their costs of holding it until the lease expires. Sublease space puts downward pressure on effective rents – even as landlords are typing to hold the line.

https://wolfstreet.com/2022/10/04/office-reits-massacred-as-the-future-that-office-markets-were-built-for-got-cancelled-by-working-from-home/

10. 3 Exercises to Nail Your Point-INC

Use these techniques to concisely communicate the big goal and how to get there.
BY JOEL SCHWARTZBERG, AUTHOR, “THE LANGUAGE OF LEADERSHIP”@THEJOELTRUTH

Photo: Getty Images

One of the most important ideas running through my trainings, articles, podcasts, and books is this: To make a point, you must know your point. And knowing your point starts with knowing what a point is.

If you don’t have or know your true point, everything you say will be pointless — and neither your team nor you want that.

An effective point combines two elements:

  1. An articulation of the impact.
  2. A mechanism to produce that impact.

It isn’t the mechanism alone (“We will streamline our sales process!”) or the impact alone (“We must increase revenue!”). A solid point connects both, as in:

“Streamlining our sales process will enable us to double revenue by the fourth quarter.”

Getting from a non-point to a sharp point in your communications is not just a matter of choosing the right words but having the right mindset. As Albert Einstein once said, “If you can’t explain it simply, you don’t understand it well enough.”

Below are three easy exercises to help you build that understanding, construct meaningful points, and express them simply and sharply.

1. The “I Believe That” Test

Can your point fit into this phrase: “I believe that ________________” so that it forms a complete sentence?

Let’s take some random professional points and apply the test. If you took Language Arts in junior high, you know these are not complete sentences:

“I believe that increasing fourth-quarter revenue”

“I believe that the new online scheduling system”

“I believe that investing in cloud technology”

In forcing you to construct a complete sentence, this test will prompt you to produce lines like these:

“I believe that celebrity endorsements will increase our fourth quarter revenue.”

“I believe that the new online scheduling system will make our sales process more efficient.”

“I believe that investing in cloud technology will reduce our carbon footprint.”

Once you have a complete sentence, you are well on your way to making a sharp point. If you don’t have a complete sentence, reconstruct it so that it would earn you a check-plus in that Language Arts class.

2. The Formula

In my experience, effective points also follow a simple equation (far simpler than E=mc2):

“If we do X, Y will result.”

X is the mechanism, Y is the impact, and you can see how they manifest in the “I believe that” examples above.

“I believe that the new online scheduling system (X) will make our sales process more efficient (Y).”

Just make sure your X is a specific process, tool, resource, or commitment. Simply “doing better” and “working harder” will not suffice.

Keep your Y specific as well, and make sure you are expressing the most valuable or ultimate impact, not just a “badjective” or a short-term milestone:

Is the ultimate goal simply increasing website traffic or selling more product?

Is the ultimate goal merely spreading social awareness or increasing community activity?

Is the ultimate goal increasing financial contributions or saving lives with those funds?

Think of the people on the other side of the table or screen — perhaps a client, a customer, a partner, or your team. At the end of the day, what impact do they value most? The answer to that question should match your Y.

3. The Magic Words

To ensure my students and clients do more selling than sharing, I encourage them to adopt these point-forcing power phrases:

I propose

I recommend

I suggest

Similar to “I believe that,” these phrases force the creation of a true point that includes — maybe with mild tweaking — both a mechanism and an impact.

These phrases are also attention magnets. Saying “Here’s what I propose…” is a beacon for audience interest, and you certainly can’t say “I propose,” “I recommend,” or “I suggest” without proposing, recommending, or suggesting something. Magic!

These phrases are also valuable for professional development. Don’t immediately make a recommendation when someone you supervise comes to you with a status report or situation. Instead, ask them for one — “What do you recommend?” If you keep asking this question, sooner or later, that person will say, “Here’s the situation… and here’s what I recommend we do.”

I believe that people who use these power phrases are seen as leaders and eventually become them.

What happens when leaders elevate their broad ideas and topics into sharp points? They don’t just inform. They engage, they inspire, and they activate impact. That’s the power of having a point and the point of having power.

3 Exercises to Nail Your Point | Inc.com